(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Dictionary of the Kiniassa language"

Google 



This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 

to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 

publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 
We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 

at |http: //books .google .com/I 




fftOrBtTf Of 

Mickigm 



JWams, 




M 1817 



A&TBS SCIENTIA VBJlITAi 

■ n r II I , * 




Bn^iPiiOHAisir 



OF THE 



KINIASSA LANaUAGE 



BY 



THE REV. JOHN j^EBMAN, 

late Missionary in Eastern Africa, 



EDITED BY HIS COLLEAGUE 



THE REV. Dr. L. KRAPF. 



■*'*^^^^^*^ 



ST.GHRISGHONA, near BASLE 
AT THE REQUEST AND EXPENSE OF THE CHX7RCH HISSIONABT 

SOCIETT. 

1S77 



?L 



SS-9S 




.R^9 




inr 




Y.int 


S3 verb intensiye. 


T.refl. 


ss reflectiy^ yerb. 


v.d. 


Bs datiye yerb, to one's use, 




adyantage, fkyour, be- 




nefit or to one's harm, 




disfiayoar &c. 


y.Gont 


— yerb continoatiye. 


y.rec 


= yerb reciprocal. 


v.relt 


s= yerb reiteratiye. 


y.c or cans 


,a= yerb cansatiye. 


fl«. 


= flgaratiyely. 


n.p. or prop. 


.s: proper name. 



n.gent 


sa nomen gentilidom. 


gen. 


B genitiye case. 


obJ. 


B3 objectiye case. 


y.p. 


ss yerb passiye. 


y.a. 


= yerb actiye. 


y.n. 


8 yerb neuter. 


Kis. 


8 Kisaahell 


Kio. 


» Kinika. 


Kir. 


= Kirabai. 


Kid. 


= Kidnnima. 


Kim. 


ss Kimrima. 



N& Regarding the Alphabet used in this Dictionary, the Editor has followed 
that of Dr. 8U«ret as giyen in his yaloable Handboolc of the Swahili Language pag. 8 
(second edition). Bebman lias adopted an other Alphabet and Orthography, which to 
an English reader was rather objeaionable. The Editor is of opinion, that the introdac- 
tion of a standard-alphabet in behalf of the great Soath-African family of languages 
ought to be left to the deyelopment of the natiyes of future generations. He fully 
admits, that the standard-alphabet of Dr. L&ptiui is an excellent elaboration, which 
perhaps eyen at the present period might been introduced into East AfHca, though 
H will be better to postpone this fatter until a greater number of dialects of the 
great South-Afdcan family will haye been reduced to writing. The remarks made 
by Dr. SUere pag 6 and 7 in his Handbook are yery much to the point, and the 
students of Eastafrican languages will do well by taking notice of the words expressed 
by the right Reyerend Missionary Bishop for Central Africa. 



Repuplished in 1967 by 

GREGG PRESS LIMITED 

1 Westmead 

Faml)orough Hants 

England 



Printed in Germany 



u-v?7/ f-/yd 

PREFACE. 



In introducing this Dictionary to the student, the Editor 
may be permitted to oflfer a few remarks, jir^i — hoxo ft 
came that Mr. Rebman compiled this Dictionary, and se- 
condly — on the Author himself. 

After the Committee of the Church Miss. Society in England 
had resolved upon printing this Dictionary, and after they 
had charged the Editor with the execution of their design, 
the latter repeatedly was urgent with Mr. Rebman, to give 
him some historical hints in regard to the first occasion or 
idea which had brought him on composing this Dictionary. 

Mr. Rebman complied with the Editor's request by dicta- 
ting to his wife (only a very short time before his death) the 
following lines: 

"The Dictionary of a new African language owes its exist- 
ence to a circumstance most insignificant in itself. In the 
latter end of 1853 a Suaheli man from Mombas passed at my 
station (Kisuludini) with a head of cattle. At that time it had 
been my purpose to bring in cattle for labour, for the benefit 
of the Mission and by way of an example for the natives. 
So I bought a young heifer for a few dollars and a fraction, 
cattle in East Africa at that time being very cheap. The frac- 
tion however I could not pay for want of change. So I pro- 
posed to the owner to do a few days* work in order to comp- 
lete a full dollar. He agreed to do so. One day while he was 
at work with my servants in building an appendage to our 
dwelling-house, I heard him talk with them in a strange 
language. On inquiry I was told it was Kiniassa, i.e. the 
language spoken in the neighbourhood of the lake Niassa 
(Nyassa), the most southern of the great inland lakes. I at 
once felt the wish to learn so much of it, as to be able to 
judge about its relationship with the Kisuaheli and Kinika 
and some other dialects spoken inland ofMombas with which 
I had got more or less acquainted." 

After Rebman 's death, his afflicted widow showed the 
Editor a fascile of copied letters which her husband had 
written to the Comittee between the years 1850 — 1855. 

In a letter written on the 13'? of April 1854 he says: "Of 
the preparatory work which I have been engaged in this 



IT PBEFACEL 

half-year, I would first mention the gathering of a Yocaba- 
lary of the Einiassa language, which I have now carried to 
the letter ^'M.*' I need scarcely say, that it also belongs to 
the great South African feunily of languages. Sounds which 
we have not yet met in other dialects are, '^ff* and ''ps" or ''bs**. 

''My informant is a slave from Mombas, who came into our 
service before I knew any thing about his origin, which I 
rather accidentally discovered when I heard him once speak 
to one of his fellows in a strange dialect. On enquiry I was 
told that he was an Mniassa, who in consequence of inter- 
national expeditions for slave-catching was seized by a tribe 
called Wapogera, who sold him to the Wamaravi, and these 
to the Suiiieli slave-merchants who had come from Uibu (a 
small island belonging to Mozambique and on the maps called 
Ibo). At Uibu which was reached after two months' travel- 
ling at a very slow rate (in effective march only half the 
time is wanted), he was at last bought by slave-merchants 
from Mombas. This, he thinks, happened about ten years 
ago, while he is now a man of about 30 years of age. The 
remembrance of bis country and language can therefore be 
well supposed to be still very distinct. His native territory 
he calls Kumpandey two days West from the lake, which by 
the tribes who live on its banks, is'called Niansha or Niancha 
[see Diet. pag. 135, properly: Ni (me) yancha (love) = love 
me], of which the Suahelis evidently made Niassa. — Salimini 
(this is the name of my informant) states that he used to go 
very often to the lake in search of Mia (pi. of Moa) a species 
of palm, of the leaves of which the natives make mats, bags 
Ac. as also to buy cotton, which is grown near the lake, and 
of which they weave a coarse kind of clotli, while their bet- 
ter articles of clothing, as also their beads, brass-wire and 
especially their guns (called fudi in their language) they buy 
from the Portuguese who seem to have some settlements at 
no great distance from them, called ''Kubale" and '^Kumkoma.'' 
The Portuguese are called by them "Wakigunda," while the 
name generally given by the East- Africans to Europeans is 
•Wazungu." 

"From that part of the lake's banks he used to come to 
from his home, the opposite side cannot be seen,, but a boat 
starting at day-break will reach it at sun-set. Their boats 
are however not provided with rudders,, wherefore they only 



PREFACE. r 

use oars. Following the margin of the lake to the South 
through the territory of Mar&vi for a few days, its breadth 
seems gradually to decrease, till as my informant expressed 
himself, people on the one side are within call of people on 
the other side, but of its extent to the North he and his 
countrymen have no idea. They only know that it gets much 
broader there than it is with them, so much so that they 
are deterred |rom fording it, because they lose sight of the 
banks, and therefore only go to neighbouring islands for fish* 
ing. During the cold or rainy season the lake is said to be 
extremely boisterous, but during the hot season quite calm. 

"When my informant spoke of the cold in his country, he 
described the water as getting a hard crust during the night,, 
which of course can be nothing else but ice, called "kungu'^ 
in their language. This however is only found in small col- 
lections of standing water, and never in the lake Niassa. The 
Wahi&o (not Wahi&u) are spread on the Eastern banks of 
the lake; to the south and South -West are the Wamar&vi, 
and north from these the Wakamdunda, of whom the Wa- 
kumpande and Wapogera are only subdivisions. The name 
Maravi which in older maps is given as the name of the 
lake, I had never heard before from a native. Salimini, my 
informant, never applied it to the lake, but to a large terri- 
tory bordering upon it, and in fact forming its South-western 
banks. The occupants are called Wamar&vi, and these to- 
gether with the Wakamdunda and perhaps still other tribes^ 
are by the Suahelis on the coast generally comprized under 
the common name of Waniassa.^ The Wakamanga, whom on 
the map of 1850 I have placed to the East of the lake, are^ 
according to Salimini, to be placed even to the west of the 
Wakamdunda, to whom they stand in the same relation a^ 
the Wakamba to the Wanika inland of Mombas. 

"Salimini also mentioned a large river to the south of his 
country, which he called Temba, and the people living on its 
banks Watemba. In the vicinity of the Watemba are the 
Wandsunsi, who, from an abundance of iron in their country, 
seem to be the principal blacksmiths among all the tribes 
around. On being applied to for hoes by people who have 
come from a distance with a cow or goat for their barter, 
they will work all the night at their fires. I might mention. 



* See pag.l2D the word "Mnguni. pl.Wanguru." 



VI PREFACE. 

many more names referring to regions of Inner-Africa, but 
the great thing is to go and see with your own eyes, and 
whenever I make inquiries about those unknown regions, 
I feel as if I must go and visit them. 

"From all thatSalimini told us respecting his country, peo- 
ple &c. they must be far superior to the people around us 
in this quarter. It appears also a most fruitful land, fruits 
and vegetables abounding, but slavery casts a dark shade 
over all. So constantly are they exposed to it, that in buil- 
ding their cottages they always makd a secret door, plaister 
it over so that to a stranger it is invisible, by which they 
may escape at a moment's warning/'* 

Let us hope and pray, that this monstre of slavery and all 
other gross heathenism may soon be put down by the light 
and power of Christianity and christian civilization which is 
happily beginning to be inaugurated in that dark region by 
the noble enterprise which the various Scotch Churches have 
directed toward the southern end of lake Niassa, whilst the 
Universities' Mission at Zanzibar no doubt will occupy the 
north-eastern shore of that great lake. 

The Editor of this Dictionary ardently wishes, that the 
tribes of the Wakamdunda in the West may still be found 
existing and not have been entirely annihilated, as has been 
the case with many tribes of that quarter. The author and 
the editor as well as the Society which has liberally offered 
the means for giving publicity to the Dictionary, would con- 
sider themselves amply rewarded, if the publication of this 
work would induce a few or many Missionaries to convey the 
tidings of salvation to the Wakamdunda and the other tribes 
residing in the west and especially in the region where Dr. 
Livingstone breathed his last, so that also in the latitude of 
the Lake Niassa a chain of Mission-stations between the East- 
and West-coasts of Africa might be established, as the Editor 
has proposed (since 1844) a line of Missions under the Equator 
(the so-called Equatorial Mission-chain). Whether this Dic- 
tionary will be of any real use to the Missionaries of the 
Church-Miss. Society, proceeding to Karague and Uganda, 
remains to be seen, but in a general way it will be useful to 
all missionaries and travellers, who have to do with the 
people of the great southern family of African languages. 



* See the word Batara pag. 8. 



PREFACE. vn 

Mr. Rebman in a letter dated Cairo on the 27. Nov. 1855, 
writes to the Committee : 

''Excepting the time I spent with Abbe Gundcha every 
morning in reading and praying with him, I was exclusively 
engaged in studying the Einiassa language. The Vocabulary 
which I had originally intended to form, growing under my 
pen to a Dictionary, finding as I gradually did, to my great 
astonishment, that language to be nearly as rich in words^ats 
the Kisuaheli , with all that the latter has borrowed from the 
Arabic, and almost richer in grammatical forms of a most 
curious kind. The importance of that language in its relation 
to the great south African family of languages can scarcely 
be overrated, when it is known, that it contains ihe funda- 
mental meanings of a great number of words, not only in 
Kisuaheli, Kinika, Eisambara &c. but even in the Caflre 
language. It was with the profoundest interest that I traced 
the various forms and particles of speech which elucidated 
what had still remained dark and unaccountable to us in the 
other dialects. I fully believe that the language spoken to 
the west of the lake Niassa holds the same central position 
in the great south african family of languages, as the people 
who occupy that part of the Continent do in a geographical 
point of view, for no sooner had I got an in-sight into it, 
than the dialects with which I had previously made myself 
more or less acquainted , appeared to me rather as so many 
rays of one and the same light. My study of the Einiassa 
was to me such a continual intellectual feast, that days and 
weeks fled so quickly as I never remembered they had done 
before, and it was with great reluctance that I tore myself 
from it when we had to get ready for our voyage to Aden."* 

Secondly y in regard to the author of this Dictionary the 
Editor is not wishful of making any remark. It may suffice 
to refer the reader to what the Committee of the Church- 
Missionary Society has published, when the intelligence of 
Bebman's death on the 4t^ of Oct. 1876 last reached them. 
The publication is headed: 

* Pleased as we may be with BtXmaiif$ Ungatotic laboare/ yet we cannot forbear 
tiiinking, that his memory would l)e by liar more blessed by the millions of East 
Africans, if he daring his 29 years' stay in Bast Africa had made a correct trans- 
lation of the Bible in Kisoahen or Kinika. In point of translations Bibmmih!^ left 
nothing iMhind him bat an excellent translation of St. Lake in Kisaaheli which hat 
been printed in Jaly last. Bicept this translation together with the Kiniassa Dictio- 
nary, and the numerous additions, with which he enriched the Editor's large 
Dictionary of the Kisuaheli and Kinika lansuages, Mr. Btibmem has brought to Europe 
nothing of any great value hi regard to Phiioiogy. 



ma PREFACE. 

THB LATE BET. JOHN BBBMAN. 

Yerj remarkable are tbe ooinoideDees of missionarf Usiorj. But few 
liare been more remarkable tban tbal famitbed bj Ae deatb of JOHN 
lUBBMAN jnat at tbe preaent moment. Blind, and infirm, and prem»- 
iorelj aged (be was but 56 wben be died), tbe tolitarj Teteran olingi 
to bis poBt at "tbe entering in of tbe gate*' of Equatorial Afrioa, ^en 
after tbirty years of trial and bardsbip , unbroken b j a single Tisit to 
Europe; and it is only wben at lengtb a strong missionary party arriyea 
io occupy tbe poet, tbat be is persuaded to come bome. Scarcely baa 
be tattled down in tbe retirement proyided for bim, tban a sudden proTi- 
dential call, loud and dear, announces to tbe Cburcb Missionary Society 
tbat tbe time bas come for making a yigorous attempt to carry tbe 
Oospel into tbose very regions — tbe great Lake distncts of Central 
Africa — tbe first accounts of wbicb be bimself conjointly witb bis 
colleagues Erapp and ERHARDT sent bome twenty years ago. An expe- 
dition is organized and dispatcbed. It arriyes on tbe coast. It stairts 
for tbe interior, commissioned to plant a mission on tbe sbores of 
tbe Missionaries' inland sea. Truly be migbt well say, **Lord, now lettest 
Tbuu Tby seryant depart in peace" ; and so it comes to pass. Tbe Tcte- 
ran*8 work is done, and in peace be departs, to receiye at tiie Master's 
band tbe reward of bis faitbful serrice. 

Tbe story of Jobn Bebman*s career is soon told. Bom in Wurtemberg 
in 1820, be was a student of tbe Basle Missionary College , and after- 
wards at Islington. He was ordained, and went to East Africa in 18^ 
to join Dr. ERAPF (wbo bad commenced a Mission-station at Mombas 
in 1844), and tbere be remained till 1875. Comrade after comrade sent 
out to bis aid died or retired in broken bealtb; bis wife, a true com- 
panion in tribulation, was taken from bim, and for seyeral years be 
was entirely alone. He gatbered round bim a small band of couTerts, 
«nd one of tbem bas been tbe instrument of bringing out of beatbenism 
tbe Qiriama Cbristians lately baptized by Mr. PRICE. But bis work was 
mainly a preparatory one: be compiled a dictionary in Einiassa, and im- 
proyed witb numerous additions tbe Dictionary of tbcEisuabeli and Einika 
languages, wbicb Dr. ERAPF (tbe real autbor of tbis Dictionary|, bad first 
•reduced to writing between 1844 — 53, labours of wbicb future missionaries 
will reap tbe benefit. On bis return, attempts were made, botb in 
Bnffland and Germany, to restore bis eyesigbt ; but tbey were unsuccessful ; 
and on bis retirement a few montbs ago to Eomtbal in Wurtemburg. 
tiie residence of bis old friend and fellow-labourer ERAPF, it was bop^ 
tbat a bappy proyision bad been made for tbe comfort of bis declining 
^ears by bis marriage witb tbe excellent widow of Mr. FINGK former Basle 
Missionary in India. But God bad prepared for bim some better tbing 
tban eyen rest in tbe fatberland and a wife's loying care; and on October 
4^ be entered into tbe rest awaiting bim in tbe Fatber's mansions aboye. 
On bis deatb-bed be exclaimed, *^Now it is time to say, Pndsed be tlM 
Lord! ** and tben again, tbinking be migbt reooyer, "Tbere is still work 
iMfore me: trust. and be not afraid." But it was not to be. 

Komthal near Stuttgart, Germany, in Dec. 1876. 

The Editor L KRAPF. 



(adT^ n«r«. NB. U Is «ida only 
when preceded by any word, but pmha, 
when it stands first— Idsa abtt, come 
JUrt; but: Toda Hb^homa hu 6m- 
kmn Ui$mot g^od to ruL 
(adv.) Jlkm't, 
i, Thru. This seems to be the 
formation of the word for the ma-^lass^ 
e.g. moydd g adadu, amai, OBonOf 
mtri, seejMUfak 

(v. n.) to Uan, to ruiin$ (Kis. 
»).— admmixini (v. dat.) 
(y. n.) to look with JkMd «yM, 
to ttare, to gaae at, to look im one 
parUenlctr diroettom. -dna mdoo y« 
JkM agnama tw bondeka, ho U egnlnt 
oytd (Kis.yMMa maio yw inap^flro). 
in, I^wOb 

>(y.a.) 1) TO eaUh oomothing thrown 
<U an^ oiu (see ufoka), hn fnu aha 
mtuhna Kis. h u m nia hiia muaM a, — 
2) Akm (pron. dem. tMt): reL to the 
'*•'* class. 
All, ho or oho a. It stands also in 

many cases for it 
d^Uko «a KiB.yMlpo, ifMpo, JU <i Osri. 
AllBM, ho,oho,Ui ihorUn," Madoi 

(or) <• UJUMhodf 

AMla (y.a.) Kw oliilcs mdtmda «mi d« 
MM^im^ay to iako nff Ms nfiper piece 
(of d9kmm^ see "t iM fawda ' O. ~ The 
*do %m w k* *, when taken out of the pot, 
being laid one piece aboye another. 

Anbm (y. a.) io hoifio, KB. The first syll- 
able of this word is in one position 
"aiM^> and in another "yam." When it 
stands first, it is inyariably "Tamba," 
but when preceded by any other word 
or particle, the dianges seem to be 
irregular. Tambaroto, btginto-daifl 

EhUoiOiL 



Adamba{contrSromada amba)dowr9, 
he hogam jfutorda$. But: A nap amha 
doabano, and adaya auba m m mum 
and again noambo contr. from Uoa^ 
OfmbonrntSwa^do not begin iowu/rrow 
moming.— aiilbira(y.d.4reL) to bogin 
to or for an^ om, to bogin at, from onKg 
whore.— Mniwinbm nUSu uyu oimo 
wtma ni ambira ndeo i, it io not in 
tho honnofthio (hmmi) thai thog bogom 
to mo thio guanoL 

Ambwlra (y.) to ford (= oroXw), to 
cfotf a rivor in a boat, or on foot, or 
by owimmii^, — ambiikilai (y.n.) to 
adm» of fording, to bo fordahU. — 
■mlwikirm (y.d.) to ford to or for any 
one.— amlinlridM (y. int) to ford fro- 
g%oMg, also eamo. to eau$o or indmeo 
to ford.— amlwidwi (y. a.) toforrg (s= 
arodoa), to eonoog, moHeo paoo ooor 
waior, also said of arrows shot across 
a riyer or lake.— ambvArim (y.d.) 

AinmMi(pron.) (pi. «mnimm«) (7%«g who, 
tho oamo who). Tho ono who, it io ho 
who, tho vorg oamo who. Amono «<• 
gama Moy», mm bwndi a l awia ao * Lit: 
The one who I deny Ufe, I a it is I 
who am regardless of life » who am 
courageous, for courage brings riches 



or 

hum p atta maUj. There Is a fine 
distinction between mrnons and nMyo. 
Amomm points to one in distinction from 
another, while 'mMg^ is merely in- 
dicatory. e.g. gnomlbe i n dig o mron 
gordffo hu n mnd a, thio io tho oow 
which tpk eo tho Uad to tho nUudaUon. 
but: tumoH o ar o mg o r m hu m uind a 
will be said after a doubt has been 
raised about the same. AmomSa and 
ammoQ, it io ho, tho vorg ono. See 
pffhair^ 

1 



AMIKA— ASA, 



mMi)^— «ll&id»l(yUL.)fe« nanut hu- 
anga ku homa ni hu ni amikldta. 

lUU a fair Ue to reeonmend myielf. 

inuia (V. a.) to nuk. aimuira, himtu^ 
Bono cha mdundu uya oUcUtonuMr 
adanminB hu hw.— imniMim(v.) 
i, foisr. 
k(v.a.)«o loct, vid.tf«w*a(v.a). 
see wcMMto (v. a.) 

(y,n.) to fiocA, Xdengo wan- 
dama (contr. from toaofwiama) a tru 
fioaU. ntudra troMra a atone oinho; 
doaaruyandama, acloithJk>at$;h1d9u- 
ro ehabiraf iron tink*. 

A^Ajyjmm (y.) to ptoce tide by tide, to 
hofdtr, — l>9*mMri yaamdOcUa na 
dgikoraXgara, And{kUana{YJtec,) 
see tonSdsa. 

Angm, see yanga. 

ABfMa(y.a). to carry wUh hoih Aondt. 

^py>K^«a (y. c.) to eaut€ to raax; rero 
inooa oinanangalidoa. 

AagkOL (v. D.) (see suma), to hop, donee. 

Asffariva (v. n.) (in Kis. rangara), to 
he trantpareittt to be dear, pattaible 
(said of a forest). Kdd»e Ui eina an- 
gardra , theee kad$&4reet preeent openr 
imge or eUwr epacee. Na ha tengo 
yaba banangararaf biMbidika, and 
in iheforeet heiretheire a/re clear epacee, 
^tkereUUpaeeable. nearuiywMngor 
rQra,an«hi^nnb» tMstro. Ttie idea of 
this family of words is that of shining 
through breaks or smaU interstices, and 
Iwanc^esoat into two notions, which 
certainly are very different from each 
other: eheeifubfteee ae thoum by dain- 
dmg and looeeneet qf ike boweli, — 
wiyarira (y. rel.) to dance or jflay to 
(with regard to); angarira nrkondo, 
he dances or trinmpht for the baUU, 
WiOi retpeet to it.— jnanehOf ueanene 
ni bonkue^-^tmgwA^bUi {y.mtdcaxks). 
k (v.) see uHMngura. 
(ftronJnt.) who? see yani. 

(or yanika) (y. a.) to spread for 
drying. 

fcwlmiff^ C^.a.) to catOt up eUghUy 
mbanda u wfnamdnga-mfndiaf 



resp. XdMiita dina anktuiea, dida^ 
bisa nuufbnkue, see ta. 

Aifc^ia (y. a.) to $ay , speak, aankiila 
chiani ?tahatdoeshespeak9 ttfonkuia 
(for fffiMonkuia) ehiani? whai doest 
ihoa speakf ku ankuXa kn dfiro^ to 
speak in one^s sleep, vid. duro. ku a«»- 
kula na bodsa, to speak w&h blabbing 
= to blab, UU tales, ankula ankula, 
to speak speak = to tatae,prate, chap- 
ter, to talk Ught-headedly (as in a 
delirinm). 

Aakiiraiim (y. rec.) to accost one another 
(in passing) = /kmsana (Kis. ku am- 
kuwna),— ankurim (y. d.) to speak 
for any one in the sense of cffiKUmamus 
(Kis. MtfM^). — aakoiidn (y.) 1) to 
mofce one speak,— 2} to specik loudly. — 
^T^fcwa aakua (y.) to taUk taXk, i. e. 
intmsiyely and nonsensically, usa^n^ 
onkuse ankuse, si kumha. 

AaM&nk (y. a.) to take aff (what has been 
spread out, as a mat), see ansa, 

Ao (pron.dem.) those (when at no great 
distance, see waya), Na kumba ao 
wtaibo bamodsi na iwowo. 

Amka (y.) to become insanid {akuka in 
Kin.)— andddaa (y. int) to become most 
insane t or wry niMch. 

Amkdra (y. a.) to take up what is spread 
ovd (see ku yara). 

Amra (y. a.) to tear off, to splU (=» ku 
gnaimba), to tear asunder, ku arfSra 
nrdsunkui-dsoyo-n'kuni-n'kuku^— 
arttM (y. a.) to Judge, lit to split, sepa- 
rate, lay open, show. — arurika (y. n.) 
to admit of being torn asunder. Kuni 
iei Hna*rurika (for sina arwrika),'— 
ararira (y. d.) to tear asunder for ana- 
<Aer.— amridsa (y. int) to tear asunder 
forcibly, compietay.— amaana (y. rec.) 
(ss us€tna) (Kis. oniana), — anutta 
(y.n.)io admit qf being shewn or wot' 
ned s= to be open to reasoning (see 
masangaMime) uye sayarusika uyti 
ayarusika (Kis. /kUani haonieki, 
taken huyu aonieka). 

Ami (or wasa) (y. a.) to cleave, kti^Ocuni 
to cUane wood. — airiva (y. d.)to cleave 
for another. 



ASAMA— BADA. 



(y.n.) to gapt, to ga^ open (Kis. 
foMMia).— awimidtMi (y. int.) to open 
(the momh} very wide (as for instance 
is recpiired for widening the space loet- 
ween the two front — teeth, which is 
their custom), aodmurat to yawn, 

Aaaao. /lot (see adadu), 

Aym (pron. dem.) thtit, rel to the ma 
class. — wjo (pron. dem.) thoit, rel. to 
the ma class. itfiH* ayo si yow^ those 
foorda art not thetrt, i.e. they ought not 
to interfere. Jfott ayo nohosinehirira. 



Ba (prep.) atf by {tohtre), and adv. when 
Ba mdimat whtrt {ia) tht heart, breast, 
cheat. It is connected also with the 
particle Kand na, e.g. halimdengo. 
where is a trtt; battu dtiwe {uinw 
ihert is a grtat dtpth, 

Ki, a panicle indicating force. It is con- 
nected wijUi the verb hu dsara to btfuU 
(s= Kis. hujaa telle). Moa una dsara 
ba, tht btveragt (called moa) is brimful, 
i. e. the vessel which holds iu The 
particle ba expresses fulness witli regard 
to fluids, while dororo is used for things 
dry, for whatever can be heaped. 

Ba (v. a), {ku ba) to steal — bera (v. d.) 
to steal /or another, and to steal to 
(= Kis.fcu iba, hu ibia). 

Baba (v. n.) to torinkle, to shrivel up 
(from cold).— babira (v.) to sip (some 
thing hot). 

Babartai(v.n.) to flutter (Kis. babatika). 

Babasa (v. a.) to raJee over with the hand, 
e. g. grain. 

Babasara (v.a.) to unfold {K\s.hundua). 
babamrika (Kis. kunduka), to get un- 
folded, e.g. a cloth by the wind blowing 
at it— babasnriva (v. d.) (Kis. kun- 

duUetj. 

Babiira(v.a.) to slight, esteem slightly, 
make nothing qf; baburana (v.rec)— 
babnka (v. n.) to bt thin , to be light, not 
heavy, trop. to bt insignificant Kungu 
iawn'ntu ndobabuka; dsinelta la dsl^ 
ko liya Una ba^uka^ the burial ground 



cfthai country has btcomt light (by the 
grass having been removed by fire — 
see mseo), Uda^mrta yani, kahoro 
woo bdbuka^we f how will you make 
an end of him, such an insignificant 
slave as thou art!— babnkidiia (v. 
med.) to be arrogant, proud; lit. to be 
light to one'sself, i.e. with regard to the 
attention, anababukidua ndibo aka^- 
ni-baburat he is proud-thertfort ht 
lights me. Unabdbukidua sukth 
data ku ehida ehoderodi {or ehodere- 
ki)i you art arrogant, eist you could 
not havt acted Wet this. Mau aya 
una cHida ddra, una babukidua, you 
did this purpostly, btcaust you art 
proud,— babnkira (v.d.) to be light 
to any one, to be lightly estumed. Iwe, 
na'kU'bahuhira «»'«nd«o muaiko- 
muf thou, am I nothing in thine 
eyes? The *mw" {Kis. humo, therein) 
refers to the "m" before maso, and 
the mua after it, and is merely eupho- 
nical, the sentence being complete 
without it. 

Bachabe (s.) the inside bend of tht arm, 
corresponding to the elbow. 

Barhflni (v.) (see btada or pata, v. a.) to 
hang on, to put up, to p%tt on. Ku- 
n%adsa9i{bamanga eha mbeu) ku mu 

amba,— bacbildka (V.)— bacbikira 
(v.d.) see mgnoma,^ bachikidsa (v. 
int.) to put up car^fUUy, baehikidsa 
kadundu uyu tuague. 

Bilda, badira(v.d.)to stick fast, as a 
cork in a botUf, a sword or knife in a 
sheaVh.— badara (v.a.) to get otdfrom, 
to separate ftom, to transplant, ku ba- 
duragnombetoiakt outone'scowsfrom 
t?u>st qf other people (sec borongana). 
Ku betdura bamanffa, mabira, when 
nothing has grown at one place, a seed- 
ling is taken from a place whtrt there 
artmany and planttd there.— baduka 
{y.)toaUow room (For another to paee), 
to go by sideMadukani kuadsa m*ntu, 
make room, there comes a man; badu- 
kani kuadsa wantu, make room, there 
art ptopie coming,— badiinka(v.ri.) 
to admit qf getting out or separating; 

1* 



BADADA— BAUANI. 



gin^— badnUrm (v.d.) — badnirm 
(y. d.)— badnxidMi (y. caus.) to ca«M 
one to nparaU.— badndsm (y. a.) (Kis. 
apiMAa) to remove; baOudaana (Kis. 
•ptMluitia). 

BadiUbi(ady.) 

BAdaU (ady.) lit «oA«r« (itis) /air, dUtant 
dup, high, long (Kis. m6«IU) » fra 
doU); fcM bonda badaii b4»daUt to 
tnad far, to take large $tep$, Ku 
tnangm ntu/mba bitdaii bttdali, to 
buUd hou9e$ far from one another. 

BadMi(y.a.) to give grattUtouely, to pro- 
duee{T\ch\y); h^kue €nuhkdna hu bad- 
ea, lit.t Ae beans rtfuet to give, i.e.3rield no 
increase— badaana (y.rec.) to give one 
another, to interchange preaente; hu 
badeana neSru, to give eowieel to one 
another,— badslka (y. n.) to admit qf 
being given, to deeerve or being worthy 
ofbeinggiven (opp.nMMMma).— badafara 
(y.dOto give to (any one in the person 
of his relation or child), ana&%^badsira 
tnuanawanga niinna yaikurtOt^ 
ruf niriye ganih* ha hU'n%-badeira 
muan awakee,'— badaldsa (y.int) to 
give much, to be moet liberal; uyu abar- 
daidea hnli tcya, thie one ie very 
Uberal where that one, i.e. he is more 
liberal than he, he is most liberal. 

BadaHw, b a daind a , ba diJncha, see 
dHho, place, deinde, root, deineha 
wana tea-^f homebom elaoee.-^ bad- 
■oir^'o (ady.) btfore. 

BddAa and badidttafy.) yid.frara. 
fiipi (a(jy.4tady.) near, ehort Wa- 
wnaravi Ufonakara ba^^i t%a Wth 
hwmtunda. The Mar ante dwell near 
the Wakamiunda, Munhe u>a mfabi, 
a ehort man; Hideiki vha ki^tpt a 
ehort piece of the trunk qf a tree. JBdaa 
ba^ipi, come near, 
Mffa(y.a.) to dot, to checker, to mark, 
to paint or form lines or spots of a 
different colour Arom the rest, hu baga 
nUpfi uiemJbe, to emear arrowe with 
poieon, — bagabaka (y. rei.) to make 
many dotf.— bagira (y. d.) mup/iwem- 
ga u u^^i^betgirOf %t^ni<h«mlbere* — 



(y.n.) nAtmfta i 
hiHro, ttiftale yemga in a b a g ikm 
hieiro,-— baflfla (y.a.) 1) to dot over, 
eaid qf replanting ench buehee of Indian 
com wMch did not grow. To fill up 
empty spaces (yid.jMMfo). Ku bagisa 
bainanga (Indian com) or m/oMrm 
(kaffre-com). — 2) to preeent diferent 
edlonre, mganda ufoo bdgiea, beeide 
qf diferent cdoura, 

BairMbi (y.)— bag«dia (s.) 

Ba gadi (prep.) (Kis. hattkaH and ady. 
udure mdongo uyu bagadti for en- 
forced form bi»gadihad€^ ad thie tree 
in the middle, Bagadi bam>*niwmba, 
in the midet qf the house; bagadi ba 
munda, in the midet of the plantaticn. 
The word is composed of ba and gtidi 
(or ra ther ba and had€^ where the midst, 
in the middle, bagadi ba n%eema ba 
gadi ba uHhu, in the middle of the day 
(=s at noon); in the middle of the night. 

Bagamiika (y. n.) tofM (fh>m a height). 
bagaiiiiidaa(y.caus) to cause to fall, 
to throw down. 

Bagara (y.a.) to lade out (ftt)m a pot 
s= hu om&ra\— bagwika(y.n.) to ad- 
mit qf lading out Stbagttrika n-deima 
i, kibemde neha tUkna ndnna.—hmgU- 
xira (y.d.) to lade out to or for (another^, 
y. instr. Kibande aha ku bagurira 
n-dsinus, 

Bttta, s. (ra.) (Kis. bettta) fplmabaka), a 
dude, 

WaWm^a (i. q.) — flodauaaa, lit where 
(tAe) mouth; uge ana bakamoa ba 
beOcuru, he has a large mouth, 

Bakora (a^j.) where {it is) large; ugu 
analima babakuru, ua ugu ana. 
lima bema tiMmofna. 

Balamii]a(y.n.)» on^da (neno) to eUr 
up strife or qummAs, (y.n.) to be wtfor- 
tunate,— balamaMdaa (y. caas.>— ba- 
ramiixira(y.d.) 

BUa (n.prop.) a Portuguese settlement 

Bali, compound of ba and U whore is, 
Besya bali niumba, there where there 
is a house. 

BaHaal, baUani-wetda-ne'ranOa m- 
bins. 



BALIYE— BANA. 



Bidiye (Kis. jmm<i>o, homo), where ie not 
(prov.) uka hara balipe tunffo yaho 
ni hidsobe, i. e. where you are not at 
home, you *o(U u$e a kideobe (a poinr 
ted tuck) for your tword, BaUffo m'neM 
amadoi yonse, there U not one man 
or person, 

Banuui^ (s. pi. id.) Indian com (Kis. 
moMndijf bamanga dangaj my In- 
dian com. One would expect banga, 
Bamanga eha ht$eha, Indian com of 
to ripe, i. e. Indian corn which is ripe. 

Bambm (v.) dip in e. g. into ealt {ban*- 
birof bambirira), 

Hambttlt, lit. where (the). nMto (q.v.) 
only used qfgune. Bambaie bam,*fikdi, 
the pan of a gun, lit. where the basin 
of where in the gun. 

Bambana (v.rec.) to pae$ one another 
from opposite direetione, to miee one 
emother on the road {K\s,hu hothana 
tUtia) {cir,pampu)f while hubidirira 
is to go past one from first being be> 
hind and then missing the road gones 
by the oUier.— iMunbaiiidaa (Kis.fcM 
pi9hana),to p€U$ against, toptU against; 
hu bantbanidsa mdbaso, to splice po- 
les (in constructing the roof of a cottage) ; 
hu bamibaniditasot'Moe,to pass threads 
against each other,— bambiikii, to pass 
or tvm aside to start quickly (Kis. epur 
fca):— bambiikim(v.d.) to turn aside 
out of a foot-path in order to malce 
room for another, wamhasi wa-nh- 
bannbuhira wamudinuna, — bam- 
bvlddsa (v.int.) to turn far aside (Kis. 
Uuji tenga sana)i bambira, bant- 
birira? 

Ba«l-btoo, Just there, exactly there,on 
the very spot,— bamebano = bam* 

bano, see gumauika, 

Bambnyo (prep. & adv.) behind; kutn- 
bugo kuanga, behind me. Wantu 
wadadu tcalitnbuyo, three men are 
in the rear, Bira m>*modsi wadsa batn- 
bugo, one sheep comes behind (us). 
Anadsarira bambugo or kun%b9tgOf 
he remains behind, 

Ba«MB»b«(ror adistance).— B»aiMie- 
ba (when near)w— Ba mlnwo. 



Bamodsi (adv.) together (Kis.p««ftMt/a), 
lit. where one, i. e. at once, Mboonera 
bamddei, ndio yoo komaf fikahara 
boHge tungoyakonikid0obi,\\t.where 
you see (a thing) together , that is what 
is good; (but) (f thou art absent, thy 
sword is \only) a stick (see kidsob€^ 

Baillpa(v.a.)eo seek to encounter with a 
feeling qf malice; to seek to avenge on^^s 
self upon ai^ one, mdeiwirtre-uBa^in- 
bampOf %iktHnrbmmpaf adadida mar 
rungm, mark him, but do not seek to 
facehim; if you seek to face him, h^ will 
make wariness « he wiU become wary, 
bampina (v. rec.) 1) to be hostile one 
to another {K\s, gamiana) f2Sjtobe oppo- 
site or side by side one to another, to 
walk abreast; mabuato gadsa kuaku 
bampana, the boats are coming side 
by side; wantu toaja wabaimpana, 
those men are standing or going abreast 
qf each- other; tusMra isi sa bampema 
(go parallel).— bampika(v.n.) to admit 
of being made the object of'kubampa'* 
bampira (v. rel.) wva-n^-bampird^ngi / 
what do you "bampa" him forf =si ki- 
fUgua ni diatii? resp. na-mrbamp^a 
mrafidurtvauffa wa kaiekale, — ^baiH' 
pi4aa (v.int.(£caus. i.q.) binyidsa and 
»an»td»a, vid. — bampnka (v. n.) to 
startquickly{on\Y used with respect to a 
call, bidding or warning). ATtUn uyu 
mdim«swake<tbamp94k€i, this man has 
a mind to start quickly,— bampndsa 
(v.a.) bampnlddaa (y.int.) to exceed in 
starting quickly. Uyu abampukttruge 
abampukidza-ukam»€-idana, atlor- 
kud'Sa mBangam-sanga* — bainpia 
(v.a). to make start aside (said of a bow 
wliich is overstrained) nMpftwahowa- 
bamp»a, my bow makes its arrow start 
aside. 

Baskpimilf see pumi; n^uara wtMiriii- 
doma bampumi a stone cut his fore 
head, lit. at the forhead. Manu ya 
bampumi f the upper front-teeth, 

TBtkVkrtwaahOf seetun^bo, 

Biiia(T.a.) to fix into, to fix between (e,g, 
meat into a stick slit at one end, in order 
to roast it, the sticlc being Oxed in the 



BANDA— BANKONGO. 



ground near a fire (Kis.fcu Hm 
ubambani^ — buiika (y. n.) niama i 
yaUndew^ra tikubanika,'^ bailim 
(y.d^instr.} «tfnamMw»< teafcuftoMlra 
n^amayanflFo,— banidn (Y.int) to fix 
vftU,^ b«nHri«a(v.a.) to meet, to find,-^ 
banikunuia (y.rec.) to meet each other, 
b«nilrimilni(v.n.) to admit of meeting, 

Banda (v. n.) 1) to be toithout, to have not, 
unanihkandHmayoobandandiufOf 
nikamiuye ngoo bamkunHdnUf thcit 
Ufoman ia one without child,'— 29 to beat, 
itrike.— Iiand^na (Y.rec.) to fight, to 
ufor,— banda baiida(y.reit.) to etrOce 
qften or much,— bandira (y. d.) to beat 
any thing for one,— baadixim (y. d. 
<lreit.) to deny in favour <^,— bandidia 
(v. int.} to beat thoroughly, to beat u>eU,— 
baiidwa(y.aO to beat or tbrike off in 
/ragmente (e.g. wood, stone he,),— ban- 
dtta (y.n.) to break off infragmente,— 
bandiunra (y. n,) to eat acroae (leaying 
the common road), diye dibandurire 
dikapere nehira fndsogorOf let u» cut 
aeroea and make for tke way fofrtihtrr . 
(mward, 

BandA, s. (ra.) (pi. mawemdo) the trace 
l^ingraes by any one waUeing through 
it; ufanadlMta na bande ba homo, 
lit. they paeeed us with a trace in the 
door, i. e. they where secret undorhanded 
in their manners or dealings with us, 
there being nothing discernible in them, 
but a faint trace, as it were. A-ni-Mda 
fuii bande btthomo, he annoys me by 
a mysterious conduct (!Kis,a^n*^wm)t»a 
mbafk$ ndanii, 

BandA, s. (ra) the male plant qf hemp 
(sometimes pronounced: **ban4fer), 

Baadn(ady.) down, on the ground; hu 
kara biMndsi, to sit on the ground (ftoM- 
dsij; ku madsi na ba/ndsi, at the 
water and on the land (see dwm^su), 

fiaaddftta, s. (ra.) ^\,mab€mddg^ a 
boaird, plank, 

Baafa (y. a.) to fumisht to equip. 1) said 
of all instruments and weapons, wiiicb, 
in order to be used, require handles or 
shafts, ku bamgn ImMm, n4eudnglk$, 
mbetU, m^fi dtc,— ^ to furnish in the 



sense qf loading and getHngready, ku 
bangn ntfMi, ku banga ulendo, 

S)tofitmishin the sense qf instructing 
or directing, e.g. si dodomedsa, neMra, 
nda-kU'banga, ungakare kideiru, 
udafika, do not be perplexed the way 
I wiU instruct you ctbout, so that, if 
youf were a fool, you will arriye. — 
b anya a a (y.rec.) to meet to consult to- 
gether, to irtform one another,— baa- 
gura(y.a.) to rip open (used of slau- 
ghtered animals, as it were, to discharge). 
baagjka, to be trustworthy, to fit well 
(as a hoe in its handle).— baiiffira(y.d.) 
to load a gun to or for another; n«kti»> 
bmngira n%-fudt nsunga, to put the 
hoe into the handle, — baadTurfra 
(y. d.)— baaffixidsa (y.U)t,)— baadfidaa 
(y.int.) to charge strictly, to enjoin, ku 
bangidsa khsu, to fasten a hoe into 
Us handle wUh wedges. To fasten well 
lest it get loose (e.g. a hoe). 

Baa^, s. (la) (pi. mawanga) a spot or 
speck of a colour different from the 
rest, JBu baga {paka) banga (Kis. ku 
andika aldma); to mark with a spot, 
to speckle, 

Baa^ (pron.poss.) relating to words be- 
ginningwith ba; a«dani|>05eee&<»n|jra^ 
he U (liying) at my side, he is my neigh- 
bour, 

BaaC'O s. (ra) (pi. mawango). A kind of 
reec^'used for arrows and in roofing their 
huts, niehoka,niehokawamrkntnoa, 
ntkaohoka ehokanif fnuanUina ni 
ban go akafa apuka wuina, lit. I go, 
Igo qf the mouth— if you aregoing-go-a 
man (or husband) is a reed, if he dies, 
another will shoot up, (Speech of an 
angry woman to her hushand, who 
continually threatens her with leaying 
her. Do not keep saying you wiU leaye 
me, you better leaye me at once, I 
shall soon get another.) 

Baaio ^foramen podids, 

BaakoadfO, see konga; 9%eku ni n^eda 
ndiiu bankango (or kueneku&ne 
bemgm), you did not shave well the kin- 
der part qf my head (Kis. kiekogo). 



BANO— BASURA. 



8mm« s. (ra) i^moiwa^o), Akind qfrud 
tmoUer than the **bango.** Ku ehara 
bnnOf to In-eak tht shaft, met said of 
a female who has arrived al the age 
of puberty (Kis. /Wndifca ungo), 

Bailta(y«a.)todt^ qfter, to HOchu^ir 
§ifig,— hmaMkBL (v.n.} to hreck out of 
(a piece, so that the vessel is not useless), 
bairtnra(v.a.) to break a piece out of 
a vessel (Kis. mMafua). 

Baavni, see benura (v. a.) 

BanfltimgH (see daongnt.) e.g. huera 
mdengo u, u/thm bandsongot lit. cUmb 
ftp this tree, reach where the top if. 

Sao, s. Thebinding romd a mat, to keep 
it from ravelling (d«« Ut wpaem), 

Sap0Wm (seej»«tr«)/ bapewa banga 
ba^i'bue^tekat my $hotMerp€Une me, 
lit where my shoulder is, there it 
pains me. 

aiflll,S.(pLiMap/M} {fL\s,mttfn),map- 
fu ohvuyehe or fcomora, wmaXi or 
large kind, 

8i«», 8. (pi m^bmra), a cut, a toomtd 
(fresh). 

San I. (VA) to eerape (e«. fish, a thong, 
a bow« the shaft of arrows 4ec ) (cfr. Kis. 
hu ptOm, paUUa),-' balika (v.n.) to 
admit qf ecraping, to appear weU Bcror 
ped;uHabaiika uta u,thi$ bono appears 
weil scraped; sub^liha uta w, ngo 
MMM», this bow canmot be scraped n^ 
celjH^ is too hard,— baliUaa (v.a.) 
\\X.toletserape€rtomehonetktngagainst 
another; hence to put several pots at 
once round a fire; e.g. laro baUMea 
Uupiket ukUf UHLap put several pots 
on the ftre. to cook this, i.e. when you 
cook this time.— (bandn), barirm 
<v.d.) 1) to scrape to or /crone;— 2) to 
tarn the ground, to weed, e,g,wm&na 
suku bm r itm mMnOauMMhouga f How 
is U that fou did not weed yourpUm- 
tationt (vid.«Mc^iui).— te]iiirm(v.rel.) 
to weed (one's plantation) on account or 
with regard to what has been pkmted 
in it, e.g. halirira bmuumga ihi, hi- 
AMI ««iM, weed (the groand}/0r 



the (benefit of the) Indi^ com, lest it 
go with the grass, i.e. lest the grass choke 
iL— Karidaa(v.int) to scrape weU.— 
Mraia(v.a.) to scratch or rake ottt(Ore), 
or dig out (vegetables), to paddle; ^w 
barasa hoffi, to scratch (in the waler) 
withthe oar,— banuiiirm(v^.) to seraich 
as%a%der.— barana (v. rec) to scrape to- 
jgether, to smooth up togethisr (a friend- 
ship), from bora to scrape to, to makt 
one^s own, to acquire; hu bora buetisi, 
to obtain a friend; hu bora na bumtsi, 
to get familiar with a friend* 
Kara n. to beget, to bear (Kis. frtaa), — 
baxira (v. d.) (Kis. vieUfa) to bear for or 
to;— baxidMi(v.a.) to assist in chiHar 
bearing (Kis.«toM«Aa) [badua),— »a- 
«e/4it<av.rel.<£pass.) to hiai9eonebom.to 
one's sdf, said of brothers and sisters. 
KaramaalnM, s. (pL waharamuMnku^ 
The chameleon (Kis. lumk^i). 
Uuran^ (v.a.) to scrape off (only said 
of the hairs of animals which are roa- 
sted whole over a fire). 
lariira (adj.) scattered about WasUu 
awa wali bardra; gnan^€ iei siH 



n,s.{r9){p\.mabaras€i. Aford,ek 
shallow part of a river. 

Bwnmogn or mbanumcn, s. (wa) (pU 
wubarasuffu), A bottle; bareuugu 
uyu, this. bottle; wabtBrasugu aw€t^ 
these botHes. hisiwo dha n^araaugu 
the stopper of a botUe. 

Barta bari(ii(adv.) 

Baaa (v.n.) to pass by, to pass along; 
hu fra«« ntpebede mua tnundetf to 
pass by the side qf a \plantation, — 
baaa baaa(v.reit)to pass-pass, i.e.es 
pass away, to disappear, to be lost; 
hu basa basa ngudro, to fetch a com- 
pass along the shore (in fording a riverX 
baaika (v.n.Hbaaira (v. d.)-baaiisa 
(v.int) hu betsu dsegera, to smoothen 
dsegera by rubbing it with a curwed 
stidc in handtfM. 

Baavra (v. a.) to breeie up, to demolish, 
destroy ;hubetauraniumba,todestroy 
a house.— basoka (y.n.) ta decay, ni- 
umba inches hare, insibetsukes iae» 



8 



BATARA— BENDEKA, 



mmek d&oaiutdt to appear very mmeh 
spotted or impaind,'— h—mrfta (v. n j 
to be deHnpdbte; hara tri «ir<ft«Mw- 
Hka, ndogHtra, (Mt emdoiwre ecumot 
he eatOy deetroyed, U iefoH (It holds 
ftist).— b«Mnini(vjd4 to dutroy, topull 
dtmn to (what belongs to another). — 
(y.lnt) to deetroif greasy. 
(see tmta) at the $ide (only used 
of the interior of a cottage); komo Ma 
tmra, a l^tte Hder-doar, a small secret 
side-door, through which they malie 
their escape » when sorprized by slare 
hunters^ 

Mu|r» (Me tmtpo) at the vimoet or 
eflrtTMM pot^', m<tt wya aU bofMn^ro, 
thai mam U at the point, \J6, end of a 
row or line. 

(v.n^ to ewerw, to deviate. Mupfi 
t my amow meoivee, 
Ifence fc ai— opp, because tiMwyoye 
y >e«» hie toortft euforve, deviate from 
the truth, eo that hie intentione are not 



(vjaj to make the noiee be, be, 
bSf $aid qf ho-goate wantiitg the female, 
(y.n^ to deoptee (Ki8.«JUir«nt). 
(y.nsAYOL) (Kis.jM«<i), 1) to hood, 
^.midengou ^tm a be da , thie tree bende 
on one fid«.— 3) to i9/nnoi0 (Kis.|M!p«to}. 
(yji.>—b«dMa(y.intH 1^ 



, n tooni inUtoMM <:/ 



T%e mat (made of reeds) mdkee the 
noiee begedo bogedo pn consequence 
of one who lies upon it, iMing restless). 
l>yBii(y.n.)<oloolr.— bngni«na(y.rec) 
eoiofl»oneacAof*ar>— bfto g«»btr- 
(yoQto IP04I iooiWNfp on» to/lx 
[{vAntitolook 
wM or A^ediy, munU^begniedoa ba^ 
dmda, he looked ai mejlteedly, hefaeed 
Alt egee on mo; m f n uba g ni e den Uima 
bmmga, or hhue UiolmMkir; I hone 
iooked weU, U hae a di§tiM± epot — 
or: « Jhos • mark. Bogniodoa maeo 
yahobaiHoi,MdeaewmkidiAa,mokeyo¥T 

egeolaokom the gromnd^ {eUe) pot^wOl 



ottuobte, 
%DeU{them)youwaieeeiL 

(y.rec), 



lock 



(y.a.) to drtU, ku beika metoto, to 
prodmee fifte by drQUtig one piece of 
wood ypom another ifioopfiga). ktkmnm 
(y.a.) to bore, to perforate by drOUmg 
with an mbd rir o ^ htkkiktk (y»int) 
to driU fpOhforeeMkmg/Uok (y.n.) to be 
bored or perforated.— b<h w 4rm(y.d. 
^instr.) mbdriro tow ku kekooora 
wtakoaa, an arroie'head for porforor' 
ting ieory ringe. (Such as are worn 
on the legs consist of two pieces^ into 
which holes are made to pass a wire 
through for Joining them. 

(y.n.) to fmeB etrongty. 
(y.n.) 1) to rwe, to be sorry for^^ 
2) (y.a.) to beg for pardon.— ] 
(y. d.) to beg pardon for another ^ 



i(v.ing— 

> (y.a.) 1) to importime or 
teaee by begging, -^2^ to aeeuetom or koM- 
tuat e oneee^to a flfc^.-~b»mb etoaga 
(y.)— b>m b e d — dam(v.c.) » Kis. lola- 
fnioAo.— bMnboka, see bamboka. 

B«Bb«ra, s. (wa) (pl.fondom»ora), the 
qnaa (Kis. keregnendo) b«lib«rMl 9 

B«Bp«(y.a.) to beg. {K\8Jkudakar%ikh^ 
o«).n-b6mp«ni(y.d.) to beg any tMng 
for another (Kis. omMi). He lias no 
property of his own, but only sucb as 
he begs of his relations. .^idn-wMn 
kndifWaohMimaohoob^mperaf Boto 
wOl ho prevail oeer him vrithpropertg 
of begging; with begged for properly? 
(Kis. a d a^n^ w oedpi k/nm fodn y» few 

B«BA(ady.) Moewhure (contr.from teand 
OfMi). JToMra i oOmMto beniuk, tJWa 
loay doee no^ lead eleeiohore (but tottia 
same place as the other). Shumoe^nm- 
pf n n d a iM mmm gir e bmue, undo Ma 
Jbiot, and tie it oiMwJhers. 

Baaiifcfca (y.n^ to 6« or tnm oolani (said 
of yessels bending on one side). JDoiia 
iab o nde k a, the eon ie tome &bUqme 
^SiiBjua i t ^i rndd ka) Mnio 



BENEBENE— BIGIBA. 



» 



«Mka, the hocU Ui/rehe$, rcU$ to cne $ide 
<Kis. ctow uaSufuy- bendakedfla, see 

iMMba&tt (adv.) exactly (but only said 
of place); ben^bene yci5«, evocCZy tAare. 
i, s. (wa.} ManM of a drum 9 
I, see batUuta. 
(y.a«) to moXce frrood, to uHden 
iMf frMtMra or btutura ndime^— be- 
UyJng 
k(y.dO(leM ba, to stedtj, to $tealfor 
tmother, to $teal to (Kis.fcu ibSa), 
99inL{YJ^togriitd (Kis.«a^a)i 

(y.dj to ifiiMd for aftother, 
P we (ra) s. (pK maivere), 6r«af «, udctor; 
b9r0ra mha9i, breatt qf a woman 
(Kis. «<M); &«r« ra gnombe, uddor qf 
a cow. (kis.lp#Mr«le). 
te(ady^ 
,1. (y.a4 to send, to forward (a 
thing), to trantmit (Kis.j»il«Jka); fcu 
» gr efc a «noy«> to mtdanger l^e.— b«r»' 
kMra (y.d) to MNd to or /or. UlMfcd- 
fiMkara na Himu ohanga, «f^i-60- 
rok^rOf when yom hone been with my 
iking (for some time), send it to wm, 
(alter yon haye used it dtc) 
Mraka n. (v.a.) to cairry at eAe bade 
(as a mother does her child).— h&t^ 
kakm (y.n.) to admit being carried at 
the (oefc.-- barakfoa (y.d.^instr.) to 
carry at the bade to cr for another, 
and to carry with (a cloth.) m^dddoef n4- 
hu^borekSro, put him cr her down, let 
me carry him for you, Xeebe wa hu 
borekSra mu a na , a doth to carry a 
ehOd with,— bwlw4»» (y.c.) to make 
carry at the bade, mberOcSdee, eaOr 
Hwa ku berekn, make her put on (the 
child), she does not know how to do 
it— b«r6kaiui(y.rec4 to carry one 
another at the bade (when wounded in 
battle). 

iw ,'i w 4 r> (y.n.) to come ehort, tobein- 
9tffytcientiJii8,hupMngiia),—hW9W9- 
••(y.a.) nulogoeo u una beroweett, 

laMi(y.a.) toeomft.— bMedsa(y.int.)com& 
tg<g.— blill»(yjrec.)to oombeach other. 



(y.n.) to admU of combing, to 
be weU com^Mt. 

(v.n.) 
(a(jy.) (Kin. mW)&ad. Thi$ word admUe 
qfnopr^ktee, Teikaetbo, n k Umawam' 
gauribi, get awayfrom here, my heart 
ie bad, i.e. I am in a bad humour* 
Xnmdtma hudko kwri bi, by or at 
hie heart it ie bad, i.e.he is in an ill 
temper; mhaei uyu ei woo hamOf. 
art M, tHe woman is not good, ehe to 
bad; daaru ya/ngn iti bt, my doth to 
bad {dirty), Bart bi eiba, bariye moto^ 
it ie bad {dark, con^orUeee) here, there 
ie no fire, mknei uyu wnn upjfb, 
demikua eudeukn, eiri bi, thie «00- 
man ie dirty (lit. has dirttaiess), the dsen- 
kua are not clean , they are bad (dirty) 
(y.n.) to belch, 

Bida(Ki8.p<e») (y.B.<ia.)topat«, eurpaee. 
btdAaa btdAaa (y.rec.) (Kis. i»<«Mta)» 
to paee one onotAer.— 1bidilai(y.)pat- 
toftto.— liHikidwi (yA.) to ehaee, todrive 
aiwa/y; gam atawa hu bidihidea n<- 
enna, a dog ie ewift to chaee animate,'^ 
bUUrm (y.rel.) (see bambana), to paee 
by or through i dinabidira n v uai or 
miuAvi, we passed (tmJk»ri) by our good 
lude, when returning from fighting, -^ 
Udixira(y.a.) to leane beihind in pae- 
sing, to go beyond,-^ M tfrJaa (y.a.) to 
pass over or beyond (used of speech)^ 
to hurry over, to epeak unintettigibly 
fast (Kis. A*Mltoa maneno),— Uilri- 
idm (y.d.)— WUdaa, 1) (y.c.) to cause to 
petss (through or round any thing). 
2l (y. int.) to pass well, to pass right 
through.— ldKm{y, A,) to pass, to make 
go through (any thing), hu biea m»- 
ronkue, ije. to pass the band or string 
used in bhiding their fences (mtamki) 
SO as to form yarions figures by way 
of ornament — which is quite an art 
among them. 

BMifolaF 



k(y.a.) to turn round, to cause to 
pass in an opposite direction, ejg, hu 



i(y.a.)?— 
oi^^a-ni^igura. 



10 



BILALA— BmiBIDA. 



8i]alaoiMfilaUi(a4i^Mnrara), 

9haggy, diicompoied. 

fMinhiiliiilni (v.n.) to be thmttd in growth 
(as grass under shady trees). 

BlmMiika(y.)f~Mmkiii UmUrif 

8l|rii(y.a.) to /crm), — U^iaa, 1) (y.n.) 
to be equalf enten, un^orm, KSnhue 
ihi 9ikiMtf4H%n, tkU ttring U not 
^uak— 2) (v.rec) to be like wiih, to 
reoembU; gnomho ioi oabigtma na 
siya,the$eeattUafreUkewiththo$e!VMi^ 
ntu awa woMfftma na mau |fO«M«, 
theee nun reoemble each other both in 
their faces <md voieee, 

Biyntrnlm (y.n.} to etretohthe eheet only 
withont stretching out oiufe airme, 

Bignrm (y.aO to lift, to turn up, to turn 
round; hu hiffura gnombOf to turn 
the cattle round; hu higuru moto, to 
raise a>ir«(oppo8ite to another, when the 
grass of some portion of landis bumtH 
bi|f1llim(V.d.) hu^mrbiffurira mofo. 

Ma4M (y.a.) to bend, to udnd up (a cloth) 
(Kis.fcMiMla).— Undfln (y.n.) to bejtean- 
HOe, eu Mndika, U i$ inflexible,^ 
hln^lkma (y.rec.) to be bent or eoHed 
up one agaiinet another (sach as sleep 
in a narrow space).-— M«*^ai»^T*ir Mn- 
^UlauM (ady.)-Miftdikini(y.n.) to keep 
coiled up, to uritMbraeo, to retire, to 
keep at home, toMa n^^iUnmha mma 
hu daya moyo, hindihira ndetobn 
hineu, lit come out of the house in qf 
to throw awoff life ^ a stay at home 
w(Ube<tf>raidqfa9uUure, Leanegour. 
house bg all means, eoen if it should 
cost you gour life, bg concealing gour- 
seif gou wiU at last beoome etfraid 
qf a vcUeire, BinOtkira, stands hers 
as a noun though Us form is onig that 
4jfthe verb. (But they not say: this man 
is a 5iNiMbiro.~ UadikEM (ady^ — 
biadlUmi(y.a.) to confine (to the house, 
said of rain and sickness).-- Uadim 
(y.d.)- kiadaka (or MUbda) (y^n.) to 
be turned, to up set ^ MmMImh or 
pindOkm in Kis). 

BtadB Maia, s. ht. b en d >>it j ; i.e.dkw»- 
ge aUeness, fickekwss. mem ay» «m*« 



(y.a.) 1) to tuHst cntfs foot round 
the leg of another, to make Mm faXL-^ 
2) (met) to be hostOe to, to regard wtth 
malice,'-' Mnfiina (y.rec.) to be at en- 
mitg with one another. Tuna wantu 
ahingana noo.— hjnyanldia (y.a.) to 
lay across,-— ldgkg9MaL{Y.dLMk,) to cross, 
to lie across, nehira ya hu bingeiea 
(or hu bingaeut) a eross^wag (KiS. 
hinffoima) wamhaei ugu anahinr 
gdea mkandawake, this woman has 
put her beoids across (the shonlder, as a 
soldier's belt.— Mngiiifaaa(yji.) to lag 
across,— Mnglka (y. n.) (i.q. bampika,) 
bingJrm (y.rel.) to regard (one) with ma 
lice for (any thtngj, na-hw b in g ir a 
nuMngawa ganga, — WngitWIlie Un- 
giaane (BA}jaAy.y- fciwgi^M (y.int.<i 
y .c) ana^fn-Mngidea ni tnbtUe UHMhe, 

Bia^dum (y.n.) to be thwarted, used witti 
regard to bad omens, hence generally, 
to meet with a bad omen. 

BiairnaaMi (y.a.) to turn, to change; hu 
Mngunusa ndearu, to turn or twist 
a cloth bg the means of stiOcs fastened 
to each end in order to wring out the 
water after waehiing them; hu Hngu- 
nuea meide, to utake a turn in the 
play rat's craddle, hu -> gnmna to 
change the sound of a drum (by a pres- 
sure of the hand). 

BlaimlMim (y. n.) to remain behind in 
growth, to be outgrown (said of men and 
animals) (Kis.fci« rwnda), 

(y.n.) to hdU, to K«f». (Kis. 
I).— kiatshaaiUUui (y.lnt) to Ump 
more or moot (of all). 
I, s. (ra) (pi. moMnu), 
», s. (ra) (pi. mahio), an enelosure for 
catching fish (Bio ndan-de om hrn ) , 

Birsl.(y.n4 to sink, to dive (!lii»,hupigm 
mhSsi, hu soma) hdbue una hirat 
haenanga hina Mrik— kllira (y.d.) 
to dkoefcr (e.g. for a Imife).— bMrim 
yjk)— Uxidaa (y.c) ip immmsSt (y.inU 
to eeocd, in diving. 

Birsn.s.(wa) iplurabiruX Sheep. 

Biri, ya hiri, the second, 

BiriMMbi(y.n.) io i0riM« (said of aserpent 
cut in pieces). 



BIRIMANKUfi— BONDEEA. 



11 



i, s (see barmnahkuB)* 
i(y.a.) {IqMnga I.) hu MHi»- 
ffidta tMlMMio, to ero$$ <m^9 Ugs (Kis. 

Variaigu bixinfn, huna wtmiu vnOi 

hiriHffu hirinffu, 

Birlriri (a(|j.) blade, ni wa MHrtH, 
he U Nodr. 

>(y.a.) to aiitk, to imiMr96. 
i(v.a .) to eoneeia, to Aide.-— blsa Mfn 
(y.reit.) to be in the habit qf eotteetOing 
(said of the character of the waniaea, 
who are mistrustful even of their own 
brotJiers. — biduuna (v. refl.) to hide 
ontfe $e^, - biihamini (r.d.) to hide 
om^98e^to (i.e.from another) — to way- 
lay.— biflham f),q,hUhama)f—'hiit' 

harim {Iq, htehanUra], 

Bo (probably po), a raativepaartieUd&- 
nothtg place, there where, or where i» de» 
y45a ni bo h&ma, 6<iya ni bo ibtB, 
here U i$ good, there it i$ bad (here is 
a good place, there is a bad place). 
Nibo iba, ndibo ukaidkua, it i$ bad 
there, there i» the reaeon {tha£l you have 
failed or erred. Bo n» btiya, there in 
there* n'na-mrbtMniMMa (see bona) bo- 
n» bmifa, I found him exaeUy there. 

Baa, s. (ra) (pi. ma6oa) muehroom (Kis. 
hiiffa). 

Bobartem (v. a.) to impingef (There is 
neither root nor branch of this word). 

Baia(v.a.) to twiat, to gripe; Uu boda 
hinguOf to twist a rope; hu boda 
ndeombe, to fwiet {hair) into plaits (Kis. 
hu songa nvelfo).— • bodaaa (v.rec) 
entwisted (fibres of wood).— IhHIfka 
(y.n.) to be curved, crocked,'^ bodaiaka 
(y.n.) to be entangled (said of thread).— 
bodara (y.a.) to wrench (said of a cloth), 
to strangiU (said of an animal).— bada- 
TCka (y. n.) to turn round, deabetna 
mpfura yabodorohUf the rain is tur^ 
ning round now, \jf, it comes from an 
other quarter (Kis. hu Ji-ounoueha), 

BadaaiF 

Badi (bada) (ady. inter.) wharef ral. to 
the particle ba. 

BadMyS. (ra) slander, backbiting; muniu 
wa bora, a busy-body, a tale-bearer. 



a bUblber, hu mu eongera &od#a, to 

cause one mischt^ by talo-beariug, 
Baani(&oyero deriyed'from hu yora) 
(ady.) lit. where {it iij white, clear, feady; 
hu iha boora, to put ready, 

Baffalaaa (or bokalaiMi) (y.a.) to reply 
to in singnig (Kis. hu itihiea); dimhe, 
uhorwihogolese dUutimba, — bafT^ 
lesaiia(y.rec.) (see Ueera), 

Bo ffona (y.n.) lit. where {to) sleep, i.a 
place of sleeping (Kis. ntoltflo). A jonc- 
tion of words, which stands, as it were, 
between a sentence and a noun. MUUa 
dinddia, bogona ni hudi? m to^or 
Ung, we hcsve eaten {but) where shall we 
sleep 9 we do not know. 

Balobongao, s. (ra) (pi. mabolobou' 
ifue). An insect resembling the W€isp, 
but larger, (Kis. bunai), 

Bombo» s. (wa) (pi. wabonibo), a kind 
qf serpent, said to haye a crest. 

Bomboo, s. (ra) sediment, dregs of oH, 
prepared from the ricinos-plant. 

BoBibonoaMia (y. rec.) hinkuo Msu^ 
botnboneeana (=3 kitta numffaete^, 
(Jiiig,hunffiammSSkia), The root of the 
yerb bontbona does not occur.— bam- 
banaaoka (y.n.) to be entangled. 

Bambana, s. (ra) {phmabambona) the 
knu-kap, 

BaHibaflani(y.a.) to untwist, to untwine 
(Kis.«a«Ma or tatawtda), 

Bamttaba (ady.) eacaeUy there. 

Bdmtta (ady.) there, tU the very place, 
njoha €in»-ni^n»n%af nuino anani- 
gurttkira b&mHe, a serpent bit me 
and l^ ite teeth there (i.e. in the yery 
place where I was bitten) (Kis.mef»o 
ya-n-gongohoa papo), 

Banda (y.a.) to tread upon, to trample, 
to pound (but only said of Indian com 
which is still soK^ banddna (y.aj to 
tread one upon another (in a crowd) 
{JBi\8.hu ekeiaeuij, 

Baiidaba(y.n.) (i.q.Kis. bondeha s= aha, 
teho), to squttsh, to bruise instead of 
breaking, as the grains are still too 
aqueous!— bandakabaadaka (y.reit) 
to be beaten down by the windandratn» 



12 



BONGO— BUBULIA. 



», s. (ra) (pi. modonflro, Me train 
(not the skull, which U called pf»ba 
la mdUf the bone of the head) fin Kis. 
bongo is the skull, and the brain 
wongo), 
Bonffororo, S. (wa) (pl.i^a hongororo) 

(i.q. in Kis. JonflTo) tht vxyrm JuIub ff 
B4llia (y.a.) to throw; hu bonia mupfif 
to $hoot an arrow; gnombe anah6n,ia 
hiohartf the cow kidc$ (Kis. ku^m^ign 
uku€Ha),— bo]iiana-(v.rec.)— b^nie- 
nuui (v. rec); boniera tnalimba, to 
thoot together, at once,- boiii«m (v.d.) 
to throw to,— boniadfla (v.int.) to shoot 
weU, to a great distance. 
B^nkiM, s.? 

\s.aherb (eaten by the natives). 
I, acjy. iUlf rel. to the bu class, and 
contr. from bu and onoe, udoi bonoe, 
aU the mnoke, 
Btea (v.n.) to coot, said of food or other 
things Just taken fk-om the Are) to heal 
(said of a wound) (K\s,hupoa, HbOca), 
b«r6d«m (v. int) to get cool (food). — 
(y.a.) to cool (by Nowiwjr). 
(boon) y.a.) to bore, to perforate; 
to sink into a hollow slightly covered 
SB dooro.— boka(y.a.) to get peif ora- 
ted;-- b««r«ka(v.n.) to admit (^for- 
ming a hoiie.-^ boor«rm (y.d.ifc instr.) to 
form a hde to or for or with (anything). 
boorosa (v.n.) to get right through (a 
hole or cave) (seep«op«ore#a and d»- 
rukira), — boTOBgiliA (v. rec.) 1) to 
throng each other, gnombe Hnabaran- 
gnna bahihnQ^— 3) to throng crpreee 
(said of water where two rivers flow 
together). 

Bo««da(v.n.) to taete fUmry, underdone 
(said of food made of flour). 

ioVMHi(v.n.) to be unripe, raw, not co- 
veredwithhaiH'Ui animalborn too soon). 

loytra, see bo and yora, 

Bn(pron.rel.) to noune in n and bu it. 
JMfctfla hpA, it i» much, the dirt 

iia 1) the genitrel. to words beginning 
with bu», and to many nouns in «.— 
9 pron.it. 

"fta (n.prop.) qf a river or perhape a 
mrge moamp, a mile in breadth and 



overgrown with a kind of reed, the 
ashes of which are used as salt, one and 
a half day's jonrney to the west of Kum- 
pande. The reeds and rank grass, with 
which the river seems generaUy co- 
ved, render the crossing very treacher- 
ous at certain seasons, so that they 
warn each other by saying : " Ukamka 
BuOf haorake tnua noerUf ubae^ 
durtre," If you go to Bua, eroee it 
wi^prudence, keep etrHcing off, i. e. do 
not think of going straight on , but turn 
in various directions according to the 
depth of water. 

.(▼.)? 

(y.c.) to couch on the ground 
for hiding one'sself (said of men and 
animals). 

Baado (blUKto) t. (6««a) (pi. mmbuado\ 
a canoe, boat; buado budnga, my 
boat, hu ooma buado, to ecoop oui 
a canoe; Uu soma buadOf to hew a 
boat (its outside, to make it smooth); 
ku oompa &= oomaf 

Baag'adiaF 

Pn^mfaa, s. [bua), manUiuee, branery, 

Bnanchi (pron. what?) (used when spea- 
khig indefinitely) niohido buumohi* 
whait ehaU I do 9 {see eAfowtf) (Kis. J« fj 
whatever,inwh(Unumner,howHoaioMda 
buanehimiuuga? what i$ the matter 
with that manf — ana ohim^ mtu 
uyaf 

>(y.a.) 

(pron.poss.) rel. to words be> 
ginning with bua, 

Boaro, s. (ra) {plmabuaro), a hat ex- 
clusively for boys and unmarried men. 
ba baaro (adv.) out, on the outeide, 

hu buarOf out, out there, outtoatrd* 

(Kis.«Mto). toka ba buaro, get out qf 

the yard. Toka Mt-dMoro, get out qf 

the boy*» hut. 
WUai, s. {bua) (no plur.) A plant, of the 

fibres of which they make twine for nets. 
Babttt s. (ra) (pL mabubu), the hmgel 

the Ughte {JiL\s.pa/u). 
Bobalia (y.aO to MloueWt wounded 

by another. 



BUDA— BUINO. 



13 



(y.a) to mmoff, to tea§e; 
h mda haU, he ha§ him aumoffed long.— 
tadatada vV.rect) to eoHttnue to tean. 
tadfarmCv.d.) and tadalradini (r.a.) 
to emuB trouttU ormitdW^f to another) 
(KIs. hu m tongote»m uOiririj, 
iBdi (pron.int.) whtehf rel. to words of 
the bu-class. 

.(y.a.>— kvArarim, (see htOta,) 
S. (hma) (pi. fnobweo), hair in 
quadrupeds: doum in birds; buea hua 
gnotnbe (Kis. ^M'oya, mbdwa), 

Btt«Mi6dm (y. n.) to produce the eotmd 
M^M^ -hue^ as descriptive of the noise 
made by onesapposed to"be possessed." 
(y.a.) X49%»mpi aimebueda mpfuta* — 
biitttaiad4lDi(y.n.) to cry out inoiufe 
sleep, — MMtaMora (v.rel.) in conj. 
witi) hudwrOf to hone the fUghHnaire 
<lit to cry out in sleep) (Kis. wewedeha); 
also ku buobuedehera kuduro. ■— 
bnebvedadm (v.cO to caiuie one to cry 
out (said of a country-doctor in treating 
his patient). 

8n6ABlni(y.aO to paint to hurt, nwudm 
wa^nMuedSkaf my head paint me, my 
head etches; uffo wna^i-buodehaf he 
hurts me,— hiMdakaiim (y.rec.) to hurt 
oiMonoeA^.— biMdttkedaa(y.c.)toproo« 
the cause of pain or occasion ptUn to 
another,— taodttma? 

8nemba,s. (hua) iplmabttomba), the 
tamarindfruit (Kis. uhuaiu) ; nadengo 
tea huomba, the tamarind tree (Kis. 



i, s. (ra) (plmabvonH), 1) a fri- 
end, a companion, (Kis.railfe<, eomo),— 
2^friendshipt buonoi ubu bvhSra IsA- 
ra, buhufm^ thUfriendsihip lasU a Utile 
tohide when it dies auay,— (prov.) Jr#«»- 



oha, a real friend wM not say: wash 
thy hands, i.e. he will overlook. 
hitem (y.n.) to return, to come or f/o 
baOc— taMrtka (v.a.) 1) to borrow, hu 
b m ere ika mboni kuaf to borrow a 
knife €f dc— 2) to lend, ku tnu-bu- 
ar^ka, mboni, to lend one a kwife»— 
(y. d.) to return to or for 



(Ki8.lM« rmMm) mmmbmerorora aki- 
mmif what ddd he reimm farf ans. 
kwn a m dmn i mpita^ it is {too) dUiamt 
to Mm, — taflflrakaaa (y. rec) to ^o^• 
rtm of eocA cAinir, or to lend one ano- 
ther,— (b n w iw ) or MMvtea (y.a. 
y.reit.) to do a thing over again, repe- 
aitedly, mkaoi eibuoreoa dsima, lit. 
the woman caused dsima i.e. panada to 
return to her, the woman cooked an 
other dsima.— bnesa (v.c.) to retumt 
to give or send hctek. ku buesa mdi- 
nuif lit to bring btuk the heart i.e. to 
quiet one's self after having been an- 
gry.— MieMni(y.d.) to give or send 
bade to,— bneferaaa (v.rec.) to rOum 
{things) to each other (which had been 
borrowed).— biwr — fa* (v.d.) mMaoi 
a-nue-bueresera doimmi nHondo, the 
woman cocks an other; doi>ma (fHSfwida) 
to a stramger, 

Bngm (y.n.) {buka9^ to come up (from 
concealment); 1) afiamefromwood s to 
bum; moto una buga, the fire bums, — 
9 uge anaMra anabuga, that man 
dived and came up again. — bil|fiida 
(y.a.) to cast off (said of Indian com).— 
bairndika (v.n.) to wqpe (of branches 
of trees) (Kis. ku popSa\t— bvcvdUaa 
(v.int) to caet off complete^, entirely.— 
bvfuva (y.a). 

Biigi!aLl.{bukiia9)fy.n,) to be homesick, 
'lnsi^ hobUgtutf Ohuru ehanga cha 
bugua or ohairu m b ir eu 

BnipAnia (v.a.) to shake, to make to totter 
or tremble (a tree) (Kis. pufcu^a, »uk«h 
•uku),— bofVBika (v.n.) to be capcMe 
of being shaken,— lngiaBd!nL{y,A^ to 
shake for one.— bufwiidsa (v.int.) to 
shake much or powafuUg,— huguid- 
daira(v.d.) 

BlliBCha,s.(»«a) (plutabuinda), a de- 
sorted place, 

Boiao (adv.) slowly, eartfuUy, orderly, 
nicely, pretty well; ku ohida buino, to 
become better (a patient) (Kin. ku honda 
baha)f— bvlaa bamo (Kis. poli^pole) 
i.q. buino, but enforced by therepetition, 
bnira (v.a.)— boizira, see bu^ 



14 



BULDKIRA— BURA. 



(or hmtikira) (y.nj to &b im- 
provident, eardeiB, ind4ffermU, HUy, 
ttupid; see durtiro. 

Bania, s. (ra) (pU m otima), a lun^ (of 
clay or earth) (Kis. p%§»nba la «Mio«if o). 

Bd]iUl(y.D.) to hreaihe, hu bumap^UH- 
pfiwi, to pant—hwn.tanL{YM.) to r6$t, 
to recover ireath (Kis. hu pumiU^ or 
.tuHa).-' tamiiridam(v.c ) to cauee one 
to reit, to let one rest ifSjB,putn»iBha)» 

SaiDhm{y.n»)togrowinto1cnop8, ehmnba 
ikihina buinba,hiya »ikinabwmbe, 
this (stalk of) hemp Jta» knope, that 
(one) htu none. 

Bnmlni, s. (ra 7) (Kis. kinena). 

B^biibtta,8.(wa) (pi. u^o&um&ua) asp^- 
ciee of tird, 

B^bnbtta (y.n.) to fail (in obtaining any 
thing), to rtiwrn empty; emabumhua 
abuera (Kis. hdkupata hitUf ni hu 
ho9»a), 

Bomi.s. 

Bunpa (v.a.) syn. with: hu baraaa and 
hu hinga, 

Bunpn (y. a.) to corrupt, to pervert, 
deceive, to spoil one another; haleahaii 
ufoohofna, dsahano amaibat ana^nv- 
bumpga ni uye, formerly ht toae good, 
now he is had, it is he who corrupted 
him. Mdinui ufoge ufa-m^bumptaf 
his heart deceived him.— bompsika, to 
admit of being spoiled. — bumpsira 
(v.d.) to spoil to one, itntt-ni bump- 
9ira muana wanga. — bompiSIIUI 
(y.rec.) 

Bunpimta (y.a.) to soften by beating 
(e.g. meat).— bnmpimtidBa (y.int.) to 
beat wdl (in order to soften). 

B^bnpiira (y. a.) to take off from, to 
diminish; hu bttmpura mdengOf to 
diminish a tree (by hewing it); hu bum- 
pura ndfirOf to lessen lead (by hamm- 
ering it into thin plates).— bompiirira 
(y.d.) to diminish to or for one.— bom- 
pnrika (y.a) to appear diminished. — 
bnmpuridaa (y.int.) 

Bimdiral.(y.a.) to form the brim (only 

used of a bag) hu bnndira tumba, — 

in<lirilni (v.d.) toproveweU brimmed. 



rims b%tndirika tumba iri,-— bondl- 

iUm (y.int.) 

Bnifedira n. (v.a.) the unchatte motion 
which males use to make towardfemales 
in dancing {hu-m-bundira mketoi^ 
(obscene, hu hueoa or ooboa or hU' 
fn-pa tambi in Kis). — btm^irana 
(v. rec.) = tobeana. 

Baniora (v.a.) to maim. mupA «imm»- 
bundura. — bandwrana (v. rec.) to 
maim one anotAar.— biiiiidnrira(y.d.) 
to maim to, ana^ni-bundurura muana 
wanga,— bnndaka (v. n.) to lose a 
limb or the use of it by sickness or 
accident; to get crippled. — baadn- 
kidsa (y. int.) to get maimed much, gre- 
aOy. — bnndnlddaa (v.c.) to cause to 
get nCaimed. 

Bdalnia, s. (ra) (pi. n%alMmhuo), any 
company <^men assembled for drinking, 
consultation or play; a troop, Msembly. 
bankaa bonlniaf company, company, 
(here a company, there a company), 
(Kis. hidungu or hifungu hihosij. 

Bono bnno (adv.) bare, naked, destitute, 
wabuera buno &wno, he returns emp- 
ty handed (Kis. tuputupu). 

fiii]ua(y a.) to slight, to disregand (Kis. 
thardu).— bnnsana (y.rec.) to slight 
one another; bniudka (v n.)— boniira 
(y.rel.) to stagger, to red, lit. to disre 
gard the way. 

Bimta(y.n.) to be blunt; mbeni wanga 
unabunta. — bnntlka (v.n.) nunhna 
aya sabuntika, ali madsi madsi.-^ 

bnntidaa (y.c.) to blunt, to dull the edge 
or point. (Kis. hu ua nuMh'€ai\. 

Pnntika (y.a.) to maU, to make into malt 
(radically: to let break or burst) (by 
causing a fermentation) hu buntiha 
himSreki— blintildka (V.D.) to become 
malt, to turn out good malt— buatl- 
kin^ (y.d.) to malt to, for with.— ban- 
tikidaa (y.int.) to make into good maU, 

Bantiima (v.n.) to leap down; — bua- 
ta]iii]ca(y.n.) 

Bnra(y.n.) or biila(y.n.) to irroan (pro- 
perly &iitlto).—bmilidsa(y.n.) to groan 
intensely.— bnrika (v.) 



BURUBUDA— CHA. 



15 



(v.dO to mov6 dbouit htfore 
cnefdIU asleep, or upon waking.— 
lmjnibni»a{rji}itohuttUia><nit\ik order 
to appear too busy to listen to a person 
(Kis; ku Ji huruffusha), 

(V.) 

(y.a.) 1} to let down (by means 
of a rope) radic. to let atrip or gUde 
along (Kis. huulisa ndS hisimani^ 
2l to make a dupe qf one, oia-Jbu-dM- 
ruUdsUf he wiU make a dupe qfyou, 
liimiiiiilDi(y.n.) to drop or ftM from, 
to tumble (see purumiuha) mpika 
vfonga una-ni-hurunwha, my pot 
dropt from me; dHra iri rin»^»U-%U' 
rumukaf thU egg dropt from me.— 
lniTiiiinidia(y.a.) to drop or letfaU, 
to let go or escape. — liiinimiidjiira 
(y.d.) ^\s*ponioha, twrnpusha). 

Mmra (y. a.) The general meaning of 
this word is: to deprive <tf, to ha/re or 
sMp of-— bamkini (yj to show tm^s- 
s€(f bofre or deJUsient in regard to fore- 
sight or carefulness.— bnmkidsa (y.c.) 
to cause another to be careless or in- 
different or act like a fool.— Inimiira 
(y.n.) to prove barren, weak, to continue 
in a state of depriyation with regard 
to fertility, yirtue, strength, intellect 
h4fbue mina hururira; bi»manga hi- 
na frururfra.— Imnim (acy.) bare, de- 
prived qf what belongs to one (used of 
pots.pit8, doors 4tc.), not coyeredorshut, 
open. — bnnunika (y.) — Inimxidia 
(y.a.) and buHdsa (y.cj to puzele, eon- 
found, — lnurilril blirdm, iMriraf vna- 
aosi yoH bururu hurHru, 

Mmsi, s. (wa) (pi. waburusi), 1) a kind 
qf Uzard. ~ 2) baMnui and tnbiU 
rusi denotes the nerve qf the upper 
part qf the arm, wtana-vn-rasa ba 
burusif such a man wiU perish, Ba- 
buTfsaif has no genit. nor poss. 
tOMM, s. wadding of ftre arms, Tira 
o»ga, uHre na busa ba muamba 
bage. lit Put gun powder, put it with 
wadding upon it, — 3) biuddaa (y.c.) to 
perplex, busa and busira, see buda^^ 
busa (y. nO to act foolishly, Uke a 



fod^htadnLtto behave fodlishtosaiy 
one {bura)» 

l,s.(wa) iplwabuaij, \,q,K\8,kamba 
I, s. (la) (pi. mautu, a giii from the 
age of abont 10 to 15 ^\s,kifdma ma- 
luunualij n&aanaUHske. ni butUf hU 
or her chUd is butu. This word recei- 
ves no pr.poss. They do not say^iny 
butu/' but they say: buiu iri, ms 
butu, and: mautu aya, iMse mauitu, 
is my child, are my children. 

Bfiya (y.a.) to shut (said of things pliant* 
as bags, baskets 4tc.); (Kis.ftuAMn5«) 
bfAya nUrdmOf to shut the lips (when 
being shayed).— bii|ira(y.d.) to shut 
for one,-— bnyidm (y.int) to shut well, 
carefully. 

Bnyai pron. demonst that (relto words 
of the **b%aa** class). 

€h 

NB, We refer the student of this Dictio- 
nary to what Dr, Steere has said in his 
Handboock of the Suahili Language pag» 
253: "G is required only in writing the 
sound of the English ch or of the Italian 
c before i and e." Mr. Bebman used to 
write D with a dot under it, 
s= Dsh or Dj. in German 
(The Edit). 
CbJkt a sound onomatop, of shooting arr- 
ows; THna^n^icasa tnalimha, uyu 
ohaf nans oho, 
CluifPartic denoting the genit 
Cha (ku oha) 1) to dawn kuna ku- 
eha (Kis. kume ktteha)^ it has daw- 
ned {it has begun to dawn, i.e. it dawns). 
It comes, as it were, forth from con- 
cealement— 2} to ripen (said of the 
understanding and of yegetation). The 
yerbs being connected with cha may 
be seen in their proper order see.— 
chAresa (y. a.) to watch, to give heed 
to,-- ch«ro8«ra(y.d.)— cheta(y.n.) 
to wake, to spend the night; ku ehesa 
n%otOf to keep the fire burning tiU day 
break; na nwto wa mtengo unor 
ehesa, and the fire qf the tree burnt 
aU night,— chMa (y.caus.) to give to 



16 



CHA— CHANKU. 



underttandt to inform, to warn, clMd- 
Mi, chedam^ we below. 

Oba (lkt« cha) (y.) to let in vfoter and to 
make a trap, see Ua^ Ueka, uera and 
tBe»t$, 

OhaMn# (v). Ut TAa< <2^ tAe arrow. A 
fine to he paid by one who in mixing 
himself up with the quarrel of another, 
killed a man (see Kis. moronga and 
roHffeganaf fidia) ehab€ino tU cha 
tnye anabonia nwpfi, 

ObalMrta (s.)7 

cniabe, 8. (cha) (pi. i>«afre, not used). Th$ 
Inside bend qf the arm. This word is 
rarely used without the part ba. They 
say : ba ehabe b€n%ga for ehabe efunt- 
ga; hti mu iha or dengira tnuana 
ba ehabOf to take a c?uld on oneft arm, 

Chabe. s. (wa) (pi. waehabe), a kind of 
/l8h,— €hM (seebnaro). 

Ghada (n.prop.) name of a territory R 
o/Mpande (about one day's journey). 

OhadAda, s. (wa) (no pi.) ehadada ana- 
gaga, name of a tree. 

(B)Chalu, s. (ya) (pi. with »a), the thigh, 
lap; hu-mFfugada muana ba n^chd- 
fu or ku-^nu^ka nvu€ina ba t^^ha^*, 
to take a ehUd on one^t lap, 

Ohaima bakomo, s. One who Mtands in 
the door — said of a king or chief who 
nas been expelled by a relation = an 
ex-king or ex-ruler (see hamoramigu), 
Jfdine t^atma-barhomo-bwraoi a- 
humbira honde. I $tand at the door 
(waiting for admission) a$ the Ustard 
deHree the verandah. The "bmruei^ 
being always seen in that part of the 
house. 

-CAu^a (8.ila4j.<&ady.) bare, empty, gra- 
tuitoue, for nothing (Kis. burre) kintu 
cha eh«0e lit. a thing of gratuity, a 
preeent. (Kis. tunu) ku noma kua 
eha^9f or ku noma eht^fe ohmfe, to 
lie gratuitously, to no pwrpoee; wadea 
oh^e, he comes empty-handed (Kis. 
mikono mitupu) vnuana ali eht^e, 
the child i$ bare, naked {Kis.kifana 
kitupu), nianga ya cht^e, an empty 
horn, i.e. without a charm in it (horns 
being generally UMd as receptacles of 



charmsX wa^mu-oba ehe^, you wte 
qt^aid of him needZeetHy, without cause. 

Ohaka, s. (cha) (pi. psaka). 1) spring- 
time.— 2) year; psaka p/ttaiUt three 
years, psaka ipsi, these years. (Kis. 
muaka); psaka psiya, those years; 
ehaka kino, this year, A new year is 
known to them only by the spring-time. 

Cbake pron.pos8. his, her, hers, its (rel. 
to the kf-class); ehene ehake, it se^. 

Ofaakara ba komo? 

Chako (pron.poss.) thy, thine. 

Chak6dia, s. (cha) {p\,psi»kudia),food, 
ehakudia eha ntsana, food of noon, 
i.e. food eaten at noon (Kis.oAalB«la). 

Chakni, s. The quinsy (inflammation of 
the throat) (Kis. /kc^Mla) f0e adnenra 
ehakui behn^inero, he suffers of the 
quiney (in the throat). 

Chamba, s. (cha) (pi. psaniba). Bemp 
(Kis. bangt^} rusi ra ehamba, the 
fibres of hemp (only used for strings 
anft ropes). 

Chambo, s. (cha) {p\.psambo), a species 
of fish, fond of dead bodies and seen 
in large shoals. 

Ohambn, s. (cha) {pi psambu); a charm 
for the protection of plantations (Kis. 
kiapo eha shanUfa), 

Ohamb^bo, s. An apparition confined 
to the lake Niassa, and believed to be 
seen sometimes when being forded. 
€!hambebe ab%*kamrnusdsi,theeham- 
bebe comes forth from the water. The 
seeing of this spectre is a sure sign of 
the loss of the boat. ^ When a boat is 
capsized, their superstition again pre- 
vents fk-om saving any body, because 
they believe, that a person firom a cap 
sized boat, would, when taken into an 
other, cause it perish also. JHna eMda 
bnanehi usa^di- b i ukir e ku dsogoro, 
Cha nvuasi. 

Chaacm (pron.poB8.) my, mine (Ret to the 
kiH^lass). 

Gkankn, s. (cha) forwtsrdness in spea- 
king. (The word contains the root of 
ku anku»a, to speak) kuna nt?ni^ 
Ufa ehanku, sakara udikiwa (Kis. 



CHilNU— GHEGA. 



17 



(proapofli.) yoHT (ret to the ki- 
class), chaikfidla 9K«mu, yaurfood,-^ 
ehao (pron-poas.) ikeir (ret to the ki- 
class). 

CBiMiri, n-(cha) (pLjm«nm^ The name 
of a small tree, with which they hnish 
the walls and roob of their cottages, 
the scent keeping off mosquitoes. 

Chateli, 

Cniafvldm, 8. (wa) an upttart^ a pat' 
veau. 

duam, s. (oha) (pi pBora); a Jtnger; 
p»arap»anffaf my/lnger$, ehara eha 
fnitnief the fore-ftnger. eJiara eha 
hikuru, lit. the finger qf great, Le. the 
thwmh, ehara eha hanideef the little 
finger, peara pea ba hoH {gadi^f lit. 
thefingere of where midst, i.e. the middle 
and the third finger (Kis. ehanda, eha 
efidhada, gumba^ hidole, ndeie), 

Glianig«dm(y.n.) to run dbottt mueh, 
to be now here now there. 

Charera, (n.prop.) The hereditary name 
of the succession of chiefs in the terri- 
tory of Kumpande. 

duUM, s. (eha) (no plural). Letodneee, 
whoredom; tnuntu tea eha»a, Uwd 
man, a whoremonger (Kis. nikuare, 
«n5avn&0). 

Ohata m-tnmba, s. (pi. waehata ntr- 
imnba). lit a fiiUsher in the 609, i.e. 
one who is always seen to draw on 
his property, but does not finish it (he 
is a rich man), hu mudst hiriko, at 
town, i.e. at home there is still. 

Cniata (pron. poss.) our (ret to the ki- 
class), ehakiidia ehatu, our food, hi- 
ndnffoa ehatu, our easeada, 

Chamra, name qf a country beyond the 
great ewcmp (bog or marsh) of Bua, 

CSha daSko, s. (pi. j»/« deiko), lit. that of 
the country* 

Cnuqr^ cliaye,(s.^adv.) vanity, empti- 
neae, vainly, empty, iseeehajo). 

(Jthm, s. (eha) (pl.p«^} a hair (of the 
body),i>«ea j»«« mtgniendOf the haire 
of the lege, psea pfa (or pea) mat^ 
eha, the haire of the arms; Down; 
kiko kina eheetf the pumpkin (of which 
calabashes are made) has down. 

KiniMsa. 



(y.n.) to be thin, lean, weak, eijuaU, 
UtHe (opp.to wamkuru)/ ku eheba 
kuake litto be thin by him, i.e.his 
thinness; ku eheba mdtma, Wt, to be 
thin (as to te heart)^ i.e. weak-minded. 
ebab«kMm (v.p.) to be elighUy estee- 
med. — ekabeUra i.q. ehabara (y. 
d.) to appiar thin, weetk to one; ^H^-ku- 
ehebora ino, do I appear weak (con- 
temptible) to yout Iwe una ehebeke 
dua kua inef Do you think yourself 
despised by mef— chabodaa (v. int.) 
to be vary thin or weak; gnombe ugu 
ngo ehebedea kuU uya, lit This cow 
is thin where there is that, i.e. thinner 
than that, or inferior to that. 
Gli0b«rtea(y.cont.) to be diminishing, 
lessening, to be nearly finished (as food), 
Cliada(y.a.) to thwart, cut off, to Mnderl 
(to maliciously preyent). ~ chadara 
(y.d.) to prevent from, to aU one off 
from; o-ni-eJbecfora nwtmronda gaaga, 
Jhs balked me of my merchandise; a-ni- 
ehedera namaali, he balked me (cut 
me off) from a girl (whom I wanted 
to marry). 
Chada, (s.<ftady.) silent, quiet, calm, si- 
lently, profoundly silent, maneha 
inadontora ehede, ehede, Jlie Nianr 
eha (Niassa) is profoundly silent, i. e. 
is perfectly calm.— chada chada (reit.) 
unaehida buetn^i, ehede ehede ni 
vpfumbua (Proy.) 
GhadAra, s. (ra) (no plural); Joking, 
Ohadaa, s. Name of a kind of sharp, 
cutting grass, ehedea uyu, ana^ni- 
eheki$, 
Ghadna(y.p.) (see chada) to be dOayed 
or detained (cut off from one's purpose). 
chadaarMva (y. med.) fo be delayed 
or dtftoined.— «liadnadaa(y.a.) to delay, 
detain, retard (Kis. ku kawiUa, «a- 
etkhari), 
Gha8«(y.a.) I) to cut as with a saw; to 
saw on the "tseka," 2l to wound. ^ 
ch^ffna (y. pass.) to be cut (by sharp 
bladed grass, not by men), to get wo- 
nnded.— cliag'6diia(y.refl.) to cut ontfs 
seHf. — chagMaa (y. int) — chagana 
(y.rec) to wound one another,-' cha^d- 

2 



18 



CHEGA— CHEURAl. 



km, to turn tmt teOl cite.— clMf«ni 
(y.d.) to cut or saw for one,— cliag i d»a 
(y.int.) 1) to cut or $aw wdl; ^ to wound 
fluply, 

GhegV dieg^, s. (wa) (pi. waahega ohe- 
ga) thiB UH)od-pedcer (a species of bird). 

Chemba (v. a.) — cliemb«ni (v. d.) -- 
chMnbaa (v. p.) — cfamabedMi (y.int.) 

Ghmnbere, s. (wa) (pi. with sa); «iImm< 
tfffu ni ^iefnheref wakaai awa ni 
ehSmbere,— cliemb«ni (y.) 

Ghembo, s. 

Ghenda, s. {r9.){p\.maehonde) the tetUcUs, 

Chenche, s. a fty, 

Ghanchemera (y.n.) to tremble (from 
weakness or old age). 

Ghanchara (y.n.) to be inUXUgeant, inge- 
nious, 8hreu)d, muntu woo ehenchoraf 
an intelligent man {Kis, muerefuj,— 
chanchera cliaiichara (y. reit.) (see 
wamba) to let one know. — chancbaaa 
(y.a.) to impart intelligence, to inform, 
warn; hu ehenehoBa muanOf to correct 
a child (Kis. hu erefusha).- ch a BCh a - 
aana (y.rec.) to irtform one another, to 
play tricks one upon another. 

Gfaancharara s. (cha) {plpooneherere), 
the mane, eheneherere eha mbuBi and 
oha mbidsi, the mane of a goat (which 
Is said to be yery large in the Waniassa 
country), and of a zebra. 

Ghaacrara, s. (ya) (pi. with sa); ba^go 
iri nha ehengere. 

Ghandiadi {nrohenohodtj, s. (wa) (pi. 
^oanehet%chodi, or with sa), an intect 
which spoilt cotton and woolen cloth 
by eating emaJU holes into it (perhaps 
the cock-H^hafer) ; ^enehodi tana d6o- 
ra nAsaru.— n-cbanchartei (y ) (nr- 

chonehorSdou, ya, #a). 

Oliaiichan4lai fy.a.) — g h imif h^""^'* 

Oh a i fc li aa a (y.) to overreach, deftaiud 
onef nka/doHMrTasiMr'ni uyu ana-tn- 
okonchesa hua hu wttyura, 

Ghanm (y.n.) moMra ana chenura 

Ghana? 

Ghanai. (see Tonsi.) 

Ghapa«(y.aO to diminish, to make Uttle 
1^, treat one as little, despise, ana- 
th^sa u l s m u wahOf he diminishes 



Ms htmour, \,e^he was wanting, foiled 
in doing honour (to some body) (see 
oKeba). aehepta mau yahe, he di- 
minishes his voice (speaks or sings less 
loud).--chapaaiia(y.rec.) wantu wone 
uion%u sitoa chspaanat 

Gbara(y.n.) see dara(y.n.) 

Gbara, s. (cha) (pi. i>««ra) (see Liying- 
stone's Book pag.575). 

Gharaaa(y.) to- watch one; fn-chereso 
baya aniha bo, uxUch him where he 
goes.— charaaara (y.d.) hu eheresa 
gnombe hua hu randiranaf to waich 
cattle by turns, waniha hudi w€mUu 
awa ? where do these men go 9 wamr- 
ha hu eheresa hu dsineha, they go 
to keep watch at the burying ground. 
This is done when a king or great 
man has been buried, in order to pr&- 
yent them from being disinterred by 
tliieyes for the sake of the clothes and 
iyory— rings^ with which the great 
ones are buried. An instance once 
occurred on the part of the Wahiao, 
who happened to be present at the 
burial of a king as trayeilers, and were 
discoyered long afterwards by the iyo- 
ry-rings being recognized on their bo- 
dies in their own country when yisited 
by the Wakamdunda. On their next 
yisit with the latter they were killed. 

Ghara, s. 

Gliaaa (y.) to conoerse and to wake; 
nonda uohesa hua m*nsanga uy«, 
/ am going to amuse (myself) at that 
my friends. The mother will reply: 
Iieha, tisanihef hua fuha n^tunsi 
wasanone udsada hudia nao, 

Ghaa^mira (y.n.) to glitter, to glittm, 
g&ndoa neheoonUrat the beanft/r i9 
glossy, hisiro ehes^nUra, 

GhaArm(y.a.) to make one look 6adk.— 
chaaka, to look over the shouldsr, to 
turn the head round in looking back, 
(feM bodorohc:^,^ chanrtaa (y.rec^ 
to make look back one another,— cbt&a- 
vika(y.n.) to admit qf *hu eheura;^ 
osieheuriha, he cofimot be made to lock 
batk,— dMiirlrm (y.d.) to look back 



CHEWE— CHIKARAUMBA. 



19 



to ~.~ c]i«ttridMi(y.inU dieiikira 
(y.rel.) to look back to, 

Chewe, s. (cha) (pl.i>««t«e), nafne of a 
kind of amaU tree, the UavtB of tohich, 
when yofing, are u$ed aa a vegetable, 
cdUed 'terSre," It is particulary given 
to people in the small pox. 

Clwwer^re, s. (ya<itsa) a wart (Kis. tM«u}. 

Ghieyo, s. (cha) [\A.pseyo), A tree of a 
very soft and jUyrous wood, pieces of 
which, are used as brushes, ndieho wa- 
dsukira dsenhua eheyo, it is this 
tltey dean baikets (with). 

Chi or di(v.n.) to say, to think; nima 
di mbeni wanga una daiha, I said 
or thtnk, my knife is lost; dadi pa^ 
or dadi ehede, say 'pa" or ehedef 
i.e. be quiet, silemt, I-di-ohede^ dim- 
feref be quiet, that we may listen 
{Note: the "i" refers to chede lit. it say- 
chede, meaning: say it — - scil. chede. 
I>€Ulini ehede, damfera pfunffo, 
lit. say ye chede, i.e. be quiet, we smcU 
a pfiingo. The termination "nf de- 
notes the plural of the Imperative, 
and the particle "da" strengthens the 
word (see<la). 

Chiali or diali, s. the sound made by 
something faUing (espec. into water). 

Chiaoi (pron.) w?Mt, which; wtOeun^ba 
ehiani f what do you v)ant 9 (Kis. mom- 
bo ganif je), 

Chibo (see leibo) s. (cha) {^\.p»iho) (or 
vi- andpytfro a smdU basket (Kis.fc€«A- 
wnd(£^, ehibo eha hikuru and cha 
hign&no, 

ChibiUno, s. (cha) (pl.i>«<, [vi or pfi) a 
double tootht a grinder (Kis Je^ro) miMnu 
ya ehibudno. 

CShida, s. (cha) [phpsida) a weapon; una 
hudsa suku denga ohida Tcivnodsi, 
thou comest wUhont carrying (even) 
one weapon, 

Ohida (y.a.) to make, to do, to behax>e; 
ehidapfoQ Tcoma, do (it) well; ohida 
pfoo Hmb€t^ do it firmly, or make it 
firm, wa ehida ehi€mi9 thoumakest 
whatf = what do you make? wa 
ehida buanehi, whatever are you dO' 
iitg, ohao ehida bttdoMhi, in what 



manner, (how) that of making uhat. 
hu ehida maniasi, lit. to make shame 
=■ to be ashamed, hu ehida tuihiru, 
to make envy = to envy, htt ehida 
nehido, to do work or business. — 
chidira (v.d.) to do (any thing) for 
(another); — chidika(y.n.) to befeas- 
able or practicable; — chididsa (v.c.) 
to cause to make, to excite; hu^n- 
ehididsa maniasi, to put one to shame, 
to bring shame upon one. 

Chidadanga, s. (cha) (pi. viehidadan- 
ga, a wicker-basket for carrying fowls. 

Chidenge donga? 

Chidildsa, s. (cha) (pl.p«i or vichidi- 
hisa) a plateau; iya ni ndstdse, na 
iki. ni chidikisa, that is a low plain, 
and this a plateau, table -land. I'ht 
territories of Kabdra, Togera and 
Nkoma are said to present this variety 
of landscape, ni chidikisa, that is a 
low plain, and this a plateau, table 
land. 

Chido (or properly nr^hido) s. (ya) (pi. 
with sa); work, business, nehido sa 
nkani, or ehido soo ehuruka, much 
or a great deal of business. 

Chidni, s. (cha) tJumgtlessness. 

Chiaka (or diaka) to be eaten, or to be 
eataible. ehiera (or diera) ku-nt-diera 
nseru (or ndseru) to eat on^s wits, 
i.e. to outwit one (Kis. ku^m-bemba 
akilisakwe), 

Chigdmu, s. (cha) a detached multitude; 
1) ehigdmu eha wantu, a troop of 
m^en; ehigdmu eha gnombe, a Jterd 
of CfUUe; — 2) ehigdmu eha mpfura, 
a shower of rain, 

C3higiii9Ea(y.a.) to hurt (Kis. um<«a). — 
chigaragara, S. (see kigaragara). 

Chigo, s. (cha) {p\,p»igo), a sm<Ul log 
of wood, 

Chigorora, s. (cha) te act offomication 
and adultery, mhasi wa ehigororo, 
a woman of, — muana wa ehigoro- 
ro, an illegitimate child, ku ehida 
ehigororo, to commit whoredom. 

Chikaradmba, s. i^\. pfi^hikarawn- 
ba)i (s.<c-adj.) barren (said of men and 
animals), mkaoi uyu ni ehikara- 

2* 



20 



GHIKO— CHIRI. 



tfmt«/ g n o mb € «fyw ni tthikmro' 

harwmmbn eJba-»<-«««Mf«cs. 

Giyko, name qf a town or viUage in tht 
nefghbowhood qf DBenga. 

CUk», s. (kUw) (cha) (pi pfiho, viko 
and pHko) a cdldba$K cMho cha 
Uu goMra madsi, a ealdbck%hfor la- 
ding <nU water out of a eemoe. ehiko 
fOut hu dunffira madsi, a ealabtuh 
for drawing water from a well, 

Ohima or dima (v.) 

CShimba or dlmba (v.n.) i.q. hu limba); 
only in the Imp. he hrave or etrong, 
Ohima, hondo fhaliko, he brave, the 
hatUe is not yet over (It is still there). 

CShimbm? 

Chimbilisi (adj) full to overflowing 
(only said of rivers), nul«#ngr« uyu 
inadsi ali ehimbuisi scun-oheka. 

ChimbtUra (s. a adj.) barren (said only 
of the male); ufdmuna awa nipfimr 
buira, theee malee are barren; cfUm- 
buira or hin^mira, seems also to 
meananEwMuh, The Waniassa kings 
and chiefs know of Eunuchs only since 
the time that the Portuguese have 
settled in their country. The indivi- 
duals are given a certain medicine, 
they do not undergo an operation. 

Cfaimpi, s.? 

Chiacha (v.a.) to interpose an obstacle, 
to shelter, screen, prevent, obstruct | 
Ifa-^mF^hincha muntu uy m waeor^m^ ' 
bane,^ chinchika (v.a.) lit. to turn 
into an obstaele, to let come between, 
(said of a door); chlw^fha uea dea- 
gure pfiwipfiwi.^filimchMrB, (v d.) 
1) to put (the door) a Jar for another; 
2j to stick, to let sUek. hu ehifwhi- 
hira hibeso, to stick a comb in the 
hair.^ chlnchlkidia (v.a.) to stand 
against (by way of support), to prevent 
fromfcUling; to stag one or a thing.— 
chinchiriia (v.a.) to defend (by words 
or actions), to act as advocate to one 
(by instructing him what to say before 
a Ju4je.— chanehara. 

Chincha or kincha, s. (cha) {plpsit^ 
oha) a knot; the part of a tree where 



a branch shoots. In plants and strings 
it is pfundo oMt%«ha eha m do m g of 
pfumdo la fMUimde. 

GhiBchiade, s. 

Ohinda (v a.) (see JktffMla) hihwtuo ehoo 
ehindikira, a thide skin,^ chiadl- 
kira(v.n.) to be thUk, to exceed in bulk 
or substance (see babukm),-^ dbiaii- 

Idia (v.a.) lit to make one (compara- 
tively) thick; i. e. to give one more 
than another. 

Chladiii, s. (ra) (pi. fnaohnUhUl roqf, 
fnaehlndui ya niumba^ Hhe roofs qf 
the houses. 

Ohingifcma (v.) 

GhincilEna, s. (ra) (pi. ma&hingtkua) 
portion (said of food and provisions) 
deitna ana-i-reniba, ana-m-o&ra 
ehingihua, Tie divided the paste (kind 
of cooked food) and left him a portion. 
Chinglrisa (see ehinehirisa), 

Chingiia, s. (cha) iplpAngue), a string 
or small rope; ehingue eha fnbedsa 
lit the rope qf a flsh-hook =■ fishing- 
line. Strings are made of the fibres 
of various plants and of the fibrous 
part of the bark of certain trees; ku 
boda ehingue,to twist a string; pfin- 
gue via m*paea, strings qf a mat. 

Ckdngwnanf 

Ghira, s. (wa) (pi. id.) 1) Kis. kima. — 
2) a species qf fish 

Ghira (v.n.) to heal, to grow weU, to 
escape from danger; ea tnai n'na 
ehira, oh mother I have become well 
(have received agratuity, thank you); 
^fiii>iir^^ chirikisa, durikUBra, ckl- 
rira, chiridsa (v.int) to be effective in 
healing,— chiza (v.a.) to cure (or kima), 
to save, deliver from danger, 

Chlranyali, s. 

Chirega, s. (cha) {plpfioMrega) a hd{f 
witted person, a fool. 

Chire (n.prop.) name qf a territory, un- 
inhabited, level and covered with grass, 
and straggling trees. 

Chiri, s. 1) a bribe, (yy. sa).— 2) a stone 
fixed into the ground, with a pot b^ore 
it near the place where {seegetgiH) 
superstitious practices arepetformed. 



CHIRIRA— GHOEEDSA. 



21 



(v.rel.) to ueape (from danger) 
(by, throned) 2Pt%a eMrira tnuai or 
muawi, I escaped by (my) good huk 
(8eecliini,(y.n.). 

Ghlrikm(v.n.) to put $o<uto lean againit, 
to use a$ a prop, rhlriki«« (v. a.) to 
prop, met. to ifttereede,'-^ chirikisini 
(y.d.<£instr.) to prop for another, met ' 
to Intercede for.— cliirirum (y.a.) to 
make run down or out with vekemenee 
(water). 

Ghivinfisa, probably ehirikioa. It 
refers to the fastening of a door by 
a stick put across.— chnrichMa (v.)-- 
i/s. see in K (grief).— duri- 
(v.a.) 

CUld, s. 1) name qf a country.^ 21 (see 
uehisi) obttinaey, way-wardnees. — 
chimdiini, s. 

Cblnda, s. (wa) god, (Kis. Mungu) «m»- 
tn-bempa Chiuda na waoimu wa 
tndu na tva doibuene wa^ni-ehiriki' 
Mire, b€^ ba gagiai, 

GhnXmba (or chicuba), s. (cha) (pi. 
j»«ut»fra), i.q. ehikara tvmha, barren; 
gnombo ioi nipsumbaf ndMui ugu 
ni ehumtba, 

Cbimkd», s. (pi. pAundo) (cha), a raised 
seat made qf day outside qf thUr cot- 
tages, ehiwndo aha nikonde, a seat 
(of clay) along the side qf a cottage, 
eM%Mndo eha ba hon%o, a threshold 
(of clay) of (M'here) the entrance (see 
honw), 

Cbiuio, s. (pi. pfUino) (cha), the hip, 
ohiuno eha kikuru, a large hip. 

Chilly*, s. (cha) iplpfluye), any thing 
qf which one does not know, or does 
not like to mention the name (Kis* 
kidude), ehiuye ehiya ni eliianif 
what thing is that 9 

ChiwaikUl, s. (cha) {p\, psiehiteianda* 
viohiufonda or pfiehiwanda), 1) an 
evU spint, a demon, — 2) a spectre, 
mkasi toanga ana gtUdua na ehi 
teanda, my wife has been seiMed by 
an evil spirit, has become insane, usi- 
ku wa rm^ nakumfona nu ehi- 
wdndta (or kidoodokutii to — night I 
met with a spectre i^eekidsodokua). 



OllhvAiro, 8. (cha) drimOing, m^sra 
or «Mj»/Wra ya ehiufdwa, driMMUng 
rain Oiis,magniogniota), 

Chnnrtngu maiira, s. counter qfeggsf 

Cflhdo, (The second o is scarcely audible), 
a relative particle implying the imper^ 
sonal pronomen 'it," That which, or— 
it which is — that of; n^iona admtgm 
ehoomake, \\\,the chUd carries that 
qf its mother, i.e the child takes after 
its mother, ehoo ehida buamohi, how, 
in what way, lit. that of doing what; 
ehS, is a particle reUUive to the ki 
and ch doss — which — kudsa nd cfio^ 
to come with it = to bring; eho dani 
or ehoo dani, howf lit. that of what 
(see daniU 

Ghodunroro, s. (ra) (pi. maehoehororo) 
comb, crest; davnbara ana ehochoro- 
ro, the cock has a crest or comb, bonv' 
bo una ehttehororo, the bombo ser- 
pent has a crest. 

Ghodsa (v. a.) (see ehoha) to take out, 
to remove; dsangara rikari n^kogo^ 
idea ni-kur^hosere; sina-i-ehodse, I 
have not yet taken it out,— ch oda a n a 
(v.rec.) to remove one anotfter (m con- 
sequence of quarrelling) (Kis. toana),— 
chodiera (v.d.) t > remove a thing for 
another (Kis. toea, ondolea), 

Chofu, s. (ya) (no pi.) colic, a pain in 
the bowels. 

Chofa choga [seetsoha tsoka) said 
qf a woman who h(M complete mastery 
qf her body in dancing (to appear as 
if set on wire). 

Choka (v.n.) to go or come out, to leave, 
quit, emigrate; waehoka kttdf, wftere 
do you come from? dsua raehoka, 
the sun comes out, mdsimbiri ana- 
ehoka Jkodo, anadsa ku kdra kuatte, 
A man qf the District {Dsimbiri) emi- 
grated from them and came to dioell 
with us,— chokora (v.d.) to leave one's 
place to, to give place to another.-^ 
clMlnraiia(y.c.) 

dittkadaa (v.intificaus.) 1) to sHdc out 
much— 2) to cause one to change place; 
mdtukua wa keuu ranga fsna eho- 
kedsa nditu, the httft (or hilt) qf my 



22 



CHOKA— CHURURA.. 



hoe stickt otU very much, hina «e«* 
^okedsa ni ehiani f what takee them 
away, or drivet them from their ewn- 
try, or what cautee thtm to emigrate 9— 
chodia (y.a.) to remove, to take out of. 

Choka (adv.) alone fit alone) (rel. to 
words of the ki and chc lass). 

Choko, s. (wa (pi. waohoho,.a epear; 
mahale ya ehoho, Femites of a spear 

• 

ChokiHro, s. (cha) (pi. psogoro); Uu 
dunga, hu roa, Uu denga ehohoro. 

Ghomba m-mancha, s. a hand-clap- 
per, a nick name given to one who 
does not himself know, when to clap 
his hands for giving applause, but al- 
ways waits for others.— 2) something 
given in addition to a purchase (ma- 
rensi) it being their custom always to 
clap their hands after a bargain, ni- 
engesa ehwmha m-mancha, add a 
something for clapping our hands. 

Clionchonclio(adv.) imitative of sound, 
hiko charira ehonchoneho kili mo- 
yo. The calabash cries "ehonchon- 
eho," it is whole. 

Chong-dra m-sana, s. (for ehoongora 
see ongora) drink-m,oney, gratification, 
gratuity. 

Chouse (adj.) all, whole, rel. to the ki- 
class; kili eiionae, it is aU or entire 
(Kis. ukamili). 

Cboni, s. (cha) {plpsoni). A small ca- 
labash used for mixing beer with 
"punddbui." 

Chog-onera (choogonera), lit. that of 
to sleep mth; the meal taken in the 
evening, after which they go to sleep. 

Chosa, which not; ref. to the •ki"-class. 

Choso, s. (cha) (pi. psoao), a place 
where a fire had been made (outside 
the house, in the fields or in travelhng) 
(Kis. ^iko la moto), wantu wana- 
Bonka moto psoso psitatu, the men 
have kindled three fires (Kis. watt* 
wana washa moto viko vitatu), 

GhuAra, s. see kiwara, of which ehu- 
ara seems to be a contracted form. 

ChtUe, s, (cha) (pi. psule), a frog (Kis. 
ehua). 



I 



Cflbnma. s. (cha) (pi. p9uima) (psa) jmn 
petty (Kis. moU). 

dramba, s. (seee^^Mm^a). 

Ghomba, s. (cha) i^\,p9umJba), a trap 
(for catching birds); ehimnha eha hu 
tsera inhardnnL 

Ch^blda (v.) hu kdra ehunda choo 
banda muana, 

Cimdo (seeehiundo). 

Cham, s. (cha) {plpturu), a hiUock 
(knoll), &arrou; (of white ants (Kis.<eM). 
Insoa »a durvha mpsuru, white 
ants come forth from the psuru (after 
they have got wings). That kind which 
is employed in building them, is called 
ktsiie. Both kinds however together 
with several others, are most likely 
only diflferent transmutations of one 
into another, ehuru ehanga ni m- 
sunga, my ant-hiU is a fresh one (see 
msunga). These ant-hills are much 
attended to. 

ChiirQka(v.n.) to be much, to be many, 
to be plenty; wantu woo ehuruha, 
i.q. wantu wankani, many men (Kis, 
ku ongea)f gnonibe soo ehuruka, 
plenty Q/'co^tZe.— chiinikidiia(v.med., 
lit. to be muched-ed or multiplied, i.q) 
overwhelTtud with business, to find onefs- 
sdf overburdened; rero sita huta* 
kudaa kuako, naehurukidua na n- 
ohido sa nkani, lit. to-day I shaU 
not finish (shall not be able) to come to 
you, (because) I am multiplied with 
busines; tiyu na-mu-itana, an»- 
ehedua, siziwa anaohurukidua, I 
called this (man) (because) he was de- 
layed, I do not know (whether) the bu- 
siness was (not) too much for him, — 
chnnikira (v.d.) to be much to any 
one. — chnmkidaa (v. int.) to be very 
much, to be more (many), gnontbe 
sake saehuruhidsa kuli stsnget, 

Chnrftra (v.n ) to gush, to flow through 
quickly, forcibly (said of the mtsere).— 
chamrisa (v. a.) to make go through 
plentifully (by pouring on too much 
water at a time), usa ehurustro'tsera 
tonora, do not flood it (viz. the mtsere) 
distil it by drops (else the salt will not 



CHUDSU— DADSAMA. 



23 



be extracted from the ashes).-- dm- 
TWUk (v. a.) to multiply, to increase, to 
augment; uko umikaho uka ehurti- 
dge imStu, be circwnspeet where you 
go; ugon»o eha htunti, eha inuamba 
kidsfhe^ get the favour qf those who 
are near, and those at a distance wUl 
be gained likewise,— ehurndsira (v.d.) 
to augment to. 
CbAidmn, s. obtrusive taXk; ni-ehokora 
<»ba, UBonni-ikire ehudsu tnrkonde, 
get away from here, do not put me 
refuse in my verandah. Though the 
word chudsu denotes refuse of grass 
{ki udsu) yet is never used of such, 
but only in the fig. sense mentioned, 
and always in connection with m- 
konde (see konde), the usual word for 
refuse being: kigniadsi, 

]>a (pron. pers.) 1) we, but only before 
verbs (see "f/e,") daiba data, we are 
had, we fimshed, i.e. we have become 
obnoxious already; uda-i-ononga 
contr. ndiononga. — 2) a prefix used 
in forming the Imperative. I>a uka! 
awake ! da ima, stand. Verbs of one 
Syllable retain the particle Km, as: 
dukitdsa, come (pi. daktidsani, come 
ye!— 3) da (v.a.) to have an aversion to, 
to disdain fmf.ftu da), ana-^i-da. he 
has an aversion to we.— dana(v.rec.) 
to home an. aversion to each other 
(Kis. ku dairana, tetana).—dera (v.d.) 
to Dislike for, to be angry with (any 
one) for nor-kti-dera dsaru yanga 
uditononga, I dislike thee (for) my 
cloth (which) t?iou hast spoiled. — 
derera(v.)— daiiidMa(v.c.) to set at 
enmity or variance, — dereredaftt do* 
redsa, dernka.— dedMa(v.c) to in- 
cite, instigate, to cause any one to have 

an aversion. 
]>a (v. n.) 4) (fcti da) to be blade, dark. 

muntt€ wa ku da, a black man, 

kftna ku da^ to with be dark, i.e. it is 

dark; natnka kuna ku da, I go (for) 

it is already dark, grows dusky, twi- 1 



Ught, it dawns; banga hn ku da, a 
black spot (esp. on animals); mawanga 
ya kuda, &2acfc spots; fngamda Ufa 
ku da, blade beads; dimke ku ada 
dsdbano, let us go, it is now dark; 
ieka ku da mdima, leave off being 
dark as to the heart, ov to be darh- 
hearted, distrusting,— dedaa(v.a.) to 
blacken, 

D^Uura, daarira(v.)? 

Daba(v.a.) to take of or from any thing, 
so as to leave a smaller or greater 
part behind; ku ddba mabira, to take 
up a handful cf Guinea com; ku 
de^a n-kuni, to take some wood (so 
as to leave a remainder). Nidabe 
nidenge wonse, shcUl I take a little 
or carry off allf kur-m-daba viv-kdnioa 
lit. to take from one in the mouth, i.e. to 
elicit by artful questions.— daUka(v.n.) 
to admit of taking from (£e. gaera tiyu 
sadabika, these beans are not handy 
daliira (v.d.) to take part of any thing 
for another,— dabidaa(v.int,) to take 
from mue^.— dabirana(v.rec.) to di- 
vide bettoeen-among (i.q. gawdna). 

DAbi&a(v.n.) to wonder, to be curious 
(to know); nadahua ine muntuuya 
ni kabea, I wonder whether this man 
is not a spy. — dabnislia (v.a. <£ v.n.) 
to astonish, to raise (one*^) curiosity; 
to wonder, to be curious to know,-^— 
dabnwhana (v.rec.) 

Dade, s. (wa) (pi. wadade) Father; when 
the words are joined by the pron.poss. 
they are changed Into dede and wa 
dede. dede wanga, my father; dede 
wako, thy father; dede wake, his 
father; dede watu, dede wanu, dede 
waof plural W€idede wanga dbc 
NB. By way of honour the plural is 
generally used instead of the sing. The 
same is the case with mai mother, and 
mbt$ye grandfather and grandmotter. 
dede watu ni fn*n%odsi/ wadade 
vfotuni wan%odsi, 

Dade, s. a relation by the father, i.e. on 
the father's side. 

Dadflama (v. n.) to stand pressing ths 
upper part of the body forward, — 



34 



DADU— DAMBE. 



(y.aO to put up ag€4nat 
(e.g. a stick againsi a wall).— dadfla- 
aiiidMl(v.c.) to eau$€ to iean agalntt 
(any thing which previously was stan- 
ding nearly upright and was ready 
tofaU. 
Dadn (tain) (a4).) ihrte; wantu war- 
dadu, ^&ee mm, pfintu pfldadu, 
three thingt; gnombe vidadu^ thru 
hMd of cattle; mbuei wanga eidadu, 
mp goatt are three. 

Daittiui (tafaui)? to ehew,— daftmika 
(y«n.) to admit of chewing or being 
chewed,^ daftmlra (v. d.) to chew to 
or for, with; n^-daf^tnire vnuana^ ♦»- 
diedee,— daAmidaa (y.lnt.) to chtw 
well, 

Dacrada^ (y.n.) to he huey, flutter, flirt, 
move about, buttle about (esp. said of 
women).— 

Dagnanda (v.n). i.q. — danyadsa. 

Daia (or daya) (r.a.) to throw awag, to 
tpUl, forsake, mislay, lose, to part 
with, to have an abortion, nirittdo 
tnbeni u sikudaia I have ttttl thit 
knife, I have not lott it, daia daia 
(v.reit). to tcatter about, to sell off 
cheaply. — daika (v.n.) 1) to ad- 
mit qf throwing, diepensig with dc — 
2} to appear or turn ovJt at Utrown 
away, tpHled, mitlaid. wendamua^ 
dallMr.— daira(y.d.) Thou goeet in qf 
pottibly thrown away (said of unne- 
cessarily going into danger).— dairiaa 
(v.a.) to tl<i€ken, to let go or eteape, 
to let wander; hu^m^dafrita nUu, to 
let one eteape; hu dairlta gnombe, 
to allow cattle to wander (so that they 
transgress on plantations); kuhu wanr- 
ga adairiea, my hen lett (her chi- 
ckens) go from her, she will soon for- 
sake them (dMbano <MicMii»la).n-daia- 
na or dajraaa (v. rec) see boran- 
gana,— daio, dai« (a(iy.) tcattered, 
tpread about; nutdei tUi dale date, 
tTie water it tpread atl about; huna 
deara vieunei viettnei, there remain 
only little iOett,— dadaa (v.n.) to epre- 
cd, to <!pread out; — daid4a (v.) — 



kndid-daia to throw onufttOS ama/y im 
Vhe MMM qf leening ont^t home, un- 
called for and getting into difficulties 
in a strange land.— daidfla(y.c.) hw- 
a^-daidea hampenmbe huh^ to eaute 
a hawk to let fall a fowl (by fright- 
ening him). hU'doi-deOa data to 
sprawl. 
Dali (a4j<) Ungear (root of mdol^, mau 
aga ni ga dali^ thete wordt are long, 
or nuta goo dali, wordt which are 
long; nn»n$u wa mdali, a taU man 
(Kis. m«M mr^fu); yoo refers to words 
beginning with ma; nouns beginning 
with m and belonging to the inanimate 
creation form «900, ntdonga woodali, 
a long tru; Mngue eha htdalt, a long 
rope; kndali and fcwdalidali or dali 
da]i(adv^/ar. at a dietanee, far about* 
mdali mdali, in far inf^r = scattered 
about at a distance. 
Dama (v. a 4 ntama aenda mdenro, 

adama ntnarCo (provl^ 
Dama, s. (ra) oUttrement by drett, lat^ 
dviont adornment^ meretrieiout gaud, 
ntuntu wa dama s= Kis. «»«al<»l^«- 
M, mMinmi, 
Damaiida(v.a.) to tpeak (in praise) qf, 
to harp upon, to keep tpeaking about,— 
damandira (v.reU to be proud u>ith 
reepect to — ; to praise for; didaona 
himetie wa-mrdanumdira, we shall 
tee what they praite him for,-- daman- 
didMi(y.int) to praite much, to extol, 
magnify, u»a-m-dan%andidse, hana 
nwuam*na ndige geka, do not extol 
him, at if he wat the brave man alone 
(the only brave man). 
Dambdra, s. (wa) {pKwadambdra) a 
cock; damhdra aartra, the cock crow9 
(cries). 
Dambarara (v.a.) to ttretch out one*9 
lege (when sitting or lying on the 
ground), deiko rinadambarara, the 
Umd it ttretehing out, creeping along, 
it level,— dambararidaa (v.int.) ta 
etreteh out well; dambaraiHdea nU- 
. endo go, (Kis. ntoeha magu hago, 
Dambo, s.(ra) (pKmarambe, i.q .dwyt* 
in Kisi — ^bunb^ Aambo (a(*« ^ ?* ^ 



DAMBO— DANSA. 



25 



IsjOMO uyu «M tfomfre 4ambe 



», s. (ra) (pi. mmdmmbo and 
ra>mbo)f a plain; meadowif gromtd fit 
for patture, a fne, opm tract qf 
cotmtry (Kis. barra Jaupe), gnon^be 
9m%ga Hna nUca Uu damtho, my 
eatOe are out at pattwre. 



IMmpira(v.n.) togolnf^he hdp qf ano- 
ther, or while laying hold of any thing 
(said of a child beginning to walk), to 
toddle.-- damftridta and damyhia 
(y.a.) hu datrnpiMdam mMona, 

Mmam (v.a.) to 9i»g in praUe qf; to 
mtnUoH any one in Hitgingfor prai$fyig 
ktm, prov« ukarirthddfmura nwuana 
nkua mhaai, h u ensi ako»e udHwn, 
lit. if you waU, make mention (to say) 
ike chad (who died) 100« a female, that 
the friend may know it, f.e. if you com- 
plain, state the cause openly to yoor 
friend. 

Da&a(v.)— dinid— (y.c) (see da I.) 

P«ndarm(v.n.) to put up for a day or 
two in traoetUng (Kis. hu ehinda), 
ndadamddra dHku eiwili, I ehall 
put up for tuo daye. — dawdaiidia 
(yx,) (Kis. ku ehinddea). 

Ihwdwila (v.n.) to ke eorry, sad, eor^ 
rouiful, to grieoe (Kis. eioitiha), — 
dandrarirm (v.d.) to be eorry for or 
with respect to another; to pity, to 
lament (Kis. eanotUha, harumia), — 
dandaolidaa (y.cdfcint.) (Kis.«<^«l»- 
ha)t cans, udenda wanga toa-ni~ 
dand mu lideo f intens. dandauUt-hu- 
ino, uea dandauUdee (Kis. eoeoneea), 

Pa ad afito , s. (radi wa) (pL ma and tM») 
a epidet). 

DandTft (see taM0») s. (ra) (pi. madanga). 
the vHUer-melon, 

Danydd— (v. n.) to toalk aetride, to 
etraddte.— drnigmdaJTa (v.d.or rel.) to 
etraddle, toput the lege apart to or for, 
to take between the legs (a child) Ivsei 
uaadangadeire moto u, I%ou! do not 
take the fre beioeen your lege; da-n*- 
Mca na*ne niote, let me aleo warm 



Ihmylija(v.n.) to admU Ught ttrmvft, 
interttieee (said of things planted, es* 
pecially the hadee (see angarara), f» 
t^ord free epaeee,^ dMngmrmMam. 
(v.int) to leave large interetieee On plan- 
ting the kadse tree). 

llaBf«rani(y.) 

Dangnaiilkiui (v. p.) 

Dani (pron.interr.} what, which f in what 
manner? of what nature? (It can 
only be used in connexion with other 
particles of speech) eho, wo, j»/1», 
ro, go Ac. unga-fn-dtmi, ungtk' 
nt'danft deabano wahuHua, ]itr»- 
eemble him what, reeemMs htm what^ 
now he ie homeeick, i.e. be -ever so- 
kind to him, or do whatever yoa 
like unto him, it will be of no use, he 
is homesick and wants to go (unga i» 
the 2nd person sing, of the verb 'nga*^ 
unga^mrdani, ntuntu uga eagonoS^ 
ha, do what you may with him, that 
man ie unimprovable ; adamoeha eha^ 
odani pfumfu irif How can tkig 
muddy water be drunk 9 

Danimpa (v.n.) to be taU, high, long- 
dietant; vnuntu ugu ngo damtmgm^ 
this man ie taU; ntdongo ngo dm- 
nhnpa, or woo danimpa, thie tree 
ie high; hihhue ihi ehoo danimpa^ 
thie rope ie long; dinUca-ho ni ha- 
danimpa, or dimha ho ni hu dali^ 
where we go to, there it ie far or 
dtetanL— danimpira(v.d.) to be long 
to. — daninpaa (v.a.) to lengthen. ~» 
danimpidia (v.int<iv.cO to mdka 
very long (few danimpidea ntponda 
ea nrdearu). 

DaBaa(v.a.) to etreteh out (one's hand 
for fetching, taking or giving any thing)» 
hu danea (nnmaha) dean^ta. — 
danaana (v.rec.) to etreteh out handv 
one to another, one giving, or deliver- 
ing any thing, and the other receiving it 
danrilra (v.n.) to eit with the knee$ 
epread one,— danailrira (v.d.) toepread 
out Ac to another in one's way. «61»- 
dSra uho, uea-nrdaneihire (see 1 
MtfMMlo).— danallridaa (v.int) 



S6 



DANTA— DEGU. 



.<Y.a.) to pa$$ am 9 omeih in g eU- 
9aied; hu d mm tm widUo, to pa$9 over 
• bridge; hu i f ew ia n t m wi , to pai$ 
^nm one homgh to amother (said of men, 
birds and espec monkeys).— daatika 
(T.n.) oi dtmUka n-iawi i^ 4dob»- 

^Uba,— daiill«Mi(v.int)— dastirm 
(y. rel.) — dasMmlrm (v.a.) to ttretek 
etfter amy tktng, itatiding tfp-tog. dm- 



W40a waratnbdo, 

hum (ady.) MetUionaUy, purposely (Kis. 
hfioudijf ku huda dara, to annoy 
pwrpoeeiy; hu humba dara, ta d€$ire 
expreesly, for $ome pwrpose, 

i, s. (ra) iplmadardra) haO-ttofnt. 
i(y.n.) (8ee«lAto). 

INKsi, s. (ra) (pi. madaai^ a bald »pot, 
biUdneee; mdu wake ni daoi, Ms head 
U baldness, i.e. is bald; dasirapfUga, 
a baid spot (in the shape) of a pftiga 
{aeepfuga), 

Oasira (y.n.) to struggle, tohen going to 
die (said of men and animals). This 
word denotes the conyulsiye motions 
in connection with extinction of life 
In men and animals (seecMirfima). 

Ban, s. (ra) (pi. madau) spot, blot (said 
in anointing and plastering); wa^ni- 
dooga tHodtn* nutdau ni ehianif 
why do you oU me only in spots 9 

Haftra daAra. This word is only nsed 
of the leayes of hidian com; when they 
are ripening, they get yarioas colours, 
and thns they become daure daure, 
okeekered spots; ba^nanga kUi nuh 
kogo daure daure, 

k(y.n.>— dawidaa (y.int.) (see daia). 
iwa, s. 1) Being straight, eon- 
Umuous, rwnMing on without interrup- 
tion, (only said of a road); ndira ya 
dawa dawa, a straight road,— 2) (ady.) 
freely, uninterruptedly, madeiffadea 
dawa dawa. 

tawe, s. 1) (ra) (pi. madawe) a kind of 
weed (Kis. fMgo), thus being called 
as it grows always again and is mul- 
tiplied; — 2) (ady.) spreading aU oeer 
tsaid of a riyer) fnadei yali denee 



(y.a.dly.n.) to bend, to make a 
eourteey; mumtu adedukaf dedu e a 
gniemdo yo ifinignMeudo), uea ende 
fUtmra ut4 porogodi doama emtta 
ulemu, bend your legs, do not keep 
standing upright, you have no respect, 
diMiinfta (y. n.) to admit of bending 
(the knees); ^ daamim (y. d.) to bow 
to one.— daamMaa (y.c.) to cause to 
hsreh (e.g. boat) (see in/M^*) 

Deba (y. n.) to bend, to sway,— dato* 
daba 1) (y.reit) to sway much, to con- 
tinue swaying;— 2l trop, to giee way, 
to yidd to diJ^HeuUies (see umirira),— 
dabadaa(y.c) 

MMa, s. (Mya*) pi. (sa) a vegetoible gro- 
wing by the side cf rivers, 

Dada, this word only occurs in con- 
nection with the pron, poss, (see wa- 
deuUf) dedewdke wa newAmiina tMNt- 
ga, my faiher in law; dode wanga, 
dede utake, 

Dadakaaa (y.a.) to pour off genUy (so 
as to leaye the sediment behind). 

Dadara (y.n.) to eradOe (said of a hen 
when she is going to lay). ^\s,dedea), 

Dadama(y.n.) (tatama?) to tremble, to 
shake (said of yisible things, e.g. sword, 
reed, body). 

Dadaa (y .) to incite, to ii^me with anger 
(see da I.) 

,(y.) to blacken (see da I^ 
,(y.n.) to be loose, languid, to /lag 
ejg, ku dega kua neikeura, to flag from 
hunger (Kis. ku legea kua ttdaa). — 
d»fl^di9gn{Sidy.) only in eonnectton 
wit^; ku denga dega dega^ to carry 
flfmfti^Hlhf; (those who carry any thing 
between Qie hands, seeming ready to 
fall) 

>afa, (s. abstr.) Languer, This word 
accepts of no pron. nor any sign of 
the gen. 



^) Bowing is a yery general custom 
among the Waniasa — children bow be- 
fore their fiither (though not before the 
mother), the young before the elders^ 
and all before the great ones-while to 
the king they kneeL 



DE6EBESA— DEN6A. 



27 



]>6fwresa (or dahavMia) 1) hu i^nga 
d w ra /— • 2) to eomUoe, indulife, to be 
lenient to (abstr. from Ukerosa). (fet*- 
fnrdegeresa ntuana),-^ dnytffMMm 

(y. rec.) eomUvet to be partial to, to 
fondle one another. 

Deka(v.D.) to be quiet, ealm, eteady; 
nntdei nnadeha, the water ie eettUd 
(when the mud has subsided); mw»*u 
uyu anadfOca, thie man i$ quiet (sett- 
led in his mind), remains still and si- 
lent.--dekedsa(v.trans.<fcint) tolobeerve 
the utmott etUlneee (in order to listen 
or to toaylay); na-fnrdekedsa hu di 
wlr^n^fere, lit. I am perfectlif etill to 
him, in order that I may Usten to him; 
nor^ti^-dekedea hu di n<-'*t»-l4M«, Ire- 
main (to) him ttiU and quiet in order 
to shoot him.-^ dedekodia (v.) 

Delelm (or derara) (v.) see d» (Kis. hu 
teleea, to d^), 

D6iiia(y.a.) to cut into, to ineide; hu 
dema mpini, to tattow; to denuM 
bora, to infiict a wound; hu dema 
maenge, to make small holes into the 
ground for planting.— dmmemiw.d,) to 
tattow to or for ai^ one (one's child).— > 
demMtta (v.refl.) to cut on^sse^f (ac- 
cidentally); hu d»i dema, to make 
indeions into one's flesh (for extracting 
an arrow).- demaiia (v.rec) — d«- 

, medsa (v.int) to make large incisions. 

]>0mba, s. {ugu) (pi. wa and roa.) One 
who is weak «n body aiid mind; n^un- 
tu upu ni demba (pi. wantu wa- 
demba or fnademba and ni don/tba), 

]>emba (v.a.) {hu demba peboy—dwa- 
(V.) 

(n.prop.) Name of a territory 
one day's Journey W. N. W. from hu 
Mpande. The inhabitants belong to 
the Wahamdunda. 

MflMara(y.n.) to aippear red, to ffieam 
(the sky), only said in the momtog 
before the sun rises, hu Nianeha hum 
demura, it gleame toward the lake 
Niasa. deabtma deua raea, the sun 
is coming presently. 

MBd0|psa(Y.a.) 1) to carry any thing 
in one^s hand on the side opposite to 



those in view, to prevent them firom 
seeing it— 2j to lock downwards e.g. 
fiMwo gahe t%»hodendep»a dendepaa 
eabognia garamu garamu, lit hie 
eyes are qf locking down, he cannot 
look upwards. Hjs look is always 
downwards, it is in his nature, miu- 
ana wa yanif abegnia Joo deu- 
depea, whose is this child (boy or girl), 
he (or she)- looks downwards (the op- 
posite to this word is "hu niamu 
rira muanibay^ deadopstal (v.d.) 

DeildAro, S. (ra) (pi. madendore) the 
curved handle of a fudi or pfudi, 

Dend«nilca (v.) (see runchiha). 



(v.a.) to carry or bear along, to 
carry off or away; da leha udenga 
wftflMnMB, maeiha ya nhani t^oo 
pfara, do not be impatient, you will 
be a long time wearing it, (even longer 
than I in weaving, says a weaver 
to one who wants his cloth alone). 
hu denga udenda, to carry off or get 
(a disease) by infection; hu denga 
nhawa, to carry one'ssdf with fear 
to give way to fears, anxieties or impa- 
tience ; meadenge nhawa, didaeho' 
ha, do not be afraid, we shall come 
out (of any dif&cuity); dirinde matu, 
disadenge nhawa, let us wait for 
our mother, and not be impatient hu 
denga nihawa, is a Standing expres- 
sion, meaning 'to give way to fearSf 
anxieties, or impatience," nin^adenga 
nhawa, I was afraid; hu denga 
nKUmo, to take away the heart »= to 
dishearten one'sself. — deng'ttra (v. 
d.) to carry to or for; to take afttft 
to inherit from; n%uana wetdengo- 
ra choo n%dko (Kis. hu^m^uhuHa, 
toaUa, oMdolea).— deayeaa (v. a.) 
1) to assist in carrying ;— 2i to set in 
motion, to shake sligUy.— dmig'OMka 
(v.n.) to shake, to tremble,— dmtgmdMaL 
1) to cause to carry, or to engage one 
to carry ,*— 3) to carry for wages; *u- 
«M-d«n0r0Cl«a deoga, to bring mi^oT' 
tune upon (any one), ohodengedoci, 
that qf carrying, portage, the wages for 



28 



DENTA— DIDIMA. 



tarrying (Kis. utuku9€i,'— 
(V.nj (v.rec.) hu dengmna. 
]leBla(y.a.) to Imm, to eomume with 
jtrt; dsua ta dowtm, tik« men lmrn$. — 
dsBtara (y.d.) 1) to bum ang thing for 
one, ejg, heaps of weed or grassy* — 
29 to Imm one ang thing and tpoHing 
it (v.instr.) for to Imm of mOX. — 
dMittdifca (v.ren.) to hwn one'se^ (ac- 
cidentally), but hu dot denia, to bum 
onesBtIf jmrpoitXy (by way of medical 
treatment, very general in Africa). — 
d«ntaiim(y.rec.) to bum one another, 
i.e.to offend one another (aeehibaie), 
dMitadixiiiie, s. a recreant, a coward 
Ut burn-let us quench, i.f*.he knows 
to set a house on fire, but will not 
help in extinguishing; uye tUdenta- 
dimime-hondo ikauka oakarira. 

Den^ro (or diemebm) Name of a territory, 
about two days journey 8. TT. of Mpande.» 
The inhabitants in want of wood, burn 
cow-dung and the refuse of plantations. 
The name of the king is Kanienge.— 

Demi, (y.n.) to be anxioue, appreheneive 
about one; muana t«yu na-tn-dora 
mdifna, eana duare n%auga Myw 
H^n^-dera mditna, I have no fear; 
about this boy. tnauga dengo, my 
heart goes down for thie child, I am 
anxious about Mm, he has notpMsed 
the mauga sickness. 

Dera IL (v.) from hu da (see da), ^ 
d«r«m, to grudge {see da) (y.d.) to ber- 
come dark to (any one) — dem, s. Oa). 

DeralD. to slide down {hu da), to go 
down, to subside, madei ana dora, 
the water has subsided.— d«r«rm (y.n.) 
to keep going down, to slip, to reel, to 
stagger, to rcU or tumble down.— da- 
r«radMi(y.c.) to cause one to tHip or 
stagger, e.g. by thrusting; moa wa-m- 
derored»a.r^ 4m9W9L{y4Si.) to let slip, 
to bring forth prematurely (said of ani- 
mals).— d«nika (y.n.) to pass by sw^- 
ly, to rush by.— damka demka (y. 
reit.) to coatiwuie rushing by,— d«r4- 
dWI(y.ren.) muana uyu aderidua 
anena sid4tku da. 



(a4i-) botstsrom. 
PflrwrM, 8. dodbHn^ doda UmO" 
hddoa ba m do r or o o i (about 3 o'clock), 

DMrte«(y.) 

W, 1) (pron.pcrs.) we, us. used In the 
optatiye and forming the object case of 
*</V;~ ^ a partUsts of int&rrogatlon, 
answering the Kis. pi. It is never used 
by itself, but only in connection with 
hu and ngag see ku di, wa ngadi 
(see nga), 

K, s. (di wyw) fp],wadi). The name of 
a bird which sleeps and has its young 
ones in 'mambara,** hu rira kueOto 
diy di. 

iMa i^d dta) (v.a.) to eat; n*ndd4a, I 
have eaten; ku dta $nangdwa, to eat 
debts, i.e.to incur debts.— diara (v.obj* 
d instr.) e.g. ninka cha ku diera, give 
me something to eat; kibanduka eha 
ku diera diera, to eat with; diera 
means also to eat what belongs to 
another; to come to eat, to set one'»- 
self to eating.— diaka(y.n.) to be edi- 
table, to be eaten of.— diadsa (v. int. 
d caus.) 1) to eat very much,-— 2j to feed, 
e.g. ku diedsa gnombo, to tend cattle^ 
ku diedsa mangawa, to cause one 
to eat, i.e. incur debts. — diadoMaa 
(v.int) to tend weU, to see that all eat 
to satisfaction (Kis. ku lisha «9«m» 
hatta akishiba), 

DiJdi, s. the sound made by something 
falling (especially into water). 

Diblka (v.a.) to d^ into, to immerse, ta 
keep under water, kudibikamdeuga^ 
to dip a jar into the unUer in order to 
fiU U; ku dibika tnfuma, to sink a 
net (to the ground by tymg a stone 
to it).-diUklni(y.dO 

Dibo, 8. (see tdmua). 

Wtara (y.a.) to poand (only said of what 
is soft, e.g. Aresh Indian com, red 
pepper &c— diMka (v. n.) to become 
powder easily, to be easily pounded; 
dsabdra ufadtb%ika, 

Didima (V.n.) to thunder; fnfdra ya^ 
didima, the rain thunders (thunder 
and lightening being generally spokea 



DIDSA— DOKODA. 



29 



of in connection with rain; hvadi- 

dmut, U Hmnderg. 
nidaa, 8. (uyu) name cf a eruping ani 

fJutrng pkuit. 
lM«raMra(y.80 to h€ partial to (lUs. 

IHka (ac|j. S adv.) ImwI toUh the meature. 
hiedada hiH dika, the baeket it brim- 
ful; tkra dika, flU it level with the 
meaemre (see darfn'o and j»<«m«). 

]li1tdra(y.a.) to heaoe up, or puU out 
of the grouMd, wliilst the opposite side 
still remains.— 4lkAlni(y.n.) to get 
looHnti&L (on the side opposite to that 
which has been raised) said of a stone, 
or of the root of a tree creeping along 
in the ground. 

JUnia, s. (ra) (pi. mod/ma). A mmber 
qf men coUed in to cultivate a large 
piece qf ground at once, for which 

tf^they are well fed. 

IMmba, s. (ra) ^\, madimba), A low 
piece ofground, which daring the rainy 
season presents a swamp, bat is culti- 
vated in the dry season and produces 
a rich harvest of Indian corn dea- 
weira rindpHa^ rinakutt dimba, 

]>imbiii«i(a4i .)/«!{ to overjlowing (only 
said of rivers, see ndendende), 

lNlld0,s. (ra) iplmadinde). The arrow- 
root. Reducing it to powder, they use 
it as soap. Eaten it is but rarely. 

IKadilca, dindildnL 

IMnffMrm (v.) to euepett ana-n-din- 
girirm ehiani aka-ni-dontorera, 
wJiat doet he tutpect me of, that he 
remaint $o eHent to mef 

IMro, s (ra) (pi. modlro , trade , beaten 
path (of rats only) (Kis. Bugu). 

lHs«, S. (ra) (pL mato, the eye); muana 
tea dieot the pupU qf the eye. 

IHwa, S. (ra) (pi. maliwa), any thin and 
flat stone. A plate or piece cf sun- 
dried clay, diwa ra nMuira, and 
diwa ra doti, need for traps. — di- 
wama(v.n.)? {slab = liwa in Kis.) 

]Mwa(v.a.) to quest and watch any one 
for the purpose of betraying him« 3b 
play the fpy.-4lwaiui (v.rec.) to watch 
or scout one another*-^ diwika, to 



admit qf being scouted; .usa^mti^usa 
nserusako, sakara ttdiwikaf do not 

teU him your concerns, he does not 
bide scouting, i.a he is easily spied 
out. — diwirm(y.d.) to w<Ueh ony one 
as a spy for (another.) — d iwArira 
(v.a.) to intrude upon; .ana diwirira 
nkondo i, si yoke, he intruded in this 
war, it is not his, — dlwirifl (advO 
intrusively.^ dtwidam (v. int) to spy 
out weH— diwama(v.n.) 
\, s. (ra) (see madS). 

Deba (y n.) to starve. — doboka (v.n.) 
to be greedy; ngodoboka, one who is 
greedy. 

Debora (v.8«) to loosen, to peek, to nibble 
(said of guinea fowls and rats, with 
respect to seeds which have just sprang 
up.— doboka (v.n.) to get loosenedfrom 
the earth by being pecked, nibbled at 

Ddda; dddo dddo?— dodoa? muesi 
uUdSdoa. — doddboa (v.n.) -~ dodo- 

. rora (v.) 

Dodoma (v.n.) to be at a loss, to feel 
perplexed, to hesitate,— • dddoma dd- 
doma (V. reit.) to hesitate again and 
again.^ dodomodsa (v.c) to perplex, 
to pusMle, to embarrase, 

Dodorora (v.) 

bog'O, s. (ra) (pi. madogo). Landing 
place, doga ra ku Msauka, a lam- 
ding place called Msauka, on the western 

, bank qf the lake Niassa. 

Oocoda(v. a.) to backbite, to slander 
(see kusenCi, — dag>odera (v.obj.) to 
slander any one for any thing; teo- 
ni dogodera ohiani? what do you 
slander meforf— dog'ooa (v.a.) 1) to 
pick (when said of the teeth ;— 2i to polce 
into a hole in chasing an animal). 

Ddira (v.n.) (Kis. leu digidisa) (obscene). 

Doka, we alone; dina-mu-ona ifo 
doka doka, we only saw him (no 
others). 

Dokoda (v.)— dokodana (v.rec)— do- 
kooa, dokoMka (v. n.) to admit qf 
poking, ^^dolKOummiy. 6.) to poke to.^ 
dokosadsa (v. int.) to poke forcibly. 
dokodsa maengo, make the holes 
near together in planting. 



30 



DOMESA— DOWERA. 



(v. n^ to eat to txee$$; to 
gluttomMe, usadie kua hu dome d sa, 
fntu hu ika mkude viktieha kdnut, 
in9ohka tnaohka w>ha gnamha 
ftum^o. Do not eat to eaeeeeSt a pereon 
had better lea/oe something over nigM 
(for: additions conlinued tiaTe rent a 
bag, sense: you will only be the worse 
for it). 

Dmida(y.a.) to come eloee upon, and 
thus to deprive or defraud one; iew-m- 
donda maro, to encroach upon one'* 
tieeping place; hur^m-donda gnombe, 
to ckeat one in regard to cattle (in un- 
fairly dividing them).— doiidfiiia(T. 
rec.) to come cloee, to press one upon 
another (for room). — donMi (y.a.) lit. 
to press upon, to remind one of an 
inconsistency. 

Donda, s. (wa) (pi. wadonde). A he goat; 
donde abema {K\s.ndenge), 

Dondeka (dondielca) (y.a.) to fix on or 
in loosely (said of the heads of arrows, 
in order that, should they miss their 
aim, they may fall off from their shafts 
and thus become useless for the enemy), 
(but applied to hoes or knifes, the 
word implies a reproof for negligence). 

Ddndde, s. {uyu) (pi. vnar^ndoe, a^a), 
a field-rat cf a reddish colour, 

Dondoroii, s. (ra) (pi. madondorosi), 
a line made by any fluid trickUng down, 

Dong-die. s. (wa) (pi. wadong6le). Name 
of an insect, which, like the bee, gathers 
honey. They are generally found in 
hollow trees. 

Donffdro, s. the wOd bee, Proy. wa- 
dsoga ni dongdre, wamtpfiSra woo- 
hemda moto, 

Donffosoro (ra) (pi. madongoeoro). 
Mention (made of favours bestowed, 
while forgetting or ignoring favours 
received) dwelling upon (see rongo- 
eora), 

Donora(v.a.) to break off or out (the 
grains of Indian com from tlie stump 
on which they grow (Kis.pulpiMa).— 
donorera(y.d.) (for another).— dono- 
redsa (v. int.) (said of children who 
give a cob of Indian corn to another, 



to break off the remaining graim^ 
after most part has been eaten or 
broken off.) The other child says: 
wnorhirdonoredea ^— donidrm (v.)7 

Dentoni(v.n.) to be sOent; wQo'JUm- 
tora, one who is silent (Kis.mn4k»- 
mafu),— do n tog o r n (v.d.) to be silent 
to (Kis. nUMmaHa),— dontdM (v.c.) to 
silenee, to quiet (Kis. ntomofa, tuliea), 
dontOMm(v.d.) to get one quiet for 
(another). 

Dooka (v.n.) 1) to hreak through (so as to 
form a hole). d»aru yanga inadd- 
oha na ndarama)\'— 29 to come out? 

D4«ni(v.a.) to take out (K]s,hui6a), 

Dd^hm (v.n.) to sink into (what appears 
fhm ground). 

Dora dora (v. rect.) moto una dora 
dora, the fire burnt here a spot, and 
there a spot. 

Dora (v.) 1) to peek up (food, as birds); 
2D to pick up, to take up; kuku adora 
nuMbira, the fowl pecks up mtama; 
TcurWrdora fntu ana eogera, to pick 
up a man who lost his way; hu dora 
mdima, topidc up the heart = to be- 
come quiet (Kis. hu tusha roho,)— 
dorera (v.d.) to pick for another; hu 
doreha, e. g. n^fondu u eudoreha^ 
thesebeads cannot be picked up. (v.cont.) 
to keep picking (with the eyes). (He 
fixes his eyes on what he is pleaaed 
with.— dorodaa, dorana.— doaa 
(y.a.) to poke,— dorerana(y.rec.) 

Dororo(adj.dadv.) heapy, heaped up, 
to be fuU (Kis. hu Jaa mehumbi), 

Dosa, s. (ra) (pi. madosa) the name qf 
a plant (shrub) the fhiit of which i5 
used in making mda, 

Doti, s. (ra) earth, soU; doU la ha moto, 
lit. earih of where fire, i.e. ashes. doH 
loofuira, red earth, i.e. clay (see ha- 
dondo); doti la nuthande loan* used 
in pottery; doti la mdeiro (see n^ 
deiro,) 

Dowo(s.4adj.) mitkiness, milky (only 
said of Indian com not yet hardened.) 

Dowdra(y.n.) gam uguadowera, ihii 
dog makes himse^t oi hom/t any where. 



DU— DUMPSA. 



31 



Ita (adv.) 1) (encliL) thorotigklif, tomple- 
idy; yjB, l>u is always constnied with 
the Dative Form of the preceding verb; 
WHMtiM uyu {gdamhird du, ^ador- 
buSra dsdbitnOf tkU man wetU away 
comipUUHy (for good), A« vHU not r»- 
twmnow;— % A particle denoting the 
diminutive form in plurals. 

Dna 1) Part of the gen. rei. to the di- 
min. form "du." e. g. dupgi dua 
nloflMa, the excremmiti qf an atdmal!— 
2i (pron.) They, used in connection 
with verbs.-Hl««{fa (pron.demon.) iho$e, 

Diiafce dnak» (adv.) MeparaUX^, at dSf- 
ftrmi tifne$;-^ Zf vaiiau$, qf vartout 
eoUmr$ or 9hape$, 

IMUlm (v. n.) to he iU, iitdi$po$ed, tm- 
toeU; nadOara metdu, I am unweU 
in the head, I have the headache (Kis. 
noMmua nt hitoa), — dWOTJllBa (v. 
int) to be very OZ.— dMudka, to ^uree 
or tend the tide, 

lhdto(v.n.) 1) to eweU^^to abownd'r- 
8) to appear great; tnuondo wanga 
u§ut duba, my leg i$ ewoUen; pfa 
hddiapfa rero pfina duba, the food 
qf to-day wae abundant— dobs dvba 
(v.reit) to eweU itoeU, i.e. to swell at 
different places at once.— daliira(v.rel. 
or cont.) to aieeU toward, to keep ewel- 
ling, to be abtmdant to, to prow too 
mmk to (any once).— diiMdMi(v.int.) 
to 9weU much." dnUkaiia (v.n.) (said 
of men) l)tobe euUcy, euUen lit ewoUen 
wUh angert— 2} eaid qf things boiling 
in a pot, to be <tooaeii.--dabfdva (v.p.) 
to be ittflated (said of too much, or 
unwholesome food). — daMdnkhia 
(v. C.) wHiMra oya admbiduidea (Kis. 
fimbUa), 

Ihida (v.a.) 



Dnka (v.) ^u d%$ka nteana a hu du- 
h€dua, to be enfrioae, lit to be badc- 
broken, said of the grief one feels at 
seeing others possessed of things, of 
which he himself is destitute (to be grief 
shot).— dwfcima (v.aj <o despise, to 
eontemm,^ dvkaBirm(v.d.) to despise 



for — tkroagh (by means of).— 

nt««M (v.recj despise one anotheir. 
]>aMm(v.a.) l)toraise up at one endr 

2) said qf animals, to leap with tkt 

Mnder body. 
Ihddlsa (v.a.) to make feasts, to gine 

entertainments (to exalt one'sseU). — 

dniciiaini (v. dO to display greatnesa 

to another by feasting htm. 

]hlkABm(v.n.) madei ana duhtuut, tke^ 
water is detached (only found in pools).. 
dnkldva (v.p.) (lit to have been cut off^. 
1)tobe enoions (to consider one'sself 
cut off from another's good) to feei 
mwy;— 2j to be Jealous.-^ dnUm (v.d4 
to break to (any one), to break in (any 
thing) nwpfi u una dUhira, the ar- 
row broke in (the body).— dnllra (v.d4 
1) to cut for another; 21 to cut towards^ 
round about (m shaving the head, so 
as to leave the middle part untouched)^ 
S) to cut qff (the course or direction 
which you have taken) (see dura, to eutj». 

Ddma (v.a.) to send, to employ, to otfc 
for the services of any one.— d»- 
nuoui (v.rec.) to ask for the serviceef' 
one of another.— dmnlki (v.n.) to ad- 
mit qf being sent or otfcecl for one^^ 
services, 

lHu&lNi(v.a.)— dmnUni? duuMt 

IHu&bo, s. (ra) no plural; malice, spite-- 
fvX/ness, wamtonmes. 

I>dm1ri&a(v.n.) to be haughty and reeh- 
less, insolent, over bearing, to behave 
wantonly (from knowing one'sself rich)., 
dmnbiilni (v. rel.) to pride one*ssdf 
upon, to behave arrogantly; m'niO' 
nunda «fyw adumbuira wab€Ue wa- 
ke, this youth behaves proudly from- 
his brother's (being rich). 

]M]i&Oft(v.refl.) to bite (ones tongue ia 
eating) upe anadwmoa, eaJcoea hu- 
did ndso, he has bitten his tonguSp. 
he can no more eat 

Dom^Ml (i.q. run^ea) (v.a^ to throw, 
to cast over or beyond (any thing). — 
diimpa(v.n.) to leap, to bouiut- dnnir 
pira(v.d.) to Jump for,-- dmnpidflS' 
tv.int.) to excdt <ii/imi«i>Av.— dompaka. 



32 



DUMURA— DURURU. 



(r.n.) to come up from Me lootar. 



KY.n.) to%hako 9lighay,toq%ao&r. 
Haapi dnmpi? 

]HnitadMi(Y.a.) to irritaU (men and 

animals). 
IHnidnm(Y.a.) to be the innocent cause 

of misfortune to anotlier. 
Daadimnida, s. (ra) (pl.MUMiM«Miu«*MM- 

du) peeoishneee, peManey, ematt aut- 

hreake cf paeeUm, 
XHucn (y. a.) to draw up. hu dmnga 

tnadni, mganda, deomba, to draw 

up (water, bread, to string fish). 
timtkgxatMM (y.a.) (only said of the eyes) 

to rivet onee eye$ a$ if loat. gnombo 

admngwrina miuo, the cow ftxee her 

ege$ when dying. — dvafunwini (y. 

rel.) to st4ure at (any tiling) (Kis.lc«»- 

m%r-hodoUa maio). 

t, S. (pi. waduHffurure), 

(y.a.) to §end (one) q^ under 
nfalee pretence, 

tauita(y.a.) to inttigaU^i^gttnguda^ 
to lead astray, to tempt — dmitaaa 
(y.rec.) to inetigato one another.— dvn- 
. (y.n.) to admit qf being inetigated 
i(y.d.) to inetigate one who be- 
longs to another, wna-ni-dm^tbra 
m&nana wangenndiwe, -^ datt tor a 
(y.a.) to dilate, to eauee to expand (e.g. 
a lump of iron 1)y Ideating it— dan- 
tvikm (y.n.) to admit cf being dOated, 
expanded, to yield.— daiitaxlrm(y.d. 
A instr.) to dilate to or for (another). — 
dwitlllidMi(y.int)<aftcpa?id too much; 
uoa-ht^duntulidee hikaoheba tuM, 
do not expand it too much, elee it will 
become too thin, 

Imtaiiui (y.n.) to crouch (onJy used of 
beasts of prey).— dnntamira (y.d.) 
to crouch to or for; nuenga a-tn- 
dunta»nim n^huku hu-m-guira, — 
2) to rest eatiefied or put up with any 
iking (for the present) while aiming 
at something else (for the futare); «»- 
itaei wa ku duntdmira, a woman 
married for present convenience whOe 
^ending to mofrry another in future. 



(y.n.) to trenMe (firom fear 
or cold). Umhn mdima wamd>mn*A- 
miro, tote courage, do not trembU,-^ 
dantuiMrai(y.d.) to trembU, to be 
agitated for (any one); dmuumiriaoeh 

IhsptA, 8. idHa) excremonte qf men emd 
animale (Ki8.«Miil). 

DvrmL (y.a.) to put down (what one 
carried).— d*roni(y.a.)— doiirm (y.d.) 
to put down to (any one) to take 
off, to plocic (mushrooms). — dMQoi 
(y.n.) to come out qf, to start from^ 
to come forth (of the sun) to go right 
through.— dwokini (y.d.) to come out 
to, to appear to*, niama eman dn 
rukira ba knndu bemga, an animal 
started by the side of me, or: by my 
side.-- diinikidMi(y. int. d» cans.) to 
cause a thing to come out at the other 
9ide; to go right through; w%douhwa 
anadurukidoa, the nndsu ku a cowus 
out much— diDmdfla (y.a.) to take out 
of, to draw out qf,— dmdsini (y.d. 
uye undgun mdsongOf dknke dtket- 
fn-durudse, he feU into a pit, let us 
go and draw him oitt— dvmldrm (ady .) 
dnrAna (y.rec) to put down the loads 
one of another.—- dnrlkm (y.n.)— dn- 
rim (y.d.) to put down a^^.— dvlidsa 
(y.int.) to throw down with force; to 
cause to put down (a load). 

Dvrm IL to cut down, to cut, — dvkA 
(y.n.) to break asunder,— dnkaaa, to 
be agile (in dancing).— dvkfdiw. dn- 
Urm, dnrika (to be cutable).— dn- 
rini, dnridsa. 

Dtfro, s. a putting down bs sleep f dura 
dw^-ni-guiru ndUw or pfiwipfhoi, 
eHeep has sei»ed me much; si wya 
wadsa, annene ugonanaye ku duro f 
lit. is it not that one, he comes, the 
very one you live with at sleep 9 i.e. of 
whom you thinlc when lying down, 
and dream when sleeping. 

Ddxn, s. (ra) vehemence, wr<tth. 

Diirdni(ady.) in one line, one behind 
the other; «cawtw toi^^ wadsogosana 
dMruru, those men foOow one another 
in a line, opp. to dsamparim and 
nwiaslka. 



DU8URA.->DSAaALL 



88 



(r. a.) to f«|MVM, to MoidL — 
iMnnidM (y.inL) to $eold 

Nbnm (or dfini) (y.a.) to MioK *o 
eUan (metals).— dAttka (v. nO to d« 
bright (from polishing).— 4»arika(T. 
n.) to admit of polUhing, to be eapobU 
of boimg poUbML— d«arldMi(T.inD 
to poU9h floeS.— d»an»m (v.) The 
Waniassa use the frait of a tree, called 
mp^mgudi^ for poiishinff their swords, 
spears and knives (Kis. mt^^i^^tUm). 



Ito 

Dm (Ini <!•«) to fiONM, Jbw do» na oh^, 
to come %oah it, le. to bring (Kis.*t»- 
Ja, hu ioUa)i wadoa, M (or she) to- 
fHM; oNofttMUa (and tmmdooi^ ho U 
come; adakudom «mmm», Ae loOlcome 
to-fnorrow; Mw idoani mamm ndom 
toalibo, come ge t&-morrow, that I mag- 
pag you.— dsam (v.rel.) to om/t to, 
to come upon; toanm-fn-deora imp- 
roihdo, traioelUre came to him (K.is. hu- 
MK^).— daa, beeomee dee in the ner 
gatioe preterite tenee, e^,oUn$ nmdoo 
KMona, hukaU iMmmwa» — dMln 
(y.n.) to admU of eomimg to; to be oo- 
eeetibU; yafta ei^o-dooka, here U 
ie inaeeeegible; miudoi u ondoeikmi 
thie town i$ not aoceeeibU,— dMdaa 
(v.inL) to venture verg neoir (e^^ia figh- 
ting). (T.caus.) to moke or indnu one 
to eome; ni iwo una4U'd 9 e d o» ku 
ma j eurara kuno, it ie go» who 
bromghtntetotkiepkighnreiaM 

>). 
^s.(ra). 

(adrO ^tow; deetru yi 
bemo, a tMh of mm, i.e.a new ciolh; 

^•^F^^^F^PW^^ WW^^^VV^^PW WPWWWW^W WWVWWm 

wut « ttttto «019.— daateaa diabwia 

(adv.) priMSMlIlP, teim«UaleIy;— dadr 
bHM (Kis. MM* Mmt^}^ iMMMra, <l#tSa 
l aiina tM , tt is yeltffv <^M «010» Ms 
•wi eoNMS /orM. 

9MMA,a(ya) (pi. with vi^ekkkudof 
JUh. 

MMaeea- 



I, a (wa) (pL wtth n), « Imss 

(KiS.«flNMl). 

lhiMa(v.a.) to feUom, to do, to obeg; 
gmtH m m d o m d a m b u^ wmko, the 
dog fcUoiee hie mostor.— ' dsadMUl 
(v.rec) tofoUow one amother,— dsa- 
dilai(y.nj to admU qffoOomtng, to be 
that which can be followed.— 
fika (y.n.) (does rarely occur).- 
diridfla (y.int)-dMdiia» AndlttM. 
dMdini, 1) tofcUow at adietanee;— 
2) to keep fcUoming, to pwreme,-^ dm- 
dinnui(y.rec) tofolUm one another 
at a distones.— dwididm (y.int) to be 
inteiU in fcUoming, to foUow etoeelg, 
to pnreue. 

IHuido or Ndiida, a (ya) (pi with oa\ 
the name qf a large eerpent (perhaps 
the boa constrictor); modo <ii>a m 
rag» n^deado, ftre wiU eonqwer ike 
Deado (when the grass is bomt). The 
natives say, that this serpent changes 
itself into another serpent, called tonga. 
doado etoanduUka tunga, the Deado 
ehamgee into a timga, 

DmcIm, s. (ra) (pi. maoaoko), the heade 
qfmabira with the eeed Beaton 4^ (Kis. 
ekMke and o^toko in Kin.) Dsache is 
bepe in Kis. 

Dnidnmr 

, s. (ra) (pLwMM) (Kis. m«tdonga)f 



n'Daadfli, s. 

Ssadm, s. a bird which U eaid to ehm 
the place where ihore ie honog or a 
eerpemL 



Dsaf«4a (y.a.) to eooop mp a hcm4fA 
(Kis.*tft piga ft«fM^.— dwydttl 
(y.n.) to admit cf 'km domgadmJ* — 
AMgradim (y.d.) to eeoop up a Aond- 
f^for (another).— iaagmUAwm (y.int) 

DtafAika (see demoa); — daa^Alka 
daaffAika.— dwiyna N& the pri- 
mary dsaga does not occur in Kini- 
assa, but in kidnmma, in wcliih it 
means 'to hunt" 

DdMff^ s,(dMvtfll ya okogo, a torth) 
(made oO o k og o (see) s. (ya) (pL with 
so) a wiq> of straw or stalks of mk- 

8 



84 



DSAOAMA*--D9AMOABABUI. 



Mra tied togetber and set on lire for 
scaring birds at night in order to- catch 
them. 

BNHifAma (T. n4 to ttiek from being 
ctutgM i» any iktng i^ &» arrow in 
a tree).— Angwiiifka (y.n.) to get 
eaug^ or eittaiiigML— dMCamvrm 
(r. a4 to endeovoMr to dModge what 
Btidcefaet (as it were, 'to onsticlL"). 
dwgnintti (y.n.) to get dielodged (by 
itsself or after endeavours haying been 
vade) (KiS. boroma a , tangmna, fo»- 
gua\r- d—ymnd— (v.a.) to aetuatty 
dielodgt (so that the thing which stnclc 
fails to the ground) (Kis. haromooha), 
HMf ana (y.rec.) to go together , to go 
with one whom gqn accidentally meet 
with, 

huiflrArm (y.a.) to open, hW49i»g^^^ 
hidotgo, to open the door; hu dm^ 
gura barmettgUf to open a botOe (Kis. 
fungua, eibua eind/Aa, n«5«M»). — 
dflagnka (y.n.) to open (by itselO* to 
fMm or prove open (after endeavours 
having been made).— AMgiillka (v. 
D.) to admit qf opening, hahigi ugu 
oadeagurika, — damgJsHrm (v. d.) to 
open far or to (another) (or deguHra). 
darngvoMm (v.int) to open wide. 



Bsalm (or Aaara) s. 

Dsale and daalo daale. said qfwood; 
deeOeeaJce einabodana or oaibti, 

WiiaiMkBL, 8, fnwnda wa ndsdUka, lit. 
a Jleld qf a level or flat, i. e. when the 
ground, in euUioaHng it, hae been ^ft 
leeeL munda wanga nkua ndm^ 
Uka (i.e. hu Uma huya unaearika), 

Hwlima (v.n.) to etrugifie (said of men 
and animals when dying). -r- daali- 
midMi (v.int.) to etruggle vioHenUy, 

iHuuna (or tiAiiim), s. (ya and ea) a 
meaeure of cotton, 1) dsamu ya deam- 
eha, a preeeed han^id; — 20 dsi»ma 
ya 9n-huaba, an Qfrmpiifvl, dina 
gurana deanta m^tnodei hua m- 
g6bue wa 9noa, we barter on deama 
far a calaibael^ful qf beer, 

^Muna (y.n.) to etiek (as meat between 
ttie teeth; to sticic, to stop), ntama 



jMM« iH,— dflinia (v.p.) to be cho- 
ked or etude with (any thing), espo- 
cially used of animals — to be with 
young; nade duMwa na nmtnga eun%o» 
eokm, lam eheked with a tiboni(i.e.a 
fishbone) which cannot be swallowed. 
taamb«, s. a treef htei ra momba 
and d ete m be , 

iMUBbUaamU, s. (yvandM), an in- 
eeet found in ewofrme on the eutface 
ef eweet water. 

Niamb«, s. (yaand«a) iTonwire;deeme' 
bonikua (Kidur. nUeodo wa mhwt^ 
doa). 

r*(v.n.) Uainf 

(s.4ady.) 1) ooei^fhw, <»- 
u mdati on; made* anaoMda ndeam^ 
paHra (Kis. ma^ ya§apanika)f — 
2i fig. diepereion, dtepereedly; dtmee 
kwya kuonda deampartv a aba. 

.s. 

(adv.) (Kis.iiMA the day btfore 
yeeterday. 

NlMiamira, s. dya, ea) the outer poef 
of a haMm ctMaige whMi tupport the 
verandah, 

NNnchm, s. (ra) 0}}.«MHMfta), the hand 
and arm: deancha la kuene kuena, 
the right hand; detmoka la maneere, 
the left hand, 

,8. 

I, s. (pi. id.) Cyts, pi. ea); deandu 
ga udeu ya ku pfolorera ekindui 
eka fUufnba, 

t, s. iya and ea). 



I (v.a.) to cottfound, ooi^fUee, 
to perplex (see dodotnedea), — dsaa- 
ffamidaa (v.reit) to eottfound mueK 

l^saiiffala, s. (Kis. brnnbamUa and 
kamO^ieai^, 

HMOfifa Mndn, s. (ytsand ea) a etrip qf 
rttg tied round the head when it achee, 

DMnfir^lm, properly Hdaungiatm, s. 
(y«. plea), the etone (In fruits) (Kis. 
ukonde, koko), vfbadeo ifima «»- 
deangara, fruite have etonee. 

DfiaBgiviMi, s. (pi. ya and ea) pebbU, 
pebblee (Ris, tangawe^ 



DSANGE— DSEMBOE. 



35 



or nlMiftln, s. (y»and ^a) 1} a 

for waUiking U (Kis. utingQ)i— ^ trop. 
JetOouig (from the watch kept np on 
it) (Kis.fo</W). 
Dmnif e or dwBcha maiam, s. WUJea- 
Unuf/ (of) madne$$, i.e. groundless jea- 
lousy. 
Dmuico, s.— dsan^ dmnge (acy.) 
IhriblfliU (n. prop.) Ni4»neha ya hu 
I>9angui, 

Dsaa^ura (v.a.) to wipe^ hu dsangura 
ma/ksda,— HmngukM, dsanffiuira, 

Diani, s. (ra) (pi. moilaan^, a lea/); be- 
sides madsani there seem to be two 
irregular plurals in use 'mayani and 
mdaniV* ijixs.jannif p],fnanni}, 

Daaai^bni (v.a.) to pour (from one vessel 
into another) (Kis. fcupiia). — dsaoi- 
nrika(y.n.) to admit qf pouring, — 
dsaniurirm (v. d.) to pour out to or for 
(see hu^m-gogodcra),— dsaniiividfla 
(y.int) to pour with force. 

,8. 

>, s. (ra) (p1.«iMMl«€»no). 
Dm&MI, s. (yo and sa) a rag or rag$; 
deara ganga ina d9ara n-dsdnsa, 
(of) my doths remain the rags only, 
(Kis. hidambdf inaehagd, huku, bo- 
/V«); dsaru yoke indta, anapfara 
dannsa, his doth is finished, he wears 
rags. 



d,s.«Ae being asleep (a leg); the 
being set on an edge (teeth), ntuendo 
vfonga una/kt dsansi, my leg is as- 
leep, or hu omberera ndeanei, 

Dmhbio, s. (ra) (plmadsanso) the bushy 
or hairy part of the tot'2 of an ainimail, 
deanso ra gnanUfo uyu nda ridetli 
huli liya, or huWco Hya, 

DMati, s. {ya and «a), dry twigs or 
branches; hunt sa n*dsanH (Ki8.«i- 
d«fkkiU 

Daantira (» tapeaapa or bdbittika in 
Kis.) 

Dmiui, 8. (pi. iOl (ya, sa), dsanu eimk- 
di-raea. 



(V. n.) to be fmH; Uu 
or mogo (» Kis hujna^ teUe).— dta- 



(yoi Ml.) n^eewUf eioth, 

DlflEWm, <i««ru < una-i-on%ba dsawa 
= una4-dsagaika dsctgaUca^ ground' 
nut (Kis.n<iu »a Kfniaasa), 

IHrnweini, hu ehtda, 

IhMya, S. (pi. masttya). 

DmcIm, s. (pi. «i). 

Diedekm (v.a.) (see ft€n*Mro), <i«MiMra. 
Dfledsa(y.a.) 

DMg«| neJbira i didsege, nsatu uyu 
asaye ah($sogera.— d»bg9llaL, dso- 



f adeni, J«ir« muann suhu-^n-dso- 
gera nehirth 

Dsegeda(v.a.) to lop, to chop, hu dee- 
geda fnbandaf to lop a fence (to make 
it even).— dsocedaka (v.n.) to appear 
lopped nicdy, eoen,— dM9gedi&nL{y.d, 
ik'mstr.) to lop for or with;-^ dsfliffo- 
dedMi (y.int) to lop weU; (y.caus.) to 
cause one U^, 

NdMOgweWQ, S. (ya, »a), dsegesi, 

Dsog'ero, S. long grass for thatching. 

Diegula (see <i«aj/ura). 

Dieka, diekera, dsekereka, dseke- 
rara, dflekeredsa (y. a.) to prevent, 
hinder, 

Dseko dseke (s. d acy.); naona daeke 
dsehe mJconganOt muanga, niriye 
mrpannfu, 

Dseffnie, s. (pi. id.) an a&ort^on, mi- 
wanda ya dsegnie, 

DaekeMI (fi\s.dehesha). 

Dsekiio, s. a blade bird? 

Dseko^re, name of a country on the 
banks of the Niancha, North of Mbara 
Dsenga, and about 3 days journey N. 
E. of Mpande. They go to Dsenga for 
fording. Their drinking water is that 
from the lake. 

Da^mboa, s. a goose shin (from cold), 
tubiranga rina ehida daomboet my 

body h€U made a goose-skin. 

3* 



36 



DSENCHE— DSIGNINDI. 



(or lMBf«)» 8. m<m90-hoU 
(Kis. ti»jMMi9« wu pttHim). 
DsMldMni, hu deet%der» churu, — 
4MBtac«dsa(v.int) to pre$a in wdL 

dsendera fudi (Kis. hu shamiri or 
shindiHa hu n duhi^f hu dsmtdesa, 
to shove, pu$h.— dMiid«r«ka. 

Ndfl«nb«, 8. (pi. ML) (ya, »a) qfferingp 
bat only consisting in flour mixed 
with water (Kis.kM gonia honw, oa- 
daha)t put on the ground near the 
'gagUP* for the 'wnuthnu," in order 
to procui^ their favour and assistance. 
This is done before they go into battle 
or set out on a journey, and on be- 
half of sick relatives. The workman 
also in ivory brings this offering that 
he may be succesful in cutting his 
arm-rings (wdhooa), 

DsoiuUe, s. (ra) a UtUe (said of grain 
and vegetables), anatirira daendse, 
»akud3€tdsaf he put a litUe, he did 
notfiUit 

HHmgm, s. (ra) (pi. nuulaenga), (i.q. pale) 
(ra) a large potsherd, 

Dsail£a(n.prop.) Niancha ya hu "Dsou- 
go. 2b the N, of Dsenga there seems 
to be no more ferry. Ds&uga is the 
nearest ferry for Mpande, 

DsOB^e, s. (ra) {plmaenge, a hoU), (in 
the ground made for planting Indian 
corn, or for receiving posts in building 
a cottage). 

Ds«4rera(v.n.) to twm aside and be- 
hind a something, to hide onefsself, — 
(v.n.) (to admit of). — 
(v.a.) to make turn aside, 
to put out qf the way or sight — 
dMBgwnuui (v. rec.) — daeng^si, s. 
the other (hinder) side qf a thing, 
i. q. seri, hu dsongosi^ndipo nisu^ 
hu one, yon where behind (at the other 
side of a tree &c.) (therefore I do not 
see yon). uhaU hu dsongera, 
teaakaa, s. (yaand oa) a sort of basket 
used as a dish, it is shallow, while the 
''Mfro"isde!ep(Ki8.Mde«). Adsenkoa 
with a very broad edging; «I«0mInmi» 
ya homba ru ^eru, • ds ou ht t rn f </ I 



the sheU of a tortoite (Up.regeiiibHiig 
It in shallowness); cI«0mInmi» ya umm 
humugu, a doenkum, with a round 
brim or border (in contradistinction 
from a deonhna ya hotu u) {dsonhuu 
ya iunhut^ 

D n wp j L— n'dMTtea, s. i^u, sa) paths 

made by rats in the thatched lio^ 

qf nathe wtta^es, 
DmAm, s. plain, dHho iri ni hu w 

dsodse: yabu ni ba «A<tfl]bf«a-6<iy« 

nt ndsedse, 

Dli, on^aseHf, mrandu u m-dsi^hido' 
nModi tnehida ine, you do this to 
yourself, donft say, you do it to me, 
Le. the consequences will t>e upon yon. 
wantu inuf mdsiehida i/nsadi ff»- 
ehida ine. 

DiibnenA {seedsubuene). 

Italidm (v. a.) to press into, — dtWlOl 

(v.n.)— diidikifla(v.a.) to fix into, eg. 

a sword into its handle.— ^«i^^«^f i 

(v. rec.) dndim. 

Daidia, s. (ra) the other side, the oppoHU 
co<ut or bank; namka hu dmdiu^ 
I go to the other side (i.e. of the Nianclia) 
Kis. gnambu)i niengo shiuo uftUi 
hu dsidia dsidia iri or Kmo, this 
Side (as opposite to the other); dHdia 
liya^ that yonder side, 

]>aidaa(va.) 

Daidn (a<jy.) obscuring, darkening, hunm 
uMtuiu wali dowdu, 

Daifa (v.n.) to descend, to dismount; 
hu doiga mpiH, to descend a mowi- 
tain{IL\a,hu»huhamlimani, hu to- 
remuha), hu doiga borUMonu fta 
guombe, to eome down from the baek 
of a eoio; hu dsigu muutdong^, to 
eome down from a tru; doiga ntme 
uhuoro (s nihuo ro), eome down that 
I also mag ascend,-^ daigflra (v.n.) 
to admit of ascending, yofta betdH- 
gihm, buga H-bm^doigiha,-' daiffiva 
(v.a4 mrdsigiro flMaJko-Mays eOsuSro, 
daifUaa(v.caii8») to make dismount; 
(v.intr.) to dismount qmoOg, hastOg, 

Saiffiiisdi, s. (yaaod oa) emy (i.q.fi. 
ohiru) (Kis.*iMM€la). 



DSIOURA— DSINDULA. 



37 



(r.a.) to MiMrC, to 
(Kis. j iiw rfrf M ) ; few cl«<^««Mi nrktMf 
mp4ha^te.toaverti$mapo^hif$ho9iitg 
apisce <tf wood umder U cr bjf rmno- 
ping oiM.--MfviJm(T. d.) to overfnni 
to, lo «Mdw faU tipcn. — dUnfviiMi 
(y.caus.) to be the cauee qf cm ower- 
imnlmg amy thing (e.g. by giving him 
a push.^) 
IMU, t. (ya, pi. «a) 1) a /orintf tMdb 
or poU;^ 2) o^ P0«( a« Med informing 
the waU af a tiMatge (Kis. m^iIm Ii<- 

Prigida, MfMfaa (v.a.) aUf (to cm 

dura)? 
IMl or hikiAd, s.(«iyM and i9€ia\mg 

^ s. (ra) (pi. fMofto and nMMtoOw), 



1, 8. (ra) (pl.uMMtoOBu), aiaii\ the 
plnr. with «a is also osad; nmisUt^u 
wMncriW, or dfifett «<t0€M, lioo d^ys. 

Dailnui, s. a play^Mig. 

If'daima, s. ^, sa) /ood fiuide (tfjUmr 
hiftUd into a thick puHe (Kis. §ima); 
dsi m a y tm g a ili kudi9 tohtre ii mg 
deimaf but: ndmti mttade$Hfa ndH- 
nnayangaf who hoe taken ateag my 
deimaf 

IMnba, 8. (ra) {p\.nukMmba) a eotiage 
for girle in whi€h they eUep hy thom- 
eelvee. 

Dtiinbo, s. (ra) (pi. madeimtbe) eoal 
(only such as are used by blacksmiths). 

Oain^hiri or tauabiii,! s. <ra) met; 

deimbiri ra tnibeni, 

Daimhiri* n. name of a country about 
8 days' journey to the south. Do i mb i H 
ytumdikita na deiko rm JT^gmta, 
Iti king wa» Mguba, 

IMmbvkm (v. n.) to be indignant, mt- 
raged,-^ daJmhwMwi (v.rel.) to be en- 
raged a< — . -~ daimlwihMia (v. intr. 
dlcaus.) 

Oniii|]ai(y.a.) to eU, to fix (only said 
of a potter when beginning a vessel), 
(v.d.) (Kis. hu m n a w fa). 
. (v. a.) 1) to eorroboraU, eon- 
Jlrmf^ 2) to te$t(fif agaimt, ae to mOUU 
one hoe done; as to what one has not 



done (Kis. MMte) hmm St m mmtlbeu$ed, 
dihwMwHMi (v. recj to teetifif <m^ 
againet one another. — drimftrlriwi 
(v.d.) tote§t(fyfor, to—.— daiairim 
(v.) Ita m de n go uyo, m nm m u on m 
a-n^'doimUkiao^ bring that one who 
hoe eeem him, that he may witneee 

IHtete* s. dfttand «a)^ the new growth 
qfhair <tfter ehaieing; deideitayo nda 
n*d9imo€f hie hair begine to grow 



(v.a.) to wrap (the cloth) over 
theboeom (during pregnancy); mkaei 
uyu ana-i'deimpa ndoatruyoho- 
eideiwa ana mttmoif — dlimyikm 
(v.a.) to admit of being wrapped. 

Dainpina (v. n.) to Ump, to walk lamely 
(treading either on the heel or Ihe 
toes only). 

IMmpaka (v.n.) faU,— daimpakini 
(v. rel.) 

Oailia, 8. (ra) (pi. madaif^ name. — 
«co-leu-<|a yani deina rtiho 9 (Kis. 
waitoarJeJinaiaiko\ Uintu iki muor 
oMdana ehiami.— deina rake ? (e*#> 
dona for: ki ida$ta) OLiB.kitu hiki 
ehaitodje Jinaie for Jinaiahufe)f or 
deina rake ni ehiani iki 9 

IMaa (V. a.) to pineh.— dirinirm (v. d.) to 
pinch for. — datnidf (v.int j to pinch 
eevereiy, 

INdadaa, s. (y« and ea) the edgee of the 
leaf of th/i 'Mircwa." bamanga eha- 
nunka deindna (= Ki8.eJka mona^ 
ie fat) when it seems to have the 
smell of dsinana. 

DaiBcha, .«. (ra) 1) tkt rainy eeaeon; — 
2) a bwrying place. 

IMndm, s. newly euttivated ground; 
fnunda wa deindag nantka ku dsht' 
«1«, ku lima deinda* 

DslDda, 8. (la) (pi. madeinde), 

Saiadikm (v. a.) to take advantage of, 
to profit by, to get the enjoyment of 
(Kis. ku feidi^f una deihka nawe 
ku bognierora nutoowera. — dsin- 
dbw (v.rel.) 

Painddla (v.) ku kdra kudtu Bahtuda- 
n^dsimdula, to be with ue, he wovH 



38 



DSINDURA— DSIDSE. 



not pr6s$ b€Kik, i.e. if I was in my own 
country, he would not oppress (reduce) 
me, as if I was a strip of ground 
{nkadi ndime anm%a, that he says). 

Diindnrm (v. a) to make move batk (with- 
out turning round, a war-term). — 
dirindiinuia (v.rec.)— dtindnrika, to 
admit of befyig moved Gaelic; moveable 
back. — diindnridsa (v. int) to make 
move bat^ much or far, ~ diiadiilca 
(v. n.) to back, or motfe bade. NR The 
head-word dsinda seems not to occur. 

Dnn^, s. (pi. id.) oti^m-dHngn, he i$ 
in the etring. i.e.he is made prisoner; 
9nupfi uii-fn-dainga, the arrow i$ 
on the eirfng, ready to be »hot. 

l>aiBdiiB«(v.n.) to shut the eyet (Kis. 
hu fumha or peea peea tnafo). — 
driwditwailitna, diindnnira, diin- 

dlirira {K\S, honiesa, hu-m-pigia 

uhope). 
Dsins^ (v.) 
Dsincrodtin^, diinffediiiike, s. (pi. 

madsingedsinge), 

Dsiiifira, dnagidia. 

thiin^iro or kidiingiiro, e.g. gnombo 

sina httritngira ba dtingiro. 

Dsl]iira(y.n.) 

Diinkira (v.) 

If (bdnta n'ddiita (adj.) unequal (in 
length) (only used of what is inanimate) 
tnipfi i ili n*dsintan*d9inia, theee 
arrowe are unequal (in length); niun^ 
ba ili n*d9intan'deintaf this bed- 
stead ii unequal (one stick longer than 
another). 

Dsino. 

Ilslo,s. 

Diiril, s. (pi. ntasira). 

Daira (v. a.) (Kis. hu paha udongo, 
toHHa), 

Dsifika (diMgm)? to make sure by 
charms (Ris. hu gaga), signanga 
onadsiHhd gmombosanga nian&' 
frMa aMadsa sada-si-ia hu shru- 
ma, ih/6 charmer has secured my 
eaiUe — when the tiger comes, he wUl 
not be up to them to bite them,— dii- 
rikilai(v.n.) to admit qf being secured 
by charms, ha tnudsi bona Biba^ 



dsirCciha Ufontu Ufa bona lipon- 
depande, at this town (abode) charms 
are qf no atmU, 4he people who are 
there, do iwt keep the conditions (see 
Itpondepande). — ddfikim (v. d. dl 
inst) to secure to or for another. — 
dririlridda (v. int) to secure wdl by 
charms. 

DnraBflfa, s. (ya, »a) a foul with net- 
turdUy rvffUd feaiXhers; dsiranga i, 
pLdsiranga isi. 

Hidro, s. the being set on an edge (teeth), 
mono yanga ana dHro (or omo- 
ehida dsiro), 

Dairibiira. 

]>siriaa(y.a). to fMsh, to bring to an 
end (Kis. malisa, margisa, sindihioa), 
fn6a a unadsirisa dsirisa uneh- 
dsaraf have you finished this beer 
(or) is there some remaining 9 usamke 
hu dalidaU, mdu aya sinate hu 
dsirisa, do not go far, I have not yet 
brought these words to a eondusion — 
dilririlni (v.n.) to end, to terminate, 
to appear or prove finished, nwandu 
u sudsirisiha, eheiha hina win*- 
ona unauha, this debate (or con- 
test) does not terminate — some day 
one sees it rise (again); vnoa wanga 
lero unadsirisiha, my beer appears 
finished to-day. — diindra (v.d.) to 
finish to or for (another), uhamha 
in*nuiiwa ha^i-dsirire, when you go 
to morrouMnomHtgf (please) finish it 
for me.— daMlAdum (v.caus.) to make 
(one) finish by rendering assistance. 
ana-dirdsirisidsa ni uge, beOea da 
gona lero, it is he who helped us to 
finish it (else) it would have slept to- 
day (= left undone). 

I>liwa(y.a.) to know; sidsiwa haga- 
mat {s=s Kis. siJui hamoo)f muamba 

vwyu sadHwa hu Uma, tMs crctfU 
man does not know to cut (ivory-rings). 
dilwaiui (V. rec) to know each other,— 
dilwika (y. a.) knowable, known. -— 
diiwira, dsiwirini(y.d.)--diiwidMi 
(y. c.) (Kis. tamhulisha, irfila). 

]taddfla,s.(y<^;^t««i,dMtf«0). The hair 
(belonging to the eyes) (Kis.tMiW, 



OSIDSI— DSONIA. 



39 



M0 ei/ebrow$i dHime ta 9igobe^ th€ 
ey&'Uuhu (thoae of the eyelids); d»<- 
dBe 9a hunB€, the lower e^dashei, 

Biian, 8. (ra) tht htOr (of the head) (colL) 
(Kis.<mtfll«r). dsid&i la nHmdo (ss 
Kis. nueiie »a Hagti^ 

l>iiw», 8. (pLniaii«<«r0)/ («= Ki8.Mp». 
na, wista feina). 

J^fhrodiivpo, s. <W i»Iaii<«4 thstt 'ha- 
dse, trtttf* in a row, they bad regard 
to their carves, knew to a^jostt them. 

Ottd«iaa(y.refl.) (» Kia. hu^-goffota). 

OiUaimnla (Kis. sitimaa). — diddsi- 
■udn or daMrimlm (y. u.) to &e siori- 
Zed (^taka, /WWfca).~dMdrinmdaa 
(y. a.) to«<artil^nifiir<M(Ki8L*M«w«Aa). 

diMrimwlrirm (y. d.) 

Sao (=: Kis. f0tM). 

l>sobdva, 8. (tiw, pL M.) OoyMtM ]»«p«r. 

H^ogm, s. (ra) A lt(d^ mUfinimu (Kis. 
daJUMI «m6o/W, AiMoro, hadtuH, 
te»Q, naHhu)» 



k(y«a.) to ofl (Kis.jNdMi MMi/Wda). 
(y.reii) to oA porMil^, 
&y fpoto (Kis. ratharatha) mhasi 
adsoga ntaf^tda uda wa t a mS m Mi 
na «wlM.-~ 4a«c»u^(v.rec.)— dao- 
kaka (y. n.)— daofara (y. d.)— dao- 
gidaa(y.inL) 

Hdadfa, or rather atmdkm, s. (y«, pL 
Si4 tpimt (or blodat) qf Indkm com 
or mabiraf whm Ju$t 9hooHng «p 
from the ground; tooga »a bi»maiaiga^ 
or •a maMra {8e^pande)f 
mnaoMda niaoha (Kis. 
dMnga)f bam mm g a Mma ohUUt 
ha Oi.\s,mah i m M ^adimga), 

Osogromdrm (y.n.dla.) to eough (Kis. 
h9hoa, koifmoha, uhohoH, tfM- 
*«)»-" daoymoda a (y.cansO to make 
cough; dcoMra ana ' n i d< » ym o < <«. 

]>socomte«, s. a leiiMi qf mu$kroomf 

]>soirAni(v.a.) to flro Wore (any one) 
toprseeda, to/oranm (Kis. •flm^wtta). 
dao|r4Mi(v. n.) Uf let go b^ore; «m«- 
w»-<toayo<»-« iwlr <Htonto. — dMffV- 
anui (y.rec.) to let go one b^ore tke 
4tier {Ki&/%Mi«MM», p mmbana, 



)f 



dfumrm, tke come go one b^ore the 
other (one t>ehind another is ^ta- 
tana)f d imke di de^goemmn <!><%» 
tOca^ni'Singiriraf let ue go tbgether 
(to the Jodge) leet yom go and etimm 
nkue me.-— dsof ovtem (v. d.) to vrecbde 
to, wUh regard to — . — ilaagataiia 
(y.int) to go before at a dietemee. -^ 
daoyo n g a (v.d.) to mofce or let gb 
b^ore to — * 

]lMirMr#(adyOfr^or«. Tha word is how- 
ever never used without tlie particles 
*fttf" 'ba** 'm", hu de^garo, ba doo- 
•a«r#| n^-deog^ro (Kis.m6elfo). 

SadfOA (or dadkoa), s. a word HnUa- 
tioe qf the eomnd caueed by pounding 
grain; bauemnga oh aHra do4hue. 

BTdaOBiba, s. (yo, pL ca)Jleh; Mu wcdea 
n*doamba, to Jleh (with a line); hu 
pfdmra ndeon^ba^ tofieh (with a neO» 

Daamba, s. (pLi(l.and«a), fke loeuit; 
deombe iri (pl.d«*m5« ief^ (Kis.M- 
9€ge)f tnganda %ea deombe (seefti- 



N'dMBlbo (Kis. conga niueile) f 
Dsdmaa, s. (yaand«a), the ridge or 

fniddle part qf the leaf qf ihe mraea 

(Kis.««^fMf»0w). 
N'dflomftaia'daoiBftaiCady.) ecat- 

tered about, ndcpfaealhe ciH n'doaa^ 

p4ra n*dec mp^r a, hie beard coneiete 

onlg qf etraggUng haire. 
Haanipdrm (y .) (= >%MMiciM») 9^ da«ni* 

pol«ni(y.d.) ucam^compolSra^mua 

aya eadalingana, 
ttiMonckb or 4MBf«, s. (y«and««^ 

the breaet-bone (of animals only) (Kis. 

hiddrij, 
H'daamgtL, s. Cy«i and««), the point or 

eharp end of ang thing {^ilcmtboc, 

nta, hcno), 
Mhamga, s. (see deanchc); deongc pa 

gnombc {see pwn t pu }, 
l>aMig«ni(y.a.) to meU up iron mUh 

ironf 
Dadofwrm (see ategara). 
naanlyS. 
Dsonia (v.n. 4 a) to muke a emaeking 

noiee, in driving away a dog, and ia 



40 



DSONSA— NDSDMO. 



liiewiiig eonttnipc of a penoa wlio is 
disliked (pee irf g tfi t fa) .— iiwiiJBi 
(t. rec.) to 90om erne 4Mmoiker fty a 
nuMkiitf mrt$e (pecaliar to these Afri- 



^(y.a.) hu ds^moa wt f wt rf oy to 



f s« 

i. S. (pl.fllMMl«M€), tMT (KiSLS»«^ 

(v.aj to ni6 oily to nib cmer wlik 
oO. muama tmadsorm doH (Kis^ftM- 
i<-jMlMs)^dM««km(v.D4 «0 admUqf 
being rubbed en; nnifitdm aym 
decrfkaf 
(y.reU tomb en to,^ dMcidsa(T.inr4 
to mb on wdl or muck, 
]>Mdi4>m(¥4 

tubirake 

DiorOyS. 

Osoyo, 8. coll. name of a species of 
small tree, rery straight and smooth, 
therefore used for the 'kama^ 'ho- 
ftwa" and "ttka." 

IMUL, s. (ra) ike, eun. deua Unn du- 
ruha, the eun is rieem or lit eomeforth; 
doua Hna rda, the $un §ete (Jiit, has 
entered); doua iad^ruka, the eun ri- 
$t$; deua raria^ the stm seto; deua 
rakuSrOi the Mm aecendet rites; deua 
ra meanat the eun qf midday, '^ deua 
rabendeka, the ttm bende or tume, 
i.e. begins to descend; mta ioddma 
(eontr.from la edamu^), the eun lotoere, 
deeeende. 

Ihmba, 8. 

Osnbtttei, s. (wa) {ph^vadeubuoni^, an 
ddir brother. 

Dtn4sa(y.a.) to ewrpaee, to excel (by 
accomplishments), muntu u^u una- 
n^'deua neake ifcua) hu imlba 
"hu pfuina^ hu bdnia nUpfif hu 
omba ndearu, hu lemba tnaho- 
ea 4«. (Kis. ehinda), a-n^^deudea 
hua nUmndiu, he eurpaeeee him in 
epeech. — dmUbdka (v.n.) 

DsoAnurai (v.aj to hurt (said of a woun- 
ded part),fcond« i nehodeudeura^tMe 
etrife ie of hurting an old wound, i. e. it 
is an old strife, they are stirring up. 




tr.rac^ to fumrd 
(by rpason of an old hatred the pre- 
sent occasskm being very trifling); 
%» md »m d »Ui wn u, ei- 
hu wa r mm di d 
M* uuuumetrerUa ^^ 
(vJnt) to hurt ^ wonnded pari) 
e eoere l if.— AraiflMmfr.ref^ to hmrt 
one^eeejfueeidemtunp in a wounded part 
(Kis. A/W« noma la haie). 
Nnifm (y.a.) to eUm, to waeh (of clo- 
thes the word is nerer used; see yw i «) 
(Kis.o«*«, ougua), hu 
to waeh a uemel; 

!♦ m m dmum a ^ a 
wife wa^hee the feet of (her) luuibemd\ 

moHhar waehM hi&r cMU; hu deiuga 
mamMk, to dean tiU teeth (they do it 
merely with the fore flnger). dwiyiW 
(y.n.) to lock deem.— 4s«ir^lBa(y.ree4 
to waeh one another, — dMUglm (y.d. 
dlinstr.)— 4safliMi(y.int) to Oeanee 
wdl; naohi^ta (or net'k44a) km tH 
deuga, I hone done eUaning it, when 
another, who ie nci eaU^fled, toOl eag: 
laideugidea, e i k i na ifo re, — dstt- 
or 



ifLia, ewgudua), 
I, s. (ra) (pi. mm e uku ), 

(y.a.) to ehake, to toee (see 
bugutUa) (Kis. «tM»iia)^4salnnukm 
(y. n.) (Kis. ywutba).-' < — kBd— (yj 
Nnuui (y J).) (Kia tme^abu),--danadr% 
dnunidM (fLiA^tae^abieha) (Der.i*- 
see)» 

s. (ra) {j^^ madem nh a} , a tt^ 
fji.]»,kiok)un0if fuaehmmgi^ ku meda 
deumbut lit.<o ehane a U^, le.to 
shave the head and leaye a tuft (ku 
nioa ki e k u mgi \a Kis.) 

s 4atmMri,amse> 
s. 



DMunkoha (Ki&tNftlMMi^ 

ftdnmo (see dowuea y.n.) s. (ya, mi), 
a eurioeitg; aag thing new that eweitee 
wonder, or admiraiUon., dmuno 



DSUNDA— ERAHA. 



41 



dta m — r o w , mmuikkig neu hoB come 
JuH now (Kfs.li«IA«). 
Iiwnii (y.a.) 1) to pu$h, to moko Mde 
oikmg, to »koo$»*^ 9 to hriiHf to a tHooe 
(laid of a weaver), 



i^ouimdm (Kis. «••»).— 
(v.ree.) to pneik one andher. 
or yw e mt e ig« tfg i inrf « Mg .- 
4lka(r.]i.) l)to admit qfbetngjfuehed 
along, ^—2l to he Oooe, near (the beam— 
a clotb when finished being woyen).— 
4wniifm(v«d«) to pueh on to or /or 
(another).— iwyididf (y.inr«) fopw* 
on mmeh, to ehooe foroMif; der. «»- 



(v.aj (I 



9«.(y«i,Mi). 
, a (ra) (pi. 






[, s. CywandMi), the d aiiwtee^ 

tame (KiawMMMMPi)/ d««i«»9w< ya «»- 

«kf«i; de««ncrM€ y» fM^ronflpdra. 

^iingiiiiiiaf a (My«*) (pi. w* ileiHt- 

0PMriire), iumm </ « ^Metet of VMU 



I (adT.) yM<«r(kiy. mdouro (as Kla 

D*aniirvte(^*<t.) to T¥b (only said of 
the body in washing or oiling — 
iMBnifVdaBa(T. rec) to tnb one omo- 
thor (e.g. in bathing).— dmnfodlka 
(T.n.) to appear wU ruMfed, to look 
dUan (from rubbing) (Kia hu eiNgw).— 
Aiuuff oiifm (▼. d^ lo ni6 (one) for 
(another, e^. one^s child).— dranfv- 
dUm (T.intJ to rwb wU, OUmt, 

■■(inteij.) 9a motf n*na «Jkir«, ohmo- 
ikor (says one when reeeiving a grar 
toity) / ham become weU » thanic yon. 
They say so even to males. 

Bda (yMl*).* •<ama(v.n.) to get lower, 
to deecend (of the son and birds) 
doua Hda e dam a doa^ama 
>(v.d4 to go down to,-^ 



(v.int.) to be very low (Hear 
setting). 

IdMJkm (v.a) to lean agafnet, iopmtwp' 
againct (Kia hu t egom o d o a) ,'^ •dtaih 
kKft (v.d.) — aiiaHiiw (v.ini.) to^ 

MMnllai(v.a.) (i.q.ftw 
or md oa mik m ) . 
i(v.n.)to 



yonalfg dOMoe i n emdoUoa, with «#» 
wJben oM eneeaee, he mnet name hie 
IrAd, that we know hkn. The reason 
for this cnslom is their aversion to a 
man being married to a woman of 
his own tribe. 

late (or jmmdm, {according to enpkomgy 
(v.n.) to go (walk) [ w omdm for «mmm4«)^ 
hu onda wImmIo, to go ajowmeg (M6 
pfikeitf madoi pae md uf wneet M m- 
oontr. from «mmi omMmf m d on da contr* 
fh>m ada onda,— gndtMOdn (v.reit) 
to go'go »tobe alwagi mooing abont 
(Kis. tangatanga). In a good sense^ 
when said of a man who likes to travel; 
In a iMLd sense it is nsed of a woman.— 
(v.n.) to be paeeabie; 



lit to treat ae paeealble, l.e. to wait for 
(any one) ueamho, mm o md e k See, do 
not go off, wait for htm; deimaili 
ht^tpi, i ondeMoe, the paete ie no- 
atrlg read^, wait for U, — aodflni*. 
•Btfanuui (v.)— In MiAam (v.rel.) to 
go or run to {of watev^. — taMJMm 
(v.int.) 1) to go about miteA;— 2) (v.caQa) 
to make or teach to go {fh child) (Kis^ 
iuola), 

(v.n.) toJU,to »uU fodl. — MM- 
(v.rec) to euU each other, Prov.. 
hu oamba f wl awMi naJtihku ener»- 
na ninr^cobo.^ «l4dtt«(v.p.) to be 
iuited (with any thing). 
If^i a (v.a.) to inereaee, to add; mi 
09»geoa m a t ^ H oi ( see mate n otjj— Mh 
y a M W (v.d.)— •ny—a iaa (v.int.) to 
add very or too tnttcA.— anaa. 
(v.a.) 

(v.n.) (see wremnMi) «lil€ («r«) 
hu dump a mmde i, we do not 



42 



ERENGA— FIDI. 



ttoop whm w€ am /elehitig waUr (Kis. 
hahttndmt hu teka n%t^€^ — 



(v.a.) to cowU, to reckon (or 
tcwren^ri^w— «rMif«ra (v.dj to oowU 
for,— «reiif aka (y.o.) OHis, heoahu, 
umnga), 

(or ywHi} (v.a.) to moaoure, «ye- 
ooro mdoro ti hadi, uda- u deng^ 
or hadif udor^i^ta, try tiU« load, wAe- 
(Aar yoM ecm eairry it; — ^ to eof»- 
•ticler in the sense of looking upon as 
great — aia aia (v.reit) to imUaU 
i\n drawing).— M«ni(v.d.) 1) to meor 
sure to or for »*— 1$ to trif, ninka domru 
yttho, ni odsoro nuM»a nHutgure 
yatng^t — 9) io €mtfia«e. — yVHSUk 
(▼.a.) to odfiUI <t^ fHMMiirififlr, to ho 
moaowolblt ; yesera, trffl — 
(y.int) to nMOMre tMO.— 
(y.rec.) to imitoto oim ofioMtfr. 
JMM(a<iU.) hidooohako hiH loiSoi, 
oudoiwa hu noma akaii mwiamMda, 

V 

Wm (kdfa) (y.n.) to die (more usual word 
ku tohokutssku/kt), kd/a d34»Hoif lit 
to die eramp, to oramp-die, i.e. to be 
seised with cramp; miondo yanga 
yafkn dotuuif bwt of the hands and 
4N^nM the eoapreeoion '*ku guidon un 
M4nUf* ii need; ku fa nuwungo, lit 
to die Uffifrf , to bo limb-doad, i.e. to be 
.oeiMedwUheartreme laeHtude (Kis.ma- 
umgo y€ma ni log4a) to feel an en- 
tire prosiation of strength.— tea(y. 
rel.) to die to or at JAtUumbui rinn 
Jtu rumn, ri n n fom bon^oOf an ant 
sUnge ihu and dtoo at the Miyploee. 
te«n (y.n.) to dto Mvoy (a tumour) — 
/•dta (y.n4 1) to tots fty deaith; — 
2) (y.int) to dto M groait nmnbore; din* 
gn/kdoo dimgnfodoo oid idal t kn^ dip 
wo ooor eo mmig, die we ooor §o amm^, 
we 9heM not Uane off (fighting). 

J'ataC/Wnto). 

JPaAm (y.nj to rvtfre, to d« prfmito, to 
Iei4» otofM, to Itos bg aneooolf ^ISL 



d«a yoka mfwiiwmlbn nwtako, thi$ 
man lives by himte^faiUme in hto home, 
fiUbriorirm (v.a.) (or ftuiAiMni) pa^' 
oing to and fro to watch one jfrtoatelg 
(in order to shoot him). 

FmfsuiiMi (y. a.) 1) to mingle or eooor 
with earth, uge ana muuoa kidowo 
ohake, oaku fafanioa, he oowed hio 
$om$im, but did not minglo it with 
the e<»rth (which is done with the hand). 
2j to rub out {BS figures drawn on a 
wall).— fiifaiiiiirm(y.d.)— fafini- 
sfaia (y.int) to mingle wdL fig. to 
eoftfuse one (in a contention) by out- 
voicing one, 

Fallwatt (see mfaUwaUi, 

Famkaka (see dunia), 

Fampnla (y.a.) to make go <ifft tolotqt^ 
(atrap).— fiuabwira (y.d.)— fiunMka 
(y.n.) to go off (Kis. fimka from ilM««). 

Fa&aaa (i.q. i»<flr«MM»y wnntu wafo^ 
nana na itcmmoo).- fawaflmi (y.n^ 
to resemble, to be similar f kupigana 
denotes a stronger resemblance than 
ku fanafana, 

Faatn ffie^Adij. 

(V.) 

(y.n.) to sob, 

Fara (see/li) (fcu fa)^ 1) fadaa (seeit^ 
fBdea is not causative of ku fa, to 
cause death, but it means simply 'to 
lose by death, and is confined to a 
mother (Kis.ilUtcPa) who has lost her 
child, but it is never used of the fMher, 
foamai emafedoa scit nvuanaf — 
faia 2) (v.a.) to Ught upon, to come 
upon whait previously existed, n^mb a 
gooj^oa, a state ofpregnameg detected 
with a woman, whom a man wanted 
to marry; muana woofeoa, lit a 
ekOd qf lighting upon, i.e. a step-child 
(Kis. kamhu), — ftrtaa (v.rec.) — 
ibaaha(y.n.) 

FMi, mfidi, a sorcerer; deiko intu 
rino rin n mJliU la fmUu nde wn 
tneoa, lit our country thie hoe (so 
many) sorcerers, (thaQ poopU die ««•*• 
eoomdabty, la fmuu is a contraction 
iirom 1«^ wemtu, the predicate being 
of the country, instead of the men, 



FIGISA— FUA. 



43 



dHho lafm for 'trowew wnfaf* (Kfs. 
m<aH). A soreerer who is thought to 
cause the death of prople by witch 
craft, must pass an ordeal, which, of 
he is guilty, will cause his death, if he 
survives It, he is proved to be innocent. 

ri«riM(v.a.) (i.q.in Kis.il0FUa), tofvh 
between the fingers, 

Vigm, (v.) {aeepfigay-EgiMm (v.a.) to rub 
(p.yes), to erumtie, putverUte,— figiiirm 
(v.d.)/or cmoeJker.^llfiaidM(v.int) 
to rub toeU, 

Fv]iia(v.a.) to tereneh out (a cloth), to 
eqeeee (a swelUng), hu fi^nim dean*, 
hu'fn-fignia nmnheUimbue,'' Bg- 
Bivm 1) (v.aO to continue to preee to- 
gether (in making arrows, when they 
fix the Uirideo into the JBaeto. — 
2) (v.d.) to wrench or tqeeee out anig 
thing for another, ku-m-fit^ira dea- 
Ttiyake,'— %gvBui^ ^gahvm (v.d.) 
fiffB^dsa (v.int.) to wrench or sqeete 
weU or much* (Kis. hoMnta, tuntbua 
popotoa), 

Tikm (v.n.) to arrive, to come up to, to 
euffice, to reach:— fikanm (v. rec j — 
fikfara (r.rel.) to arrive at, to reach, to 
be aufjlcient fw.— flkbira, filddM 
(v.int.) to arrive weU, at the very 
spot; (v.c.) to make one arrive,— fldsa 
(v.a.) 

Vikiflki (adv.) 

Fina (see pfina), — finira and fiaidia 
(see pftnira and pfinidsa), 

nrara (v.a.) to breaJtfeatt, (i.q. »u»ura\ 
(Kis. fungua hanoa); e6anafleure 
ttralendo vmnga. my stranger e ha^e 
fMt yet braeltfeasted eoana contr. flrom 
Hwana),— flnulra (v.rel.) to make 
cn^s bredftfeast qf (any thing). — 
lUnirldMi (v.int.) to eat much at break- 
feast (see sueuHdaa). — flnua (v.a.) 
to let brealtfeast, to give a brealtfeast, 
sHut^wet-fieuse walendo wanf^f I 
have not yet given a breaHtf. to my 
strangers, — fttea (v.) 

7e {seepfo). 

Foda(v.n.) to wriiMe, to skrivd,' tno- 
dsapa yako (or vnasa yayeOce) ana- 
fbda,his (or hei) cheeks are wrinikied ; 



mtidsaeU mneifsda, the leaves are shri- 
voted, — fodflra (v.rel.) to shriva or 
sink into ; tnadeaga yoke emafodera 
m*gadi^ fodkdam 1) (v.int) to shrtvel 
up much; — 2) (v. c.) 

FMia, s. (wa) Tolbaeeo, but which is 
never smoked, but only taken as snult 
The expression for both smoking and 
taking snufT is however one and the 
same, vii. ku g6ga, because each is 
a kind of drawing; kw g6ga fodia, 
to take snuff t but Uu gojga ohambm 
is 'to smoke hempf* T6dia wa nweiH, 
green or unripe tobacco; pande »a 
fodietf the smaU round leaves of to- 
bacco. Just shooting forth (from their 
resemblance to a kind of thin, round 
shells worn as ornaments by the na- 
tives.) 

F«dof4«a(v.) I>a-m-leka-<MtoAdo- 
gosa-eada-kU'paniSraf ueafodO' 
g6se ehoodHd»imukira» 

Far«ra(v.a.) to thatch (i.q.j»il9«)* — 
forerelca(v.n.) to appear weU that- 
ched {niwinba yoke ina/brerShcij, — 
for«r«ra (v.d.) to thatch to or for ono- 
fAar.—fureredaa (v.int) to thatchweU. 

Forereforere(adv.) only used in conj. 
with the verb ku pfunda; anap^en- 
da /brereforerOf he has covered himr 
seHf aU over (neither head nor feet 
being seen, as if he were thatched* 
fodMra (v.a.) to scrape over, to bury, 
(said only of things) to enter, to coper 
with earth, to conceal in the earth; k» 
psora na ku fodseraf to plant and 
to cover it; kufodaera mfnttrngu, to 
bury un elephant^s tutik (in order to 
conceal it); ku fbdseret muemda, to 
fitl up or cover a grave.-^ fbdaaraka 
(v.n.) to get covered over (e.g. young 
plants when there is much rain). — 
lbdMir«ra(v.d.) to cover over to or 
for (anotheii— fodMredwi (v.int) to 
cover over weU. 

Fai(v.n.) to fail cf being done (from 
want of Are); to be underdone, kSbuo 
wanga anafma mpika euna fnoto, 
my beans are not done (because) the 
pot has no fire, kidsuro iki kimen 



44 



FUAUPURA— FUMBURUEA. 



tki$ inm i$ not done, (becaoM) M0 
eoalt ar» (too) /Mr. 
Fnamfura (see Am^mmw) (Kis. tayiia 

wt^cNnoo)* 

FoM (a(U.H fltbikm (t.d^ ftAikUs^ 
Vndft (properly m-i%s4i), s. (ys, pi. mi;, 
aJModc, afkiu (prohably aportng. 
ivord)(Kis.5iMMiwfc^* Im ftoM^a/Wd^, 
to charge a flrdoek; fHnn^bdngira 
mfndi notmga, I load the fire lock 
for iMfi frUnd or eomrade; "ku doon- 
dam, to fxun a fire lode (Kis. hu oha- 
mUrtf hu shindUia). 
{Btepfiinka), 
(v.a.) to eprinlde (only said of 
things dry, but never of water) to^ 
sprinlcle water is hu nvuasa madsi 
(Kis. gnugnUa), 
Fofll (adv.) (e.g. hu p^mda doarufu' 

yWy to cover ontfe^df entirely. 
Fnflunlmte (adv.) {seefumfu mimba). 
P0I11MI (v.a.) to grope, to grapple, 
Tngn (orpftl^),8. (ra) (plmapfuga), 
a neat (but only of such birds as hatch 
on the ground, e.g. the domestic fowls) 
(Kis. hiota), 

Flifmdft(y.a.) to take into one* a lap; 
hu-tn-fugada n»t<ana (Kis. palBafa). 
fligvdika (y.n.) eaaily to admit qf be- 
ing taken into the lap (said of a quiet 
child).-- fiiffadira'(y.d.)— Aifradidsa 
1) (v.inL) to take into the lap ear^uUy; 
20 (y.caus.) to put into one' a lap, 

Fofnia (y.a.) 

Fngiirm (y.a.) to aerape up, to dig up 
or out (Kis. ttfm^Ma or^tgwa) hu/^ 
guru ndaamuh—hkgukBL (v.n J to turn 
looae (in the ground); daihi aafuguka, 

fogtaAmfyA.) to dig a hole, or dig 
out for another.— flignzidta (v.int.) 
to dig out much (he does it for wages). 

Mira (v.nO to he red; yoo fuirat ihoA 
uhich ia red; maao anafuira na 
fnaaoai, the eyea are red with teara. 

Faka (v.n.) to riae, to apread (said of 
smoke, of a fog, of the rain>bow &c.) 
{^ungu yafUha), — ftildra (v.d.) to 
riae or apread againat, to excite or 



diaguat (said of food and of the bo- 
havioar of a man, see ^immi), mdm" 
hu'^ehira doiku Umodoit He wM 
diaguat thee in one daig (Kit. ota-Jm- 
hinmMia Hhu n^m^u),'- Midoa 
(v.p.) to be diaguatad, to loathe; trop. 
to be diapleaaed (Me bmmrn),^ Md- 
dsa(y.int) to riae and apread much 
(nafkth^duei na nehia am mmmtu), 
Palaftila(ady.) Indicative of abundance, 
but only with respect to mauntfu aU 
fuiafula (see goagoa), 

Fama (v.n.) to go out qforto comefirom, 
IFa/Wma hu di, where do you coma 
from? Teap,n'uafUmahuNUutiek«i, 
I come from the Niaaaa, — ftunira 
(v.n.) O.C|. Am>m»)* Wa^ wUr m hu dt, 
JPna/Wtnlra hu w» Aw de. 

Fwnte (v.n.) to become powder,-^ ftun- 
llidMl(v.C.) hu fuwiMdaa m/ehore, to 
reduce to powder ^by stirring or po- 
king in the fire). 

FD]iibada(v.a.) 1) to du^ch (the bare 
hand);— ^ to indoae in the hand. — 
fhmbadika (v.n.) to become dinched 
or crocked (the Angers from cold). — 
fiimbadira(y.d.) to dinch any thing, 
i.e. to take into one's flst for another 
(in order to conceal it).— ftimbadidaa 

1) (y. int.) to dinch wdl, tightly. — 

2) (y.cau.s.) to preaa into one'a hand 
(any thing) and then make him dinch it, 

PAmbira (y.a.) tofietch, to feather (an 
arrow) (Kis. hu papiku mhaw<ji\, — 
ftiiabirira (v.d.)— fnmbiridsa (y.int.) 
to fietch thickly, (to put on many 
feathers). 

P)&mbtfa(y.p.) lit. to be ptdverUied (only 
said of trees and grains in consequence 
of insects (to be worm — eaten). 

P4Blbte, 8. (wa) (jilwafumboe), 1) am 
imaeet deatructioe to wood and gratna 
(Kis. MHMltMiw);— 19 the nameqfabML 

Funbamka (v.n.) to atart, to mooe audr 
denly, especially when deeping (said 
of animals; of men they use the verb 
. daid ai m k n and g m rum u h a l^ , — ten- 
bnrakifm(v.d.) 1) to atart to or «<,^— 
2) to aurpriae, nieu 



FUMFUMIMBA— FURA. 



45 



dMl(T.caiu.) to itarUe, to alarm. 
PmBteBbnte(adv.) lit 6eUy-io<»«. te. on 
the beUy: hu gona fwm^MMimba, 
to tie en the Homaeh (Kls.kw laoa 
hu /ummm , hu fUttm ia ; K\n, hif^ani 

?UMn:fm (v. a.) to glean (only used of 
things which grow in the earth). The 
first reaping of these regetables is cal- 
led X»u toMto). 

(v.n.) to $fMU fkitif, momidg. 

. (r.a.) to eeekt to iongfor, to wtmt 
(v.reit) to $eek $eek, i.e. to 
tease, to annoy (Kis. niofl»<M«).— fli- 
]Mika(y.n.) to admit qf eeOefntg, sear- 
tkettU. Ban» tminQa oi fra/WwilM^ 
there are thome, where it i$ not tear- 
thoMe = where ome cannot eeareh, — 
fluilm(y.d.) to «eefc /or. ProT.Jirn«u 
u h a n%'humbm, u eU 'W^'/Un ire hu- 
MttMHMfra, uka - «M 'fnmira hunoi 
fcfm tt e hu on d m fnadtlr- lteiidl% 
to eeareh nmth. 

*aaiilui(y.n.) to he warm or hot (ac- 
cording to the object spoken of), wnawa 
few ImiM na hioatno, dsalbano downe 
iafwndha^ lit morning it woe with 
coUbneee, now the eun became warm; 
madai yoo^amdka b a m e m % mn tnnmf 
lake warm cr tepid water; mka, uka- 
pidoo mmdeif n^endhOf Mi, go and 
heat water, be it warmf m>*niwmba 
m M o mgu nvnm^tmdm, in mg honee it 
i» warm, or nfu w t^a ffemget ya 
fwmdaf my honee ie warm. Mhaia 



tnbiraike r^^mda, mg brother wa$ 
seiaed with the Umbo, i.e. got fever, his 
body Is hot— hmdUbtm (v.lnt) to be 
verg Jbo( (so as to scald); (v.caas.) to 
warm up (food which has become 
cold), (of things which had never 
been warm before, hu pidoa, mu$t 
be need, 

FobAo (seej»/MMtfa, Joint, knob, knot, 

Tumgm (fioem^%mga), 

Tumg; a {uyu) (pi. umA^nga). Neme 
qf a Bfeeiee (^ monkeg. It resembles 



the *hhna" hot Is much larger. Prov. 

mtohira umadoara ww nno , Ite taU 

i$ eaid to he $o heaog (i.e. the doemoo 
of it) that when wet It can no more 
raise it properly for the purpose of 
hu tUa, Wherefore a spy, considering 
himself the 'tail** of the chief who sent 
him, will answer, when charged with 
staying too long in a country by the 
Fongo proverb. 

(V.) 
t(v.a.) to epoU, plunder, to take 
hootg. 

FmumCr.a.) to atk, to enquire, to tonr 
9uU (Kis. uUoa, dadioi, heOtfhiet, 
aha%tiri^fynam flnuM (v.reit) to atk 
much, repeatedly, mntu uyu a/unaet' 
funQn^-^ ftinaawa (v.rec) 1) to aceoet 
one another in paeeing, lit to inqnire 
of each other;— > 2} to coneuit with each 
other, {seennhurandj^—humkai 1) (v. 
d.) to aekfor (another) (e.g. in marriage), 
2) (v.rel.) to aek (for any thing) immi^- 
pineirar^ngif what do yon aek him 
forf— ftmainuui (v.rec.) to ael: ons 
for another.^ fanaidia (v.lnt) to aek 
weU or much, to examine (Kis. few ei- 
•<«••).— taaaidsa, uhoso u^n^fedan, 
aek weU eo that yon may hear weU 
(what one says), 

Fanta (properly m'fimta), s. i^fo, pi. on) 
1) the act qf etumhling; hu oniba tM- 
yWnto, to etnmble;'^ 2) a wound got 
from etumhling (seep/Wf»to). 

ranta (v. a.) to pUfer,^ taitim (v.d.) 
to pUferfrom (any one).— tasttiia 
(v. int) to exceed in pOforing ; (v. cans.) 
to inetigate one to pilfer (incite). 

Funvra (v.a.) to open eUghUg, te. to 
make only mndU indeione in tatto- 
wing, as also in scarifying the skin 
(Ki8.lMt ioja}, to eeraieh (by accident, 
coming in contact with the knife or 
sword of somebody. Bnt of thorns it 
is never nsed), (seerAea)^— flpMonuui 
(v. rec) 

Fapaa(v).— fl^aalvfaa. 

Fora (v.a.) lit to deaden (flrom hd fa, 
to di^ 1) to tH^oeoto,— - 9 to ea«fraft; 



46 



PURADIRA— GNAMM. 



this is only done with dogs, never 
wiUi buHoclLs or other animals (Kis. 
haH, - nabtm (y.d.) to deadm far 
(another)' 

(V.) 
I, 8. (ra), (pi. tew and ma^ftra), a 
tortoise; haniba ra furu, the shell 
qf a tortoise, pi. nuihamba ya ma- 
f^tru, the shells qf tortoises. 

Vum {aeepfuru), 

Puniflide (s.) (see nuiraimba and insoa), 

Fanunim (v.n.) to be in haste, or in 
ahurry.— faxmnitULiy.K,) to hasten, 
to hurry (Kin. hu himisa),— huu- 
miaira (v.d.) to hasten (one) for 
(another), u^ni-fttrumisiro nibali 
uran0a, oH-^u-mhuyo, (pray) hasten 
my brother for me, who is behind; 
(v. rel.) to hasten for (any thing) wa^i- 
^trtanwMra ehianif what do you 
hurry meforf 

riiriira(v.a.) to brew, Hufumra m4a, 
which is entirely the business qf women, 
AoniridMi (v. int.) to brew qften or 
much (Kis. hu susa ufij, 

ru'Uriro s. (ya and «a) a very large 
earthen vessel, in which the mod 
(a country-beer) is preserved. 

Fndsa (v.) wafudsa ufaf Jai, ni 
gamha,— liidMdadMk— ftidsana. 

OAbirm (v.n.) to fuctuaU. 

Chibnka (v.n.) to fall in, to break in 
(by itself), to break open (a blister) 
(Kis. buyuha); fusa langa Una 
gahukaf tnoto una-nl^enta, n*na 
gabuha, 

Chibnra (v. a.) to rip up (what has been 
undermined e.g.the holes of mice).— 
gablirim(v.a.) to dig through, to open, 
to turn up (the earth &c.) hu gabu- 
risa maengo, gnotna. — gthwA- 
9MDM (v.rec.) mMoinge yagaburi^ 
Sana «= Urana, 

Gadhama (v.n.) toUemthe back, (Kis. 
hingalingali^,-^ yadliaiiiiga (v.caus. 
to lay on the back (e.g. a child.) — 

Gadiradiiwa (v.) 



CMfii (wa) (noplur.) the mmOm* md 
flmar ehc^, which comes off t^fter a 
second and third poumding. It is pal 
into a vessel and pressed into it so 
as to cause fermentation, in order to 
make use of it in brewing (seemriMwy 
gaga wmnga anaoasa, my Baga i$ 
fermenting, 

Qmgigm, s. name of a hind of drum. 

Ghlg^UUfla(v.a.) de$^ga agagadid^o, 

QmmnngmDgvwe, s. (uyu) (pi. mit^ 

gangawe) fJHs^hihuada), maongou 
wa ganmngangauro ntidonga i 
n^us gamungangawo, — gaatfani 
{^hanta, hantira), 

(V.) — sramfura (v.) 
or ngmngungm, (s..fta4j.) 
Qmagm, s. (wa) (pi. tms)/ a thread fastm- 
ed round the blunt end qf an arrow 
for to lodge the Jlngers on in drawing 
the bow, 
Oaago, s. (ra) fj^\,maffanga) a noose, 
a running knot belonging to the nativo 
trap (see fetO^Mfule) (Kis*fciton«^ 
QeixvL, s. (wa) (pi. ir«va«»), a dog (Kis. 
mhoa, jiboa) gaaru wa nienehOf wa 
hidsa/ra, u>a harahara, 
CMEwa(v.a.) to divide, — gaw]]ca(v.n.) 
to be divisible,— fawana (v.rec.) to 
divide among.'— gwwira(v.d.) to di- 
vide to or for,— gawidMi (v.int.) to 
divide much, to distribute liberally, 
Oerof ero, S. (ra) (pi. mageregere), a 

chain {Kis.m,*nio, mkufu), 
O n a mba , s. a break (said of fine weather 

after rain) (JK\s,Manga), 
Onamba (v.a.) to tear, to spUt, hu 
gnamha ndime, liL to tear off an n- 
dime, when there is much grass; when 
the grass is little, they 'use the verb 
"hu l0m&a"(Kis.rafftca tabua, papua 
passua, — gnawihilra (v. n.) to get 
torn; to split— giiambira (v.d.) to 
tear to, — gnambirira (v.a.) to tear 
on, to continue to tear, to tear off more 
and more of the boundatry-line. -^ 
flniambid«i(v.int.) to tear much. 
Gnambi flmambi, s. {ya,sa)i 1) ths 
glow-worm ;— 2) a spark of fire (Kis. 
1) himetemote;— 2) tete sa moto). 



GHANA— QNIEREGNIESA. 



47 



Chuma, S. g nm n m pa banH, 

Gnattcho, s. (ya, «•) afmtnacafar meU- 
ing inm. 

Qn^kniba (v. n.) to I^Mm, to >IimA, 
^Uttor (Ki8.m0Mm«ta feu pna. ima 
cm«m<&a» ii {^AtoiM; n^^ura inagna- 
nOa, the rain lightms «= it is lighte- 
ning, lightening and thunder being 
In connection with rain.— fnaaflba 
ynawiba (T.reit) m^tra ya gtumiba 
ytMmOa.— flrnaDlUra (y. n.) toglUUr, 
^Mneforik (fct« yita). nimr^gnti sa 
gnmniMra, the Hart giiUer; mheni 
wttQtumihirm,^ gmuuHMmiYAnt) 
io gUUer mudk, to «ttfpa«« in gUtUrtng 
(fcu gnoBa gnmriHa in Kis.)— ffaa- 
■i^sa (y.a.) lit to malw «Mim or gUtUr 
Uu gnmtUpsa tttngo, to hrandiBh a 
mPOrBtm 

ChiawigTiani, s. (ya and «•), tA« glow- 

ChnanM, s. only in etmneetion with the 
word fnehere; mohere toa gnanoOf 
rock-salt in contradist. from mehero 
wa mohenga, salt qf sand, i.e. sea- 
salt, so called because it is in small 
particles; mehoro uta gnamta tiHMdoa 
na Wawioa, hut onl^ so much as theg 
want for buying their food, while the 
Wadonga bring the sea-salt as an 
article of trade to buy cows from the 
Wakamdunda. 

Onara (Kis. cbamba elia jito). 

Gnia (or nXa) (y.enclit.) 

Chiiaffniina (y.n.) to go Up toe, (to 
ayoid being heard (KIs. niaduh<», 
«amfr€»ifo)^— gnlaguamira, 1) (y.d.) 
to go tip-toe to — ;— 2) to stand tip-toe 
in stretehtng ontfss^ afltir what is 
above one (expressiye of continuance.) 
fBiagnamidaa (y. int. 4 cans.) hu 
gnietgnanidaa fNtMHMk 

flkiiaffiiiampira (yn.) 0.4> gniagna- 
wU i w , more espeeiaUy used qfanimais, 
to stand erect on the hinder-legs (Kis. 
gniapia) tnbuai agniagtUaimpira 
JMUlia fHodsani g» mdongo (With 
the balls of the toes na neino). 

CNiiarBinni(y.a.) to despise. (Der.kAn- 
gtUag mmr o), 



OniambMa (y.aO to Uek; ohwru ohtt- 
g ni mm ki da, lit the ant-hill Udu — 
a standing expression for a particolar 
moyement of the white ants, when 
during on^ night they all come out- 
and eat away the grass, leaying the 
hill quite bare.— yniamWdira (v.d.)- 
to ttdb in order to taste (for another) — 
gniamUdidsa (y.caus.) to give one to- 
Udc In order to taste; (y.int) to lidc 
much; gnomho a-m-gmiamhidiret- 
muana naahe (KiS. gnambe a-tM- 
ramhia whmhmi muondeiwe), 

Onlaii|r«Aa(y.a.) to nuJce leod (said of 
white ants after haying eaten off the 
grass of their hill; 
gwida. 



Onid^te (y.a.) to dOoto (by beating a 
lump of iron).— ifnidaka (y.n.) to moMw 
to ytoU (said of a lump of iron, when 
beaten with the "homo," hidsuro' 
eha gnidttka, 

OBi4ffBia(y.a.) to bite or gnaw into- 
pieces (In chewing the sugar-cane) to- 
split into small pieces (wood) (Kis.irw 
fKMua frtdogo vidoga, — fnlegvka. 

gviafnka (y.) 
€hdaiiia(y.)— gnimmmnLir,) una-^n*- 

gn i e nt e r a fUatma ya fumumofma, 

OniMidflvtai (ady.) farther (always 
construed with *hu mka** and only 
used of cracks, holes and wounds, h^ 
deuro iki hinamka gntemdor^ra^ 

OBiando, s. (yaand sa) irregular plural 
form of muondo, leg, 

Chiimiffa (y.a.) to cheat, to impose upon;- 
(Kis. tfiMrfa, bomba),-^ gtd&MkgmOM. 
(y. rec.) to deceive each other,— fnian- 
^•ka(y.n.) to be deceiwMe,— fnian- 
ir«ra (y.d.) to deceive for (another) (Kis» 
few eueulia),— gtd&Dg^dMm (y.int) to 
deceive qften or much. 

Oniaregnitei (or gnoregnesa) (y.a^ 
to tiOOe; (y.n.) to itch (seegdhua) (Kis. 
hu tehenia}; fnigniendo ganga gor- 
ni-gnieregniesa, my feet itdh me. -^ 



48 



GNIEREaNIESI— OOMA.. 



(T.ree.) loMCfebont 
am€ik$r. 

<hiiwg»l— i (or MkoMfSMd), s. • 
•tar (80 called from iU twittaring, un- 
steady Ught). 

^hdnwnkm (▼.!).) to $ual Mvoy, lo 
tpaMnno jMMy (especially said of 
serpents) (fii»,UHHka). 

CteimbOfS. (seewiiHte) Kis.««imdo). 

OiiiBda(¥.a.) to wrinkU up (the ftice) 
ufiih ike eye$ and numth »hut (In con- 
tempt). {K\B, Hujignia utso),— fBift- 

dbw (T.d.)— ffnlndoa, giiliiAiiraB«» 
ffBiadolika, irninMIrm, fnlnte- 
IMml 

G]iliid«rm(T.a.) 1) to open sUghUjf (as 
the leaves of Indian corn, in order to 
see whether the grains are forming;— 
2) to diitort the mouih $lighilif in eomr 
tempt,— gulg g ttwpw m (or folfao- 
rerft) (Kis.fcui< ohakua). 

OiiiafB4moa(y.p.) to/ecl laekmcAoly, 
to 6e tod (from lonliness).— ffBiogr- 
nor4m (v.) to tum abouJt (the tongue 
tn one's mouth after eating any thing 
sweet, or to get out meat which sticks 
between the teeth. 

OoiteMi ifnlteMi (y.n.) to Bhwo wtftr 
•Of wMoiy, rutU$$, as if labouring 
under suspicion by not laying down 
one's weapons, or continually changing 
places (Kit. yu maohMha chuMa), 

4hi«ffBmui (see nognona).-^ gnmgmo- 
BAMI (see nognon^a), 

OnmaoMf s. (wa) (pi. id) {pa and #•), « 
dnMn(Kl8.tt90MMi)y JIn« »0n^^gnomaf 
to tcoop out, or to hoUow out a drumt 

OnMUbtt, a («mi or ya and «a) a cow. 
It seems that the particle sing, relative 
to many species of animals may be 
either uw or yo. The inflx may 
therefore i>e m — or tf for the sing, 
but for the PI. always «l; t^ f ^&tnbe 
wa mhasi (Kis. gn o mh e mke, lit a 
fanaU am, 

4lBMBbo (n.prop.) a tmaU toum on the 
South-eastern iMuak of the lake Nian- 
cha, inhabited by a tribe of Wabiao, 



called Waehanta. gwmi e pa JF- 
hm ramh u (name of the chief). 

Obmui, 8. (wa) (pLM.) a eroeodOt (Kta. 
») {uyu pi. twi ) . 
t(v.aO 1) to kold 19 «1« M 
/■aANm, in order to have the refiiie 
carried off by the wind; to rai$€ dm§t; 
2) totkromupiuioiheatr(JiaM.rHoha), 
e.g. water dust— fBMii«TCV»(v.dat) 
g— dotal (v.n.) to leoy or Jig mU 
(as things pounded in a mortar, or 
water when any thing is thrown into 
it-ffBMUtohMni(v.d.HfMMi*AM 
(v.int) to <to « with vi i d mte $ , to §cattar, 
to di9per9e, e.g. a troop of men by 
shooting an arrow among them; hu 
gn&md^doa m e to , to eeoftor tAcmt 
Jkr^ in the olr. 

Qmongu, s. (tcyu) (pL Mith sa); a jpeetfss 
4^ ercw (i.q. ftAtfanlNMNw) 

ChwBWnimba (see igno nonUm ha ) . 

Qndnm gndnm (a^j.) hmU (jk im a rm Hjf 
{fn*ffnono hignano, ignono So^ 

Oda(v.a.) to notch, to makenotehee (by 
hammering), «m«om5a €tgoa n^dmeu 

€§•» ffoa (v.reit) (see fc Ai) to stool atony 
ftoopiny.— f«b«ni, fob«r«rm. 

Oobacho, s a ratOing noiu; the noise 
made in rummaging.— |fob«elMANi 
(v.a.) to molM a noi$e (in rummaging). 

Oocho, 8. (wa) (pi wagooho), a /owl 
with wteommofily tony toy<; huku ugu 
ni goeho (Kis. huhu €aa «»fru»< wa 
WMHtytoi. 

Qodobem (v.) 

Clofdta (v.a.) (see yota). 

Ooli, a (ra) (p1.«Miy«l^, jtodbs, a mar 
chine for conOning the legs (Kis. gogo), 

OdMa(v.n.) 1) to be hkmt (a knifs'or 
hatchet Ac);— 2) noe to antor, to ftip iv» 
to mofce one sfiMi&to (Kis. im duia), 
mwtpA uftagoma, umahuora, ik$ or- 
row did not mitor, U returned; h mmm n 
ga hiri gdma gdma, ike JMtian com 
(ta the cobs) ie now ott 6Iimf , i.a. no 
more pointed, rounded off. Uidea 
JMiMi few goma, « etump tripe gou 
up, maikee you fdnnMa— > fWDMNl 
(T.a.) to Mimf, to duU the edge or point 



OOMBE— QUA. 



4» 



(v.n.) to get Uimt— go- 
(v. int) to blunt much or grMUy. 

Oombtt, & (ra) (pi ma^omd^}, Wtthat 
wMeh U eoNtJiiually Ucktd or iorair 
eked out, i.e, the hoHows in the banks 
of a river (as being constantly exca- 
yated by the action of the water). 

OoflM, 8. (ra) {magwns), Jit that you 
iaiodtup agaimt;'- 1) bamk (of a river 
or \9ke)beaak,$horBt9tr«mdSe. gome 
<H rhuirumoMka,tki$ hamkUitraight; 
gotno Hga rin mk o dm hoda, that frank 
U yjinOing;'^ 2) a omaU plank used 
in washing clothes (Kis. hikao), gama 
ra Jtu gaiaHAra d^onf. 

0«aa(v.n.) u> Ut down, to lEeep, hu 
gona ftan^faw U &nba, to lie down on 
the itomatih (Kis. hu lata fuama\ 
hu gona na mdSdua, to go to sleep 
wUh inflatkmt i.e. an inflated stomadc, 
(Kis. "ku urlMtMufa), "ku gona ha w^ 
henit to tiUep on a knifet i.e. to be 
exceedingly artfuL— £*«&«&» (v. rec.) 
to Ue with («MM»andurotiMM»). — g'o- 
nakft (v.n.) 1) to admit eS lying down, 
yaba sibagoneka, bona videodeo 
one cannot lie down here, there are 
ttumpe (of grass};— 2) to let eUep, to 
keep over night, to lay down, ku^tn- 
goneka niama, lit to let eUep an ani- 
mal, i.e. to watch it where it lays it- 
self down for the purpose of catching 
it; fca f miaka mkod^, to keep the 
remainder ef food overnight (seem- 
kud0\ kw^m^oneka nwanaf to lay 
down a (sleeping) ehitd; ku goneka 
mdomgOf mdorOf bansiJte., to lay 
or put down a tree, load Ac on the 
ground.— g'onalmui (v.rec.) (seeim- 
oHto).— fOMlMni(v.d.) to lay down 
for another,— gom&tm{Y.rel) to eleep 
at, to eleep away from » to stay away. 
ku gonera doomba, lit to tHeep at 
thefieh (said of a fisherman watching 
his net); wikwru wanga anagonera 
ku Kiamoka eihaga kirhodei, my 
elder breiher hae Oept (or stayed away) 
at the Niassa for one year.— g'OBOdsa 
(v.int) to be faet aeUep, 

Xiniaeea, 



0«BdMna(v.refl.) to he pUaeed, graU- 
fled (to take pleasure in) (see ka nd a 
(v.a.) to Uke, to pieaee). 

Qdadoa, s. (wa) (pi. toag^ndoa), the 
heaver; gondoa adsi madira, the 
gondoa ehute itee^f up ; gondoa abin- 
dikira mpanga mudko, the gondoa 
ie coiled up (has withdrawn) for the 
winter in its hole. 

Ooniroa (v.) 

Oondo doflra (v.) 

Qoilda(v.) ungiM^tn^oneo, ungiMm- 
gonoo, wfwtu uyu eagonteka. 

QMlta(v.n.) nokira < yagowta habag 
mfntu uyu anagonta mgudu, — 
g'oatem, e.g.<f «anflr« <H ri9%a gai^ 
tora ninohira, $iri ku fika kwdaHi, 

Oora (adv.) 

0«ro|roro, s. (wa) {^Vvmgorogoro), (i.q. 
komba in Kis. and Kin.) 

Oota (v.a.) to knodc, ku gota nioro, 
to knodc a peg (into the ground) when 
spreading a skin ont on the ground, 
in order to dry it— fvtaiia (v.rec) to 
knock or etrike againet each other, to 
eotUde. — g'otam (v. d.) — g'oMMi 
(v.int.) to knock or drive into well, — 
f OfTotm (v.rednpl.) to knock repeatedly, 
to keep knocking, oKeka oheka agO' 
gota kua miromo, the Ufood peciker 
knotks with hie beak.— g'Of^lani 
(v.d.) c^otadsa (v.int) 

CKU, s. (ra) (pi. magUa), a heap (of sand, 
stones, trees, bat not of grain; (see 
nwtru), 

Ovftda(v.n.) to kned (but kuada to 
marry).— guMdrngnMitM.— gtuUBbra 
(v.d.) to kneel to; wantu wakonda 
(for urakaonda) ku nUandu kua 
karonga, wa m guad1a»a (kongono), 
gwidrfTa(v.d.) to kned to /or (a cei^ 
tain purpose). 

Ova (fca gua) (v.n.) tofaU, to tmnhle, 
to go down (sun), ku gua mbemda, 
lit to faU an amhueK A stratagem in 
throwing one'sself down on theground^ 
when pursued by the enemy, while 
others keep running on, until they 
have drawn the enemy with in a fa- 
vourable distance, and can reneip 

4 



50 



GUARURA— GURA. 



their attack (Kis.fc«« heH wentfttJo),-^ 
gutoa (y.rel.) to fdU to or from (see 
pfundo).— gvadia (v.caus.) to cause to 
faU (Kis. pofn6sha)f Jcu guodsa wiaw, 
to lower one's voice. — kn {^iiedsera 
(v.d.) usttn-ffuedsere mi*anaw€inga. 

Otuun&ni (y.a). (i.q. gumra) to loosen, 
to take out (a (knire or hoe from Us 
haft or handle) dlils. gongoa),— guM- 
mka (V. n.) to come out, to fall out 
(by itself) (Kis. gongoha). — gustm- 
ldra(y.d.)— irnamrtdsa (v.int.) to 
loosen, to take out (by force). 

QmAnffiidn, s. whoit is creeping (an 
abstr. noun). 

QmAwa (Y.p.) of Uu gua, lit. to be 
fallen, to creep (only used of men and 
things espec. of children, but not of 
animals, not even of worms).— gma- 
wika (y.n.) to admit of creeping (e.g. a 
place).— ffuawira (v.d.) to creep to 
(any thing or place).— ffuawidaa 
1) (v.int.) to creep much;— 2) (caus.) 
to make one creep (child). 

Chlbi41liia(y.a.) \,(^ gohedhestn, 

OiUUia,S. (wa) \^\.wagudha), giidha 
nJcua hu hi^hera ofunnba, 

Qmiht\aL {y,n,) to pwsue, to run for 
the purpose of catching^— gvdlnibira 
(y.d) to run after, trop. to interfere, 
to intermeddle. 

GMoffAdn (adv.) 

Oi^iuita (y.a.) (see gunta and kuwta). 

Gltfd^a(y.p.) to he seized; huku tma- 
guidoa na nianma, the fou^ tocts wi- 
ned by a (wild) animal; hu guidoa 
na ha mimha, lit. to he seized with 
toftare hdly, \jd, to be seized with diarr- 
hoea; hu guidoa na moa, to be sei- 
^^withmoa, to be intoxicated; dsua 
Una guidoa na mihuidi, lit. the sun 
is caught with clouds, 

€Kiira(y.a.) to catch, to seize; (y.n.) to 
holdfasit to have a firm hold, to be 
fast (see hasuriha),— gmntgvim 
(v.reit)— ^Taiui(v.rec.) to lay hold 
one qf another, to adhere, to cleave to; 
mtadei anaguirana na hungUf lit. 
the water adheres with (or to) ice, i.d. 
covered with ice,— giijrilai(y.n.) to 



he seizable; garu uyu saguirOsa, 
this dog cannot be caught.— gnJurfm 
(v.d.) to catch for another (Kis. shihia), 
gniriia (v. a.) to assist in sdzing or 
holding,— £ iiiriiira(v.d.)— ffiihruisa 
(y.a.) to catch up slightly:, to hang on 
loosely or negligently (a cloth round 
one's loins) (Kis. leu shihisa),— gm- 
ridia (v.int.) 1) to seize forcibly, ta 
grasp ; — 2) (v.caus.) to make one seize, 
e.g. hU'-in-guiridsa maniasi, to make 
one seize shame, to put one to shame 
(Kis. tahagarUha),— gnmdlAlia. 

Gnend^re. 

Gnedeaeka {seehuedeeeha). 

Gnepfa adj. protufreroiM. 

Gaidai (acy.) entire, mnianga aikaH 
guidsi, 

Qingn, s. neime qf a kind qf grass, pe- 
culiar to the banks of rivers, gugu 
ni udsu unadsadiera ntdsinge, 

Giimpira(y.a.) to follow at a distance 
iK\8,andam€a), na dsdgore, nda-n^ 
gtHntpira, 

Gdndiie (or knndne), s. red ochre (Kis. 
ngeu) {seepupsa), 

Oamaiiidaa (v.c.) (see humdnidsa), 

Gonda, 1) (y.a.) hu gunda hidsSko, 
to knock at the door (this is only done 
at night for the purpose of waking), 
atwrdsi^gunda na mdengo, he kno- 
cked himself cigainst a tree (lit. with 
a tree); — 2j (y.n.) mdinM teanga tea- 
gtmda, my heart beats, or nUlima 
ura-ni-gunda, the heaH heats me; 
mudu wa-ni-gunda, the head throbs 
me, or nmduwanga wagunda, my 
head throbs; or ntudu wa-nigunda, 
mpfura yttgunda, the rain thunders, 
or merely : huagunda it thunders.-- 
gnndawa (v.rec.) to knock up against 
each other;— ^ to butt at each other, 
e.g. gnombe sagundana, — ^fnn- 
dini (v.d.) — fimdidaa (v. int) to 
knock forcibly (at a door).— gmidlira 
(v. a.) to bum, to hump (used of poun- 
ding, whea there is but Uttle in the 
mortar), hu gundt^ra mpdie, 

Q|i&ra(y.aO to buy (Kis. hu »tm4a}. — 
|fiir^kiia(y.rec.) to buy one qf another. 



GURE— IDADU. 



51 



to harUr. ttftuUu wo$da9iwa mne- 
n£du«, mdaffurananaoehoodanif 

how UfiU you baarttr toith men whoit 
loMguage you do not knoiof— fnridsa 
(y.iDL) to buy much or fregumtly, ^ 
guankBL{y.u,) to he jpurehoMabU; nui^ 
randa yawa (for ya cNca) yagurikn^ 
1M merehandiae of the$e (people) can 
be boughtf i.e. the prize is reasonable; 
sag^irQca, caamat be bought, i.e. it is 
too dear (see tMna)^— gvrira (y d.) to 
buy for (another). There is hu hula 
to grow, Uu guta to bny, and Jbtc 
'ki%aira to rob. 

CMre, 8. name of a kind cf play. 

Chini, s. (ra) {pl^nHtguru, a eattU way). 

QwnjgvJC&t S. (wa) (pi. wagur%»gufe)f 
daaru ya gurugufo, eloth reeembUng 
Hu gwrugufe in eoloure (applied to all 
prints). 

OllrtUe, s. (wa) (pi. waguruUf or gu- 
rure), 

Gnmmnnia (v. a.) to roU about in the 
mouth (as food that does not require 
masticating (Kis. nMim«i»ia). 

Our^bm (adv.) equctUy, cloeetyf Baya 
unaikumtMna nayo guniru ttkad- 
ha m-pfuduhira, uhadha^n^Uua, 
there you meet with him (an ani- 
mal) eloeely — if you Aod made him 
room (alioiwed him more space to pass) 
you would Jiave ehot him (Kis. huaimba 
uli^tenga, ung^^n^fumui); IHna 
humama gurttru ba noAira, we met 
each oihor equaUy, at the same time, 
in the way. gttruru is only nsed in 
connection with hu Humana to meet 
The idea seems to be, as if each had 
striven to be there first 
,(v.)— g:«nik»(v.) 



I, 1) (pron. sing.) U, rel. to the "ya** 
class (pi. «<)/ they, ihm rel. to the 
pi. nU;— ^ (pron. dem.) thi$ (e.g. 
A*^* i, thie gun), when relating to 
the pi. mi, theee,' midengo i, these 
treee; ino, io, iyag imiia, dHnki (pi. 
imoani, drink ye! €dia, eatt (pi. idi- 
ami, eat ye)! idea, come! ideomi, come 



ye! The opt form i(m^«, •Sella, udee, 
wiU be used when speaking by commis- 
sion, e.g. adi: umoe Ao. he says: you 
ma/y drink, or may you drink Jkc 

Iai(adv.) no. This word seems to be 
especially in the mouth of the Mgama 
people, where theMpande's would say, 
ei ine. Sometimes iai is a m^re inter-, 
jection, and more a mere sound than 
a particle of speech — ah well &e. 

Ibm (v.n.) to be bad; ehoo iba, something 
bad; Woo iba, one who is or such as 
are bad (Kis.m6aya);p/bo iba, (things) 
which are bad; mua*fnna uyu aiba 
m?maneha, lit.tA»« man is bad in the 
hands, i.e.he is unskilful in his busi- 
ness (opp. aJcoma m*maneha)^ daiba 
data, we have already become obno- 
xious, lit. 106 ofre bad, we finished — 
lstpers.sing.) naibanata, lamdiready 
bad;— 2) uraiba wdta, thou art al- 
ready bad; — 3) waiba ufdia, he is 
already bad; (1st pers. pi.) daSba ddta, 
we are already bad; (2. pers.) muaiba 
mMata, you are bad; (3.pers. pi.) waiba 
ufdia, they are bad, madeiadhada- 
ika (or ofca) ei ufaora (or eaorSka) 
water when spHUd, cannot be taken 
up again. •- fliidoa (v.p.) to be dis- 
figwred (by one's cloth, ornament 
4bC.) (opp. l60«n«ioa) iwe unaibidoa 
dsaru i. or: kua dearu i ov na 
dearu i. — iliira (v.d.) to be bad 
to, to suit ill to; to displease; na- 
mU'iMra mdima, I feel angry with 
him^ lit. I am bad to him the heart 
(see kontera), dearuyake ina-mu- 
ibira, his cloth suits him iU,— ibsa 
(v.a.) to make bad, to spoil, to disfi- 
gure; uehieiwake wa-ni-ibira, si- 
UrkunUfa ine, his (her) obstinaqf dis- 
pleases me, I do not Uke it— ibldta 
(v. int.) to be very bad; m,*ntu uyu 
anaibidea kuli uya, 

Idm (pron.dem.) that, relating to words 
of the ki and eA^-das^, kironda iki, 
this wound; kironda icho, that wound . 

UUUUi (adj.) three, rel. to the plural form 
mi, e.g. nUdengo idadu, three trees; 
mieamipa ieano na idadu, eight 

4» 



52 



IDALI— IMBA. 



trap» (from 5 upwards the nambera 
are made by compositions). 

Idall(a4j.) long, relating to noons be- 
ginning with n\ as n*d$me, ndsimb^ 
Ac, to the plural form mi, miiohira 
idaU, long taa$» ndsimbe UUtH, a 
long tugar-eane. 

Uaaa (y.a.) to eoK, to nam$ (Kis. hu Ha, 
ftUa).~-idaBirm(y.d.)— l4aBidia(y. 
in'r.) to eaU loudly.— UUnm (v. a.) (pas- 
sive in form) to amwer a eaU (Kis. 
itika). The word is not construed with 
Ace; aidtww, not: th-mu^dawa), — 
Mmim (y.d.) to annoer a call for 
(another).— IdawidM (y. int.) to ont- 
foer a edU Umdlg. JOei muachMwrna 
ehianif lit thit you eaU what 9 {ehi- 
4ana contr. from hi idtma); Iki 
uehidana ohianif what doett thou 
C€tU this 9 dsaru i waidana ohianif 
what dout thou eaU thfi doth 9 {ha- 
ni-4daiwire mkamoa tnuii handon^ 
do, heeau9e the pumpleinB being moaXy 
9tUk in tholT mouHCi. 

Idi {ohodo) (seedi and ehode), 

Usa, Imperative eome! (Kis.«Ml$), of 
hUdoa, i.q. dakudgth Zdaa hafupi, 
come near (Kis. h€uHbu), idsa Imno, 
come hither. Idea udethni-Mtef lit 
come coming me teU, i.e. come and tell 
me. IdaoMi or dahttdeani, (pi. eome 
yet) (Kis. nd&nt). 

Ifa (pron.pers. l8tpers.pl.) we. In syn- 
tax it is only used, when the stress is 
laid on it (Kis. »uieu€), Ife diuMMma 
ha ftofcfirw (or ndimm O^mtm), fitw 
wfnaiifma ha hagnono (or ndime 
ignono). 

Vgfnia, (see ffignia and kigniea), 
4rn^no(a4).) (rel. to the 'yar class), 
email, UtUe, dearu i noMgnono (for 
noha ignono-ncka namananta), ig- 
n&no n^imba (adj.) narrow; dearu 
i neka ignono mitnha or nokig- 
nano ntimba, 

i(y.a.) to put up, to lay up, to detain 
to bury (Kis. ku weka). When the 
word "ikaf* is pronounced together 
with the particle of the Infinitive 'ku^' 



you hear ku ufika, but this Is most 
likely owing to the preceding u in 
ku; unarhi-ika kudoH hmmanga 
ekanga, euokika (contr. firom ou 
kMka) hafupi okodanif IHUkaba- 
yfra, n*kadsa, n*denge, put U ready 
(Ihat) when I eome, I'ynay take (it 
away).- iUn (y.d.)- iUdsa 
kam (a4i.) great; rel. to the *y»" class 
of words; kuiige mnpfura gekuru 
(contr. fk'om ya Ceuru) noha niaga- 
uiaga, 

karaminba (a4J.) hroad, dearu i 
ikurumiimha, or nchi kur u w%imha , 
tJde cloth ie hroad. — IknmtdQclM 
(a4|.) liL greai (oO cotton, i.e. thick; 
dearu i nokai kuru$onoka, diua 
ima ya6a, ku dka, 
;Uie, rel. to words of the *yo''-class. 
deimagttnga Hi kudi? where ie my 
deima? 

Ima (y.n.) to etand still, to etop (to cease 
to go forward), daimaho me6o, m- 
ni^rinde, etop there where you are, 
and waitfcr me.— imika 1) (y.n.) to 
admit of etanding etUl and etaying, 
(stayabie); paha eibaimika, bona 
kondo, there one cannot etay, there 
ie war; yaha eibainUka, banei ba 
deuta, there one eannoi etand etiU, 
the ground bume {ie burning hot); — 
2) (V. a.) tout or make etand, to put 
erect; ku-^murinUha n^uana, ku €- 
mika mdoro, ku itnika m^dengo^^ 
imitilni (v.n.) to admU qf putting 
erect; maeira ya kuku (or kugu) 
eaimikika, the eggs of a fowl eaimoe 
be placed upright,-- imlkldaa (v. int) 
to make stand weU, cartfuUy, — iml- 
rira (inoikira? (v.d.) to etand to, 
btfore (any one), to keep etanding etiU 
(see instances at the word ''jporT').- 
imiridsa (v.) an&guat mu^m irid ee. 

hohm (y.a.) to sing (ku imha m^fnem- 
oka). — Imbaiia (v.rec.) — ImMka 
(v. n.) to admit qf eounding (firing off), 
fudi i eiUnbika, thte gun doee not 
admit qf eounding (Kis. ku iieka). — 
imbtdaa (v.int) to sing weU, to aeeel 
in singing, also ku iuthidea fiidt,— 



IMFA— IWAUSA. 



53 



ImUra (y.d.) u-mu-imhire ffnimbo 
abogoiese (Kis. u-fin^nUne gnimbOf 
oINfcte). Deriv. ntmho, muimbtdiie. 

IlB&i & (y<i> pl* «<») d«a£A (see hH fX,to 
die), Ni pa nehi manta? hufa »< 
hdfnoe^ imfa ya ha-^mrpaaa si Xeo- 
ma tn'ntw uyu ni halimanchiraf 
iimfiayaJce ilikudaiif sadaon^ka, 

Imfi, 8. (ya and «a), (rrej^ Aalr (Kis. «n>l 
ura wtMlle). 

Imddii(a4j.) on«, rel. to the 'ya" class. 

Impao, 8. (ya, «a). 

Ilia(adj.) other, another, rel. to the "ya" 
cla8S (pl.m<) (Kis. n<n^<ne), niumba 
ina, anUhor haute; nchira ina, ano- 
ther way; nUdengo ina, other trees, 

Inda (v.)— indika (see winda), 

iBdo (adv.) 'yes" opp. to Uat/' Uli 
fnoyo 9 art thou weU (lit art thoa alive)? 
resp. inde nili im^yo, yes I cmi uxXL 
Xnde mat, or ea mai, 'yes mother" 
is a standing expression used to males 
as well as females, when a favour is 
bestowed or answers to 'I tlumk you." 
inde fnai, Chiuda a^cu^rekere m&yo, 
I thank you, may god spare thy life; 
ind0 wMintuwe / (Kis. etha soma I) yes 
oh man! yes, my friend! inde home, 
yes easacUy (Jii\».ndivto halisij. 

Indta. s. (ya and sa) (i.q. mfuramfu in 
Kis., and sH in Kin.), a species qfAn- 
tUope. 
Indsoa or imoa, s. the white ant, the 
termite; that species of white ant which 
lives in barrows or little round hilts 
and comes out with wings at the thime 
of rain, (see j^ruftade, mgogoderBf 
m-lerowSsoa, nmrdmhaf Haransi* 

Ib0 (pron pers.) I (Kis. mtfmi). 

laira (v.a.) (Kis. leu twa, hu uHnga, drive 

awaiy9) {weur&ga). 
Infadi, how many, ref.to mi (liLHlike 

where), nUdengo ingadi 9 how mamy 

trees, 
iBffO, 8. (ra) (pi. matfnao). 
Ino (pron.demO that (at a distance); mi- 

dengo <mo, those trees; niumba ino, 

that house, 
Imi(pron.pers.} (pi. you), Xnu simdsiwa 

My« ndige ogdMsa, 0y way of ho- 



nour 'inuf* is frequently used for 
Hwe,** just as "you" in English for 
thou. Wawiamada inu dakud sa ni 
kuno, lit. young men ye come here^ 
Thus they will say if there is onfy 
one person, for: Waniamada nao 
uraromekesana kueto, young men and 
they (= even they) honour one another 
by them (« among themselvess). 

lo (Kis.Jkto) (when near).— ino (when 
far). 

Ipfi or ijfwi, pron. dem. relat to the pi. 
form ipfi vi or psi (JIL\8,hivi)/ ntu- 
ka vidsa ipfi, give me then stumps. 

Iplb or ipso, pron. dem. those, rel. to 
thd same pi. form eu ip/L Ipfo achi- 
dapfo ni pfoiba, those things which 
he does are bad; ipfo unenapfo ni 
ku-n^-gonseresereu 

Iri (pron.dem.) this, rel. to the "ra" class 
fo words.-— iro (pron.dem.) thai, 

IrikiMi (see wira) (v.a.) to add (a small 
load to a larger) i.q. sandikisa, 

huoM (adj.) five; isano na idadu, five 
and three (there being no word for 
eight). 

in (pron.dem.) these, rel. to words which 
have no pi. form; gnombe isi, these 
eows; niumba isi, these houses. 

Xiiladj.) The root-word of wooisi, ki- 
wisi, iwisi , fresh, raw, unripe, wmi*- 
tu t<yu wddta niama ya iwisi, this 
man eats raw meat, 

Iio pron. dem tJiose relat. to the "sa" 
class, iso nso dna, that is true (the 
pi. is here indef.) iso unenaso, those 
(things) thou sayest which, 

Ifoa (see mbusi), 

Iwara (v.a.) to/orp«f.— iwarira (v.d.)— 
lwariMi(v.a.) to make forget, to pu 
one off his guard (said of an enemy 
who keeps quiet for a time, or a ra- 
pacious animal making no attack for 
some time.— iwaridta 1) (v.c.) to 
cause one to forget;— 2) (v.int.) to be 
forgetful; m,u iufoHdse munga wo- 
kora U4n*e, 

Iwalifla (v.a. niama uyu a n-< wedisa, 
ndipo dka^n-ntera nseru {iwttsa)* 



54 



IWE— KACHEKA. 



Iwe, second pers. sing, of the pron. pers. 

tAott.— iwteAso, thou alto. 
IwirL — iwiri iwixi. 
Iwiii (adj.) rel. to the 'ya'* and 'ms" 

class, unripe, green, raw, fresh; daima 

i n'cha iwisi, this 'DHma** is unripe 

(not sufficiently cooked). 
Iwo, tliird pers. pi. of the pron.pers. they; 

iwo hua iwo (Kis.teao hua w(m), 

teantu wa hu ku Mpande ufona- 

bandana or wana tirana Hondo 

two hua iwo, 
lya, pron. dem. 1) sing. thcU, yonder, ret. 

to the "ya" class; — 2) (pi. those) rel. 

to the pi. "mi" 
ly, third pers. sing, of the pron. pers. 

he or she. — iTtodflO he or she also, 

K. 

Sa, s. time (in the sense of repetition) 
ka vnodsi one thnef ha wiri, twice i 
ha tatUf three times; ha nat four 
times f ha sano five times; ha sano 
na ha modsi six times; neha, I 
cUone; tveha, thou aione; yeka, he' 
or she alone; ifB doha, toe alone 
inu moha, you alone; wauye Ufoha, 
they alone, 

Sa, aka, anaka, the various prefor- 
matives denoting the time of vertts 
(preterite or present time); ahaiba, 
anaiba, he was had; nnennka, nna- 
haona wddia 'maroba, I have gone 
and Tiave seen them eating fresh meat, 
Sero uye anaha lima nvunda wahe / 
rero Warabai wanaha funha taa- 
duruma, 

Ubai s. (wa) (pi. wah&ba), a seaHet 
cloth (worn by royalty only). 

Saba (v. a.) to bale {to lave out water); 
hu haba madsi na h€co mbuado, 
to bcde water with a 'kik&' out qf 
a boat; dkuru eha haba nutdsi ni 
mpfura ya nib&do. — kabira (v.d.) 
and V. instr. to bale for another; hiko 
eha hu habtra nuidei, — kabldsa 
(y.int.) to bale out tltoroughly, 
ibamba, 1) (wa) pi. teahabamba, 
he spUent the mUt (Ki8.ifre»^). 



Sabambira. 

Saban knaro^s. (pi. wakahankttaro), 

SabAra (n.p.) 

Sibe. s. (wa) (pi. unskoM), a kind of 
sieve used in straining the moa. kabe 
uyu affunta uhoma, n%oa unagttnr 
tika. 

Sab6a, s. (wa) (pl.t^olpad^), a spy. 

Sabaifa, s. coll (wa) a kind qf beans, 

kabeifa cwia kundh^. 
Sabani, s. (wa) 1) cobs qf Indian com, 

when beginning to borm (just budding 

forth) ;— 2) ruime of a smctU river which 

flows into the Ugonde, 
Sabar^ra, s. (wa) {p].wak€af«rgre), a 

splinter. 
Sabfld, s. (wa) (pi. wahabtki), habikt 

wa kidsego, 

Sabirimana, s. (wa) (pi. waketMri- 

nuinai\. 

Sabisa (v.n.) 1) said qf rain, when at 
the approach of the rainy season light- 
ening is observed for a time without 
thundering, niengo dsata, nwpfwra 
yahabisa;— 2) hg. said of a powerful 
and daring man; n^ftunu uye aka- 
bisa, that ehi^ puts one in awe, or 
terrifies, 

Sabdro, s. (wa) (pi. wakdbdro, a man- 
slave, bondman (see n^ak€ui) (Kis. m- 
tuvna, kituan€i. 

Sabu^UUi, s. (i.q. son^odi) (wa) (pi. wa- 
eombodi), a short-legged fowl, gene- 
rally used in connection with kuku; 
kuku wa kabuada, though you may 
also say : kdbuttda uyu, and kahuo' 
da ufanga, 

Saboarandso (adv.) so as to return 
a^ain (from *ku frtcara and ndeo)," 

Sabwmpn (s. abstr.) roundness, fulness, 
smoothness; uta wa kdbwmpu, a weU 
rounded bow; n^untu wa kabumpu, 
a man qf roundness, i.e. a man with 
a full, round body; nushoea ya h»- 
bumpu, Weill rounded rings qf ivory 
(see mahoea). 

S acb ^k a. s. (wa) a doth bound tighUy 
round the belly, especially done to 



KAGHEBE— EADSIRA.. 



55 



women after childbirth and generally 
to alleviate pain and hunger, na 
hwniba dsaru yanga nimange "kch 
eMka. Ife onsS dihatna/nga hor 
ehek'* Tcua chdru* 

Kach^re, s. {p].wak€tehSre)t name qf 
a species qf tree used for live hedges 
(Kis. uniandege) f hiMeher^ adawa 
or €tdanid9a, 

Kachtea or kakem, s. (wa) (pl.tvoJira- 
ehS»€C), an earthen vessel with a nar- 
row neekt and painted, used for set- 
ting beer before fHends. mbid sa 
"kaehesa ndiso sinatniea Tcu frw- 
aro htiti tpanttt* 

Sachiradifiwa (or g'achiradiiwa}. 

Sachlri, 8. 

Sachdfii, s. s. coll. (wa) a kind of mushr 
room smaller tJum the b6a [smallvioga), 

Safta(y.n.) to cease f m/pfura yakSAn. 
the rain ceases; (v. a.) hu kdda m- 
ten gut. 

Siid>i or nli^UUi, s. {ya and mo) ; 1) a pad 
for carrying loads on the head; hada 
fteha hu dengera mdaro;— 2) a coU, 
nehoha asinga nkada, the serpent 
coils itself up* Nhada ya ndsanibo, 
a packet or coil of iron^wire; hada 
ya fhkua, a packet or coil of copper- 
wire, 

Sad«, s. (ra) name of a disease, resem- 
bling the cancer, fc<Kl« sirisehehis, 
ana^n^-nniha ni ehiuda, 

Sad^gn, s. (wa) a prominent back-part 
of the skulL 

Kmdkmo, a. 

Sddhaba, S. (pi. mahadhaba\ nail of 
a finger or toe. 

gadhama (v.n.) to lie on the back, — 
kadhamidaa (v.caus.) to lay an the 
back {muana), 

Kadhinffaiiiaa (adv.) not reaching to 
the proper distanoe, hu pfara dsaru 
h€sdhingmnise, to wear one's doth 
too short; their custom is to let them 
reach a little beyond the knees. 

Xadh0W«r«ro« or kadlMwarare, s. 
(wa) the clandestine amrting qf a fe- 
male, whom one wants to marry (ac- 
cording to ciulom her brothers or I 



the brothers of her mother, not her 
parents ought to be asked first; uye 
anaehida hadhowwere, or tusaroa 
[mniuntba) hadhawerere), 
Sadi(a^.<«adv.) 1) middle, midst; in 
the middle bahadihetdi {mhadi and 
biMhttdi) mdengo u nduri bahadi- 
hadif — 2) (adv.) whether (comp. of 
ha and di) nena, hadi uhuUdua, 
usende uhara uliehede say, whether 
it is too much for you, do not keep 
silent- 

Kadimba, s. 

Sadondo, s. clay. 

Kadsa(v.a.) to stretch; hu hctdea giuh- 
nia, to stretch a skin over a drum 
(Kis. hu wamUta ngonta) hu hiidsira, 
to stretch well, — kn kadalra (v.d. d 
rel.) to stretch for another, to stretch 
over with, nihka h^Ucihunio hand- 
fna noma, niha hadeire m-pinin^ 
go, give me a smaU skin that I mag 
stretch it over my piningo (a drum). 

Sadaakarda, s. 

Kadaancha dMna, s. an unsure hand, 
uye ana hadsaneha detna, »€ihut» 
hu lingdnisa, 

Sada», n4tiUbia, kind of tree there 
are different kinds, such as may be 
transplanted with the roots, and more 
commonly such as are planted by 
slips- 

Sadaa or iik&daa, s. (ya, pi. id.) a kind 
of tree, used for planting live-hedges 
round their villages (Kis. ut«Sfra).| 

Sadaaker^dsa, s. an opposerf 
Sadsibarire,s. (only used as predicate] 
what scratches for itself, or: one scrat- 
ching for himself, used of one who 
knows any thing by himself without 
being taugfit (comp. of the particl. ha, 
and the reflexive dsi, and barira to 
scratch for), ndine n%uana wa n-hu- 
hu hadsibarire, I am like a chicken 
which does not need being tctught serai" 
ching. 
gadald«i,s. (wa) {plwahadsidsij, an owL 
Kadaira (v.a.) (see hadea v. a.) 'to ex- 
pand, to sweOr (said of the breasts of 



£6 



EADSIMEREBE— KALE. 



women, after weaning a child, and 
also of the adders of animals. 

KmUbBMW, 8. (only used as a pre- 
dicate) what is grown by itself, in con- 
tradist from what has been planted. 
mdenffo wa hadaimerer^, a wttd or 
§e{f-grown tree iJKl\B,himeUa). 

CadiMnAa.s coll.(wa) name i^akfnd 
<^ grouHdrmut 

Caisn, s. (ra) brtUUneee (Kis. p4biH), 
fndengOt u una hadtu, 

CaMkm (v.a.) to tear aeunder, to ttair 
off (as branches of a tree, or the 
body of a fowl in absence of a knife. 
Ifdmlni (v.n.) to admit qf tearing off 
to break offeaaUy,- ]bidrarim(T.d.) 
Iwdwirirtiui (T.rec^ to tear off one 

for another, 

Catebtt, s. (wa) eAe pounded 9ub$temee 
Of a ffery large JniXb (called tfm&^) 
which is thrown into the water in 
order to intoxicate fish. 

ladnmbll, S. (wa) (pi. wahadufmbu), an 
oUtr (common otter); hadwnbu una- 
i^-dUra n%Qno wtu%gn/ damru ffa 



Badmdn, s. coll. (wa) domMUc uteneUa, 
especially those belonging to a woman 
(Kis.oftom6o). Thetoolsofamuomba 
(workman) are not called kadundn and 
seem to have no general name. 

Sa4ni, n. coll. (wa) whiU beans. 

Saaunifm(n.) (wa) iplumkafarttp^); 
1) a beetle, which on being touched, 
feigns to be dead (!li\8.hifauongo)/— 
2|) the name of a tree, whose leaves 
are said to be fragrant. 

Bafi or nkafi, s. (ya, oa) an oar; hu 
bdraea nhnfi, to row, lit. to make the 
oar« scratch the water. 

Eaft ich ^ ho, s. (wa) (pi. too) the maw, 
the etomaek of animale (Kis. hUihnfU), 

Mmtumhn, s. (wa) {p].wa)f 1) afloat on 
afleking line, haJUmbu wa mbodaa); 
kafun%bu adumura, the float sTuikes 
from afleh boing caught;— 2) name 
of a tpeeiee qf Indian com the grains 
of which sit closer, are softener and 
more floury than of the common kind. 
Ban%anga oha hafumbu. 



I, S. (wa) (pUwdketfumpe), a 
tpy (i/i. kaboa), derired from kufum- 
pa, to dig ftftar vegetable roote a so- 
eond time, 

Kagnl^mi g^Uutd, a Ms netUe {wafl 
in Kis?) 

SafBlenda, s. (wa) a kind qf smdU, 
eatable muehroom, 

KmgaiaM, s. (wa) iipH^wiOceigHimbi), 
the Brgeteropue (Kis. Ie<»<0flp^r«} (ao- 
cording to J>r. Barth^i 

Kaln, a (ra) {p]. m ankaka), the name 
qf a vegetable, a epeeiee of wmcXL 
pumpkin. 

Kaln or nUka, s. (ya. mi), barbs (of 
an ar^w), kdka »a mmpflf haka 
»a ehSra, 

Kalni(v.n.) to be close, (said of a forest, 
of enclosures 4ftc.~ kakidMi(y.int.) 

KaUra(y.n.) to be hard; ku kahdra 
mdifnaf to he hard hearted, pitiless; 

Z mnkUani u undkakdra, sudiSka, 
{see kaeheea), 
», s. (ka) a smaU hide; dim. 
of leifctcruo). 

Kakill, a (wa) {pLwakakisij, a very 
diminutive temple (too small for a man 
to enter) at which they pray to the 
Ghiuda and Wazimu. to perform their 
superstitious practices. It is erected 
at the entrances of their towns or 
villages. 

Sakda, s. (wa) (pi. wakakda)^ name of 
a species of white bird. 

Sakombo, s. coll. (wa). 

Ukoakn, a (wa) the fagend of a cIoM 
platted into a border, kakuhku tva 
mponehe), ku pa kdkunku, to twtst 
or form a border (from ku kunka). 

Kaknyn, s. Name qf a river, a contri- 
butary qf the Mdede. 

Kilo. s. Oa) (pi. molMla); 1) a ferrule 
(Jtale la n-tungo)/— 2} smaU iron rings 
attached to anklets, in order to make 
a tinkling noise {mkeOe ffa vikuiif^ 
giriif— S) Name qf a wHd animal Oike 
the civet-cat) (pI.wafcAle, awa), 

KIda (s. (ft adv.) aneiei^t time, long ago, 
kale bakdli kdrw 4Mba, dsabano ni 
eiei, formerly there was a eatHer 



KAU— EAMBENI. 



67 



/oU hare, now i$ a wM; matOtu y 
Mmie, daiif$ qf did; mmn tu wa haie, 
«1 old man (a man of old); doaru 
ya haio, tm old doth; tmunim wa 
hmU halo, a twry old man (the repe- 
titioii enforces the sense).— kato,s. 
(ra) iM pool Ume; halo ronoo amt^ 
fmma hifOma^ Jk« loot ott lOomg (all 
the past) seeking for a cause; n'no- 
h^Uka halo, I Acmm I^ thte long 
ago; saka dadoro aha hu IShma 
hua doihu Hmodoi, (else) he would 
not hao6 behaoed thin$ to one who w<u 
fauUg Juit onee (on one day). 

Sill or a-kili (or kiri), s. (ya and ^ 
oa), an eairthen oeeoeL hkali ya m^ 
/nrulUo (fs/WfMrlr*}, cn^ earthen Jar 
reeombUng the pfwnfHro, bat a little 
smaller; nheM ya hu pihira ndoi- 
ana, an earthen pot for cooking do i m a ; 
h«M yamga nUdif whore U migpott 
(pi. hati eamga ni oidifi wninho 
nkari yanya, give me my pot 

Kali, (verbal abject.) to be get, to remain 
in a certain etate or condUton; dheM 
mayo, he or ehe ie get aUoe; nihaU 
«Myo, / am otiU oUM; hahali nC 
mawa, it ie etiU in the morning as u 
ie etm eairlg. 

Biliba(v.n.) l)tobe fierce (said of men 
and animals); — 2} to 5e bmntng hot, 
doua Iri eiri oteha, rakaUba^ — 
kallbira(y.d.) to be Jlerce to one, to 
attadc to aeeauU, to be violent in 
words and actions.— kalikidaa (v.int 
to be moet Jtorce and violent 

Kalib« kalibo. 

KnlMtwi and IraHiaMia (see kara]. 

Kaliro,s. (wa) (pi. wdktUiav), a mueioal 
inttrmment reeembUng a guitar (Kis. 
hindmda), 

Xalilni(v.nO (f^hara), 

gnHmwieMm, s. (see wakaUuMm 
oMra). 

WaUm, s. (wa) (pi. wakaliee). The cen- 
tipede (Kis. nge or demdu), 

s^^^bvmh^^va ^p# is w*^ wn99nao^g^^n^9 p ^a^^^^nina^^^i^m g v^v 

dour; ^oamkaoi uyu ana kaaoot 
oddia mdeohuo (said of a woman 



who has always beer hi readinen; 
hu oMda h dm a , to meike dUigonee^ 
i.e. to 5« diligent; h adm mhu emm he^ 
nut, amn ni o n o nyo r a emono, tho oUet 

Ultf nOt 

XaBim or nkaaui, s. coll. 1) tho ^^.m^, 
2} (yet, ea) apointed heaog etone, sewed 
np in a skin with handles to it (jOie 
pointed part being left bare) used as. 
a hammer for thinning a lump of iroiL 
so that the piece wanted can be cot 
off with a chisel. 

Xaoim (v.aO to draw (together, in a heap)r 
<o draw (sap Arom treesnto tap) to drtno- 
out, to l^igthen (iron)» to milk, hee 
hama n iu atb ir et, to draw up in heap$», 
kMnikm (v.n.) — kamira (v.dj hee 
hanea hidoura, higniduho, 

Kama, s. (wa) (no plO A naUoe deepin y 
place made of etieki, which rest oo 
little forked posts, fixed into the grounds 
The sticks are made of a tree called 
deoyo (Kts. hiUtlo oka nUu), h im wm 
UH» deitUa doinin, 

which flows into the Ugonde ( fc a m ii 
oi atira in JTyondo), 

WSanhm, s. (wa) prooielonefor tramOUty 
(Kis. malSu), hemn bawaiM eetdaf^ 
JMroT, our prooieUme w(U not e^fyice. 

Samba, s. (ra) (pi. m ah annbn ) , eheU (ot 
animals only — as to ihiits and ker- 
nels — kogo is osed), h am M 
hono, the eheU of n enaU, 
ra furu, the eheU of a tartalee. 

Samba (v.n.) to oomooree (Kis. hu 
yume^f hu h amb n nhemi, lit to 
conoeree maeht freely, to ontfe eaOo- 
faction; mfnaeoo, di mk e, dJkak a m bo 
nkemi, friend, let ue go and co n oe r oe- 
fredg.— kambidmCv.intO to cowoo rM 
a great deoL 

»,s.(pLid^ a feted <tf Mb^ 



L, s. (ka) (pi. dmm ib tn i^ The 
diminutive of mbinl a small knifed 

honi uku, theee emaU knioee; 

boni kanya, Mil my emaU knffe (pl» 



58 



EAM6ININI— EANA. 



dumibend duanga, tke$e mg »maU 
' knioei. 
jbunbiniai, s. 
JCambtt or nkambo, s. m mmtu u^^ ni 

n'kwmbo, wamtu awa ni n-hamtho, 
XambiMiiiMlft. 
KambtAra, & (g^mporaf) a pUtoL 

jfMUyanga ya iMMn^uro, they do 

not Bay; hnunbura panf^ 



I, s. (wa) (pi. wakambuHf. 

A kind qf fith, 
gamithawfiha (a4j.) »>g*t, Beofrcdyrtor 

eking round fht body (of cloths) dsarm 

i ni hdimch4Mneha (pL dsmru isi nta 

htmnohanoha), 
Kaaftdankodi (see hamundanhodij, 
gamdgfidenga, s. 
gamdinda, s. a kind qfJUK 

Sfbma (adv.) exaetiif (comp. of ha and 
«Ne, seeinde). 

Samara misn, s. lit one who has taken 
root 

SamCa m^rimdii, s. lit a hearer qf the 
pounding noiee, i.e. nick name given 
to one who appears to have been at- 
tracted by the noise made by poun- 
ding, if he should accept of their food 

Sami6re, S. (wa) {plwdkam/ere), Hu 
the listener (fromikw m/era); Uaimr- 
fi&re Ufa n^fwnu, the couneHlor of 
iM king. 



>, 8. (ugu) lit. that toithin 
emeOing, A epeeiee qf Quinea-corn, 
remlirkiible for a strong emeU; it is 
speckled reddish and white and 
is generally eaten raw. n%ablra yo 
hamnumiko (from hamnunkti^i nont- 
fera fca«iM»«knJb« ha b&ma, 
Sibmte, s. flum^A. When construed with 
any other word, m or ba is inyari- 
ably prefixed; ba'hamoabaagaf my 
nwuXh. Bdkamoa 5afc'«, hie orTOir 
month; mkamoa mmms gnombe or 
maa mbueit the mouth of a eouf or 
goaJt; mkamoa nvua mMmtUf the 
mouJtk of a mouL 



(adv.) once, one t&ne; nehkra 
uda-i'bida hamodei m Mo n a adko- 
dkoma dhodhamaf Haioe you paeeed 

the foay (only) once, as you keep hesi- 
tating so much? 

Sampamba, s. (wa) (pi. wahampaailbe) 
a haneik (Ris.m»«^«). 

Sampani, s. (pi. ufokfomponii the name 
of a tree, 

Kama, s. (ra) {pL makamM)f 1) a herd, 
kaimu la gnomhe^ a herd ofcaXXUf 
2} a iiroop (of warriors), ueaokok^ «•»- 
hamu^ do not leaioe your men^-- S) a 
crowd, Prov. 2>a-ni-l0Jba, aiMdo- 
muana gnombo eabdda mkiSmu, 
lit. leaioe me, fnay I paee, the young qf 
a cow does not etiek fast In a htird^ 
Cue. It will always find its way in, it is 
never at a loss about it, where is a 
will, there is a way. MtidmUna ni 
«y«i, achoka mleamM, a brofoe mam 
is that who comes out qf a throng* 

gaiimimdo m-nchira, the one who has 
her feet always in the way, lit the foot 
in the way. An appelation given to 
women of bad character; mhaei uffu 
ni kamuondo n^^nehira doewu <- 
ponda-mr^nanckaf this woman is a 
foot in the way (always on the way, 
never at home) the cloth goes in her 
hands (she scarcely has her cloth on 
for any length of tmie {seemakuadet- 
kaada, 

i, onty used as predicate, 

lit the plantation is 
where. A most curious composition of 
a noun, consisting;— 1) of the Par- 
ticle *Jba;"~ 2D of the noun 'mUfMli^ 
Q) of a particle denoting the gen.; ~ 
4j of the adv. 'dir l>siko Ui ni kam* 
ndankodi, this country is a "where 
is the fldd," i.e. this country requhtS 
no large plantations, because it is so 
fertile. 

Kamwicwicwa (see gaimM^kgemr 
gotife), 

Sana (coi^j.) as, like, as if; pnaihbo Y 
nikana iya. This eow is Uke that. 

Sana (v.a.) to deny, to r^fitse (prop, to 
be shut up against) (seetiMriMHMi).— 



KANABA— KANGAMIRA. 



59 



. (T.recHkaoirm (v.d.) to dmy 
to or for (my one (what one has been 
charged with.— ka&iraiim (v.rec.) — 
Inmiilw (y.int) to dmy abaobOOif; 
(y.a.) to Merdtee, to prohibit, forbid. 
UsabA, s. (ra) (pi. mdMmaba, i.q. h»- 
dmba) (Kis. ukombe, uhu&ha), 
ffwnoha 8. ra). 

t, s. iMNiie qf a eovaUry, 

\f s. (wa) a $peeiei of 
Indian com which ripens eooner than 
the reH. 

Cancliertee, s. only need qf fowU. 
huhH waikanoKerSre, a fowl wiih a 
very tmdU body, though its limbs are 
of common seize. 

Caadm (v.a.) 1) to stir (m order to mix); 
2} to work, to knead (said of a potter); 
9i to daw or eeratch. This meaning 
is tBken from the way in which the 
natiye potter works his clay with his 
fingers. — fca Iwn^Mia (v. rec) to 
eUaw or earateh one another. — kan- 
ttm (y.d.) to work the ctay for ano- 
ther.— kttididMi (Y.int.) to knead or 
wofkwdl on^$ day; to wound deeply 
by eeratehing, 

Eaada, s. iVanf. The word seems to 
admit neither of a pi. form, nor of 
any pron. prossess. or demonstr. When 
erer the word is placed in a con- 
stmction of this kind, mudna i$ 
put b^ore it, e.g. munnawanga wa 
hnnda, i.e. my ehOd of a babe ss 
my ftofte; ma^tnr^femoha wMdmn wa 
hemda u^u, I like thii chOd of a 
babe = I Wee this babe, Muana wm 
h mn d a wyu, or: tnuana uyu wa 
ttmnd a , pi. wana wwa wa kanda, 
or: fcrofta «0« "kanda awa or wema 
mwa wdktUi hamda, 
Caadm or n kaadm (v.) (ya and sa) 
oediment of pounded grain steeped in 
in water; h an d e i yetfwma hu dif 
butt: mMa uketdatife nrkamdo (Kis. 

, wihen he iijuit rieingf 
i, s. (wa) pi. ^eakandHke. 
I, S. {ohuru iki ni mdia n- 

99^l^9W^9^^^Py ^^^K9'^HU^K^^99Vw V^WV^VvJb 



>, s. clammy a$td mealy (from 
hw danda,) 

(T.a.)— kaiid«ikm(y.n.) — 



^ Kandwncbadito, s. 

KMOgm, s. {wa pi. id) the guinea-fowl 
iXanga in Kis.) 

KmBgu (pron. poss.) mine, msf , rel tQ the 
'ha** class. 

SaofttdMi (y.a.) to urge, to preee upon, 
to be at one eontinuaUy (Kis. «At«rt»> 
disa, sisittsa wania).— kamgm- 
daim (y.) to keep at, to be intent (hi 
seeking for any thing) mamue ana^ 
hudira hare hu hi funa, anaki- 
kangadoira (cfr. dabira) he hoe been 
teaming a long time now to eeek it, he 
ha$ been always at it 

Kaaira, s. (wa) (pi. wdkanga), a thread 
fastened round the blunt end of an 
arrow for to lodge the fingers on in 
drawing the bow. kanga wa wvnpfi, 

Kan^ (y.a.) to widen the flesh in taking 
oat an arrow from one's body. There 
are men who are especially skilful in 
it. kukeknganakaanguraimupil, 

Saalni nUa chodaa. A mine l have 
done (remoyed), an appellation giyen 
to one whose duty would haye re- 
quired him to assist another in his 
business, but does not make his ap- 
pearance. ntMniu uyu eada^udoan^ 
dso rero, ni kanga na chodsa (see 
tan^ua), 

Saiika(y.a.) to push, e,g,ku kanka 
bu€Ho, to push a boat by poling, — 
kankana (y.rec.) to push one another, 
fcanMka, to admit ef pushing, buetto 
bMokankika.-- kasldra (y.d.) mw- 
pes^ wa ku kankira buato, a pole 
for pushing a boat— kankiaa (v.a.)— 
kaiikidaa(y.int.) to push with force, 

ganidawira, s. The answering to a edU 
for me, contr. firom ka ni idawiro 
idEatvSra) numngu pa keuUdet- 



i, 1) (y.a.) to grasp, to lay 
hold of, to grapple; — 2) (y.n.) to be 
wry adhestoe and fast (said of birds 
lime and colour).— kangamlaa (y.a.) 



60 



EANGARA— KARA. 



to force ypon (as food upon a child) 
to urge vpom; uoor'n-hangdmio^ doa- 
ruyako, oUntmba ine, to ekarge wWL 
fcMifHiniiana (v.rec.) to eharge om 
another.^ Inmyamire (adv.) odheH" 
veiy, eonHnualkf, aUoagB at it (The 
word contains a slight reproach). t»- 
oendo utuura tcU hitngamUrm ha «»- 
smtuB ba gt^nnbe doiga 0ha. 

KaafAra kaairini (a(y.) rwMdtd off, 
blunU; only used of the cobs of Indian 
com. Btamanga hiii hangdrm hait^ 
gara (i.q. goimiagimui^ 

Kaaika(Y.nO to he negative, to prove 
inreiittible; (v.a.) to bqfJU exertion or 
{Otempte,— tamflrid— (v.a.) to render 
hUpteee or powerleee {ejg, a refractory 
animal); — 2^ to press or force into, 
e.g.a spear into an animal, to press 
against (Kis. lemeoeC) to overwhelm, to 

force; — Si dg, to force (any thing) 
upon another.— kanilddflaiia (▼.rec.) 
to overcome, to subdue one another,— 
kanilddiira (v.d.) e,g,ia»a, uha^t^ 
kemikisire ndonde ganga nikoso 
hu fnanga, come and subdue mg he- 
go<U for me, that I may hind him, — 
MwJM, to refuse, to forbid (Kis. ha- 
tdoa).— kanlMUUi (v.rec.) to refuse 
(any thing) one to another, 

Caakande, s. (wa) (no pi. TcanhoMde), 
kainkande ugu, this mkunaei, pi. 
hanhande awa these nUhunaeii 
pfibadso pfa "kamMande the firoit of 
(he kamMamde, midengo iga n*ya 
kankandOf those trees are mUcunasi, 
ake(ady.) 

S. (uyw) (pi. tvakemeire) (ompo), 
name of a species qf bird remarkable 
for its fondness of gninea-com. 

ImbMO, S. (ya and na), (i.q. kaba) kmneo 
tf0 katronga, 

CaB[la(T.a.) to heat what is soft and 
yietding; ku kania ndsdru, to heat 
tithes (Ki8.'ftw fda nguo) (which is 
done with small sticks, in order to 
wash them); ku kania nkunga, to 
beat the root caUed nkwnga,— kaaHini 
(y.n.)— kantfanKT.dO— kaatidaa, to 
beatweU. 



i;kathensoal 
preform, of many noting n the initial 
somid, peculiar to a certain class of 
words, maeo kanrtanga, eyes as 
mamy as seeds in a p ump kin, said of 
one who is fastidious in choosing; 
urami ka ei iwe 



or una n»aso maeo, o woman your 
eyes are many; winiu ipei p^Unodot 
madei, these things are aU aUte. 
s. 



Saan, s. (see nkemu) (ya and an) the 
crab (Kis.fc«). 

Kamkngn, a. («iyw) (pi. wakanmngu), a 
smdU species qf porcupine, Dimin. of 
nungu. NB. the meaning is not a 
young one, as one might suspect. 

8. 

t, s. (wa) (pi. wa per v pfre} . 
The nddrama taken by itself causes 
death, wherefore it is mixed with ka- 
perepere iji\s,kikukus€i, 

EaylUm, s. (wa) (pi. wapfidm) i 
tu ugu ni kapfidra; wemtu 
ni ufokapfiaraf roguee, kumvem 9 

Kaf fiftmpftai. s. coll. (wa) wMrlrufind 
Oiis,kikuakui)f 

Kaf flvamiAaiy s. name qf a mountaim 
on the frontier between Bksga and 
Chada, 

Sapiteofflira, s. (pi. wttpab^pttre), a 
tree qf the branches qf which broome 
are made (Kis. and Kin. mkhm b a ) , 
1, 8. name qf a town in Msamka, 
(v.n.) to away, to piay to and 
fro (said of water). The word is imi- 
tative of the sound produced by the 
motion of the water, which makes 
'kupui kapui," Tim nui^fUnrtgo 
m ade i ae akapuire, lit. |»iii leaven 
(in your jar) test the water JUtetuaie 
(roll hither and thither). 

Uaem, s. n. pi. metkdm (or n%mk a i a^ a 
coal, a cinder (charred wood); k^em 
ra mato, a live-coa^. (lit. a coal of flm). 
k mr m m mdoiot, lit. a cod of soot 
ss a dead coal. 

Eini(v.a4 1) Xm kmrafadin, to serapa 
and rub tobacco (in the hand with a 



KARA— KARUWERUWE. 



61 



knifc):— 9 ^^ ^mmw 

, to $erape out ike 9ud$ qf 
(with the hand).— ; 
(y.n.) to admU of Bcro/ptng,— 
(v.A) to do to /or amother.^l 
(T.inL) to rmb wM (tobacco) to B^rape 
otU ikonmgJd^, 

(T.n4 (Kift. fca, hett^ t0 9U,to dwett, 
karakara, karika. kafira(Kto.MMa), 

kviiaa (Kis.ha>wiUMha, keHshm), hn 

(Kis. w MiaH wMf- 
(fcf l e m g w i a) . 



*(v.n.) to (Fflt old.— 
(v. inL <ft caas.) eo &Mome ««ry 
old, <md to eoMte to loolc otd,— Brka- 
ramka, s. (y», m»}/ 1) on oIcI porooii» 
fn«H»«M uyu ni n-^karmnba ndHu, 
wa iMildkofo/— 2) old o^, «MtM»tw 
«ra «»-lMir«nM5a, a per§on of old oge, 

kidsa(y.iiit} to get very old(Kis.i 
ga, gongeeha). 

.(▼.a.) 
us. 



1, 8. (Myw) (pl.tooJkorwmira), 
am imeeet Uke the moequitOf it stings 
bat is not beard boning (Kis.«ot»M). 
lis legs are shorter than those of the 
mosquito. 
Unuidira (wa) (pi. ea), the wnOa (Kis. 

Cariadsd. s. (wa) (pi. id.) (Kis. nMa), 
a opedee of white <uU difftrenl from 
the ineoa; they construct no barrows 
but only covert-ways or tunnels wher^ 
ever they find soft or rotten wood 
which constitutes their principal food. 
The kormtdo^ or hartmoi are not 
eaten like the 'ineoaf* when the "km- 
rofMl get wings, they are called tM- 
herStiomf Ttieomtboe eha ntherfeoit, 
or mehm kmranei, 

Zxtmigm, 8. (Ita) regret, grUf; k«rw»- 
gm km nu gui r a ine, regret hoe eei- 
%ed me, i.e. I regret it. 
iMmngWL or a kanuidrai s. (ya, •«)» a 
pit in the ground in which whelps are 
kept until they can see. Liu a place 
to be entered, from Hh rmnga. 



or BkanuMTat s. (y«, pi. um\ 
a grooe (Kis. hUhakeij, 

SariMkiM, s. («<yw) (pi. wOutribS' 
Mre, i.q. <n#oa). This word seems to 
belong to the dialect of the Wadonga, 
the word being only used for the white 
aniB in their country. They are how- 
ever smaller and not so fat as the 
'ii^oa^** in the country of the Wa- 
kamdunda, but the Wadonga eat them 
likewise, and they even form part of 
their provisions, when trayeliing,po«»- 
ru pea hoHbdMro 9iri (or peirtj 
dsUto la Wadonga, 

Sarika (v.n.) fSdia wanga ana^tnda, 
e ma k a l ika or anahoHha, e aika M ha 
okeM muiei. 

Kaiindi or n'kavindi, s. (ya and mi), 
a UtOe hollow, such as a goat will 
make before it lays itself down, or 
such as are made when reeds are burnt 
for getting the m'chere. harindi ya 
vnhueii Jcarindi ea wtekoro. 

Sarindttrinde, s. Prov. dimike dimko, 
koHndorinde adoHndakuao kuao. 

Kdriro, s. (wa) (pi. urokdH^), a Ode 

Saridae (see kaUee), 

XaraaOt '• (^&) (pktookoronga), a 
king or ehi^. 

Kammbtt, 1) s.coIl. name tif a kind of 
encumber;— 2l (n. prop.) of a town of the 
Wawisa 8 days' Journey W. of Mpande 
leaving Bale to the left and Mkoma 
to the righL 

Sardra (v.a.) to eerateh (as thorns) win- 
ga inan*kanira, thome have eerat- 
ehed me. Deriv. n'kortlro, a (ya, oa\ 
a piece torn aff from a naU (of the 
fingers or toe) but still hanging, lit 
something that scratches, from kw kw- 
rtira {deodSka, ohmraehako kima 
n'kaff*Mra). 

Kardm, s. (wa) pi. wakaan&ru\ a hare, 
ktunSru oMutnta, the hare winde 
ahouit (Kis. k<<MMy«ilo) moanga tU 



), 8.(wa) (pi. 
riiwe), one who i$ ahoaye etrotUng 
about (Ki8.mtom5e«<). 



62 



KASEGNIE— KI. 



,8. (wa) (pl.«Mi, iui./Mfft« In 



Kis.) 



r, S. (wa) (pi ifralMMi«^in&«), 
a dejnrfy, a JcommitftiotMr, any ofM loAo 
judge$ an affair for another, or de- 
mandM the payment qf a debt for an 
other. 

KMm, 8. (ya and Ma), the turtle, tortoiee, 
(Kis. lMs#a). 

Kaaiba, s. (wa) (1.q. Kis. tambeui), rhe»- 
natietn* 

Kaaidabe, S. (wa) pi. urahaeldabe), a 
talebearer one who intrudes to hear 
all he can (Kis. mdaku and fndabi- 
dabina). 

Saiika (v.a.) to put {on the ground^!, 
to place firmly (Kis. shnikia tantnhor 
rdre)$ small holio'ws are made in 
their floors for the purpose, in which 
their round bottomed vessels have 
a Arm hold; flg. hu kasUca mdi- 
ma, or hu h€uika mditna bansi 
(which latter is more usual), to be 
composed, to be quiet. — Irniilrilrm (v. 
n.) 1) to admit qf placing in or on the 
ground; — 2) to appear weU placed, 
to he e^ttoZ toilh the ground, and then 
generally, to he level, plain, dsiko- 
rtttu rina kasikikaf our country is 
leva, plain.— kasikira (y.d.) to put 
(any thing) on the ground for (another), 
et-tn-kasikira mdima moyo bisnsi 
mbaUke, he trusts in his brother, — 
Iraiilridsa (v. int.)' to put well, perfectly 
even with the ground. na-fn-k€Uikira 
moyo wadede wanga or buensi- 
ranga, I trust in my father or friend. 

Easing (v.a.) to roast (Indian corn).— 
kaiiii£Jra(y.d.>— kaidnffidsa (v.int.) 
to hum by roasting (Kis. ku kanga), 

Satin^a, s. (pi. wa and »a), a needle; 
kasinge uyu, pi. wakasinge awa^ 
or kasinge idsif kissinge toa ku 
sokSra ndsaru (Kis. sinddno), 

Wso, s. (ra) parsimoniousness, passio- 
nate fondness, the being in love with 
any thing; tnuntu wa kaso, a miser, 

WkMa, 8, (ra) (phmaJcasu, a hoe); vn- 
kiMu, within hoe; an agricultural ex- 
pression, used when one encroaches 



on the ground of another, who is wor^ 
king by the side of him (Kis. 
dedni), Muana huet ku t m kdm 
guird n€M mhettuf 

KasteOi s. (wa) a tumour on a finger or 
toe (Ki8.tiMlaMlw uhs eJkaftdo). 

Satilcati, a word inUtatioe qf the sotmd 
made by a dog when lapping; n'«*- 
bida nehira n'neumfsra^ hmtikuH 
ndipo nikaoheuka, 

Kattra (v.a.) to lap. gisru eOcaiSra 
madsi, 

Sanli, .<. (wa) {phwakauli, \,q.gassget); 
kauli wa mupfif (pi. wakauii wa 
^fi^^Pfi); kauli wa mfadi, a thong or 
strip or leaJther wovnd rotmd thefuseSf 
to prevent its burning the hand when 
heated, 

Sawa or rather n'Uwa, s. (pi. »a\ 
hastiness, eagerness, impaUenee 9bojA 
knowing any thing, uneasiness, an- 
xiety; usadenge (or useuMdo) mIms- 
wa, be not uneasy. 

Sdwa rather 8rawa(v.a.) diffide (Bee 
igawa),— g'awika (v.n.) to be dsMr 
sibU. — gvwmDA (V. rec.) to divide 
among.— g awira (v.d.) to divide to or 
for,— g'awidia (v.int) to divide much, 
to distribute liberally, 

Sawasa, s. a term used only in connec- 
tion with Indian com. bamanga oha 
gawasa, a species qf Indian com, 

Sawredemiiaiia, s. 

Saware, s. mkanda wa kawere, a 
sort of beads (Kis, sofMesanw). 

Kawili(adv.) Wt, twice, a second time, 
once more, again (Kis. fana). 

Kawiri(adv.) a second time, again. 

Eawirikawiri(adv.) repeatedly, (Owags, 
constantly (Kis. in«n<ie kws pundo), 

Kayamai, s. a common asseveraUon or 
swearing by one's mother; Hdoiwa 
kayamuxi, kaya odaHudsa kaiga, 

Saytal, s. nwu/nda wa ka/gSra, aftdd^ 
the ground qf which, in cioltivating it, 
has been raised into heaps {seetudu 
and tambira) in contradistinction to: 
munda wa n*dsdUka, 

Si» pron. it, sometimes softened into 
"chi," n*na-€hi-rawa, nisioi, I kaioe 



EIBADA— EIBEBE MARODSA. 



63 



tatUd U, it i$ a $wut oim (vis. ehlho 
or hlho), 

VMdsLfS. (cba) (pi.) 1) a gate, e.g.hi- 
bada neha mbtmdaf^ 2} apctsi over 
a mountain; ktbada eha pirig-^ ^ a 
tax to be paid by strangers, wbo bap- 
pen to pass through a country during 
Ibe burial of a cbief. JH^inkeni hi- 
bada, ndlbo mhose hu btda. 

KiMde, s. (cba) (pi. Hbdde), afragmmt 
of a broken calaha9K 

KiMdi (s. A adv.) the clandestine enter- 
ing qf a house (for the purpose of cour- 
ting a female); uye anar0ant*niu9^ba 
mua naimiutUi hibddi anaohida 
hadawerere. 

HIbadiO, 8. (cha) (pl.p«< or pftj, fruit 

Bibal«, s. (cha) retationship, brother 
hood (the abstr. of mbale). 

Bibanda, s. (cha) (pi. vi or pfib€mda), 
any stumpy piece qf wood, sticking out 
of the ground, or attaclied to a tree 
or shrub; naldsoa na kibanda, ki- 
na^f^-ehokera ku dsaneha (or ba- 
dtaneha), lit. / was hurt ioith a ki- 
banda, which to me stuck towards the 
hand, or in the hand, 

Hlbande, s. (cha) (pi. vibande), a ladle 
(made of wood), kibande eha ku 
Ofnorera ndsima, 

Sibaiido, s. (cha) (pi. vibtmdo), a «e- 
getable (beans especially) mpfura ya- 
ehaka ehiya nibando vidhapfo- 
tmera, 

Kibaiid^iCiia« s. (cha) (pi. vtflctfdofuit*- 
9«a), a piece of e^f£ %oood, a spUnt 
(Kis. gam^. 

Kibang^bio, s. appointmtnt for meeting 
at a given place. The word is always 
used with ba iwe, sukunena boki- 
banff<Mno batu n< ba churuf did you 
not say our appointment for meeting 
should be at the antrhiU (see bamga, 
bangana, to meet. 

Vibanim, s. (cha) (pi. psibanira), a 
kind of trap (for rats) {fnbSwa) (see 
ku bona), 

SibaOf s. ku ganeha na kibao «i»'Im»* 
do msa murffonehe. 



EiMra, s. (cha) (pi. pfibdra)/ 1) a 

smUhsry (consisting of an open shed); 
kibdra eha t nu o mb a ura kidsnsrQ; 
2) a amaU square of beads so thickly 
worked together as to have the stiff- 
ness of a board and which is worn 
by females as an ornament. nnhmU' 
wanga waehoka mlcibara (not tM- 
kibdra), because the accent is changed 
before the prepos. *m," my knife comee 
Just from the smithery; kibdra eha 
mganda, is made and imported by 
the Wadonga, while the Tode" is made 
by themselves) the Wakamdunda 
women. 

Sibarawadso, s. (cba) (pi. pHbamk- 
wad»o)f a very smdU bU qf wood 
such as break out by cutting a tree 
or piece of wood asunder, kibara- 
ttfodso eha kuku, haHf the Ug or a 
fragment qf the leg qf a fowl (Kis.*<- 
bansi, mapoMde). 

Bib^TO (or kOMOilo), s, (cba) pl.v^ 
bdriro or pfibdriro, the after b^r^ 
(Kis. kvndo «ra niwuM^ ufiasfj, 

Bibtaii s. (cba) (plpeikibdru^ a chip^ 
a splinter, 

KiMUd, s. (cba) (pi. vibdsi), 

KibdsOi 8. (cha) {plvibdso), any affcir 
ueed for smoothing, 'deegSra** by 
rubbing it in handsful curving the 
stick so as to inclose each portion 
while rubbing IL 

Kibember*, s. (cha) {jiiipfibembere)f 
1) the rinoceros; ^ 2ja species qf thorn 
so called from a resemblance to the 
horn of a rhinoceros (Kis.i>ea, kifaru)^ 

Biber«, s. (cha) (pi. vibere); 1) food 
made qf beans, boHed and smashed^ 
kibere eha kaSra oxehakaheifa Ae.; 
S9 a cutaneous disease seen in red 
spots on the skin (^^kipuepue) «m- 
birdke rina vibere vibere, his bod^ 
has red spots aU over, 

Vibere marodaa, s. nams qf a cuta- 
neous disease; this is said to yield 
sooner to treatment than the kibere 
{mhalewisnga asus psiberq mor- 
rodea)* 



64 



KIBESU--EIDALI. 



or Mfcfcnii I. (eh^ (pL fdUtu 
from Jktf h0§a), a comb (made of 
bamboo-caoe) (Kis. •Jh^MMfo, fc W a w) . 

BDbiB4a,8.(€ba) (plHhitUU^, a nuatt 
mpttrUnmi pcrUcmd off for Bleeping, 
a sleepfog-room (Kto. efcttrnfta). 

D Maiaglr i, s. (cha) (pi. pHmtngitii 
«m mUre pUce, cat from knot to 

IcDot of a sogar-caoe, an integrant 
pieee of a tree, hiMtUngiH tht^ w- 
or 



», s. (cha) (pi. vihhUngo), 

8. 

JEfbo,8. (cha) (p1.jpil^« and p«Ao)y a 
Idmd qf haOcett used as a bastai for 
eating their dsima (see d90nkma) (Kis. 

BIbS, s. (cha) (pi. v^tbS^, a hdU (a breach) 
in dcth, leather 4c (see pttgo) dsaru 

Bbdda mtmimlML, s. (pi. pfihtda 

9t %m94m h u) , 1M mntM cf a nrprnt of 

a green colour and about 6 feet long 

(Kis. ^mdarire) uhmta m-XMMl««-, 

wra na h4fs6: 

», s. (cha) (pl.pilfrotfa). 

WbWlto MibMldA, S. hlbonde ft^oM- 



1». 
s. (cha) (pl.j»HHf)y touehrwood, 

$pmkk, a maieh, trng comhiutCblUfMltUir 

used to catdi and preserve fire; hihu 

Ktbwada, 8. (cha) f(pl. pfUmada\ 9wr- 
prise, iwrr&pUon, a tuddm attadc; 
hibuada 6hm nn'mawu, a iuddm 
attack made Im the moming, 

WHnunRMn (UbasMl), s. (pi. vi^uadea), 
a pumpkin fuU grown InU not yet 
ripe; d e wn gu inH ni Jk<frtMMi««k Mo- 
miegu etpa ni vihuadea. 

WHmmn (s. S adj.) ehOdieh, mm iking 
ekiUUeh ; uea -n-eh i dtre Uibuana ine, 
H Uwmhet (Kis. feltata) VULdo not do 
(any thtaig) tkOditik tome, I do not 
Uke it JTferw ieo nea fc On t f , 
HdoF^ei^mfiera, lit oiffHUre fhoee wMeh 
me MUAek, I ehM not Ueten io. 



Bbfotf, s. (dia) fp\ poibmdi^, me or- 
rom wiOumt lie head; n map^tw am p m 

aiTi(N»-AMil0o< <i^, there remains die 

i[ibudi. 
■ib«dn,s. 
XibaMe, s. (pi. triftwAie), a kiitd of 

cuemnber; hihuede ehapea, the en- 

emnber ie ripe (Kis. Jkt* fomfta). 

SflbMrtea(y.) 

KiboibQi, s. (cha) ttammaring, My« mui 
hibuihwi (Kis. fc4^W0rNm<«^ 

Kihnkndw, s. (cha) (pi. fr<ftta»«MlM and 
pfibtOtiMlu), a email Inmdie (of any 
thing); hibvhudu eha deepSra, a 
miep Off long graei; Hbukudu frtm 
h6bue, a Inmdie of heane (in their 
pods) hung up in the house for seed 
(Kis. fN^fUMMto, dongo), 

Sflbvkataka, 8. 

KiMima, s. (cha) (pi. pfibuma), a 
emaU lump (of earth or clay), diminut 
of bnnta, 

Kibomo, 8. (cha) (pL pH»tMno), a 
piece of leather, in which tobacco- 
leaves after being scorched at the 
fire, are beaten to powder, and which 
also serves as a snuff-box. 

Ubampn, s. a dieeaee among eatUee 
and fowle by which they die suddenly 
(Kis. hideri), gnomtbeeanpa eimeh' 
puidUn na hibumpu, 

BIlnuniiiivBiira, s. (pi pfiburumun- 

eira), etump (only said of the limbs 

of the body); ehara ehamga leiMA- 

deara hibumntmneira lit my JInger 

it remaine a etump, i.e. there remains 

only a stump of my finger. 

Bbimmwnn or Ubuffimuuiidm dui 

BUUBba. The dodc or etumpy taU 

of a eerpent eaUed nuntibet, 

EJcha w caebmya %is.n%gi9imgieifi) 

Kiehiri (or kiffai), s. (cha) (pi. jpAeMH). 

Kida (see ehida) (see hib u rumunei^ 

KiAaka, s. (cha) (pi. peidakalj, food 

made by boiling eoareoifround com in 

Ufoter (see hipe rep e r e ) (Kis. nt ad n e a), 

KIdali (a^.) Umg (pi. peidaii), rel. to 

the hi and «)k-cla88. 6hmm eJba 



EIDAMBO— EIDSAGALIMA. 



65 



hidaU, a longJiMgar; My« 

pta ps14ali, he hoi loNf Jlngeri. 

Xidambo, 8. (cha) (pi. HOmmho), a 
§maU cUntd, dim. of mdmmbo, 

EiAimwnk, s. (cha) arrogattce, ffiU (Kis. 

giilanda, n. (cha) pL ptidatUM^, a 
corp$6 (Kis. «nau«, wt/W). 

Kidanche, s. (cha) (pL psidtmehe), a 
kind df jmmpkin (see hikohcmbe), 

Kidam, s. (cha) (pi. j»«<(iaro)^ a fene$ 
made in the form of a eratcJtet &r 
bracket; "kid^fra cha Uaronga, 

Eideda,8. 

Kidede,8.(cha) {plptidede), a baeket 
(Kis. hdpu^ hikdpu)f na^m-nihka 
hidede eha ndstnna, I give him or 
her a haeket fuU qf ndeavna, 

Eidadae; s. (cha) (pL peidedee), name 
of a kind of creeping plants fohieh 
entanglee i]i.}S,upubu9) 

Sid^ko, s. (cha) (pL peidSko), a holr- 
low, a emaU eavitg; hideho ohm m- 
dondo, the hollow or cavity qf a 
mortar, hideho ohm paei ra t^ 
ohopfu^ the hollow qf a footetep qf 
an elephant, 

EidamarM, s. (cha) regard, reepeet 
(see lofner^ea), mdundu uya ei «0a 
hi d e mo r e ei^ ni tra hivnbahtiro, 

Sidanda, s. (cha) (pL peidonde, the 
heei ^\?,.hUigitM), 

to dandana, s. (cha) (pL vidondoHo\ 
the elbow Qiis^hikuyu), 

Sidandara, s. (cha) ifil peidondore), 
a $maU auvatwre or round (dim. of 
dondere)i hidondere oka fudi^ th/t 
enrved handle qf a fire lock orpiHol; 
tungo ya Md o nd ore ^ a eword with 
arotinded top (instead of a point); m- 
beni wa hidendore, a knife teith a 
rounded top* 

Bidarawa&da, s. (Ris. fhnbo), 

Xidi = it where; rel. to the hi and ohm, 
class, hidodo ohangm ni hi-di, where 
ie my baaketf 

Bidiba, s. magic art ff 

Sidibn, s. (cha) (plpeidibu), the pouw 
ding of Indian earn which it ttm tqft, 
or $qft Indian com when pounded or 

kiniaeea. 



going U be pownded; . wai kuH 
%omnm Hnehm peidibtt, 

Kididaa (v.int) (or chldidom) oii^u oM- 
da^ to came (make); ohmhmdia ihi 
ohthni4cid i d»m nidima n^o e ru , 

Sidiara minniida, s. lit one who eat$ 
in the plantation, i.q.hidioran^-poei 
one who eate within the 4talk» (in- 
stead of carrying home and laying up 
a store, one who is prodigal, a spend- 
thrift (one who does not "wodm" lay 
up), uea-m-Mcerere n&manm UffU^ 
ada ku a hidiora m'n&nnda, dot not 
connive at thie chUd (els^ he wHl he- 
come a epend-tkrift. 

KidiUaa (see ehidihUa). 

Kidima, s.— Udfaima, s. (see dMmm), 

Kldlmbadiniba, s. (cha) (pi. peiOhn- 
bodhnbe) , a rope made qf a fibrone 
part of the bark of certain trees. 

Bdimdlma (a^].) 

Kida or Udho, s. (cha) (pi. peidS), a 
hole, a peif oration (Kis. hitundu). 

Kidaa (v.) (Kis. ffunm utungu) paine qf 
birth 9 

Sidado, s. (cha) (plpoidodff^ a mote 
any tmaU particle qf d»tt or dirt 
vidodo via tonehe (or fonge), dirt 
of cotton; idva udea-n-doSre (or ti- 
dea-n cAof e) kidodo m'diso ntuanr 
ga, lit come, take me out the mote in 
eye qf me (Kis. kitakataka). 

Kidarara (see dororo). 

Eidatidoti (adj.) eaHh-Hke, athy, wUh 

reaped to colour (Kis. kiifnifu): kugu 

tea kidotidoH, a fowl qf an aehy 

(grey) colour, 
Siddwa, s. (cha) (plpHd^we) mafuda, 
Eidaa, 1) Name qf a country V/% day't 

journey S, qf Mpande. ku kidsm kua 

Mgog^dag— 2) s. (cha) (pL vidsa), the 

etump (of a tree). 
Eidaikda, mboyo, (s.diadv.) following 

the back, 
Sidaaf^a, S. (cha) (pi. videagdgm), 

name qf a vegetcMe (i.q. kagm, pL 

mankaga). 
Sidaacvlima, s. (cha) (pi. 

lima), a emaU tree (Kis.fcU«<). 

5 



66 



lOE^AMBA—KIDCKUA. 



i, 9, (Cha) {p\, v1d9€Mmba\ 
an €iff§et, a $hoai, a $hrKb, amy hnmeh 
ftf a tree, loJImi eu.% down (Kb. i 9p u 
huaif, vidtambm 94d»amba, under- 
wood, rubbiih of &raiieAe«; <ire, n/di- 
fcro wpfo^ V^Otomko nid%amlh9 •<- 
dsamhm, eAo« (my friend] %hL* i$ un- 
OeamUnea (when) ai the door lopping$ 
are to be seen. 

WiaalEiui&lt s. 

Ki4teiiM,s. 

BMianAnun (a<|j4 

Eid«6co. 8. (cha) (plfrtdtSgo), a door 
mode qfrmdo, 

Sidienda, s. (cha) (pi. viiitafMto]^ a 
{ar£r« loorm, /otmil M decayed ^eee. 

BMliM, s.(Kis.<i#tfii*^, d#era tfH »1 
hidoidoitnaoira aya ni vidHdoi, 

Kidald, s. (Cha) (pl.«<d«ae<), a log or 
hiXUt qf wood (Kis.fc^o^). 

Sidaimo, s. (cha) (pi. j»«Me«m^ a ieei2» 
a/ottn^ojn (Kis. Jkieima). 

Kldmnfi^, s. (cha) (pi. «ui«<ng&o), 
tftis place where eatUe stay in the early 
morn and heed of Me diiy (from Ru 
d»ingira,&eedsinffiro and fratn&^ro). 

gfdifnkne difnkno (adj.) hroad and 
ehort (said of the ndime and of cloth). 
tmtotnba ana -ni- onibera dgaru 
yanga hidotnkiie doinhue. 

Sidslru, 8. (cha) {plvldoiru), an idiot, 
a fool, so called from the fierceness 
of anger peculiar to such persons. 
Prov. fc<ci«#ru itka/toga neltiriy, n- 
9ag4 noMda fn4tuaTara (Kis. Jbi- 

KidM, s. (cha) (pi. pe€«l«o). TTke face, 
eountenanee (Kis. •««>« tind vooo), hi- 
dooehdko ni eh0honta, hie face i$ 
good (looking); ku hidoo hnethga, 
in <^ €U my fact; fct« "hido^ fttiofte 
XnMMS rid9iano» 

SidMaisAa,s. 

Kidfl^M, s. (cha) (pi. pHdcoM); 1) a 
d^&Ie, any ponUed eitcfc to dig holes 
witli;^ % an iron instniment of a 
carpeftter; ased in hollowing out ca- 
noes, liiidoobi oKalcupoaiHTaifikU- 
dt^ and JMLoOhi eha mwnnJbi$ ohia 
hu hit 9&inpera huata. 



I, 8. (chm) (^. fMBddtii, a 
$pecie$ efvegetMe), 



I, 8. (cha) ^K 

a«M>), a Bpeetre (\jq, hiwmndm and 

hioiShua), 
BUkwdao, 8. (eha) (pi. «M«odM), a 

&»t, offol, tweepingi, 
KidBod— ma or UdaodMoiom eJU» 



r, 8. 

UdMiTMndi, 8. (cha) (ph pHdvo- 
gnondi), a cob of Indian com when 
the grains are plucked off (Kis. Jfe^prw- 
0. 



ro, 8. (cha) {f\, pHdsogih 
mSro), the crop (of a bird) (^\8,hib6^% 

SidMm«tl, 8. (cha). 

SidmlMi, 8. (cha) (p). frhUlsUba), a 
§mdll eolaftatA «n the form of a boUU 
(dimin. of dtuha); (see Uintwba or 
Itindouha), 

■tdflndsm, s. (cha) (pi. v<d««Ml#a), cm 
who eoDceU (in what with them are ac- 
complishments hu dotidsa), a iingoTf 
hut eepec a eongetreee. hidto ohah^ 
ni ohoiba, ni hidsudoa hua nitUbo^ 
her face it bad (plain), ehie excels by 
tinging, 

Sidsdcvm, 8. (cha) (jpK viOwngtta), a 
iaikfeather %\s,n%9U9u). 

Kidmikdra. s. 1) cMldiehneee;-^ 2) aldy. 
M the manner of a grand child, in- 
dtdgently, 

WLdMortB, 8. (cha) ipypHdouro), iron. 

Bldd« mfi, 8. ahaii mniamada, alt' 
nadto ni hidua «i»A 

Bfddblni waliai, (seedtcHrii). The 
words only oecut in language of 'hu 
dantamuoira,'' 

Kid^MS, s. (cha) (pi pftdfUdtoa), a 
mat thortened by use (rarely said of a 
cloth). fnaU yaya ni hid^Utaoa tiiyav 
tonga. 

WUbsMoA, s. (cha) (pi. ptiduditrij, a 
projection qf the nawl Qarge navel). 

Uddktta, 8. (cha) (pi. ptidiXhUa), lit 
tomething broken (from hw dhuha^ a 
Jtn^fe, hoe or axe Ac the point of which 
is broken), mbeni iMtnga hMiOhua^ 



KIDUI— KIQARAGARA. 



67 



my fen^^e i$ a hrohm one; Immm rmnga 
ni hidMkuaf pfidUkua vQhQvoha «= 
pHdnShua p9oha pmth^ {JbaUifB Mr 
rirunsi or baiiyc eha urumsi), lit. 
broken thingi mtreliy, there i$ novte 
wkieh U wkoU» 

Sidiii(seeeAMu<). 

KUntadiima (s. abstrj lit the beittg cut 
or hrolu» in the heart (from hu du- 
Aa and mdimm), Heartbrokennes as 
shown by being speechless. Mbale 
ufemtfa ana^ni-pa na hidUhuAet' 
nut, lit my Wother killed me with eo- 
methlng heart-rending, 94^. ill news or 
insalting speech ^ he made me speech- 
less. I>«uro nafa na hidududeitna, 
lit yesterday I died with eameihing 
heart-rending = I was made speech- 
less. 

Hidttni. s. (cha) (pL pfidiShuij, food 
made by mixing and boiUng the eedi- 
meiUi qf beer together vrith rnali (see 
mdedhiie). 

Kidmnla, s. (cha) (pi. peidumbii, a 
mount, JUS (Kis. hilima). 

EMnnda, s. (cha) (pi. pfiOnrnda), the 
apparent elevation of land as seen 
from a distance. 

Bid^blfcai, S. mninSenba fitmu meana 
hiaOnMui, WUinhauee in tkU inwtth 
heat (Kis.ieJb^Mfc«)- 

Biftni, 8. mkeui ttyu <hmi htfeni, titw- 
otn'na uyu itna hifeni. 

Slfombodi (adj.) $qft (only used of trees), 
nedengo u ni hifembodif ^<€ uroo 
umet, (p\,n»idengo i ni pfifentbodtj. 
(This a4}. seems not to admit of the 
nsual varions prefixes). 

Siltta, s. (cha) (pl.jMASa)/ 1) the eheet: 
2} an ejection qf the dkeet ^ a eough; 
n umu pe m ga onoyora na hi^$«k 

MUUUl (a4i.) ehart, rel. to the lp< and 
eiM'Class; neUswnba hidin*bedin%be 
aha hi^»bi, lit I want a rope qf ehort 
SB I want a short ropa 

SiffdM, S. (9ee MpfMue), 

Eiiilcwi (s. abstr.) (cha) reaeon, camee 
(Kis. Mfrofrw, MMMMM), UifAgwa ni 
eJUdM»< hifdgtta hadee iei hn-ei- 



peeara hiedga Uis&gaf resp. nea 
haikaidi ba hudro, 

Bilbmbiinildra, s. (cha) euddenneee 
(see /%Mnftt«rulEa), 

SiftuMuro, s. (cha) (pi. peiftHnura), 
a medicine againet the bite qfeerpente 
and the effedbe qf poieoned arrowe. 

Biilmdo (8. abstr.) (cha) pity, compaeeion, 
[\U warmth^ {s«efunda\ kum^ehidira 
kifundo, to pity' one, to ehow one 
pity (Kis. ku-n^eigitikia, horwmic$ 
kif^indefu, kigultj, 

KUanmm, s. (cha) the decayed part qf 
the tree called m'fununu, the powder 
of which makes a powerful perfanie 
(Kis. ufkmiba, fnanukato), kif^tnunn 
oka benaa, 

Wigdg[Mt s. a plant qf which itringe are 

made, 
Xig'ambo, s. (cha) (Kis. kibantba). 
gijrawiw (see chigamu), qf wJiieh it is 

only a different pronowndation. 
Kignngalin^a, s. (cha) (pi. peigan- 

galinga). The breaet-bone (of a fowl), 

also of man when much emaciated. 

Muntu uyu waonda, vfoehaka ki' 

gangalinga, 

gigamraniama, s. 

Eigwanif^M (s. abstr.) (cha) greedy for- 
warfyteee, greedineee. kigarafna, ki- 
9ue and nUndui are synonymous, all 
meaning greediness, with the following 
nice distinctions: kigara/kta is gree- 
diness she^n by impatience in waiting 
for others, not only as to food, but 
generally — wherefore they also say: 
u e a deng e kigarafda, nadea dea- 
hemo hemo. In this general meaning 
the word coincides with n^eawa (Kis. 
buba and harenra), kie^e is greedi- 
ness shewn by always taking food 
when offered (Kis. ulaft), MSndui 
shows itself by always taking more 
than one can manage (Kis. huba) 
uaaohide kigaraf^Ha kana ekata- 
wa, do not be io hasty with your food 
ae if it would eeeape you, 

Eigdamg^ank, s. (cha) (pi. Hgdretgd^ 
ra), the breattrbane* 

5» 



68 



KIGNANDA— KIKO. 



8. (cha) (pl.jpH— ), a hraeiM 
qf ircm. The h4gn m n da is of flat 
workmanship, while the MU mtn g ir t 
is round (Kis. ftaJbe). 
UgmudgnM/d, s. (cha) (pi. jp*i— )« a 
Jia$h of UgMni$tg, 

BlfBiadsi, s.(cha) {plifigniad^i), fi^^We 
(from dry grass) vigniddsi viU m^Mi, 
(T.a.)— IdgmuauL (y.rec.) 
I, s. (cha) (pi. j»il— ), a fmoU 
drum (dim. of (pnoma) (Kis. ip<H«»0ra). 

BigBomo. s. 

Kiiro, s. (pLpii^o). 

SiAr6be,s.(cha) (pi. p«<Ht t^ eya^^. 

Kicodlu^ 8. (cha) (pi. p«i— ), the mIddU 
qf the back qf an amimdl. 

Kicodo, s. (cha) food ehtwed for a 
child (see rap^ra) from hu gogada 
lit. whai it drawn out froim tht mo«<A. 

Kictado, s. (cha), a re»pe «om« what 
etronger than the hidimb^imbOf and 
for fattening eowt de. 

E^OBgm, s. 

KilTttrdro (see ehigararo), 

Bigndhn, s. (cha) (pi. !>«<—)• <>*•]/ Mnall 
piece of cloth (Kis. ipipotMle oka ngu^). 

Kiffdcn, s. and adv. a clutter of cot- 
tages, hats or trees, any number of 
dwellings irregularly built together, 
in contradist. from mbingo (see m- 
hingo and data) higiigu himodai, 
one Gutter (of houses); dina hatm 
higugu hlmodeif we Uoe at one dueter, 
i.e. we live near together (Kis.fM«lMe< 
fndonn^fnoeha), Witdwmbuhaniuu^ 
baeao, wanorHr^manga higugu, but 
the Wakatndiunda uMtnaa i mam g a 
fnhingo umodei (JK.\8,padnpada and 
fHfi **^ ^H^ nUdengo iga imt^ 
mera higugUf thote treet grow in 
a elMtter. 

UfVfnmba, s. (cha) (pl.p««— ), a cage, 
a cot (for fowls and doves) (Kis. hi- 
Hmba)? 

Sigvle,s.? 

Eifvmba,s. (cha) (pl.p<i— ), haft, handle 
(of knives only) {seemMtU) (Kis. JM- 
pini). 

WigVBkvUdr; s. (cha) (pl.jMi— ), littJl* 
breaker (fh>m In* gumuhira) (a stream 



tweaking off ftt>m a river, or brook, 

at the same time of their overflowing. 
EigmmiM, 8. (cha) a tmoS 

(dimin. form of m f umdm) (Kin.l 

dm)f hig w m da 4hi ni ekm ymmif 
Bffwiftea mako, \JX,a to w tt t gJM 9- 

Aar •— an appellation given; 1) lo a 

great traveller, 

tu uge ni higumgum 

m-to/ -^ 2( to a tUdief or king who 

has subdued other countries. 

ugu ni higungum 
EfkaiaUmoa, s. speeeUessiMM (from 

hu hada and h ama a , forgeUing io 

atk by being taken bg enrpriit^. 
t, s.(cha). 

1,8. 



in 
\,the 



gifc*«»i>% jtfalrtlnJfa, a • certain ani- 
mal (fond of mdura), 

SikaniMa, s. (cha). (« raha 
Kis.) 

Kflounigaaiiclio, s. (cha) (pi. 
drott or tlag of iron (Kia«N«il 



(see ant 
(adj.) womatUg, , 
•a fcflia«<, womanlike work; hu 
uhu-^iMttaufa hihmai, at to ikie ee- 
coping, gou eteaped like a woman; 
ieho uhareiieha ni hihoH, h iw m JM- 
tn u a mUn a, you bekaae like a woman, 
behaae Uke a man; lit thou art which 
is womanly, be manly. 

,8. 

, 8. calabath: 1) As to flie pumpkin 
they distinguish between two kinds: 
a) hiho aha runda { htm aah Mj , the 
pumpkin qf bOtemeet (known also to 
the eye by its downy surface). To ex- 
tract its bitterness they keep water in 
it fbr some time, before used as a 
calabash, b) hiho «Aa aiai {tuh^ 
raha ni roaamrdralj, ike pumpkin qf 
coobiett, i.e. the one which Is not bitter. 
29 As to the shape of the calabash they 
distinguish between the foltowing: 
a) hiho eha mgSbuo, the calabath 
with a neek. b) hiho ahn ppSrw, 
c) hiho ohm m9hmtoh e , an oblong en- 



KIKODESI— KIMBUIRA. 



69 



, 8. (cha) (pi. vf— )» <Ni tmgl€t 



it s» apwmpktn wUh a hard 
timi, and the iiMide mealy. 

i, 8. (cha) a htmeh (Kto. 9hmda\ 
if s. (cha) (pi. ir#— or p#«— ), a 
pledge (from In* ibtfra) (Kis. rolkmi). 



}, 8. (cha) a trap (for rat8 
only). 

CiUa» s. (Cha) (pl.p«i-), a potJk in the 
graae being different from the bande 
in which the grass is only trodden 
down, bat in the hikiia the grass has 
been crushed or squashed by tread- 
ing on. 

UknakAa, 1) s. (cha) fnumtOo wanga 
tea cMda hikuaitua, mj/ leg makee 
torpor; the numbedness or torpor of 
a limb which is asleep;— ^ (adv.) eotm- 
ding hoUow (said of a drum when the 
skin is loose); gnama i yartra hi- 
fcMiOnto, thii drum eounde hoUaw. 

B, 8. (cha) (pl.j»«i— ) (Kis.fco/uii) 

i, 8. (pl.p>I— ), a epedee <tf 
crow (Kis.ip«M0rM). 

Qkaini, 8. (cha) (pl.p>^-), a gap l^ 
kg a tooth (from huanska) (Kis. jmm- 
go), fiMMto get uyu una viktiaru 
fHkuaru, but mono ya ugu ana 
ntangara, are teeth naturally wid9 
apa/rtfromi each other. 

x, 8. (cha) (pl.p«i-)* coi^flnement 
\f 8 (cha) prid^uU gaudineee 
(Kis. mm m kn e^fi^ 
MSkmdkAt, s. Hkada kun^a ku kma- 
diw na kikueltiief 1) a cripple;^ 
2) nUkname, for one toAo ne/oer tronde 
XiUUli, 8. kf%e omfra kiJkafvi (Kis. ku 
pigak^t^ 

1, 8. (cha) (pi. v<— ). 
>,8.(cha) (pl.ir<— ). 

i, 8. (cha) (p). vi~ or pH-- 
or |»#— )> « &raoel0« amd ankiet: vi* 
kwtm e ki ri ^inmgMma (Kis. ehikanaX 
ikue ringe are eloeed; p^ktUngiri 
4»ii AA^^amOMi, M«M r^Mg* ttond 
(Ki8. feOnilm). 



I, a4|. 4 adv. tftort cmd 
ettmt; mumma ugu ja rfw i mra , n# 

^ t. (cha). 
\, 8. (cha). 
L, 8. (cha) (pl.pil--)» im inteni- 

fiMHt for cleaning cotton; kOtunlne 

fftigunkuf) eka ku herera tonoke^ 

lit. a kikunktt for grinding cotton, the 

action resembling that of grinding, 
i, s. (cha) (pi. !>•<—). 
I, acij. grtat, large, reI.to nouns 

of the ki and eha^c\ass, 
Kilnir4o,s. (cha) (pl.p«<— ). ^ofn, hide 

(only used when taken off an animal). 
Ukiile, s. (cha) (pi. v€—), an endoewre 

fBithin which they make their beer; 

kikuie eka ku fururira nt4a, a 

kOcute for brewing beer. It is made 

of ndeiki and deekSra. 
Xilalo, 8. (cha) pleuriey, a pain in the 

aide. 
BOKUri). 

Kilimbelimba (see kidimbedUnbe), 
Simake. s. (cha) (pi. i»«i—), a eheath 

made qf wood, used for knives only. 
Kiinfc«b4r»,s. (cha) ineoUnce, syno. wieU 

nntano ajadpuneo {tromku babura). 

Kiiiuuid«,s. 

immilgm , 8. (i.q. bwnanga) f 

Kimanfiro, s. (cha) (pl.p«i— ), a bond, 
any thing to tie with. 

Kim^bliro, 8. nikomueno ugu hannu- 
doi bona aUye kin%ango. 

Kiminia, s. (cha) (pl.pil— ). JMt'an com 
potmded, roUed np in leaioee and boiled. 

SimUm, s. (cha) ip\.p^hnh*ra), (i.q.lc/- 
kttnku or kigunku)^'^ ^ name of 
a bird. 

SimbempOTtai (see kknbakuro) s. 
Tudeneee, want of reepeet; wantu tea 
kun&Mfa, wana kitnbomporera, 
waOordna, the people of here are 
rude; they eUght each other (Kia kind- 
ya, oH^eiii toatM), eana ulomu, 

KhxAm, 8. (cha) iplpeimhu), the hore^u- 

Simbvanda, a kind of bemangei, 

Eimbvini (seeokimbutra). 



70 



KIMBUIRI-MBUINDA— EINGUISI. 



hu buiH)f t numn a wa butu 
tnimba yo hifnbuSrt^inbu i i%da» 

gtmWri or UmMUUd, cmo-Jbtf-i^Mw 
m-himhudH, omtiBmnBa (pL 9 i tm 
btadsi^, 

Kimek^ditea (or UufeadMni), s. 0*« 
or <*A« U qften pronounced Uks ke 
OB forming a more eaey tran»iHon 
to Uu egUablee tokich foUow, 
omba uyu hu doiwa adotwa, 
hu^mMra «mmi UiiMehedBera (Kis. 
hiioudi^ (It refers to a cloth badly 
wowen (Kis.MM«Ai). 

Simtaitte, s. (cha) a emile obeervdble 
at the comer $ qf the mouth; h im o m mo 
ehaiffo hituh-m-hotnera, 

KiiDMido mpmgo, s. «yM, (pi. id, with 
awa), name qf a bird whieh Uvet on 
enakes. 

WUBLMM, 8. hUangoU h*mone diso- 
gera m-paea, 

Kimtea, s. (cha) {pi pet orpfi—), malt, 
liL it growth from hu tnera, 

Uimfano, s. (cha) unity, friendehip, lit 
mutual hearing from ''hu ntfdna." 

Kimfimfii 8. 

Kimfino, 8. (cha) a cold, catarrh, (Ki8. 
ma/Via), n*naguidua na him^fi/ne, I 
have been eeised toith cold, 

Kimffniafiinro or Mmnianfaro, s. 
(i.q. hi'mbaburo), 

Bimkodstem (or IriinehiHlitoi) (adv.) 
purpoaely (Ki8. huoudi^, chido Uo 
uoa-»ir<Mde himdteraf do not make 
such (bad) bueineee for the pwrpoee; 
emnhura naye fc<«mlMcl«era» he taUce 
wUh htm for some reason (not because 
he likes him); uwntu cmo« unma 
Mmkedeora (Kis. ubi»hi)f hudoiufo^ 
ddeiwa anaehida tmua himhidBorm 
there is no queetion about hi$ knowing 
it, but did U for ike pwrpoee (see to- 



,8.(1 



SimpoiiiS. 



»,8.iiii(<iMi2 respect, lit The 
being great one to another, from 'hu 



8. (cha) (pl.p«<— ). 

, a (cha) loreMMf*; M- 



«e ufdl wait for what eom u along 

ping. 
EimrinaJriiia, s. (cha), 

shown by pretending to be very bugy. 
■iwtWHUiO, 8. '(cha) rfvdbry, smmlaHom 

(seefiMa), himtusoMo si-h l h o tma f 

or 

», m. 

rioabrg is not good, in rival wUh a 
ftnisher in the hag, sense: riyatary is 
not good when you compete with one 
whose property seems inexhaustible 
(seeoAa«0 mtumba), 

gimwimtoa (a^i.) matUy, brandy, bo- 
coming a man, y 

Elmttaa(a<]y.) male (reI.to the hi and 
eA-class), chamba ohm himUna. 

Siiia, s. 

BiaAngte, s. (cha) (pl.p«Mf the eas- 
sada (Kis. muhdgo), 

Ktpcha, 8. (cha) {phpjinaha, see 'ekim- 
eha*'). 



M 



Simpi, 8. (see oMmpiU 

Mhapif, 8. (cha) (pi. vimpoe), theparrol- 



leho, 8. (cha) (see hingongo). 
leh^t s. (cha) (himshowUhe), 
unu himohiencho uddta hu di hu 
tasa fiMfwtM y yowr hand is unsteady, 
how can you shoot a man9 

Kinda (v.) (Ki8.fom5a, sogoa),-- kfal- 
dana (Kia tombema), 

»hi^Aii^« adv. wiihout taking notice, 
i.q. wthngemtbagUf amehd i bid n m t w 
hidanda (see nddnddndSj, petssing 
by straightforward. 

Efadaaiiaa or ktnaaitw, s. (cha) {pL 
poindoanoa), name of a species of 
wild dutk (Kia mabnda pa oiwm^ 

KiiMfflriaa (see ohindihisdi. 

EinginagiKnk, a (cha) (pl.i»#— V 

KiBf^afa, a (cha) (pi. jmM> « trsssb- 
Ung qf the hand (from age), noBleadi- 
ness of the hand (from nervonsneis) 
QL\s,Mdodan»0oalj,wemtu moa wonoa 
paingango or pHmahamaha. 
or kiolraiBl, a (cha) (pL 
vinhuisijf smut, mildew (Kit. hioimu) 



EXKOOBtJBU— KIPSBRA.. 



n 



himik«i»i €hm imabiraf hi$vmra ehm 
hiidniisi, a kkid qf groit-hoper, 

Xiagvrdni, s. (cha); 1) mUt;— 2!) 09»- 
ntfig-red, espec. that which hovers 
over the moontains. Begnia fcwya 
UunachitUi hfytgururu, lock yonder, 
it hat made a mitt;— S) exhalation 
from the earth in the morning; «n- 
p/^tra Ufa hingururu, miety rain; 
hingururu eha m^tnaufo, cha dsua, 
eha mpfurti, 

Kiaiiigi, much (see ningi), reUto tht 
hi and oA-class. ktmeraehahe •< 
eha hiningi s= •< lOuMhani. 

Sinkttda, s. (eha) (pi. pfhihoAa, pfa 
maXfira), the lower part qf tkt ntaXk 
of Guinea-corn, which, being more 
juicy, may be chewed as sugar-cane. 

SinlcdWO, S. hu-mu-imMra trauntM 
hinhotee {a kind of pipe or J^e) 

Sinkiio, s. (see oAlnfcwe), a etring, 

Stnktte, s. (cha) (pi. «i->), name <tf a 
epeciee cf "bird with blue feathert. 

Sino, pron. dem. rel. to the ft<-class of 
words; ch€$ha hino, 

EmdnifS. 

Kinwy, mha, tOeadenffe hinsago- 
hintage ni hidif ni higa, ttna 
siya, pfinMoge viiri hudi?"— SSj that 
of omfe friend as mMtaait (UtiHanee 
in tUUng the ground; damha hu 
tnunda, dUuUime hinsage hitanga, 
Uero dindadtirUa hinsage ehaiu, 

Xmiali, s. (cha) (pL vin—), an instru- 
mmit for twitting their cotton into 
thread. hhuaH cha hu pfadtra €0»- 
Che (see nehinga), 

KtManil— see hindtanea; (Kis. mar 
bada ya #<um»). 

Einsedl, «. (cha) (pL p«<n«a<i^, mhaie 
ya hinaedi, 

Sinaifi, s. (cha) (pi. «<fM<H), a tpeeiet 
qf bird (fond of moMra), 

Uum, s. (cha) ipiptineu) (Kis. n*su). 

Wttunhm or kindsaba, s. (cha) (pi. 
ifiur-), a tmatt ecHabath in the form 
of a bottle, dim. of deuba* 

Snttnto, s. (cha); 1) /ear, anxietg, op- 
preken&ion (see mam ta) f^ ^ the eaate 



or ol^eet of fear^ frightftilnesi. Jf^me 

eha pa hu Ifgiio tfato httUentB, 
Eivta, 8. a thing, matUr; hemm |hM« 

MiUu-ni-ehiami himtu n'naenm M^ 

9€-hi-dciwa. 
BiMUi mttso, s. (cha) lit what tee eget, 

i.e. what the eyes have seen, ren^u- 

neration for finding any thing (Kis. 

utotoie), 
Si6lido (v.)? a rioarf 
EiMlgVy s. (cha) ahahdra mdundu 

Ufa dade, ni hianga changa; nn»- 

funsidta-ni hianga changa. 
Kipaagm, s. 
Sipe, s. (Kis. tumu ^ 
Kipena, s. (cha) (pl.«<— , p«M» a ^cnoi 

of trees and reeds, i.q. ehineha, 
Kl^perepere, s. (cha) (pL «<—), food made 

by boding fine flowr in water, hu fu- 

rura h^^crepere (Lq. in Kis. hu tu- 

sa t0i^ 
Kipeto {seehipitete),s.(!K\s,m9aha^ 
Kipfte, s. (cha) (pi. vipfu) (Kis. tumbo). 
K^lttdiM, s, frequence, continual peut- 

ing and repatting (Kis. f^fo), niun^a 

i ina hipfudue, thU houte hat ktpfu- 

due, i.e. it is quite an open house (from 

hupfuda, the houte being, at il wore, 

continually puUed, 
K^Mmpliii, s. 
Kiploade, s. (cha) a putrid tmdl, a tmdSt 

qf deeompotiiion, lure, btmunhahir 

pfunde yabUf ni eM«w< himafiara 

yabaf 
KqpftuidAdaa, s. (cha), 1M tktn Itftby 

a terpent, the tlough of a terpent 

(ftt>m hu pfundura), 
Kipltftm, s. (cha) (pi. «<—)» a ealdbath 

with the necic cut off so as to widen 

the opening; hiho ihi ni hipfOnt, 
Kiplurdrai s.(cha) (pLW— ), a half -grown 

domutic animal, hipfurura eha 

gnombCf eha mbuei Ae, 
K^^Ma (Me hib*nda\ 
Kipial, s. (see hipi^ii (Kis. maeh&ei ^ 
Klfodocdro, 8. (cha) (pL piMt <*0 AoQf. 
K^^mroptair^f s. (Kis. <i«Mlw) 9 
K^a^pse, s. (cha) (pi. vi— ), the fin and 

taU (of a fish) (Kis.jPM<). 
i, 8. (cha) (pi. M— i a 



72 



EIPSERO— EmOBDK 



8. (cha) (fLp9€^ a krocm or 

»ifiiwifa,8>(cha) (pU «<- and jm<-), 

hahUa); wmniu awa wmwiU «Mma 
wap»1nia, tku€ two mom kaoe eioood 
«ge$, \jb. they are one-eyed. 
Kipairapfl^M, 8.(cha} ^l.«<-k P«*-), 
a cockortl {!K\9.Uifktrtm^a). 

K4HMa,s.(cha) ridicuie, modcery, opiU- 
fiane$$ (see dHrikiaoa) (Kis. IhlhahOf 
Mna^f m«4iJU», tfdtoJk<}; hu ehida 
hipuotOftoridicuU, to mock, muntu 
tea hipueto, a man qf ridicule^ he. a 
ridiculer, a mocker (Ki8.m»<«A<, m- 
tOBiteoij. 

Hiyttiai, s. (cha) (pi. td andp«i— )• 
Klp<lmip<lmi, s. haote, predpitationf 
hurry (Kis. huba). I>ioa ehido hipu- 
fnipwmi, let us he in no hurry (Kis. 
tU9ifdnfe M5a). 

KlriUni, s. one who awrpiuaes (in power 
or strength) one who baffles (Kis.fc<- 
Ufne, bora), muntu uyu ni hiraka 
Ufognanga, this man outwits char- 
mers; fUMnuaii uyu ni hiraha ohom- 
berBf this girl baffles women (with re- 
ject to the 'tnarcmiiro).*' 

giranyiMi, s. (cha). 

», s. (see Kilaio), 

i, s. (cha) (pl.pil— ), the yam (Kis. 
vtaoi fnanffa). 

Sireka, s. (cha) (pi. vi— ), the stubborn, 
r^ractory one (from hu reha), one 
who habitually leaves or disregards 
what others leli him, as half-witted 
persons generally do, and therefore an 
idiot a fool 

Klimido, s. only used in predicatCt the 
manner of a traveller or stranger. 
«iM»/Wmtra hu di ufomda mua hi^ 
rmtdo? where doest tkou comefromf 
thou goest in of like travelling, i.e. you 
go Uke a traoeUer. M^mue udotdoSra 
h€uro Itaare, ouooor^ra^uknra mua 
hirendOf ouoanguruka, it is long 
ago since you came, and (yet) you do 
not get accustomed, you (still) are like 
a stranger ^ you are not chterfiA^ 



'•, namis of a mnmiAciim and the 
eotmtry a^faesnt, iouth otI>a im h U» i, 
\, 8. (cha), the eMn, 
; 8. (cha) fp\.pei^)f name of a 
serpmt (Kis. «MiMm€iiN«m). 

Kl-li (Kia UnUiho) hiripe, U U not 
(there), rei. to words of the hi and 
oJM;la88. Also used u prep, ehdhiti' 
dia iki hiripo ndiwo nehoo fito. 

KMbo (there is) ProT. hiribo hirib^, 
muana wa kapa oeioMra, 

BiribMbo. 

MMdmo, s. (cha) (pl.i>#<— ), that part tf 
an arrow which is fixed into the bono 
and reeeivts the head, 

Kfriffim (= Uradrfra). 

Kiriko, kiriko kiHho mdiina urases 
paeo. 

Bfarimba, s. (cha) (plpsi—), the spur of 
a code ^is.pemfr«). 

Kirlmi, s. (cha), a lisp (a defect in the 
speech {Kis, kithembo). 

Hirinda masira, s. (pl.p«i->)^ a waiter 
qf eggs, (a nick-name for one who 
never travels), tnua m-nfnfta yoni 
moa-o, msori^-ninke kirinda nus- 
sira, whom do you give this beer, do 
not give me (like) an egg-waiter^ So 
says one who is not satisfied with the 
beer given to him. The V after 
'moa" is euphonical for "u;" upe ni 
kirinda ntof^ra, eadeHoa mdunr- 
tutnduntu, {K\s»kidaha oka kdnoa^ 

Kiriri (a4j. <l adv.) upright, erect, (i. q» 
pari and porogodi,) Wonda ukdra 
ulikiriri ni ehiani-m-kongono- 
mo muii minga f muntu uya anai' 
mirira kiriri (pronounced in a high 
singing tone). NoU: When the word 
is construed with the prep, "tn", the 
"k" becomes 'oA», mefiiriri.€ma-n4- 
usa ali mchiriri, eikwmfsdeis, 

Klriairiai, s. (cha), gritf (Ptymol. cause 
for crying or weeping from ku rirol^ 
(The repetition denotes continuation- 
the not forgetting); ahummdira ohC- 
ani? ans^MMi kiriHrimi* 

Klrdbtta, name cf a country i daiy% 
2f» YTmfrom 



EmOMBO— KISARIRA. 



78 



^s.(cha) (pl.jp«<— }» 

(Kto. ma» w, l> l *i J>) . Pnnr. 

(or «*••) rMi i y iiw^h^ 

I, I. (cha) (pl.p<i— ), > >t Ml > M< 



t. (cha) (pU 

,8.(1 

s. 






(pL |p#*— ), a fvitto, <Nqr 
one «0*0 Uad9 fikd'tDay (used of men 
and animals) (Kis. dl Kin. l»ifMHr«la) 
«l«iMl« «c*w hirmkgorm n d mmif loJko 
it Me fvitto or laodar for tkUJomnmif9 
N.R The kirongora ii any one of the 
trayelling party, who knows the way 
and may himself carry a load, while 
the 'hiwimda- is the principal man 
among them, to whom the property 
belongs (see rmtg^ra), lM»-tM^6M«««- 
«rf€ ba ds0g&ro ndtye hir&HgarUf 
tmm htr hadHM one in f^cnt i$ tk$ 
leader (said of a cow which leads the 
way to forbidden ground). 

■Mro, 8. (cha) (pi. «1— ), a foid farmed 
5]f looping (or tucking) up the cloth 
on one^ side (which Is done for the 
sake of beanty); upe eOmmba hfrdro' 
fnoHku yonee iB-i-huigtUa f^-dee^- 
rttyuko virdrOf aonda a k adeueira 
(contr. from dei-Meira), he goe$ hkh 
wing of every parUtie of duet, that 
eetUee on hie doth, ifnu am ,*nm upu 
ahamedua ni hiraro.) 

SMai, s. (cha) (pi. v*—), a feeHvity 
kept tip for eeveral days on the safe 
return from the perilous voyage over 
the lake Niassa. Dimhe dika ^noro 
viroei hu "Deenga^ let ue go and 
attend atthe kiroei-feetioiUee at Deenga, 

Kirali, s. (cha) (pl.pil— )f a very large 
wideer-bafket, in which the vegetable 
produce Is stored up; hiruli ohm m- 
Hm or eh» hieiro. 

Kftnunbftt a (cha) (pl.pH— ), a native 
Jlddie, made of the half of a calabash 
(Kis. Mh v mb Of u go mh v 9) 



I, a (cha) (pi. •!— orpat^), 




being [eigne of coming eold; 



a (cha) (pl. pvi9a)t a birdie neet,. 
such as has a small entrauice, a bottie- 
nest (ne h ivem ehm ) (Kis. h H rnn dm) * 
^ee v id v emkum n i j^ 

,s.(cha) Q[>l.v<— )• 

f name of a country 1^/% day9- 
Jonmey to the 8. of JIfy amde , The 
people of Kisambo have a peculiar 
art in shooting arrows which consisla 
in an arrow repeatedly touching the 
ground and leaping farther (see tadoa)^ 
They are therefore frequently hired 
by different chiefo In war. {Wahiomn^ 
bo w m d etwm hu boniia nvlpftyna 

Jsaachm, s. (cha) (pl.j>s<— ), a birde 
neet, eueh ae ie open; hiemmohm «Aa 
nohiwa, the neet of a dove; hisemr- 
oka okm kiHeu, okm bum bam , 6km 



it a (cha) (pl. v^, a epeeiee 

of eerpent, remarkable for a beautiful 

skin ifieeeingm), 

Eiaanjs. (cha) (pl.«<— ), a temporairy knt 

Eiwim, 8. (cha), eoldnefs. Niemgo •« 

kiemnu. (Kis. bettdi^ km omd« ki- 



Bisavi, s. (cha) (pl. W-), a kidc; ku 
botUa kisari, lit. to throw a fctdr, i.e 
to give a kick, or simply: to kick. 
(Kis. MJbMato) gnotnbo uyu eabonia 
kie«ri, thie cow doee not kick. The 
pronunciation 'kiskari^' is scarcely 
correct. 

SiHttirm, s. (cha), faettdioue deiieaey 
and cleanUneee (from the root 
and eararu), wemtu a 
kieeirira m emm n a wangfu,, 
kira na ki ee tr ir m, one who hoe ki' 
earira emfere nobody to eat ont qfhie 
J>eenk»a, and hie mother muet keep 
it eeparate. He allows no one who 
is not dean, to sit down near him; 
his bow he is continually oittng and 



u 



KISENDE-^EIBUE. 



his pipe it 4lie neateet. His mollkflr 
also, indulging him, malLes even from 
time to time the plastering on his 
cottage (see humtr o), 

XisaiBda, s. 

Xistee, s. (cha), iiUmns9$; «iyw €mm» 
hisSre, tki$ (man) Am Oowneit » Jhe 
U iloto, 

gjiiipwr^o^ s. (cha), play, ipcrt, nUrth; 
ine usi»-ni-e9€ hisewerm^ ehdko, 
tIdUingama ni iwe, 

JKni, s. (cha), a aawmry mnett ag qf 
rooMtimg meoL (Kisi denotes the smeU 
of something good or bad, wbidi has 
been exposed to fire, the meat wtiich 
is roasted, or which is burnt in the 
pot from want of water.) 

gjrimamrfaro, s. (eha) (pi. «i— ), a sp^ 
eU9 iff er«e, remarlcable for straight 
and long stems. Tney are found in 
the open country {daimbo\ Of the 
wood ladies are made. 

XUIndiUro, s. (cha) (pi. j»>i-), tign, 

JCiiiro, s. a metaUie tubitanee used for 
glasing earthen Tessels, for which pur- 
pose It is ground and mixed with wa- 
ter and applied before they are baked; 
Mstro ni ehm tmdmbo {K\^ range). 
the m&ofo and fcoelbMa are glaced 
with it 

Siaiidbni, s. eoemlng; n*nad»a nm M«£- 
t^Of I eame in the waling^ 

Siaill 3= aud, dtira iri ni hisiHf 
waHra aya ni t4«l«€. 

Sistwo, s. (cha) a Btopper, a stopple; 
hitiwo cha n^-barasugUf the atop- 
per qf a botUe (generally consisting 
of a Mdsomoti higiwo cha n'dsaba), 

XiSDdi, s. (cha) (pi. peij), a red cap (only 
worn by chiefs) (fi'is, ho fSa,.d6hi^ 

Xifloar^oro, s. (cha) the act qf aeeustc- 
mingt wlwrn^m-deedca na hieoerero 
nditec 

JdoMrM. t. {ch9.)famaiaritg,readine$8 
im getting aeetutomed (from hu eoe- 
rccai^f ucaohMc nao hieocreei, do 
not get famiUar with them, ni wa 
»ap6nia unXhua, do gou not know, 
Ihatthie ie a kindred who wiU forget 
'nothing (see uriehua) mmmmmi ugu 



mm hi cce H H^ m$ ehUd U 
trenned .(dMi^flraiwjL ■ 

.Stoofm Miigi (adir.) tcaUered tihemt 
cs h ad a H b adaU (from hu 9oga)f Uw 
Uifc mind a ya hisdga hicdga *«•- 
atu. The .ireee on ihe burial gr omn d , 
near the graaee .of kinge are pUmked 
vieogavieoga. The word islespecused 
with regard to such trees, as are planted 
. for the sake of their shade, mwmkeam 
hiooga hieoga a imda c H ei ka , gon 
eat down scattered about^ yon wtttnot 
be visible. 

EU6iiib«e, s. (cha) (pL •<— ), a eaaitg 
undergrowtd of &species of white ants ; 
n%Mamm wa rcsa adwrnhm mfhiadmr 
hoc, the rainbow comes forth f^om the 
kisomboe (a foolish notion!) (see 



Blsomo, s. (sha) attraction, aUractise' 
nees, lit. that which cuts inwardly, 
(from hu sama)f wuniw uyn ana- 
hisomo-oi-hi-gcncka, this man has 
attraction, which preoente one from 
sleeping, Wagig unda awa «mnmi 
Hisomo, wamha nao, 

Wbmmgdlt, s. (pi. «<— ), a large iron- 
needle for sewing together the plaits 
of a mat m.\s. shdsira), hUongolc 
cha hu sohcra ntpasa. 

BfaNMlnfipo, 8. a kind of doth from 
the Portugnese. 

nroAm, 8. (cha, 1) captation, the qnet- 
Uty of catching the fawmr qf every 
body, uyc ana hioudou, he pre- 
possesses every one in his favour, 
eg. in trade, all will come to him in 
preference to others; — 2!) seiawre 4ff 
Me frouMte i.e. a fla, diarrhoea; tcto 
rCnaoMda hiwuAou, I am rAoMd 
to day, I made kisudio. 

MM», s. (cha) (pl.iwf— ), that kind qf 
termites, which bwOde large hitts qf 
about 10 feet in height. 

WMm or Urtwe, s. (cha) impatisnee 
or eagerness (as to food, said of one 
who cannot wait for others, and never 
hesitates in accepting of food when he 
is offered) (see mindui and higmreh- 
fua), (Kis.Mlail, In* la^eha). 



mSCTOA—KO. 



76 



i.q. JcidBodohua and hiwat&dm, 
H— mji, 8. a ratm mtOcer (Sattodnl flnt 
mentioDed him to Mr, Btb, In a way 
as if he was equal wilh the Chindai 
OnmrVf >• (cha) (pL ]m<— ), "tmatt 
IMiiMif (9) in the slLin (Ki9.fc<t9«)r 
H wmgUlfa '*, s. (cha) giddiiU8$; mma- 
•o fnumnga wMUieMda hisungurl- 
r; lit £» ^fM mine U maikdi giddin€9$ 
(Kia. hUuHBi, Kin. JbiMfM^rM). 

a. (cha) (pl.jM*-aadir<— ) (Kis. 
>, fm% gm) f hamgo Unmumtk- 

8. 

, 8. (cha) (pl.p#<- )/ 1) a rude kimd 
qf bier or Utter, "kairanga ttkafu-^t^- 
huika tea m dengera m^^itatm^ lit 
whm ike king diei-where to hmry-tkeif 
carry Mm on a bier;— 21 an integrmU 
piece of oNf fiWii9 brolcen, a eoiM<er- 
or eonttikient part of ang iking bro- 
tken or dMOad^ a paOem, ike $ame in 
kind, rtfetting to bead$f clotke$ 4be. 
dahna nda denga hitaea hOmim 
usanna ehida UgaeUgmni, 
CM^poi 8. (cha) (pi. «<H» npool^npand 
(Kis.fci«tfiMi). 

CflMMlMM or kitihMMflaiMM, s. 

(cha) jniee. 
EMmm orkftohMO (Kis.i 

thSre). 



8. (cha) ^LjMiH a ffMOlre, 
(see MMSlNMi). 

EHiini, a. (cha) (pKv«— or jpA-), a ^rast 
hopper; different itinds are: 
eha hinkuiei.ehm ^tei,ehm 



L»8.(cha) (pL«Mf 8*04010 
(see mttmeij (Ki& ft^/WM). 

SttaMli, 8. (cha) (pL «<-), a »mv <{f 
grao§, branches Ac in a plantation 
(Ki8.MMr<)f 

XktaBto, 8. (cha) (pi. psi- and jpil— ). 
ins yoMV of Mrcte (as long as they are 
nnAetched)b poidmda pea n in rnda, 
tke poang of pigeane; peiamda pea 
bumibua So, {'mbardnU ana wm ma 
fU peiuadtij, 

VntMro, s. niH ge h i uo irir o eha hu 
boerera or eha hu ueiriru» 

Xhriid(a4l-) 

WtprtniML, a. (cha) menufrp; dipo, d kake 
haa tnuaif* wa hiwada, aih«k-d4- 
h m mb udo ; ife dfeuOwde^t, 



KIwAinwAra, s. (cha). a ekeirt ee$9aHon 
of TaUm; mpfdra 4 pap^imba, iha- 
dkura hiwofawara (Kis. hUmga 
ehamga), 

8. ineentioe (from In* wmw«^, 
nmhira hiteawira eha 
hu tettwira wt^fa ufodhadoegera 
humha,) 

SiwAro,s.(cha) (pl.psl—), tke Joint of 
an animal when slaughtered, {hiuforo 
oha hugu, 

Siwmwa. s. (cha) driznling rain (w^jW- 
ra pa hi%p€Mea) (Kis. tnanienioia), 

Vtw9Bkh% s. (cha) (pUp/i— ), a plot, a 
eonapiraey, mdundu upa una pfi- 
wembUftkat kindred ka${\B fond of) (is 
distinguisned for) plota. 

Kiwaade, s. (cha) (pi. j»«<— ). 

KiwenDctoo, s. (cha) eucmnbere and H- 
mHar vegetables ont into tkin elieee 
(from hu ufenga\ ufenga hiweugere 
ihi ueangdaiee na ndiwe. 

Wtwhr^f S. muana uyu'januha hiwere. 

Siwiadn, s. {uyu) The master qf acch 
rawan, i.e. the principal man, to whom 
most of the property l)elong8 carried 
by the carawan (see hir<mgara)i hi- 
ufinda uyu oadledoorulendobudho 
tit'-do iba, thie carawan-maeter does 
not feed (his men) — kis Jowmeg is in 
ukere bad, i.e. it is bad to travel with 
him; hiwinda, lit tke gatkerer, pro- 
eider (from hu winda). The plural 
'psheinda" will scarcely occur. 

WtmM (a4i.) rel. to the 'hr class. Xhir 
ripe, green, raw, frssk (seeneJ^a). 

Siym (pron.dem.) tkat, rel. to the 'hi 
and eh** class. fJhaha hipa eha mar 
urn, that peair of to-mairom, \A,neaA 
pear. 

Mia, umdho, ikon goest ihers, i.e. fliere 
where you are going. 

K#, wa h aduadu waH h o he h a. Lei 
waU md e re ug ef {m abt r a peii h Sa 



76 



KO— NBOGNIEL 



h4m hM^ The ko maif he repeaUd 
a$ qftm a$ one IftM. 
<•, the rel. to 'hu'\ hiU hu 
*•, wMeh i$ at the h^rt ikete 
h i m0H 9 aUmga 4«. 

Koo, <tf, rel. to the Infinitive. Ku 
4r» 9i ftooleoma, to be Hefe a not 
good; ni hu Imba Jkoodon^y^ }no 

rel. to hm where? e.g. Hdorhudot^ 
ruguda hu im4mha hoc htfnUha. 
K4ak0«(ady.} h&bu« aiihdo h6a h6a 
Ae, anahmd9a. 

Kda(y.a.) to eateh (so as to get enta- 
gled). Said only of things, e.g. damru 
tfangainahoanUngu,mycioth caught 
ikom$; udawdnga unahoa mdongo, 
my how caught a tree, i.e. was caught 
by a tree,— kda l»a(v.reiL) to eteal 
cAong etooping; hoanidsa (Kis.fofa- 
nUa).— koiBa (v.rec.) to catch each 
other, to get entangled, hinhue hiua 
hoana, the rope U entangled, mbedta 
9inakodna, the fishing Unes are en- 
tangled,— ko^bM ksoAne (adv.) with 
entanglement, intricately (see yanoa),— 
kowera (for goera), if a "w" has not 
been ejected between ho and a (Btowa), 
1) (y.instr.) to catch with, nhdwe ya 
hu howSra mde, a hook (a catcher) 
for hooking down the fruit caUed mde;— 
2j (v.d.) hu^mu-howeru niama, or 
hu-tnur-hoteora howera mwnftf.— 
kwwodm (v. int.) e.g. minga ttuMho- 
Ufodea, tndoro augorohoreha, 

K9h; 8. (wa) iplmakohe) (Kis. huomhe). 

Kabedhe, s. a rattling noiee made in 
rummaging. -^ kobedh^sa (v. a.) to 
make a noiee in rummaging about 
(see goboehe). 

Ko-bo (advO its pronunciation i$ draw- 
ledoutina high singing tone, e.g.ft«m- 
gu yafuha hS-bo; pfumbi tafuhet 
ho-bo, 

Kabma (v.a.) (iraboni), to break, or 
pfndc off Indian com wUh the staSk. 

(v.Dj— kobawora (v.d.) — 
(v.ing 

i, 8. (tfci, •«) a tUp-tnot, hu 
hobarSru, to tie de. 



»,s.(wa), (pL«a— ), beam (Klf.t»- 

humdo). 

M 9 €ibMnk (v.n.) to land, to corns am skors, 
to drift ashore. 

S««ba, 8. (wa) ipUwnh^eho), a fowl 
ioithuneommoniy large legs, huguwee 
haeho igaoho), or: hugu ugu ni 
hooho Oiaa.huhu uw mbOmi or wee 
neemgM^ 

Kate (v.n.) to heerooked, to he bent^ 
kada kada (v.rec) to he very croo- 
ked, to have many bends or eunes; 
mdsit^s u uunhodeUeoda, this river 
meanders." kadadia (v.caiM.) to caetse 
to be crooked, to curve, to bend, kods- 
kode something crooked (see fOMiirv). 
Der. hihodoei. 

Badiai(adv.) in what mmmsr, to what 
degree. The word can only be used, 
when the tofinit has preceded (see 
dontosa). 

Kadtea (adv.) thus (only osed after ao 
Inf. nd^f» mkthaanhfiru hu 
hodmr4hu (Ki8.m4MMMO koM 

Kadi (seeM«Mo). 

KadbaMra (v.n.) to sU with the annt 
crossed upon the kneee and the head 
bent forward and retting on tk&m in 
grUf, anger or in idleness (Kis. hu^l- 
inennia), amn eMHHHH ndipa nhe^ 
hodhoboru. 

KadaMra (adv.) duruhemi nmiumbts 



go out qf the house, do not go sitting 
<n U idly. 

Ud!bi6m{Y.di.)towinkat,toheAonto;hu 
hodhora nu maso or m«i manuka, 
to wink with the eyes, or beckon with 
the hande (ias.pungia, hnnUen}. — 
k0darara(v.d.) mhu uhe^-ni-hodO' 
riro n m n m uye, go and beOton U> 
that man for me, 

i(v.a.) l)topiss{K\%huhi^6a){yA:^ 
2) a]ikidMKv.a.) (thrive?) 

KadM,s. 

Kadtta, kadaadwi (see ]k«r«). 

KaMa (Kis. nto»<), a (uw, pi. with m). 

WtefBia, 8. (tr«^ pi. on), a strokewith 
the knudOes of the fingers; hu-wk- 



KOGO— KOMA. 



77 



hmmda hognUf to $MkB ime a koffttie, 
(Kis. hodo and ng^mU), 

KdiT* or nlBOfO, s. (ya, pi. fa), ihe 
erutt formed in the pot, from meal 
food being boiled in it, but the crust 
of the surface is called magogo (mo* 
gogo ya dsanguraf ya vironda, 
ya ndHma), hogo ya vn'UaU ya 
dtimm, the cnui qf in the pot qf 
paete (R\B,ug6go), 

KMn or kdkaktfkm (a4j.) aUme, wdy; 
rel. to hu (see iPtMeH), mmpfi una- 

. m^rpfmkiMTa 'hoka hoha (Kis. mfi 
^tnoHU^fwrna niwna haha iu\ wen- 
da htadia ndUu h9hm k 6ha «00- 
ea^tneat thou goeet to eat onty, htU 
thyeeHf aUme, withoui euking- 

mwka, 8. (ya and deu), a kind cf trap 
(used for the nengo and hunda),— 
hokm, 8. (ra) (pi. ma^\ a trail, traOe, 
lit. something drawn (from hu hoha), 
only used of the mark left in the 
ground by creeping animals. 

Xoka (y.a.) (Kis. hu fata, ehua), to 
dfrate, to drag, to putt along; met 
to urge, to force; hu hoha eham- 
(to, to tmcke hemp; hu hoha f»dia, 
to take mnnff; Hkoha fodia, meane 
hotK -^ I do not take emiff, and I 
do not emoke (wefodia);— IMkttai 
(V. n^ to adndt €(fdranolng or dragging; 
kttkam (v. d. d y. instr.) fig. h»miu- 
hohora hip%$ote, lit. to draw naugh- 
tineei to one, i. e. to ridicule or moclc 
one. TuMtu ya hu hohora ehamha; 
Hirkim^ (v. rec) to puU one ano- 
ther; wana awa wahoheuta tMOM^ 
ohm, these children pull each other 
by the arms. — kokedsa, to putl 
with force. Der. Jbofca and w'ftolMk 

Soiko; adaohora nikoho uutanawain- 
ga, uoanoHO u4 waho, uda w» iora 
(Kis. uda^ m u odilto) hidouhuru, my 
ehUd became ripe within the Uaf, do 
not eag, it i$ thine, you vfOl bring him 
up like a grand child (said by a father 
of his son to his wife as a warning, 
not to indulge hhn too much as a 
moflier would her daughter; see 

). 



i,s.(ra) {plmahoho). Pod (of be- 
ans), or huek of ndeama, rind of mm- 
soda, a leaf of Indian com covering 
the lEnob. 

Kokftdm (y. a.) to draw, draw out, to 
putt, hu, hohoda ndoima, to draw 
or get out the paete (from a pot, only 
used when you haye come to the 
last); hu hohoda madei, to draw out 
water {from ayessel,when there remains 
only a little), hu hohSda hihunio, to 
puU a tkin (in fixing it on the ground 
by little pegs, in order to dry it): — 
Idu— ndedru, to putt a Ooth (in wren- 
ching it out); wahumba hu doi ho- 
hoda (Kis. wadaha hu^sida »ida)f 
hohodSra (y. d.) (Kis. hu huemgttla) 
fnha m>*hohodSro tnSa = mdoa- 
niurire, 

K«lBonui(y.n.) 1) to rueh, to roar (only 
used of flowing water and of rain) 
(Der. hohonto and mhohomo); (adj. 
good, wettf — 2j (a^J.) good, wett, (see 
homa); hu enda hueOte ei hohoma, 
to go with him ie not wdl « hie 
gait ie not graceful. 

Kttk»m9, mmdoi emoMda, doahano 
hualira hohomo, s. {ya, aa), roaring 
(Ki8.MAMnA fnhohowto. 

Bokna. 

KMkiB, s. iya and 9a\ a kind ef bam 
or etore-houee, 

KoImmi (see hora), 

Kolibedo. 

Koma, s. I. Name of a territory to the 
S. of Mpande in the country of the 
Wapiri. Konue ni deiho roohomaf 
Xoma is a country which is good.— 

K9IIUI (y.n.) TLVjio be good, handeome 
or agreable (Kis. hu fana, gema, ta- 
unt), eana neoru too honue (= ha- 
na adaJbu ngoma in Kis.) — ^ to tap 
(a tree), i.q. hu hama (fct* hovaa tn- 
bira, t&niboef},— komem (y.d.) to be 
good, agreahU, pUaeing to (any one), 
ya-n%-hon%ora ndgaru i, this doth 
pl«aiM me; niuniba i ei^ni-hofuera 
honderahe, ae to thle houee, ite Ver- 
andah ie not good to me = does not 
please me ; muntu ugu oani-kowtera 



78 



KOMA— KOMORA. 



», tM$ man U noi 
pUttMOtU in My «|fM. Xero ixim fc o- 
f » era m<Mm<i-a«a 4 tt ta fcwa w rf twty^ 
aJkatnanfa n%un»m ss «ilMi«A<(i<in^ 
<l#Oy <i«-«ffM<-<dira mdima, to-daif I 
wiU excu$e him, h^ ka$ broken it hy 
aeddttU, but if do€$ $o again, lihaU 
5e aangrji vrith him, hu homSra nUpfi 
(Kis. hu kongomSa «M<>t).— komedsa 
(yx.) to make good, ii<e6;(v.inL) to bevery 
good, to be bitter, handsomer (than 
another); muana tcyM anakomedea 
huii (i»o> Mya, tMe boy (or girl) ie 
better or handeomer than that — ko- 
medsa komedsa; tmrntw uyu oImh- 
hofnedea homedea nikdvnoa, afktna 
bohomera, thie man JUsttere with Ms 
lipe, he setke where to pUaee, — kso- 
m^tta (v.pas.) lit to be bettered by or 
with amy thing, i.e. to fit, to suit weU, 
muemawanga anahomedua natna- 
hoea yoke, lit my son is m<»de good or 
handsome vfith his ivory-rings, te.the 
iyory-rings (round his arm) suit him 
well; wye ahomedua na ndepfuenh 
he, his beard suits him weU,— Isomo 
kmne, Proy. home home tea mke^ 
wtoa, hu nuina hwndtnha n'hogo 
(Kis. manena yahwe ni mema, Idken 
ohoyo ehdkwe hina huenda mno), 
k6inoe kfolo«, Prov, wea-ni^iere 
hotnoe homoe niama ikanona <»- 
ana honee honee. 

Koma m. s. (ra) (pi. mahoma), a broad 
edging qf thin wood (roand a basket 
used as a dish); deenhua ya homo, 
a broad-edged basket, in contradistinc- 
tion from a deenhua ya nanihU' 
runga, a bdeket with a round rim, 

KomalV. (y.a.) to drive into, to wedge 
in (one piece of wood into another for, 
the purpose of cleaying it To fix in 
a small post by beating or knocking, 
hu Inhim* higUHf — 2) to rap or 
strike with the knw^les, hu-nt-koma 
ntuniu, 

Koma V. (y.n.) to be btunt (see goma 
gomeea Ae^ The Student will distin- 
guish. 1) homa, to be good;— 2) homa 
or rather ^ofNa (Kia.<l««a), tortbound; 



. $ hama with a sharp k, to drive, to 
knock in. 

Bomte (y.a.) to Utk out (using the fin- 
gers as children do) QL\B.hu rft m a) ^— 
komlMdM (y.int) toUdcout entirely, 

Kombe, s. iwyu) (pi. wakombe), a twine 
net (Ki8.ntfat/W). 

Kombe, S. (ra) iplmeOiamb^, a shrub 
the seeds of which are pounded and 
mixed with the 'juice of the 'Mweta** 
leayes and of the bulb 'konko** which 
constitutes their poison for arrows. 

N-ksombe, s. (tf« and pi. ea), eheil-fieh, 
and merely shell not of met* bui of 
fish otdy (see kago)f tMuomda etgaue' 
ha mhta kua nr-kombe, ike potter 
scrapes out the pot with a sheU; kaniba 
i n)&ka namatunna, this is a smatt 
shea, 

Kmaolho, s. (ra) (pi. makambo), the water- 
myf (Kis-ytm^^y 

S^mlraa, s. (ya, pi. ea), the name qf a 
kind of. rush, which grows by for- 
ming bushes, which during the inun^ 
dation gives the water an appearance^ 
as if it had run in numberless direc- 
tions—wherefore they say: kagttk^ 
Hmodei, ueakaekide m u sde e r a dee- 
ra, kana nuMdei ya mMhnbua, keep 
to one thing what you have been eom- 
mieeioned to do, and do not vary like 
the water among rushes. 

Nlunno^ s. (ya, ea)f 1) a epeeiee Cfffttk; 
^ The standing up part (or the ribii in 
widcer work in contradiet. from the 
ndsengo which are platted round. 

Bono, s. (ra) (pi. mdkaneo), the opening, 
i.e. space Uftfor a door (see kideSga), 
kavno la bet-n^^niendo, a space left 
on thai side qf the house which is op- 
posite to the door in uee (see m^wU- 
endo)f koma la bateuxt, a space (for 
a door) on the side of tAe house. These 
spaces are however slic^tly closed 
with sticks and plastered over wilh 
the rest of the wall, only marks being 
left to denote the exact spaces, so as 
to facilitate their escape in a surprisei. 

Somdra (y.a.) to nMOce/o^; mofdem/du 
ya^m-kom&ra, sidcness mdkee him 



KOMOBA—EONGORA. 



79 



(v. D.) (0 «10001», to ht appearmUy dead 
(Kis. In* mima rQho)f mumiu Mffw 
ta admd H dttt nh th 
i, 8. (ra) (pi. mah6m»ra), the 
earners Jumgimg down from a dMh 
nmnd the Xoint (only used id plural). 
BoHUte or kdmiia (adv.) d«io«^ di- 
rotUom: there, juat there (JL\s.huko), 
coming to the same (in result), turning 
out the same thing. hufiB n4 homoe- 
uomcMde mantett todieU there, (can- 
not be avoided) make thertfore no fear 
(Kis.<«). 



(y.a4 to 90OOP vp (water from 
a smaH pit) (Ki8.<toNflr«ia).— koflip«lai 
(yji.) to.admU of ecoopiitg up; oaheim- 
peiketf nutdsi yana/m anmm af (y.dj 



(or komMM), ouktmm or 
o ud a kurm uhdkara hu honuUne 

(homoSno), you are not ffreat, or you 
wiU not be great, if you ««« at ^tc, 
lA it is not honour to do so, and this 
is the reason of the ud^ngua. hufiB ni 
h&wHio na h9tan*§tmthi(S.iSM^Iahha) 
Uie aU the eame whethur one diet a 
naturaiorafHoUntdeathiordeathhynBr 
tnre i$ the eame ae by vMenee, i.e. each 
kind equally terminates bodily exi- 
stence; wadhdkaru hua hu oauka 
hdtnao, they had nothing bui trouble 

Kmachm, «. (ra) (pi. mmk^nthe), the wOd 
aloe, th6 /tbre$ of which are much 
used for threads and strings (Kis. 
gongOf KiiLganohe). 

SoBda (or gonda) (^.a.) to Wee, to 
pUaee.— kMidaaa (v.rec.)— kondtai 
(v,reI4 to Ufce for; ana^n^hondora 
ohiemif what doee heWce himforf — 
kondodfla(T.int) to Ute much, 

WondAu (v.pass.) to be gtad, to r^oiee. 



ahnana n^naohida inef are you not 
pleaeed in your hearts at what Ihave 
don^— kendntoi (v. d.) to r^oieefor, 
aver or at (Kis^iWwriMwa)/ tp<Mni i gt»- 



diuora oMemi 9 what «re you gtad 
ahouif (Kia wmpomdeaowd-iof) •» 
kondoedsa (v.int. ^ v.caus.) to be Miy 
glad, to eatcie pUaaure. — koadna- 
rana, to be pleased with another, ta 
like each other. -^ kondodnera, diaa 
hondoduere-woimatu wana-d^-dw- 
ma, dikaoineih^ 

ftonda, s. (ra) (pi. maJeonde), a rude 
kind ofpiomsOf aju/tty [b€^hande), «n- 
honde wmu, 

N-kfodtt or kttadtt, s. (ya, pi. aa), » 
war, quarrel (Kis. wita), tnwntu woo- 
hondo). 

Ko/Ddodiokm (v.n.) This is a very sin- 
gular formation, not met with in other 
words, a reduplication taking plac» 
of tne syllable 'do**, 

Son^ (v.a.) 

Xong'O, S. iwe 9in%&ne ninonaeo Bibi" 
da hu hkongo (Kis. haya fUnend^o- 
wayaburuguoha), {niumba pa kon- 
go in Kis.), a round house. 

N-kiMig'O or kongo, s, {pa, pi, aa), 
the 5aefc part of the tkuU (i.q. h6go 
in Kis) 

Kdng&^, S. Oa) {gl\,mdkdng^), a raij^ 
iioud (sing, rarely used), hwna ehida 
mdkdnhua nrnkonkua, huli dhiku, 

XoBfirdno, s. (ya, p). MS), the knee; 
nmntu upu ngoolimiba nikougono* 
this man is strong in the knee; woHf 
tu aura mboolimba mikoHtfonOf these. 
men are knee-strong, 

Xon^dra (v.n.) to come to maturity, tof 
be fine, beauttf^ (as to perfection and 
completeness in growth and staturOr 
the word being used only of men^ 
animals and plants, not of clotb» 
houses &c nvumitu upu ngo hanga- 
ra, this is a fine, weUbuUt man; Uiho 
ihi noho hongora, this is a WeU 
grown calabash; mutlbira aya ueha- 
hongdra, this caffreMfm is eaeeUent 
(of perfect growth); gnombo upu 
ngohangdra, this cow is qf a fine, 
peifect growth » this is a beautiful 
cow.— konjgmredsa (v.inD to exeei 
in fineness or beauty; bira upu ngo 
hongoredma kuH upa» 



«0 



KONOOSA— KORA. 



W€mawahe uwnse troWmoyo. 

Zmif OSO (honffOBO to gmru), g. (ra) 
(p],m4»kongo9o), 1) a tticfc to loMdk 
•trffigf are fattened at both endt to 
$eeure a dog;^ 2) two pieces of wood 
tied together and hung over cattle to 
aecuitom them for riding, '-^ 8) a itiek 
foith a rope fattened at both endt 
^hich is hung over one's neck while 
you tread on it with your feet in 
order to smooth down the grass, which 
is done when they want to make a 
way to their ant-hills; hongoeo to 
hu wandira mbdndo. Prov. garu 
^tfoobuea a'fttmka na hongoeo, do 
not trutt in that man, he it more 
cunning than he appeart, he it atlip- 
pery fellow. 

Xongi&a (v. pass.) to be ehUled, to be 
benumbed (from cold).— konfoMsa 
(y. inl) to be greatly chOled, Ine na 
hongoedea huU two, I am chzUed 
more than you. 

Stfnie, s. 1) cramp; pedrapednga pea 
migniendo petna honie {ffonie), 
I have the cramp in my toet; peaara- 
peanga peinaguidoa na gonie or 
honie;— 2) fig. niggardnett; maneha 
y€tgo ana h&nie iwe. 

IV-konko, 8. (ya, ea). the name qf a 
plant like <m onion, the juice of 
which forms one of the ingredients 
of the poison used for their arrows 
(see hombe), 

KV-kdno, s. (ya, mi), a tnail; hono i 
yddia niw/^fu* (pl. himo iei eadia 
niungu), 

Sonera (y. a.) to pound (only of Indian 
corn when it is hard (Kis. fcontfa) iwe 
si-i-noie, ihonore huSne huSne, 
-deima yahe ieevge ihanMnha gaga 
o ihou, it it not yet ftnithed, pound 
it thoroughly, lett itt dtiwa tmeU after 
the chuff.-- konoraka (y.n.) to adma 
qf pounding; 2} to appear well pounded. 
koiMMni (y.d.y- konoMdM (v. int) 
to pound weU,— kmi«ka (y.n.) to go 
'Off I the hutkfrom grain. 



(y.a.) to repair to reeandU (Kto. 
mA«M, tengeem)^ kwinto (y.n.) 1) 
to be repairdble, trofi. to be cmrrtgOU; 
nUamhm yemgm H hanemha 
my houte it no more repairable; 
tuuyuaeihaneeka, thU mam it 4rr&- 
eoneOabU;-' 2i to turn out well repai- 
redttobe broughtright; tohaoeyielded 
to reeoneOiation; ni wm ha yemgarero 
y» honeeha, my houte loekt nteely re- 
paired now; wmntH mwa urnna honee- 
hti rero, thete people are reeoneHed to- 
day.— koBJMni (y.d.) 1) to repair Se. 
for amotherr- 2) trop. to eoBeuee.— ] 
■erMft (y.a.) Uha hu , 
aya ei yaho, u-wa-lehore 
toahe,^^ koBMdra (y.int) to repair 
foeO.— konMraiia (y. rec.) to conci- 
liate partiet one for another. 

Souse contr. from hu ante, (adj.) aU, 
every (only used as to direction, 
quarter.)-- koBM kmiM, all, every, 
on every tide, from all direetiont 
(Kia hotehote). This reduplication 
of konse is more in use. gnotnbe 
wana roa fn*ntMnda mumnga han^ 
tehonee, cattle entered my plantation 
from every quarter; huhundu uhu 
h%Ma ndtaruyanga huna uhuha 
honee, ihit tide qf my doth hoe all 
got holet. 

N-konai, s. {uyu, iH) 1) perhapt the 
animal called Cfnu; ttna heteo (jgaeo) 
hana n*honeif hot^ei ana haeo, the 
gnu it taid to ttand Wee a giraffe and 
gate at you;^ 2) gnomhe wa n^hon- 
ei (pl. gnombeeanga ea n*hone€). 
The konsi are generally of red colour, 
the dsanso only being of black. 

Eoni(y.n.) by way of transposition hu 
gora may be used of a person inst. 
of the trap (see«MMt«a manaa), to 
produce an effect, to catch (said of a 
trap and of seasoning) to eaBtricate; 
n%eampawanga una hara {gora\ 
my trap hat caught,— kovtm (y.cont.) 
to be tatiful, tavoury (the salt proying 
effectual, making itself perceptible m- 
ehSre wahora), — kOMka (y. n.) to 
admit qf catching; hanga iei neo 



EORA— NEOSA. 



81 



(V.H k6taa (Y-pass.) to be eatigJU. m- 
trapped.-- tod tt ddi m (y.caiu.) to eaute 
to be eamght (see 5omte«or«).— ko- 
robdra (Y.n.) eaid qf am animal eeca- 
piHg from a trap or nooee (Kis. «MrM- 
pfSka), flg.9iMMt<w«fyM waniesiana- 
horobara harobara na hu mhet, 
thie Umy fellow ju$t pUked up or 
eeraped a litUe patch qf ground and 
toent off* — koroboralai (r. n.) to ad- 
mit of dieentangUng, — koroborara 
(v.d.) to dietntamgle (any thing) to ano- 
ther; tndaro wanga ttnagoa minga, 
n£ horobor4re, 

Eom, 8. (ra) (pi. mahora), an endoewe 
for cattle, a cot for pigeone, fowle de. 
(Kis. 9iH^ This word is rarely used 
for cages of fowls and pigeons. 

Xoro, s. (ra) (pL maJkoro), a very old 
animal; koro ra huku, haro ra 
fnbuti, or ffnombe uyu ni haro, 
(pi. gnombe iei n< nutkorof mbuoi 
wpu ni horo), 

Sorobom (v.n.) eaid qf an animal e»- 
capingfrom a trap or nooee (Kis. fw- 
rupuka) (see kara, y.n.) 

N-korog'Oro, a ktnd qfjlah {jfa, aa), 

X«r«kdda (v. a.) to ecoop or pick out 
(of things, the inside of wliich is soft, 
as vikOf dtuba, tuntu Jte,) — kovo- 
kodoka, kordkod«ra,korokode4Mi 
(y.int.) to ecoop and pick out vteU, en- 
tirdy.— koroko4ak0rokoda(v.reiL) 
«ye anakorokoda korokoda eidi- 
detwa dsimene alinadeo. — koro- 
koda, banu»ngaikinenda (naenda) 
kcrokodu {gorogodu).— korOfOko 
ko r o r olio (adv.) cracked off, enapped 
or broken' qff, e.g. bamanga kiri ko- 
roroke kororoke (Kis. nu^hindi yo- 
netkoniokSd). 

Sortea (v. a.) to break out or qff (only 
said of Indian com in reaping it (Kis. 
konioa);^ kororoka (v.n.) to break 
and hang down by itee{f,— korovodia 
(y.int) to break off, reap mtieA (for 
umgee), {dedbemo ufohor^ra hanuen- 
ga dha w^tirlfw}. Bofmanga ikioheh 
korarokat ha m a mg a #H or ^aip^ 

Xtntaeea, 



nm gararakaf p4rm iri r tm m 
'kat M i aH r a 



Korowoka (y.a.) ku korawekapHka 
m'niwnba; mka ukakaroweike po- 
daremga fn'niwmba OL\s,dtengikaf^ 

Sola (y. a.) 1} to twirl (a siring on one^ 
thigh);— 2} trop. to compoee, to ealm 
(the mind), koea mcitfma, kota n»- 
dima urandira khUu ikj^wa n w ud - 
m/una aaguira aimadgi (Kis.ilw«a 
mogowako-kim hiki utodo-mite 
tnwme hashSki neno fneja), compote 
youree^f, take what ie offered to you^ 
a braoe fellow wiU not dkoaye etidc 
to one and the eame thing (said to one 
who revises what is giyen ft-om anger 
or yexation about any thing); JWm- 
kHs iki kinakoaeka (pfi»kama), 
kinkiU iki aikikoookO' 

KoMi(y.n.i*y.a.) to con, to be able, to, 
eon do with, to have power with (any 
one), (Kis ku woaa), »i-n^kosat mun- 
tuugu, I cannot get onufiththie man 
ko«uia(y.rec.) to can each other, le. 
to suit one another, wanin awa »i 
wa koaana ku daadana, theee men 
are not cal cu lated for each other, to be 
on friendly terme,— koooka (y.n.) to 
be poeeible, to admit qf, to be prac- 
ticable; uda ubu oubuhoeeka ku 
bindika, thie bow doee not admit qf 
being bent; ehido iei ai aikoaokug 
mau aya aahoeeka,— kosora (y.d.) 
to can, to be able to or for (any one) 
(see bindira) — kooodaa (y.int.) to 
excel in ability, 

SoMi, s. (ra) (pLmcH-), a ring qf ivory 
worn on the arme and lege; fnakosa 
yangu gabegeeeka, 

N-kooa, 8. (ya and mn), the ekred ftbree 
(of bark and the wild aloe made into 
strings).— Kooa (gn) s. ga konoha, Ji- 
lament qf wHd aloe; koaa ga ruei, 
filament of eoft fiexible bark or baet. 

W kooa, S. {Mmnretwi) (wa)^ pi 4d») 
a eheep; kaaa mmodai, one eheep; 
kooa wenoiri, two eheep; koea umm- 
ga, my eheep (8ing.i*pLM.) 

6 



82 



KOSI— EUAKUA. 



\, 8. (ra) (pL mm-), tM iMCfc (of men 
and animalsj {K^shimgo), trntMnr 
hamtda bdko9i bofte, M $lruek Mm 
on hi$ neck, Prov. JLekm u-fU-^fuira 
maaewera 9a hara nChoH, abUain 
from ieUring me (leave me alooe), play 
iHg or dancing doe$ not take place 
en onf^$ neck. Said to one wbo en- 
croaches on yoor body in some way 
or other by leaning on yon so, (Kis. 
hahuna fntdha ufa 9hingo). 

Emnie, s. (wa) (pi. «»«—), a Junftrrat («»■ 
b9wa) (IUs.p<in<a wa or mi niuvnba) 

Wk6»m&, s. (yo^ m*), one who U emrety 

for the good treaUnent qf a wife (Kis. 

ihamaka)f Xne nkumhira adtre, 

Xm n*ho9ue, I want 1dm to come to 

"be the twrety, 

Kfltttniro, s. (ra) (pl.«Mi— ), the vpper 
$iU qf a doorf 

E/gitthm, 8. (ya, •»), moMra aiifa ni ya 
mahano, noho eMda buan^hi ? resp. 
ni ya n-hoUho {UoUh» ya few gui- 
Hra hid9uro). 

KxL, 1) The particle denoting, the In- 
finitive mood, corresponding with the 
English "to," but in these languages 
its use extends even to the-A^jective. 
If the subject is an Inf. the predicate 
also must be the same (see iCorom- 
bidBa^ Ku duofira H hooTcomaf to 
he 9idc i$ not good. ITi hu imba 
kaoddnif timdeiwa hu imba; — 
2) Abbreviation of '^Oeu" in which 
case it is always an enclitic (see 
miuafmba). 

Xm 1) there is, e.q. Uuddta (= htta 
odea) mMnia ttminaf there comes an 
other man; kuadoa tvantH toona, 
there come other men, hudda it i$ 
gdUng dark (i.q. huddua ^ ehua 
iataa in Kis.); huaSra, it i$ getting 
light; kua gttaniba, it UghUn9;hua 
gunda it thMindere, — 21 prep, by, 
at, with, to, from {Uke hua in Kis.) 
Uuatu with u$, Uuamu with you; It 
is sometimes contracted into 'ho*\ 
Alsogen.to'XniXM»'* of. — 8) (v.n.) to 
: (the same in Kis. kda), chdka 



he «0tll be a poor man, 

(v. n.) to eeream, to eeredk, fo yeU 
(Kis. h%» homa,pigahoMe)YJ^hui- 
ra, to eoream out to (V.int) hwidoa, 

Boaba, s. (ra) (pi. mh— ), the armpU; 
mkueiba muemga, in my arm^pit, 

Xttida(v.a.) to marry (only said of the 
man = to take a wife) (Kis. 6a);— kosr 
dim (V. rei.) to marry (the daughter 
of); — 2) to take paine in marrying; 
kuad£wa{y, pass^ to be married (Kis. 
olSwa) only used by the woman ; mua- 
nawanga anahuadiwa ni mfhamr 
bo, — knadidwi (v. cans, s int^s 
(Kis. Sea to marry, ejg, the father a 
son, or the brother a sister) to marry 
qften, to take many wives, 

Enadso, s.(ra)(pl. ma—)* thethinflesh 
upon the ribs of anma2f . 

Xnadsnra (v.aO {see guadoura), to 
puU off (as leaves from Indian corn).— 
kuadrarira (v.d.) to pull of for an 
other,— kiiacUniridaa(v.intO to puU 
Cfff forcibly. 

XfUUkiiiUciia dmakiUki^ (adv.) Imitc^ 
Uve qf the sound of a cracked vessel; 
kUco hina st$eka eha rira hud 
hud hua, the ccUabash is crcuked, it 
cries:hutihuahua (see chonehoncho), 
knakiidiia (v. rec«) to go abreast, to 
go side by iide (i.q. bampana) wantu 
awa uMMhu4»huana, these men go 
abreast; mabuato aya yakuahuana, 
these boats go side by side; gnombe 
isi setkuakuana , these cattle go side 
by side (Kis. lew enda sambamba); 
nchira ya ku kutikuana, a by-path; 
nuMU yakuakudna, — koaknailiaa 
(v.a.) usa sunge nehlra ya kua- 
kuana, do not take a bypath, 

Xuaka, the prep, kua in coAj. with the 
pron.poss. of the 3. pers. sing, with, by, 
to, from, him, her, it, ku ktsra kuako, 

Xvako, the prep, kua in coi^. with the 
pron. poss. of the 2. pers. sing, kuako, 
with thee, 

SoAMa, s. (ra) breadth (only used of 
weapons) (^mboHro), 



KUAKUAPSA— KUBA. 



83 



< (y.a.) to tratt en ike grmmd 
(especially for concealment; seed^M^ 

IV^oall, 8. (ya, pi. Ml), the parMdgef 
{^pu3ref foand in Ulcamlmni, a fowl 
with red eyes and feet, and spots on 
the chest; not found on the coast). 

Kiuuig«, the prep, in conj. with the 
pron. poss. of the 1. pers. teith or hy 
me; 9i huanga ine, ni hua wena 
lit. fiot with me or mim I, it i$ wiih 
athtr$ =s it is not my home here, it 
is the home of others, fcu mtmmfra 
huanga, above me, over me {on\y used 
in the physical sense) (Kis.iu yangu). 

Knmia, s. {vpu) Uavee qf kaira when 
plucked for food, ndhtro ea huania. 

Snanlra (y.n.) to tpread, to extend, to 
reach, htangu ina kuan£ra daiko 
roneef thefog epreade att owr ike 
eouintry,kit§nguinaht*aniratn*madsi, 
the ice epreade on the water; n%oa una- 
di-huanira ife wonee, the heer «se> 
tende or reaehee to aU of ue; niama 
eida huanira ufonttt wonee, the 
meat vdU not reach to aU the men, 

NlouuiklUi, s. (ya, pi. ea), an axe; a^m- 
dSma ha hoai na n*kuahkua, he 

cut him or her (bullock or cow) at the 
nede vrith an axe. 



(▼.a.) — 



(v.rec.) 



Enaata (y.n.) to he oblique; mupfi- 
ufongauna huanta, my arroufhead 
9tand$obliquefJK\8.petemana)podouyu 
ana huanta, thit quiver ie wry, 
dietcrted. — koantidMi (y.int.) ntnpfi 
wanga anakuantidea pfUtfipfwif 
(y.caus.) to turn ohUqudy, todietort ; 
mupfi u euku huanta woha, una- 
u-huantid»a ndtwe. 

SaaBV, The prep, hua in conj. with the 
pron. poss. of the second pers. plur. 
(Kis. hu0nu)f by you, or to and frwn 
youre; nika huanu, to go youre «= go 
home; teaftnna huanu? ufa^nna 
hudi? do you come from ygure {from 
home) or where do you corns fromf 



^ the prep, hua in conj. with the 
pron. poss. of the Sd pers. plur. io<e* or 
by them, to or from them. 

Svarim, s. (ra) (pi. «•«*—), a roadway, 
a highway (Kis. ndSa hiijf huetrdra 
ya maiegano, a road of eeparaUon 
(where two roads diyide); huetrdra 
ra bamkano, a road of divarication 
(see bambana); h%$ardra ra hu Mm- 
gaea, a road qf to eroee » a cross- 
way (Kis. ndia panda). 

Svartra (y.a.) 

SiUbni knten (ady.) In a mamwr qf 
tearing along (without stopping to speak 
to any body). 

Nlnuud, s. muntu ugu ni n*hua&4, 
wahuanahama ni hu pfda» 

Xvatiini (y.a.) to awing (only used of 
the arms), hn huaawra nuaneha, — 
kiuunridia (y.int.) to awing (the arms) 
mtecA, ojfeetedly. — kuum knani 
(ady.) awinging awinging (the arms), 
trop. empty handed = ahaye ehayef 
hu huera huaatt huaau, to return 
empty handed (because by carrying a 
load one cannot swing his arms). 

Enata, the prep, hua in coi\j. with the 
pron. poss of the 1 pers. piur. with 
or by u$ (Kis. huetu), to or from ua. 
WamOca hudi? Where are you goingf 
yamka huatu, I goto oura, i.e. 
home, Wafuma hudi 9 naftama 
huaiM. 

Enanla (y.a.) to take eff the rind (see 
dafwibe and n^iaare). 

Em^e, s. (ra) (pi. ma— ), the le<tf (tfa 
reed or ataXk (like that of Indian com 
and of the stem of the Banana tree), 
a atemrleaf (see wfani). 

Xnawa, s. (ra) (pi. ma—); l) a guUg, 
ditch or ehannet hollowed out by a 
torrent;— 2) the torrent itaelf. 

Xwqra (y.a.) uOce (only used in the Im- 
perat). h%»aiga huaga [take take) wa 
mluimoa, wMllma ulibomaiba (Proy.) 

Xv Bala, n.Prep. (see itofo). 

Xvlba, 1) to wane, to whiak away; ^ 
2i to mow (with a senga). — knUka 
(y.n.)— kabira, hu^m'huHra mnntw 
n'damru, to waive, or whUk ontfa €Mh 

6» 



84 



KDBIKUBI— KUEKESA. 



to one; IHye 4iha hubire moMrm, 
Utu9 he <^ to elMw the way (catting 
off the gnus merely with a 'oonga" 
without turning up the ground (see hu 
Umtrt^moeo) ; ^2} trop. mau aga fc«i- 
bira munttMoe oMomfBym hu wantu 
wnoe.-^ kokidM (Y.int.) (see htu^ 
gurttpta, Ut come off)' 

SoMkoU (adY.) nmaui wadta Jftubi- 
k^M (Kis. dmmu yachmrurika or 
tmtaika). 

Sntarm (v.a.) to etrip <ff (bark or rind). 
knli^aui (Y.n.) to come off (as baric or 
rind, or as the sicin from the body 
when scaided) (Kis,le« wnOml^ 

Ba dia (see efta). 

Xudia, S. nMMr«< v)Q»Mda InmAo. 

Xn da (see d^, to he dofrk, hUick (Kis. 
hatua), futohedoredua aba huda; 
dina manga whimJba hH da; dina 
hara hano ? huda, ku da ni ku 
vnanga pfiigiiei, 

SA da, (see da, dera). 

Si&da (Y.n.) to he eatUJUd, to have enough 
(Kis, kuehiba),^ kudira (v.d.)— ka- 
dadaa (y.int) to he fitted, eatiaUd, 
(v.C.) to eaUefy, satiate; Ndeimbiiei 
oisi-kudidea, theee eugar-canee do 

not eati^fy, 

Sn dali (adY.) far, ait a dietamee (im- 
plying direction) (see ku and daii) 
(Kis. kiUSjf kudalt dali, i.q. kudali 
(see deiriea). 

Xiidi, s. (ya, pi. sa), a pit, hoUow (Kis. 
ehimo), 

Xn di, 1) (adY.) where (implying direc- 
tion). Wamka ku dif lit. thou, goett 
whffref i.e. where are you going f (see 
di}. unika-ko ni ku di, where i$ U 
that you are going f lit. thou goett 
there it i$ wheref— Zj The inOnit, 
particle 'ku" and the Yerb 'di'* to 
say = ku nena, in the sense of 
'that" 

KAdXa(see4tta). 

Sadfla (y.a.) to touch (Kis. guseaijfkud- 
»«MU$, kud»id§a, 

i, prep, before. 

t(Y.a.) to ehave hadlyf 



i, 8. (ra) (pi. tna ku d u and mUdu), 
the ear; kudu la tnupfi, pLm«Ml«* 
ya nUpfi, tke harhe of arrow-heade, 

Xnddmora (Y.a.)to shake, orshakeoffisee 
du mu ra) garu a-dai-kudunwurOf 
the dog shakes himsi^. — kodvilMl- 
xira(Y.d.) to shake for or to another; 
u-ni- kudumurire ndsaruyanga, 
please shake out my cloth for me. — 
kodiimiirldsa (Y.int.) to shake for- 
cibly, 

Xuacba koecha, s. iya, pi. oa). The 
drawing ontfs ctoth between the legs 
and fastening it in front, as done 
when traYelling or flghting (Kis. u- 
binda or uwinda). 

KxMmo ImMie (adY.) only in connec- 
tion with the Yerb kttmuma; dina 
kun%ana kuodee kuedse, we exaetty 
met with each other. 

Xaadse, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), the bladder 
fJILlsJcib^fu).— koedae ImMie means 
also 8. (ra) (pi. ma—), a handle (such 
as they put to their drums, while to 
the baslcets they seem not in the 
habit of putting them). Iwe gnoma i 
eukutira <mahuodee kuedse, you haioe 
put no handles to this drum. The e»- 
pression'ku kumana kuodeekuedse^ 
may therefore be a figure from the 
handles, we haye met together Mice 
two handles which are opposite to 
one another, kuedse kuedse kimo- 
dei rinadaka, one handle ie broken. 

Kuedara (Y.n.) to be loose, to shake 
from being loose (e.g. a knife in its 
haft). — knedasa (Y.a.) to move, to 
stir, to loosen by shaking, e.g. a stone 
in order to wag; geune akuedeea 
mehiraf kuedeoa ouru na ufa wa 
mawere, to stir mUk with fiour qf 
mawere. -> knadaaadaa (y.) 

Koaktea (Y.a.) to emooth, to sleek (said 
of a thong of leather intended to be 
used as a bow-«tring), ku kuekesa 
deinga ya uda, to emooth tke bow- 
string by means of this seraipings ef 
the Bamboo cane, or with the chaff of 
moMra.r- kaakfHMika (Y.n.)— 



KUENCHERE— NTTOIKO. 



85 



(v.d. & Instr.)— 
(y.int) to $mooth loeB. 
Kw&aichW0, 8. the immd a toi|fe cr 
odker imttnmmti gives when without He 
hetftorhamdle (fiisJtmtgefimbet^wan' 
gm %cetHrahu0n eh ere, uUbo mebo lit 
my kiUfe cried kMnehere Juti where 
you are. 



also used of cross grained wood. 
nnteite, s. (ya and m), M« r^iid <tf 
a iTM (srcnnpowi and n»om5o} beaten 
oat thin so as to be used for a cioth 
or a hasty baslcet Wemgutm (i.e. the 
WuMao) demmeoio ni nfltuemd*, 
Twmba ra Im doMra 4neoa nda 



Pfi 

M!he Uueehe, eome teefc «f> their 
doUhM, others wear them Utaeehe 
kueoke. 

KoMM Irmha, (8. 4e adY.) (never used 
in the Nomlnatlye case), righOy, tru^f, 
eoundty, very nDtush oNy (from hu 
and OHO) WtmA -tm-btrnda hwene 
XmeMa; deaneha to huens Inmn«, 
the right hand (Kis. mMleono «00 fcw- 
ilme); neMrm ya Immim fcUMte, tito 
way to the right hand, 

Sftte|ro> 8. (y«, pi. Ml), an Inetrwmeni 
for hoUowing out true for eanoee, 
veortare Se, 

(v.n.) 
ite(v.n.) to tnm ronnd emddenty, 
taking an opposite direction; to wind 
abomt;h, mr wr u a ik ne n i a^ the hare wtnde 
oftoHt— knMKte koantft (y.reiU to 
wind aibout frequently, to mteander; 
nedeimge U una or wa hu o nt a hw- 
MOa.— k a w it air a (?.d.) to turn round 
to or for (any thing).— komnttdMi 
(v.int.) to turn or wind exceedingly, 
Unrnm, s. (ya, »a), cattle whieh have 
been trained for riding; gnombe 
eemgu eonee mi M-li«Mra, dU my 
eaUU aire iraiined for riding, 

, (v.n.) to eUmb, aeeond (Kis. huMj 

(v.n.) to admit of eUmMn^. 

aiKeni/ing; Vkri iri <<-»»-fcH6re fc a> — 



k(v.d.} to eUmb or aeeendfcr 
another. -- kntvoAia (v.int.) to tUmb 
or aeeend much, very high; (v.caus.) 
to eauee one to ettmb (Kia hupanoui 

BiMr«ro, 8. (ra) (pi. fnar^\ any thing 
by which one tUmbe or aeeende (Kis. 
mhinffiko),'- maknerteo, the frame 
of etepe by whidk they climib up in- 
to their kotue, 

Katev, a the eounding-hcm of the Wa- 
wisa tril)e? 

Swto. 

Kaftknfti (adv.) (see omMa). 

mQgm,s,{TS) (pl.MMi— )r thetraaqfrate 
on the bare ground after the grass 
has been burnt. 

S^ffnhi, 8. (ra) (no pi.) the fatting eidt- 
neee, cpUepey (Kis.MA>/»); hwgniu^ 
rao emwaikmra Uu go>moka, lit their 
epHepey — they remained not •— to 
ewoon {or to hem JUe); I.e. they were 
never safe fh>m an attaclc. 

Svlm(v.n.) (koiiA), to be euOen, euOty, 
emgry %\a, heteirihm, runda, eipm 
ftrukat nuna, eajU, rvug nmnikn) , — 

kiiira(kiiiini} (v.d.) to be mOUm or miI- 
hy to (any one), to be diapUaeed (with 
him) (Kis. Mimla).— kDUUHi (v.int) to 
be very mOty; (v. c.) to eauee one to 
be wiMen, to diopUaee, to mafce onyry 
(Kis. tukieu, mmm<9Aa). 

Svignia (v.a.) to draw up entfe elolA 
(a little higher than usual); demru i 
amia-4-pfnraf aem^-huigtUet,— kit- 
fnidsa (v.int.) to draw up much or too 
much (Kia hu hueea nguo Uidogo), 

ddifo, s. Mb* ku di kuigo, leave off 
being euUey; deimu ikeM nuUondo, 
there ie ttfll eome deima. 

glrilraMll«(v.aj to putt; peroreiri 
ei ri rdaf rida rda kuahu kuikut- 
diea (Kis. ku U futn kua ngu^), 

Kn laa (adv.) eleewhere (see ku and Im«) 
(JKi\s,puu gin e), 

Svfaida(v.a.) to tuck up omfe doM, 
so as to leave the thigh bare (Kis. 



litadlM, a (y», pi. m), the wind-pipe 

(Kis.«M<»V 



86 



KDKA— KUMBA. 



a town,into which no straoger is allow- 
ed to enter without pennission. 

Umka at hom€ 

S«kft,the particle hu, and the particle 
ha, denoting past tense. 

SakiJKady.) towards M« midiiU (see 
Hu and iB«MU). 

KvkOv s. {Ufa, pi. 9a\ 1) iht domMtUfoml; 
Uaku wa nJu^Hf lit a/oiot offrnMlU. 
i.e.a hen. Generally other names are 
used, denoting different states of growth 
2) tuekenrpw (Kis. uhmimMi f 

Svkoda (y.a.) io gnaw off. 

Snlndn (adv.) 

> (y.) ■— • kakosink 
»,s.(la) (jpl.maHf a waU, hu 
tirira Uikuro {Kl8,hiwamba§a), 

XvUra (ady.) greatlif, exuedhif^, 

XvlnnNU«, s. (wa or ra) (pi. molp— ), a 
noo$e; n am tthsra kukuruU niama 
Mtfw,nl-m^«t<r»(8ee toha), lamgoiag 
to entrap tki$ animal in a noo$e, that 
I fna^ uiMe it 

Xv kila n-Unkoa; Uu Uula, to grow; 
hu guraf to Mcy; hu hura, to rub; 
kn kavirm (y.d.) to be great to; oa^ni- 
hurlra^ he U not great to me, J do 
not coneider him great; haya^mai a- 
hu^huHra iwei^)A,nimhubahuaho)» 
kom (y.a.) to inereaee, 

Xv 11, Compos, to be, where ie (Kis. hu- 
Wto, aaidij/ ateherS^ngi hu dodo- 
«Mo do d ot n a. hu ttmha huii nutniu 
u^f Ehw eon he help being perpleaed, 
with att the tromblee that man ha$f 

moliorkarl,s.(ya,pl. ea), gresdinete 
for animaifood (Kis. huiu), huH^ahe 
yoo nonha m u e m a pfuba oiahamm, 

KvK Alia (y.p.) to be groat to omfeeefft 
(see hura and A«mi)» to find ang thing 
too mnehfor ontf—tHf, to bt eaoceoded, 
(by any thing as to one% strength or 
ability.— kollAna (y.refl.) to Mow a 
iking to mattor, to be of eaneegn&nce 
to on^udf, to be infinmoed bg, to take 
notlee qf — ; ouhuUdua mfnmoo 
tuMcifco tnuuma punoOf lit. thon art 
not mattered in thine egei, gon take no 



notice of «•» Mom art wflXk eoneoit 
i.e. a conceited fellow. 

KvUj; a eompoand of M« lArM jMrtfe- 
IM ]k««-li-y«, to &6 not (s thure ie not, 
nottobe th&r^, fJKiiB,haho)/ Jfedowaho 
huUpo, hie or her father ie not thera 
huligo mu ntu amodoi yonoe, there 
ie not one man. 

Xunida (y.a. a y. n.) to eroee omfe arm$ 
on the breaet (from cold and grief); 
humada na hioemu (Kia huji hU' 
uiiada hua ounutsi or borod€^ — 
(y.d.) (in grief for one dead). 
(y.int.i*caiis.) 

Ev Bunio (see mono). 

Kvniiiui(y.rec) to meet Oiin. onana); 
hu hu m ama huodoo huodoo or hu- 
ruru, to meet one eaoaeay at a certain 
place, nimho nihunumo napo, IwHl 
go to meet him; hu hum t mn na ntr 
bingu, to meet with a bad omen. — 
(y. ret.) to meet for or at (a certain 
place), dtmhe, dihtihumanire bapa 
ba noMra ba ntpcmtdofio. — (y.int) 
to meet eloeely, exaetlg;— (y.caiis.) to 
eauee to meet, to bring together; hu 
humanisa gnontbe; — kn kuuir 
nidsa (y.a.) to join with, to eloee np 
with.— kn komaniaidsa 0*q- huma- 
nidoa), to bring together, to coitfronL 

X«nika(y.a.) to find after seeking, (to 
find accidentally is hu dor»).— kuni- 
kim (y.d.)— fcnmiMaa (y.a.) to pneh 
on, to pueh together (said of pieces of 
wood, which being burnt on one end 
are lying asmider). hu hunUhiea u- 
huni or simply, mtcoto.— kmniM- 
■ira (y.d.) 

Ifkamta, s. [upu) (pi. with •«). A pig, 
of whidi they know by the Portuguese 
haying introduced them, while the 
natiye swine is only the mdudu. 
Samba I. (y.a.) to wiU, to deeire, to 
want, to wi$h (kis. hu daha)f hu hurn^ 
ba ddra, to want parpoeetg (Kis. uhi- 
11»).*- kDmtakDmba(y.rect) to wanit 
want B to be capricious. (Kis. tama^ 
•*•).— knmliika \j. n.) to be deei- 
rahle, to be pleaeing, to be longed 
for, to be Uked,-^ komUm (y.rel.) 



KUMBI— KUNQUDSA. 



87 



to vMuUfiir ontHhar^ to he duirou$for 
any thing, Proy. Burutt ahumbira 
httde, — IramMdM (or InnnMii) 
(v. int.) to deHre ffreaUjf;— (v. cans.) 
to cau$e one io deHre. — • knmbtta 
{y. n.) to remember^ to recoUeeL — 
kwnbvldni (v«d.) to remember for 
pother) by numttoning eireumetmteee 
(Kii. <o/ti»ar<).— kwinlmkidia (v.int.} 
io remember weil (Kis. /Ucirij,— kom- 
bodsa (y,a.) to remind of, to put in 
mind of (Kis. ufaUmta^ ufoeia, huu^ 
5w«Aa).— kombaUw (y.a.) to watch 
{one's conduct) in order to find fault 
(see deinduia),— KnmbalL (y.a.) to 
dig, leu iMMnte dfen^e.-- koiabika, 

kwnbira. kmnhidia (Kis. roro- 

fnasha), 

Kxaaaibi, s. (ra , pL ma^}, an open $hed 
built especially for women to pound 
under). 

JK^kmMbi, 8. {go, pi M)/ 1) email tenobe 
of Indian com; baananga eha Ibimm- 
boa {Kia.mahindii nuedogo tnadogo 
ya ubuani^;— 3) S. (ra) (pL mo—), a 
kina of reed, which ie reduced to 
aehee and need ae ealt 

Kn-mhnyo (ady.) b^Und^ backwarde 
(seelctt and m^ttyo) Qixi. maongo), 
lit.a< the hack\ nigande h-wmbuino 
ma Uu n^eaeut^ rub me at the bade 
and the back-bone. 

Xvmobo^ fcain<na« there where, the 
place or epot where (see mene). 

Xami (a4i.) ten. 

X^kmoa (y.a.) to ehrivel (from heat; 
from cold it is hu owkboa) said of 
plants only (Kis. niaUka)^ bamainga 
hina Uwnoa, 

Xmnpiuio (ady.) ttfterwarde (seeimno). 

JCvm^UUia(y.n.) to etumbU (Kis.iB«ia), 
(lit perhaps to be placed in a crooked 
position). — knmvdoidsa (y.int.) to 
etumble with force, eeoerely (Kis. Inm- 
uud, kuniua) (y.cauSb) to cauee one 
to etumble {Kis, huaea), nafewmtidwa 
net hidea^ na ign omeikumudMa net 
emuara, I etambled at a etwmp, and 
he etumbled at a etane.— knmodiiira 



(y.reL) to etumble at (a place) iw 
ueaiufare hoga uma hwuMtdtUret, 

Kwmwfca (y. n.) — komvkini (y.d.) 

Sttmtai (y.a.) (Kis<fMW ^ to drag out? 

KvnM, kuna da, huna hueha, neawa 
hwna Mda Uungu; huna winda 
enptra ina (IUs.pana^enga mfMet\» 

EimthM (y.a.) to bend, hu hunOka 
udOf to bend a bow; mmd u weHtU 



f, s. i]^, pL ea), the ctfp qf a 
fiower; caUx, 

Xvflkda, s. {Ufa and ya) (pL •»-), the 
houee-i^igeon (see nehiwa). 

Eiiiida(orkBBclia) (ady.); Uaitt% s. 
(wa) red ochre, 

Xtliida, S| (wa) (pi. wa), i. g. — Jatmrn 
in (Kis. see n'hdka,) 

Eiudi, s. {ya, ea), the fibroue rind of 
the mgundi, used in fletching arrows 
and for binding bows. 

Baadn. s. (ra) (pL ma), $ide; bakundu 
banga, by the eide itf me, (Kis. hem- 
do, upando), 

Evnira, the Inflnitiye — particle 'Imc*' 
and the yerb 'Hga'* q.y. to reeembU* 

N1raiiira» s. (yo, pL ea), plant with a 
fibroue root, of which bags and eyen 
cloths are manufactured. Jt is pre- 
ferred to cotton for its strength. 

EilB^, s. (ra) (pL makungu), the ekin 
(Kin. chingo). The pL makungu is 
only used in the sense of pieces of 
skin (see eendedea). 

NlnufU, s. {ya), 1) a fog;— ^ <UmiM8« 
of thie eye; hungu ya nueeo, dimneee 
of thA eyee; maao ema ehida n' 
kungu, nnadei aua guireuia nm 
nkungu; m4a u nkua karre, ueta 
n'kungu {Kis, hunge, ehonHtli, hiwi, 
koga), 

KvagiibfBd, s. {uyu) (pL ma^\ a epeeie9 
qfbird, 

Smffddsa (y.a.) ta gnaw q^.— koa- 
gaAnka(y.n.) to be epoHed by gna- 
wing; ktdeuro iki kieea kungude^ 
ka, the iron ie eaten by ruet Bo- 
moM^a eha-m-kungudsa, Indian 
com of within gnawing (not yet quite 
ripe so as to admit of breaking out 



88 



KONGUDSU— KURA. 



dM grains with Um flngan, tod is 
IheraiiMre gnawed oil). 

s. itfm, pi. M), Iq. mtOt m 
^ a l;<iid tf h«am$. 

s. (wa) (pL tf^, « 9*- 

Dmftem (r.a.) to Iddbs ^» to imIoom 
(adoth from ths beam; trop. to make an 
endof» to ilnisii).— kmagmOuL (v.n^— 
i, to >liii»A (0.^ 
(r.cans.) — to 



C^.a.) 



(T.n.) to tomliiato» «iid, eiow; 



s. (v», pi. «a), tA« fihreod 
Uk§ a$h6$ qf hmnU 'gra§$ (see gubti^ 
[, 8. (if«s pi. ta), wood* 



(v.a.) to 0100« said of grain, and 
beans/>fyegetables growing in tlMcartb, 
as to potatoes, ku /Umtfm is osed. — 
Cir.int.} to guimfcr wag6§. 
(yji.) to iMVf to curl one'ssetf 
lip (wlien lying) (ICis. y t mrf a ) (pee Xm 

). 



(▼.) 
», 8. (|f«, pi. WMi ) , f tk f im h mtM) 

hark (Kis.sr»Jl, pKi w ) , rind a$ a 
whoU, n' k u n hua (Kis.M9tfJl);(ya,M0 
EoBknidaa (v.a.) to roll {\jq. 
ridsa) (jBee IwAwX — 
(Y.dO to roa to. 

(y.a.)— k«ulnmid ni(v.d.) 



t— Wmnlnarikm (y.d.) tonoO; 
(by itself) m«mmw wO m iO m r to ^, Ms 
stons rM$ fjKS^gmgm fimgirOuill, to 
waUow; yorw akunhuHrm, ike dog 
fomitaufo,^ kndmidaaCr.a.) to roll; 
Xm ln m> ia r #< lj a mtgogo, iorbU ike 
trunk qfatrte; hu Umm i k ttri d s a 
rw, to niB stoiM«(|as.JlM9iHMUik 

(T.int^ to roll atumif forcibly (r.caos.) 

BaakOBte (or kikoBta) (v.a.) (rednpl. 

of hu Jnmto), to 6«a( ^, to sAalce 

«tolsa(%(y ftMMi9(XNdNM»SailiMoive). 



(r.a4 to isoe (for the pnrpoae 
of shalLing) e^;. a kind of sieve, used 
in Mraining tlM m%6m, to make it 
ran the faster; dolhes mats 4c in 
order to shake off tiie dnsL— koa- 

(v.n.) to odMtt €f beaUng mud 
to jmws wtU $h^Dm omd 
§trai$ted, fNoa wmmg a w a l n m Hk a 
(Kis.mMlMi)^ htmHra ; 1) (Y.d.) to 6m< 
/or anolktr; -^ 2} (Y.n.) to nod aad 
to frMrt obotsi (Uke the wind at the 
change of the seasons); jpo»« y» imiiA 
ra Aa h umH irm inoom oobuerora, 
utkm the Bonth vrind U bUnaimg or 

bieom$6 ike 8. wtnd U too eotdforiktm, 
8) (v.a.) to beoi or skofes on, Ke. fire 
on the grass by means of a baming 
wisp (ctoosrol^ — koBlidMi (y.int) 

(ady.) httker, Mre; Mo* 
Jhers; doomgo iri 
hitahwrnio. 

[«■«1 (y.a.) to make go; 1} to pus* on 
a l)oy or giri in the way;— 2) to iMd; 
h^^-mr^k^moa memm woo dmmrm.-^ 
(Y.d.) to do so /oriMoMtr. 
(adv.) (Kis.StfMl) rn awo y» iMwt- 
o</ i t o m o «pa >m >o<, iiiidsr, 6sloio. 
(Kls. wHwiw «9« timi.) 

Svita, s. (ra). 

K« fli (seepoa). 

BfUm, s. (ya) a red wood, which grow§ 
in the eoumtrg qf the Waniea, who 
reduce it to powder and sell it to the 
neighbouring tribes, who mix it with 
oil and rab it into thdr liair; wamiom 
nM we we m e Whwra, iai wa/ m ma 
mayo hu gwra, 

Bwa(y. a.) to rub, to emooih (by rabbinnO^ 
Xms hura dohtga, to rub a bow-otring 
(for smoothing it); Xmrv, to rub {MnOa 
and hwm, to groufi {gwrn, to bu^ 

S«m(y. n.) to &< or become great, togrom 
(Kis.XNta). Int Xpmtw wtommga m o mm 
ga, to grow quidOig (Kis./W/WiNlM^ 
Uu dmm mm dir a Uw hwrm, to boaet 
eftobe great, i.e. to boast of great- 
ness (Kis. hu gniet e m mkSi^ ^. 



N'KDRI— KUTURA. 



8» 



8.H iNtlw in Kis^ {96efamHi, 




, H^ ho m m (Pa.l mi i i 9a hw 9a 



(ady.) compound of .ww^^w^^, 
to be bad [fnimba huHHjf 
Ettim (y.d.) to b* gnat to. <« 
riraf U ht noit gnat to yoaf do 
yon not consider him great (see Infra, 
tnUa and huaa), 9aitt4twtta, ha is 
not great fo w%e. 

[JBm§») «MMH*f#| 4fMNM*My JvCRNCfW 

Ao. great, large (Kis. nemo). 
(see waifuHdea), Htu mm a 
dt-Mda h^9rubu huru^u ngadif 
MHMMOfiM wa m^ mi kfc i , fiMlf^Mra 

uga^s. 

I, 8. (iMi, pl*«M»]^ fume of a 
Mrd. 

CiribBa(y.n^ to rotOe «1 tik« Mroat 
lo tnorZ, io ^roiel (iQs.Jkw Jboroma 
and IPtiM|^«frMfMa). 

adiJ lit lorve &«IU«i (see 



(T.a.)io«oMlfioiMid, tofvimd 
^(Kia.Jlr<it«w, Mflt^aV Xmlmnm- 
flw ««tfM0Mi m'«Mla, Co «oMI tib« firliv 
TonmA (Ihe end) ^ Me 6010 (iUs. onnr 
gomooa)^ kornclka (y.n.) to admU 
qf de»lohe rounded off nicely (Kis. 
»}. » knraBfira(y.d.«rel.) 
i(y.a.)eo«iiiooM, lomoJte 
(as clay on a wall) (Us. siiMoa).— 
(Us. Sirf<o<»)r~ kam- 
(y. int) to wriMd t«i or rouadfaet, 
tlgkOg; to ronmd amd omooihm wdL 
iluunuifa, s. ^, pl.**)^ a stone «Md 
(y poMers for rounding and finisiiing 
off earthen ware (Kis. m mn g o mAr t m 
go); hmmago ya hu h mm mgira 

I«rini(y.a4 (^Htrfira is the enlarged 
form of "huhmm,- as in Ki^huh^- 
hUa of 'hm huim"), to take oai or 
ftom, lig. to omdo (Kis. «M«mI«, oJ^iM- 
* w >a ) < kamraua (y.rec) to eomdemd, 
to rtfML— tartta (y.n^ come outt, to 



faU oMl (by itself, as a hoe Ikom its 
handle).- kvakfam, karakiiMk 
NtertaiiS. («Mi,pL m), aorMM(Ki8» 

«*OfMIM)/ iMMiirM oaMAi UidogO' 
d4r« e^a Xm r€r» or atcooo hu Hre^ 
BwMi (v.a^ io inoreaM (see Jnita, to 
grow, andlnBim(y.d.)iofre0rea< to, 
huoa mtmfftOtOf oikmnfa, oro 
Joka iMHto (Kis. Aoyw oifciUfel 
Xm). 

SvrMi, io not — the "a" amalgamated 
when followed by a word beginninir 
with a yowei, os-huoopo^ta, not to^ 
be terrified, for: hu-^a-^booha, flrom 
hu oba, to /ear; t u u a k a fcifam ntmi 
huoaif hnka ni dora, I go kome^ 
mother ifieemmij, to not go to me get 
dark, i.e«5e/ore U gete dank. The ha 
in haha anticipates the past tense.— 
huoa is also nsed in the sence: to 
haoe done toUh — or: already; 04^.. 



«Ml«#i0» atnka hu 

ruhu dabaiueoa,if an Mkamdmnda 
oarriee a bag, gou ham alreadg knoim 
tkat ho goee to the am MU to fetch 
whUe mate, beeamee at other timeo ho 
earrtee no bag with him. 
[«Hi(y.a.) lit. to fliafee grow, to tend^ 
to paetmre (Kis.lrt» huoa gnaiaho «•■ 
mhuoij. -- knidm (y. A) to tend for 
another.— kaaidM (y.int) to tend weU, 
ear^faUg. 

IWMtti (see ooH); oum gu rtr a ohm»^ 
dtha hunU mo huoorif uoemoao ni 
9a 



*a. 
(y. a.) to JMeh (see to). 
Sv-tMab« (ady.) totoanle Aoomh (see^ 
hu and tom^a). 

(y.n^ to be eharp (see tua), 
ro ijm tuugo). 

(y.a^ to empty (by taming a 
thing upside down) to ehake out (Kis^ 
humim ina); hu hututm wdolina).— 
kBiwika (y.n.) to admit qf being eha- 
kon out; oihuturiha, inmgaugamirm 
ntrhau^ kataiira (y. dj to ehake or 
turn out to another. 



90 



EUULA— LASA. 



(v.int) to «AaJto or titm ota 
forcibly,— lnlQkm(y.n.) to fall or nm 
out from; dHma inakutUkm y^noo, 
Sn«la (v.a.) to $Mp eg ho^k (Kis. jmiMik 
i»oNo«). — konflka (v.n.) — kvarim 
(Y.d.)— knaiidM(Y.int) to frorfc loeB, 
i*oroiia»^.— kftnkaCv.n.) to eome og 
(as t>ark, lind, skin Ac) fc^MgtMi •« 

Xvwifif S. fiMlima «#H iMttviri 

Xnya (or kqja) (Kis. ln«l«). «Aa<, (Aflre. 

mniyii,8.^,pl.«»), Meyvtt^e cftli^ 
Jffciiytf) 

Xwizira (or kniftni}.— kairirika(v. 
n.) Mbo ik<W JkodMltf, 9i-hirU%», hui- 
HrOcu. (Kis. /Mkfo, f^hea f 



Lifm (ornra) (Y.a.) to preoaa over, 
to exceed in wtremglh (see do^tdoa and 
tuoa), to offoreofne (Kis. fc«»-m'-#*Ma 
itgufu, hu-m-ohtnOa); A-ni-raga 
Hun m<r«MMh», \e eurpaeeee me in 
^peee^.— lafikm(v.n.) to tmm out a$ 
poweiful, to evince euperiortti/ in 

Laim (v.a.) to take leave qf; tohidfare 

loeO.— *lairirm(y.d) to tofce leave far 

<aBOUier) 5^ eommieeion (Ki8.lM* o^o- 

na); or raira raira, to take leave 

« again amd again, lairana (y.rec.) 

laakua (ndnui) (y.n. <« a.) tofaa, to err 

to transgress (Kis.]»« hooa, hu hdU- 

fu)f unaldhua ndiwe, it ieyou (thou) 

taho have erred.— lalciUbiim(y.rec) to 

commit faulte one towarde anotker; 

to offend one another (Kis. fco««€ma).— 

Ia]raika(y.n.) to ewm one /maty; to 

be wrong (Kis. im fco«««fca). — lam- 

idsa (y.int.) to faa greaUy, to commit, 

mcmyfauUe; (y.caus.) to cauee one to 

faa or to do amg thing wrong (Kia 

kooeeha); uye emap^enea doabmno, 

anaimhuidoa, -- laknlrm (y.) «Maki 

Irfdada (or rarada) (y n.) to frrog, (ooff, 
to talk big, toUyrdU, to iwagger (see 



fUdu).^ lalatfra (y.rel.) a.q- 

4««).— hla<Mw (y. int s cans.) id 

qaod oaemdi^oa; hw Imlnd a ni hoo- 
homa, hu dftknibo; ni hooiba, the 

Jlrtt denotee eprighHineee and huoganr 
eg qf gouth, the latter indudee apite 

fulneee and malice. 

«amta, s. (ra) iplnuOamba), a epedci 
(^ ite wMU ant; Che second in the 
emigration out of the ant-hill {ohMru) 
(see eu furttde). — £uiiba (y. n.) see in 
•ramba," 

MaB4a(y.a.) to take from; to depriye. 
to rob (Kis.|>olM», pohonia, gnia- 
gnania),— taiidana (v.rec.) to toloe 

from each ot Aer. — landira 1) (y.d.) 
to deprive qf Ac for (another); wMa, 
uka-u-UmO/lTe rniheniwwnga feva 
•mtcoMa umgtMm-buodoko, go, take 
mg knife from the chOd, U might hurt 
htm,*-- 2) (y.a.) to toJbe (from the hand's 
of another) what i$ given = to receiye, 
to take up (Kis. hu pohea, poheloa 
poheeana),— landiraiia and randi- 
■ana (v.rec.)— iandidsa; Der. JPlan- 
du or fM'roffMitc. 

Langunika (y.) — laBfunildra (y.d.) 
to have regard to, to be concerned, an- 
seioue about (any one), ttha^mrlan" 
guruhira, uda-tn^dedoatn'nuuo, if 
gou are too anxioue about him, you 
wiU hUuken him in the egee, i.e. you 
will bring a misfortune upon him. 
(Kis. wndapdiom ni mofJboro). 
(Too much thinking about those who 
are absent on a Journey or in battle, 
is not good in the superstitious yiew 
of the natiyes). 

Laakara, s. (Eiknarmrt), a halberd (see 
longera), 

l^qpaa (or rafsa} (y.a ) to grab, to fore- 
eeUte, to fitch, to pUfer, to finger. — 
layaana (y. rec) (Kir. hu idvia). 

Laaa (orraaa) (y.a.) to i><erce, to strike 
wtth any thing ehot^ gen. to ehoot. 
Begnia mupfi «fya, unewaoa m- 
d&ngo, lock at that arrow, it went 
into a tree. Anaimoa wd^ngo, he 
ehot th€ tree. ~ iiMHUUi(y.rec.}toptorM 
on6 wwther. — iadra (y.d.) to pierce 



LAULA— LEMA. 



91 



any iking far (another)); 



•if ikey wiU pUree you wUh thamt,— 

lairidsa (v. iDt) to pierce Utrwgk (see 
manea). — laiMwtt (y.refl.) to pride, 
or au omf$$Af (accidentally). mmUoi 
(T.n.) to &e piereuMe. — rairibi (y.p.) 
Irt» r«Mi toM«lb« nm «it», lit. to eihaoC 
eoitoii wftJk a froio (cm ft done iit"^ 
JI^MPl /or the piiirpo$e qf diientamgliiiy 
amd iqfteniHg it). 
^aAia (nmra) (y.n.) to (e o&«e0M, cor- 
mpf ,/otiI (vith respect to the language 
used in abusing others, hu vrm «»- 
iMMMoa, to mi in M« nuHiik) (Ki3« 
lanAa ko^cnoa).— lanrim (v.d.) to 
&0 cofTMpt or /otti to anoiAM*, ejpe- 
tifM^ wted «o«JI reapeee to eMldrMt 
toAom ofw vittotee 6y liie JUtky Umgu' 
age («ee eangarara).r- Uuvidoa (Y.p.) 
1) to fte vfetafsd (said of children who 
happen to be present at the birth of 
an animal, which the Waniasa are 
extremely careful to prevent, and still 
more with regard to their own mo- 
thers).— • 2) generally — to be ehoeked 
or etartUdt e^.at a supposed appa- 
rition. O nombe uyu ^eadembedea 
iMO'tit-rAJbera teana, ufoJuUtea, «mi- 
haraurUMet, tiUt eow ii near caMng, 
do not leai0e her to children, who might 
come amd h$ epotled (by learning too 
early matters referring to sexes). — 
Imvridwi (y. int) to exceed in fUikg 

Laewft (neifA) (y.a.) to taete.— lanrirm 
(or nnvini) (y.d.) 1) to taete for (ano- 
ther), daima hhUuohemga uda^ehi 
(fti) r u wi m qu mfpuno (see puno)f-^ 
f^ imv ir a Uibere oi b awy. 2^ to be 
early lit to taste of — to get the 
first of the day (see lindidea), — 
IsvldMi (y.caas.) to make or lei one 
taete. 

Iidk» (or raka) (y.a^ to yield, fa Immm, 
to iMwe ibOT (Kis.lm oto) Mo-lm-leiMi 
iMrfe, retw <i< w a5aywtoi » a , It^yan 
long ago (Le. it is long since I haye 
seen you), to-day we $ee each other 
again, — The root of Uikm or raku 



i$rSret{y,iL)tobeUuB,lenient,mHd^tee 
reru, lakaiia (y.reo) to leaae each 
other {K3S.tangukana, epu k t ma) .-^ 
Itkaka (rdnka) (y.n.) to odmil qf 
being Itft; uya nkuanikaeikikei^ «0- 
Ukeha {ea/rekeka), that ie a woman 
indeed, $he muet not be ^ft or eepor 
rated from.— Ukaam (rdnm} (y.d.) 
to toaM(any thing) to or for {another) to 
grant Chiuda arehere tnoyo. Mce- 

rdna.—Ulkitn, lakesaiui; lahadsft 

(y.caus.) to cauee to Z«aoe.— l«k«rtal 
(y.a.) to ecmnjoe at, lit to leave one 
to (any thing), to let one do as he ple- 
ases; fnuana tea tnuaenuna uea' 
mf'Mcerero ufamuthe, adaburuki' 
ra, do not leaive a eon to hie 
mother, (else) he will become silly 
(effeminate).— VbgaathdaM (v. a.j to 
n^toet, to gioe up (to leave a thing 
to itself). 

Eiteia (mam) (v.n.) to be tired, to fag, 
to grow weary, — l a meko a a (v.a.) 
to regard or treat one ae heavy, 
weighty, i.e. to honour or respect one 
(Kis. kt§^m-wek4a heehima).-' to- 
mMra (v.contin.) to tend to tire, l.e. to 
be heavy; trop. to be rich; kideuro 
MeJbo i«n%era, ta t eok a neho bahuka 
iron ie heavy, cotton ie Ught; woo 
iemera, one who ie rich, — tomedia 
(y.a.) to tire, to weary, to fatigue. 
nnaokida bwaneki , una rega ku 
jHlM^lit. whatmakeetthoHthatthonle- 
aioeettocookf Resp. ineKiberekituh^^ 
retmedeaf eina deiku Un%odei ku 
eetnduUea, I am tired of kibere, I 
haaenot onedaiy of to change, i.e,— lama- 
nm (v.nO — zaaMlMMni (y.d.) 
to pay homo/or to (one who belongs 
to another) anarnr^ren%ekeeerm wvu- 

(y.rec.) 
(Kis.«ira- 

e wngu ufOweSieaeM, heeMana,) — 
iM&waka (v.)-— kn-l^ada (v.a.) to 
weary, haraee, ix|. eaudeu,— rame- 
irakaaa(y.reG.)— iMBMradsa (y.int) 
to be aery rich, to exceed in riehee,*— 
2) to eauee to beeome rich, iemaeet, — 



92 



LEMBA— LIBOMBO. 



(y.n.) to odma of being 
E, to 1)6 worthy of honour. 
Der. UMomoroti ajid m dumtn oC 
bante (SMttba) (Y.a.) to draw (while 
cutting or making a mark). Ail catting 
and marking done by a backward 
movement of the liand is called hu 
r e mftg ; The word 'hu lamda** when 
need singly, denotes a special trade 
among the Wimiasomf riz. that of 
cutting ivory rings; ku romba row*- 
ba, to cut a tkong; hu r o m ba mo- 
ho9a, to aU ivory^rtng$ (done by an 
instmment which is continually drawn 
backwards); hu rmnba m^in de , to 
draw a mark; hu r a m fta n<tMnd€i^ 
to marl: a houie (when going to baild 
a house, which is done by sticking 
a pole in the earth and drawing a 
circle round it by means of a rope); 
hu romba m a ri r e , to draw bomndairy 
Um$; fig. to be at enmity with ea4^ 
other, i.e. to act as if boundaries were 
placed between them, neither party 
visiting the other, hu remba 
foamgat to draw mafki; hu 
ntama nUdoongo, to cut m$at into 
ttripi. — raaib»««mta (v.reit.) n^ 
haHifOuga garomba rombUf my 
tmrtU move$ forward and ba€kward. 
This refers to a play of children, in 
which the turtle is imitnfffl ramhalni 
(v.n.) to admit of enttting amd mMrktny; 
frtma r o m bf ik m hooa iri, thi$ ivory- 
ring to toell cmt; hooa iri r iw a 
boka p/bo<6a, to badly euL^ 

\ (vul.) to att amd mark for onoMar. 
(v. rec.) •— ra m >» it« 
(v.int.) to eniwMt bttm^Miy, Der. 



togot 
hu 



foMe, to 



)(v.n.) to 
fre r^dmeed, 

(Kis. 



(v.a.) to redmeo, to 
(P8.toiii«Wefcii) 



,to 



Mm* Der. 



(Ki& 



>, s. (wa) (pi. «Mi— ), amrtngCDa. 
>) (Ut that which hangs looee) 



i(v.n.) to hamg to tooM, to damglof 

(Kis. 
^(v.a) to 

<lf s«i!PMdliv oni^99tif (as chiklren do 
in playing). — iMiiMMMdMi (?.int} 
to eawel to ficjfMiNUN^ ont^ue^ (from 
trees, when one ventures to do so ai 
greater distances fh>m the ground). 
(JJBl.) {hu iougu dmrm).^ 



(v.nO to half-tU; 



niatma €idun iaf ma (Kis.iNi 

or otdma).— hmgnmUbM (v.aj 

, e4(. wM W Ufl f y tt w» tor e . 

(fwo) (adv.) to-day (Kis.to*). 
(fh>m tors) (v. a.) 1) relav; — 
2} to M doum, to toioar; hu foMS 
«itMi»jl, to toioar a bow (in taking aim 
in oontradist fh>m "mi mm m om ) ; hu 
, to toMW oiM^s ootot. — 
(v.d.) to toofen to or for » e.g. 



vpVWVO^vv ^ IwilCr AW nOVP ■O990M0O INV 

dow^ mm ugmh o u-fu-iooore-mhooe 
hu bogoio ot mm, — lAivtta (v. a.) to 
elude, ooade (a missile, esp. anrows).^ 
towiiadia (v.int.) to ii cleMr to dm- 
ding, ooading; u^ m io u m o do m. 



Liba(v.a^ to pay.— UMaa (v.reit) to 
pay took ciktr.-^ UMkm (v.n^ payable 
to be eaUafied,^ liUni(v.d.) to pag 
for cMM.-* ]itani(v.a4 to tvdtiee, lit. 
to evtort from; btmnimnhu t^HMV-n^- 
liftMTw (said of relaxed bowels).^ 
UMka (v.n.) to ^et rectoesd, to gpti 
/B0Me (Kis. *MMi M0r«4/W ImiMm).— 
liUiMt (v.caus.) to eanis om to pay^ 
i.e. to cause one expenses. 

MSkHMAf 8. (ra) guinea eoi'iik tnkenyWs^ 
when pounded it is mabira. 
N.prop. 
», a (ra) (pl w ) , eomd (of a 
rock) lUbomha ra d a m % b dr a , pU «••- 



LICHERO— LILA. 



93 



UckMM (fidMvv), 8. iu|. flMro. 

UMn, ird hmrm. 

Uii pron. interrog. what: rel. to the 
'to" or Vw^^dass. Jfi dHko Hdi 
iH, wJha( eomrtfy <« ttaf litOm iMi 

(on) what day. 

UMkft, a (ra), ihs mUfm en ikt tmp- 
U$ {HdHbm ra nwttdUf headaehe), 

UMto or fidsbo, a (ra) dirt (only 

on the human body, vessels, clothes 

Ac, but not of the road). — 
UiflO, 8. (ra) (pi wmmIm). The end cr 

pohd qf euiy thing, e.g. HOto ra «Mto, 

tike p<rint of a haw. 

Ufiddflii 8. (ra) quUk-$and; flg. prone- 
ness to quarrel and to flght; mdundu 
u una UfmMiH, 

Uftambi, s. (ra) dti«t (Kis.«tMnM, Amn- 

UfaaigwU, s. (ra) (no pi.) intAimiaUm 
to denn (see g^ma), quofreUomoneM 
(Kis. uohitpa^). «Mto km ym^m-tm 
iwo f omM rigmUganit wtU yott go 
to finUh (with him), M wUl deng all 
(he has Hgt mtga n i^ 

IdgnSknb, s. (wa) (pi. «mk-), (or Ukra- 
Cte), the oqirrd (Kis. Hindi or eAindi). 
(likM), pi. nuOtma, elatof (Kis. 



liikm(yA.) ol^ato toalUba miiensro, fo- 

LikMi,s. 

», a (ra) (K>norr2k)«a (Kis. hioo- 



Ulnif a word which cannot be translated. 
It is only used with regard to food 
which one takes all up in his hands 
and goes off with it, as hungry boys 
will do. 1>eima i ana44enga 'lik^* 
na ku-i-haniem hu tnaneha, 

Uknm (ady.) greatt large, rel. to the to- 
class; doumgu la. likteru f^ dango 
itubn in Kis.); deoga ra rihuru, a 
great nUqfortime. 

Ukomiy a (ra) the Oninea-com (seewMh 
^ra}, fyUgrown, but still soft or milky 
(Kia intom a me hm m g a or te^e ga 



i). M a h ir a an me h e nw r a (n) U- 

hUwi {or rihuwi^ 
Lila or lira or xira (v.n.) 1) to erg, to 
eomnd, to weep, to watt; — 2) to long 
qfter (Kia hu ito).— lihuui or xiratta 
(T.rec.) to wieh one /or another, either 
for good or had; to want to meet each 
other; wania awa w am a k t um mmi- 
keMrana, wakumanira weteMda 
theee men remained long abeeni (one 
ft'om the other), being deeirone one for 
the other.— Urika (or rixflni) (v.n.) to 
be worthg of bfing cried far — iobe 
deeirable, worthg of deeire (Kia ku 
waeika); (v.a.) &i ino n*neMrika «•- 
kwnieako, lit. it ie not I who have 
crackled up thg wood.— Urikfam (v.d.) 
lixiaa (v.a.) tomakecfgfor;pTop, to erg 
(one) into deeire , i.e. to urge» or force 
upon, to importune to solicit, to cry 
to persuade (!Ki»,gniegniekaa); 



ta ehanga ino, lit. do not urge me, 
Imyeelfdo not etU my thing I; wftola 
wa ku Uriea ufa-kureaudea (= tido- 
le wa dei w edeiwo), lit relaUcn ehip 
of to obtrude — trouNee gou; kibeUe 
iki oi'ki-deiwa, ni kibalo ekooU- 
riea, I do not knomiMe relationehip, 
theg are fw^mdert .^ Uridia (v.int) to 
cry much; (v.caua) to eauH to erg,— 
lixiMUim (v.rec.) to force upon each 
other,— UxiaUsa (v.int) to bemoH 
obtrueioe, importune. — oneMt^eidea 
or oMoliKMi-fMUpo ofc g m g m i om g ti, 
he wae importune, thertfere he deeet- 
ved him (the seller imposed upon the 
buyer).— Uiira or xivte (v.rel.) to erg 
opor, to bewail for — or to; uea-n- 
UHro-oikuntba umka «mhm, do not 
cry to. me, I wfU not go ot^ with you, 
wa-n^-ririra muntu ama kufa, theg 
cry oeer a man who died, — Uralirm 
(v.cont) to oonUnue to cry or weep,— 
Ism, in the sense of to eaepeet (see 
deideida).— lisa (v.a.) to make cry, 
to make eound. ku liea mgon6$^, 
toanore,- Uganm {Y,nc,) to make erg 
one another. — lUira (v.d.) to make 
cry to (a child to its mother), uetaohi- 



94 



LIMA— LINGA. 



lia pptdSr^ aha, KtMHn-ltfflra 
ana wanga, it i§ thus you hehaoe, 
y<m have made my ehUd ery. 

Lima (y.a.) to UU, to cultivate the 
ground.-- Umika (y.D.)eo betiUabU^to 
admU <if eulUvaUoit,— Umfani (y.d.) to 
HUfor another; (y.inst) to fOi wUh, 
e.g. Immu ra Jbu UnUra,— liwiM«« 
(y.int) to tiU much or for wagee; — 
(y.caas.) to make or induce one to tSU, 
ufdHmUloa hua yani thamba Jbi- 
ya? with whom did you tiUfor that 
hemp 9 resp. n'naMmlcl«a hua CKa- 
rera, I cuttivated with Chairera, 

Limlia (y.n.) to be itrong, vigoroui, ener- 
getic, said of fruits and yegetable 
wheB perfectly ripe as haying come 
to their fall strength, of animals, 
when flghting, struggling, fluttering 
dec. on being killed, as showing their 
strength — of men especially in con- 
nection with the word "mdima" 
(heart or mind); hu iHnba mdi- 
nutf to be Btrong, vigorous a§ to 
the mind (JKi\s.^fah^lif bora, intara, 
pefUka, ohoha, dapadapa, baha- 
tOca, peperuha, oufnba), — hondo 
I ffokumba w€intu vfooUtnba ntdi- 
fna, fhie war requires men who are 
etrong-hearted, i.e. braye, courageous; 
mntniu toooHmba fnarungo, a man 
whoie strong bodied.— lirnhmu (y.rec.) 
tojight (said of animals as displaying 
their strength to each other) to hug, 
to hold fast one another (said of men). 
limbmira (y.reU to hug each other 
for (any thing).— limliira (y.rel.) to 
fight, struggle, fttUter for; Jmku wa- 
iinibira tnehida donga, fowls keep 
fluttering in the tsieker basket (for be- 
ing confined).— limhidta (y.intAcaus.) 
to excel in strength, to strengthen, for- 
t(fy (the mind), to encourage (Kis.fet*- 
m-tUs ^ahUi or wme); andkumba 
feu fmwa, nar^n^libidsa n%dima n- 
dine, he wanted to flee, but I encou- 
raged him, even I, it is Iwhoforti- 
fled his mind,— limUdMUUi (y.rec.) 
to encourage one another.— limtelim- 
ba (y.reit.) to fldget (like a child on 



its mother's back), to flutter like bird^. 
limbanidia (y.caus.) to cause toflght 
(only said of animals); hu Umbanidoa 
gn»mbe (Kis. hu ptganUha), 
imodtt (a4j4 one, rel. to the 'to or 
ra" class. 

{p/ktndo) relating to man. 



Linda (riada) (y.a.) to waU, to watch, 
to keep guard, hurtn-linda muniu, 
to wait for a man; hu linda hu 
utunda, to wait at {or to) the plantar 
tion s= to watch (Kis. Unda, tunsa, 
ngod^ia, s&mu)j=^ Kwdana (zJadaaa), 
to wait for each other. •— is«^«ir^ 
1) (y.n.) to admit of waiting or wat- 
ching; sikurindika, huna mpfwrnbt, 
one cannot wait, there is a heavy 
rain, — 2i to set to watch, to charge 
with watching. — liadira (y. d.) to 
watch for another. Ifa- m rindira n»- 
beUe wanga nvunda wakwe, Iwatch 
my brother's plantation. — KwdJia (y. 
n.) to wait for what is nearly finished)^ 
i.q. ondehosa, e.g. nwu-endekese, adO' 
hudsa dsabanobano, wait for himf 
he wiU come presently.— Ifadfdaa 
(^rindidta) (y.int.) to watch weU, atten- 
tively, (y.caus.) to make watch, to 
keep waiting, to detain, sidaehSdua 
ine ukasengeresa, uea-n-lindidset 
wMdsi ya m-pudsi, I won't be delayed, 
if you linger; don't keep me waiting 
for nothing.— lindikira. 

Ithkgm (y.n.) to think, to imagine, to 
consider. The fundamental idea of 
this yerb seems to be: 'to liken, to 
compared (Kis. a«a) walinga ehianif 
what thinkest thou? what are you an- 
xious about f— linfa linga (y.reiL) 
to think much, to reflect (Kis. ku tro- 
eawasa).— IJngana (y. n.) to be egudl 
wUh each other (in length, breadth dec 
lingaaim (y.d.) to be Uke, equal to, 
snffldent to (Kis. flanema eUkosOf 
saua saua, iMNna) ntnka cka ku 
lingania nn iki, give me one wMth 
is equal to this; moa u nhuu hm 
ih^ganira na wantu walAo ••»- 
I, lit this beer U to be like to 



UNGADSI— H. 



95 



%irifh men tnko ors there in here iheee 
= this beer is sufficieDt to the men 
who are there. — Ifagnnhwi (r.a.) 
to equaUae, to put equal (in order to 
measure) to adjust dfLis^eamanieai.— 
linfjxini (y.a.) to euepeet (lit to lii^en, 
what is wrong or has been done 
wrong to any body), to consider, to 
be anxious about (Kis. hu^m-umSa 
or fgojw) prov.im Hng t r tHm et hu 
chida; euku UmgiHra mm-mnAima 
tmuOto w% u iwlafcarq ekooehaeUf 
y<m did not r^fieet in nUmd in of thte 
» in your mind), you were of what? 
what were you doing.— hngmdmn 
(v.d.) to make equal for (another). 

LiwyilM (n.pron.) name of a Hver, a 
contributary of the Lintibe, going 
from Pande westward, it is forded 
after half a day's journey. 

Lino. pron. demonst ihUt rei. to the la 
(ra)-ciass. 

Lintibo (n. pron.) name of a river which 
rises in the country of the Walcam- 
dunda and empties itself into the 
inland sea Niassa near Dsenga. 

Idatomboi (ra) (see ueumbu€^ 

I^pondo poadft, s. tht tranef/reeeion 
qf direetione given for one'i dieL 

Uriyo, it ie not=z without, rel. to the 
ro-ciass. 

laso, i.q. diao. 

LHombni or Imtnmboi, s. (coU) (ra) (pL 
idj, the lairge block ant (Kis. eU^). 
JAntmnbui iri thU or theee amte, 

Uvl» 

MMf, s. name of a river, a contribu- 
tary to the BOa, 

LMro, s. {m or la) running, epeed (see 

jBmVirOjt 

Uirawo, s. coll. (ra) (pL id), a Ue, a 
faliehood; riwewe ra nkani nuttey 
Uee, To speak lies the Waniassa never 
say, as if the word to speal^ had been 
too good to stand by such a neigh- 
bour, but they invariably say: hu 
nia (seeftia) ritvewe, or: hunaenctf 
to Ue, to utter /aleehoode; uemmie 
Hwewe, da not Jkc 

Uwiai(a<]ii.) 



Ufa pron. dem.Ma(, reLto the "ro^- 
class. 

Urn (irte) (y.a.) to enter, to enter upon, 
to eink into, with the subordinate 
idea of disappearing (Kis. ttgiHea , to- 
peea,*iHvaUMh», tOimi eu).-^ VmIm 
or rvwttka (v.n.) to admM ef eMterimg^ 
lo«m or lowwra (v. d.) — Uunm-r^- 
weramrtUimnlba, to enter on^e homee 
to one; hu raweru nvhira, to enter 
on a road." rowr a (or r aipeg w ),- 
1) (y.d.) of the preceding and implying 
a reproof,'" 2j to dieappeair,— l oad — 
(or rowodsa) (y.int) to enter deeply^ 
(v. cans.) to induct, to inetoL— rowo* 
rtem, to intrude. — rowofodMi (y.. 
cans.) to cauee to dieappear. 

Lola(orrora)(y.n.&y.a.) 1) to yield, to- 
coneent, to like; — 2^ to marry (but 
only used of the woman, while of the 
man Im* huada is used), londaa 
(y.causj to cauee to yield Jkc uua- 
n^loredea ndiwe, yeJba yehe$ #a- 
hiMda-fn^rora (or lola), it ie you- 
Ufho caueed her to marry him, shealom 
(left to herself) would no have mar- 
ried him. 



Lonf ora, s. a halberd (see kmhuru)* 
Lowera (see loa). 
L^Ua(y.)-lalMHi {werurudem). 



HE 

1, 1) The prepos. in, ejg, m-nHemba in 
the house, mftengo in the wilderness;; 
m'maneha in the hands;— SQ The 
objective case of iye^ him, her. Before 
a vowel and before words beginning 
with m it is changed into *«•«;" — 
8) M is also used before an Inf. Wo- 
U-n^hu doniowa, lit they are in to 
ihoot one another, i.e. they are flgh- 
ting;-'4) the 2. pers. pi. of the pron.per8.. 
ye, you abridged of nmaf — 5) A 
sound of -transition employed before 
words beginning with 'i»andp/"when 
the word belongs to the 'yo and eaf' 
class, and is preceded by an other 



96 



MA— MACHOKERO. 



word; e.g. SsUmiiil'i eoontry isealled 
I \ mtf> , bat eKoepi the word be men- 
tioned at the flm of a sentenee, you 
win nerer hear merely lVn i J >, bat 
always J&pmmd; and the more so at 
theie people will nerer mention the 
names of their coantries, witboot asing 
the prepos. 'Hm," hu m iv wt rf >, to- 
ipanM( fls or tiv jtwimm. .cwnv ywM^Wii 
iny Wit, bat at or towards the nose 

no mom; words not beginning with p 
and i»/, bat belonging to the same 
class (yw and oa) hare 'JP* instead 
of 'JP'. for their foremnner. The 
sign employed to distingaisb it is 'm^" 
I, a particle ased in the coiyag. of 
yeriM^ denoting continoance of a state, 
or action and implying the Imperfect 
tense : «iMHi, w mm^ < w w, Aimta^ in- 
ma, «M»ma. It esqresses the idea of 
being 'in", 'within" •inside". 

JUaal, s. Cii») iui.«MMto«Mtf, Imnms; ir- 
regular pi. form of dMMtl. 

Hntedida* (or aitedilBa), s. (y«)b on- 
ly, pL in sense "waMtrt" (also used of 
what growi). 

Mata le, s. (pi. of jHrf«). 

UnbanfWMf s. (y») agi'^MMiit, comu mI ^ 
eonmiltcrtfofi. 

Matar«tar«, s. pi. (y») seroteMifs. 

Mabanibani^ioonnt nrfU^ toAvtf 

llnbiwi (s. coll.) PlwroUty a( a 5«tft 
IM flMM and anginal* (from Im« »S««i» 
to |MM« fry Ms tide (^f (any thing); 



frsor iiMMiy a( a tfme, or dost ft not 
'btictr. iiMMiyf «Km« M»'mo«Uf, fw'fNo- 
dW, sJto 56art piUlif OM, om (at a 
lime). JTIhcolMrtit ocitarw «MaMo« 
fiMMiiNf |f«fM#, . our . ^oats oiwaf t 
^eor umiXow (8 or 4 at a ttane). The 
word is also ased of plants, like 
Indian com when two or three knobs 
are growing by the side of each other. 
JSTB. the word imiXow cannot be 



rendered by iiHlMey bertioie It lii^ 
plies an indefinite phnrallty. 

(ya)(pLof jM#<). 

s.(yi4, «MM /or 5«0Vi^f 

(ya)(pl.0fjHr*^). 
L,a.(pl.of|i4M, ftalki). 
>.t.(ya) (pLof jHiro» 10*^4. 
I, s. (ya) pLof j»ir«, fft« 
w eafre-tofn (Pa m S i i w) ; 
yo JN^fto eha imgtmgo; iiMiiiw i qf 
ike eg&Ud qf • U4m (descriptfre of a 
certain species of callre-com). 

If a iya) (pL of jHH), momtkOm. 
a (ya) (pi. of »«>•»), tts liMft 
(KiajMi/W). 
Matemba, a (ya) (pL of i 
in meal-food; d oim m i 4nm 
a«, ikU dtfma ha$ hump; 
WMnmM, a (ya), redtletsnss, dming, 
which In war will lead to coorage 
and brayery, bat hi ordinary life to 
yiolence and oppression; nmmmmm 
m m bwm di , a mam qf daring, may 
either mean a yiolent or an intrepid 
man; a man will also show his 
h um di in glying protasely (Kia^ 

MaMifV, n. prop. • ferHlofy, one 
and a half day^ distance to the west 
of J ffM m p mm d o. Its taihabitants belong 
to the WaU m mdmmd m, Mm b upt i^ Ds- 
mera a$id JBsik These coontries are 
said to be mnch freqaented by the 
Portagaese for trade, bartering slares 
and cattle for gone and gon-powder. 
Muihmktihmrmf t. (pi. yo) (see Md m m) , 
Maclrida diida, a (ya), praeHce (Me 
ohidm) hu p um s m o mn o^ni 
oMdm, to learn (to play) the 'i 
is (by) practice; In* 
mt maehidm oMda,*to heeome a oraf^ 
ie (bf) praeUee; 



^ a 1) tts coming forth, \j&, 
rise of the son;— 29 itttsranes (of the 
month); ue ampuiro aaike, ni 
ofcoftaro pa ha hu dra 
hmaito huaa oiaa, do not MfeM 
kirn UL seiie htan not his (words) — 



MADA— MAE. 



97 



U is (only) an utttranoe of depaitnn^ 
when he would not gain-say, lit an 
utterance of where oat of doors, bat 
at his heart (at) there is something 
else (Kis. nem^ Unginm), 

Ida (7. a.) to pUuier (a house with 
clay), to bemiuar (a dram with ntf' 
nagm^r— mndllni (T.n.) to appear wM 
pUktUifoA,-^ madirft(y.rel.) to pioittr 
oo0r; (Kis.flMMeaM() hu mmditam^a, 
to plaotor over bur, i a the yessel in 
which it is contained. {tA,) to platter 
/or another,^ mndiridna (v.int) to 
plaeter Mwr weU, ti§kik/'^ m«dM— 
(y.int) to plaetor, to heomear toaUi — 
mmdvra (v.a.) to unplaetor, i.e.take 
off the clay (Me). — Buid«ism(y.a.) 
toUOcoi^tke dan (fh>m a beer-yessel, 
or from a dram for (another). 

Madafv, s. (pL of tngo) (ya) (ottoms 
ftiiltoefei, flto hoUomifart ofaum thii^ 
(Kis.— iw, m g ft ilio). 

MaAAo, s. (ya) • omatt piatform made 
qf itUke for broUing meat; tUama i 
ohUmni mada^ dUUm matrobe^ 

Mndarim. s. (ya) (pI.of «taHfr»), \aa- 
eUmee, 

Madaya madil, s. (ya) pL (no sing.) 
Eaoee (lit scattering water). 

Mada, S.C0II. (ya) a game ployed wUh 
ihreade or ttringe over the fingere (the 
rat's cradle of the children of England). 
idaani, dikaoow^ro dHuUoo mdido 
(see «0*«). 

Kadada, s. (ya). 

MadMBte, s. (pU of UmMj, a §peeU$ 

Madhaaia, s. (ya) tkkmee, dimaeeipV 
of ud o mdu). The pi. refers to long 
protracted illness; 



miyantmoOeu 

Haddva, s. (ya) tMMv, Vrnmiag (onCs- 
self)i any thing yoa lower yoorself 
to — where it is always preceded by 
the negatlye uoa take away, do not 
do thus, snch things. 

W adaita, s. pL (ya) (no sbigO, barndg-^ege 
(Kis. gogo, m m togo), 

Kiaiaega, 



Wadiidia, 1) espeeiany used of persons 
whose diet has been prescribed to them 
by the 'oignmrnga;* bat do not keep 
to it; o u e m r a wmn fn Myw amm «••#- 
diddim;-^ 2) (ya) ifimttomg, woraeUg 

(Ki8.«Mal4K)* 
Mddia, s. (only osed in the Predicate). 
Madltea. s. 



Midi. s.(pL of d9i (ya) • Itkuditfwad 

pHm; the tree is called aimI*, 
Mladaba, s. (pi. of dabo), muddy plaeee, 
Madsara m'yaaa, s. lit JtUk^e or f¥l- 
neee in tke ik>ee, used as adyerfo in a 
nasal tone; hu mmMmra m m d emrm 
m'jpwMo, to apeak through the noes. 

I, 8. 



U s. OUB, p m m0 9 ) . 

I, a (ya) freguemtaUon, 
constant passing and repassing. 

Madid, a water; aw madai (» Ki& 
poan£)» 

MadidffBia,apl. (ya) wrinkUe (of ttie 
forehead only) feu oMda mmdotgfUa, 
to males isrMelst, i.e.to wrinkle the 
forehead On anger), ana m c h t d iem 
madaigtUa, he froamed mpom me. 

Madao, s. pi. (ya) (see sing, rtdao), oya. 

Madiaadi, s. 

Mada,a(ya) eaire (pLofftudtf); the 
plaral especially occurs in connection 
with arrowa Madn pa mmpfi, the 
barbe n/ an a/mm (see it^fea^a); ai 



u, eage erne who U engaged in getting 
out an arrow, 
BladvAa, s. (ya) (pi. of tudu)* 
k,a(pLof SMmte). 
», s. (pi. ofS t tmdo ) / mmdmn- 
bo pa gwono (Kls. nfongoMo}, 
lad!dra(y.a.) to wnrplaator, 1.0.10 take 
of the dag, e.g. from a beer-yessel.— 
(y.n.) to fen 0^ bgtte^.— 
(y.d.) to take of the dag 
/or another. 

■ada yaoffama, a (ya), a gpedee qf 

wOd aloe, the fibres of i^hich are used 

for strings Qit ears of the ng am a) . 

■an (^aajalt a (ya) (pL of doapo)^ a 

lafys fowidyyiitt (of the si^e aad shapa 

7 



98 



MAENGE— MAKADI. 



of an orange) the hard shells of which 
are used for domestic utensils (see 



t, s. (ya) (pi. of <l«MHr«)» Me$ 
(Ki8.«nena); had»e tahe 9a mae n ge, 
hU kadie-treea are af hoUSf i.e. plan- 
led in holes, instead of in a ditch 
(see nikuga), 

Mmn9, s. (pi.) juggUng trida; wr^td 
praeliees (Kis. hiitUmdto); maef 
yalr« ya^ni^9ungH»a, his tricHn 5e- 
wHder me; muntu wa fnaere, a 
mouwUbank; <m€ capable qfpetforming 
etrange exploiU, 

flbfiiriiiaf 8. (ya) matUr, pue; mafig- 
$Ua ya namkaitmbwia (Kis. ufoaaha 
uaaha), 

Kafiam, s. (pi.) (no sing.) Itmpiin meaJr 
food (seetnafrwfnfta) (Kis.fNa/Wtn6o). 

Maliia, s. (pi. otpfua)f afire-place com- 
posed of three itonee or hard mewses 
qf clay (see ehumi), 

Mainda, 8. (ya) Fat, greaee, ott; ma- 
j^*da ya (jpnofn&e, inafuda ya (n)- 
dsaircf, vnafuda ya (n)d«iMi«l. 

KaAmda, (pi. of pfande) (ya) wanee, 

hUXowM (Kis.«naiHm&<). 
Mafandhi, s. (ya) tpring, from *ftu/Vm- 

da" to be warm, fntteei u nhua 

mafundhi* 

8. 



\, s. {Kimaravi) (Kis.m- 
huba, emaU pox). 

HaflT^wiirAwi, s. (ya) doubu^ fta/r^ 
from 'Itu, gdwa** to divide. 

Magna, 8. (ya) coll. breake (from some- 
thing growing in the ground); magna 
ya irtndngoa 4e. 

Magnia, s. coll. (ya) the wrinkUe qf the 
ekinqfan old pereon, and of one with 
an empty etomaek ^ee madeignia, 
tninkUi of theforeheoiSi. 

iHagiiomba, s. (ya) joint responses In 
tinging; hu pfkmuB, or hu Uranta- 
gnnmho, to Aicm, or to put in mtk- 
gfntmbe\ i.e. to Join in chorus (perhaps 
called so from the loudness resembling 
the lowing of a herd of cattle (see 
'). 



llac»di, a (ya) kind oUnnMom or ur- 
vieet paid bg a wife to her hmeband. 
The word is neyer used of the hus- 
band (Kia mahahaf pendo); magodi 
ya vfomikaH, 

K s. (pi. of hSga). 
(or mAkui), s. coll. (ya), 9edU$ 
of flsh &c. 

lagVBgv, 8. (pi. of humgu), pieeet of 
skfn or rind, 

I, s. (pi. tvonuK), fMXh&r; this word 
is very irregular when taken together 
with the pron. poss. The declination 
of the sing, is this: mamga (my mo- 
ther), mmaka (thy mother), make Oils— )^ 
fiMiSM (our mother), mamta (your—), 
moo (their—). The declination of the 
plural-form used by way of honour 
instead of the sing, runs thus: 
— (our mothers). 



mdo. The i is dropt as wdl as the 
syll. «ea of wamga^ wako^ wake, 
{iwe m%ai, inu wama€) (Kis. «imh»mi) 
tcromoi ni pikirani ndHmka, lit 
mtkhert cook ye Deima for me, i.e. 
please mother dec. The word seems 
also to be used as a general endea- 
ring expression between comrades 
without regard to sex; e^i^. a boy will 
say to another: namka h%u»iumal' 
hueaye huka ni-dora, I go hom» 
my good friend, b^ore it gete dark 
(see huea)f nuii t m i iiit i i t t i a, or nutka 
mudnt&naf a brother of one*9 mothsr 
only (Kis.«t^om^) mother's brother). 
Saiko, 8. (ya) pt. 111. pvJttinge, the place 
where tomething i» pnt; tMtaiirara 
wMtfto, have yon forgotten the place 
where you put itf— 2i the place where 
the dead are put, \je, a burying place 
i^. I>9inohaf anamka ku ntaiko. 
The word Dsincha being the real and 
stronger word is rather ayoided in 
conyersatlon. 

• ,s.pl.of dsiicre (see). 

,8. 



Ill s. (ya), time (see meObana and 
niongo). This word has probably 
not been used in Ktaiiassa originally. 



MAKANDE— MA LIRO. 



99 



lt» use is however conQned to the 
particular limes of the day, while for 
time in general there seems to be no 
word, mdkadi ya m-fnawaf the 
time of in tJie morning &= forenoon; 
makadi ya msana, makadi ya 
indBuro, (Kis. %vaht»ti). 

Makande, s. A soil which is clammy 
when wet, and soon cracks when dry, 
as is generally found in low and 
swampy places. Such the soil is said 
to be in the Maravi country along 
the lake Niassa. In the upper country 
the 'mahand^' is confined to swamps 
(see da«nbo)f from 'hu handa" to 
knead. Mdkandi ni dhoU rinatdro. 
Makande is in gen. a heavy and 
clammy eoiL The sing, is not in use. 

BUmid* kande, s. pi. (ya) tcratchea. 

Makangani^fcma, s. the time of thefirtt 
cock-crow, 

Makadfi, s. coll. (ya), tht being on the 
9treteh, the being bloated (from hu 
hadsa). Only said of plants from grains, 
as Indian corn, guinea-corn, mche- 
were &c. They are makeulsi when 
the heads are on the point of coming 
forth, nuibira daabano ni mahadBi, 
(Kis. vnoMndi yasanga], 

Ittakewina, s. lit. the children's mother 
a title of honour given to their kings 
or chiefs. There is an irregularity in 
the formation of this word — the pron. 
poss. standing in the sing, instead of 
in the Plural, n%dkewana instead of 
moo wana, but where names are con- 
cerned, language always goes the shor- 
test way. Dina fremdedva hua ma- 
hewana-9tbo hunt/a yaJco^ dimfe 
ya yami9 

Make, s. (ya) (pi. of <i«iJbo), land^ country, 

Makoch^, s. (ya) (pi.) drifts, any thing 
drifting on the water', sing. hoeh^Bi 
from hochesa (Kis. misisi}, 

Mak6mak6ma, s. (ya) beauty; wam- 
h€ui uyu ni vnahomakovna ya eha- 
ye^ndorfn-kuadira kasOf lit. this wo- 
man is beauty of wortlUessness, I mar- 
ried her from strong desire, i.e. I was 
deceived by her beauty, I found her 



worthless (in character). Prov. tndko- 
fnakmna ya n-kuyu, mkadi fi»u- 
linierere, 

Makdno, s. (ya) 1) the time being, the 
present year; — 2) (adv.) just now (see 
dsunM); mfura ya tnakSno vintu 
vinagana, (By) thepresentrainthings 
will r^use growing; vnakono bano 
or yano (K\»,fm$aka hu), uka-n- 
raga vnudsi tiya, sida-^-kumban- 
dso, if this time also that town should 
prove too strong for me, I shall not 
want it again, 

Makaanle, s. (ya) (pi. of kuaule) (see 
mfani}, 

nSakiimi, s. (ya) (pi. of kumi), tens, de- 
cades). 

Malegfano, s. kuarara la malegano 
(Kis. ndia pata or panda ?9) 

]IIal6tiial6ma, s. (ya) fatigues; only 
used in conjunction with 'ya ehaye," 
(exertions made in vain), malemale- 
nuB ya ehaye, faUgues undergone for 
no purpose, 

Matonda, s. (ya) t?ie birth-water (ob- 
scene) {ya -tnkasi and ya gnon^e), 
(also uhokof) 

nSalengaleiiifa, s. 

nialile (or marire), s. coll. (ya), boun- 
daries, limits; ku dura, or ku ketn- 
ha marir€f to cut or draw boundaries, 
flg. to be at enmity (= siwenderana 
or 8iwatmdereraiu$, they do not go 
to each other), 

Malimba (adv.) forcibly, unth united 
strength, together (see limba); wa-n*- 
ds0ra nutlimbaf they came upon him 
with force aU at once; ku bdra^a n- 
ka/l nMUimba, to keep time in oaring 
or paddling. usaHkeuke, ukanena 
ni ktumUf ku tnalimha, do not keep 
leaving your place or getting off, think- 
ing (saying), it is like in your country, 
Malimba here is the high land, 
where the cold never leaves. 

nialin^a {seeeheru)9 

Maliro, s. (ya) eryings, waitings, lamen- 
tations, gen. obsequies (Kis. kilto); 
danhfera mariro, kuna muniu ana- 
tehoka, we hear lamentations, there is 

7* 



100 



MALISECHE— MANGA. 



a man who dUd. hu Oca ma lto 'a , 
to put or lay dawn wttUngt, i§ fk» 
gmeral expr€$8ion for bwying tk$ 
dead, Ihantha cHleoAa mmiira, we 
go to make wailing$, i. e. we go to the 
haiiai, because when one is buried, 
the whole town goes, to clear t^e 
burial from grass, each fkmily doing 
thi> graves of Iheir dead (see Uingwru). 

MalisMia, s. (ya) nakedmeet; nmana 
tea maiiseehe, a naked ehUd (Kis. 
utupu)f a child of nakedneaa; ali mm- 
li»t'ehe, or ana tnaiiseehef he ii or 
his nakedneae, i.e. he is nalced; U8€^- 
9if-karire maliseehef do not $tt (be- 
fore me) naked. fntUisaehe ya wana 
awa a-nr-dandaulidea. 

Mainba, s. (wa) (pi. wamamba)f name 
of a kind of aerpent nunnba akara 
nthis&mboe (Kis. /lt*a). 

Mambarm, s. coll. placet which escaped 
the general burning of the grass {mam- 
bara aya), 

Mambedsa, s. (ya) ang thing that i§ 
slimy or glutinous (Kis.utomfkt)f mam- 
bttdea ya dsirat the white qf an egg 
(Kis. uto), mambedsa ya n-hono, 
the slime qf a snail; nulengo u uro- 
ehoha n%ambSdaa, this tree yields 
mambedsa. Mambodsa ya tamb69i, 
thfi white sUmy yuice vtfthe tomboti, 

BUme, s. colL (ya), dew; maime aya, 
this dew (Kis. umande), 

Wlamina , s. (ya), mucus (Kis. hamatm, 
hohoBiJt mamina ya m-puno, fke 
mucus qf the nose, 

Mampao, s. pi. of impto (Kis. ftyo). 

IMtina(y.n. <£ v. a.) to be niggardly , to 
niggard, to sHnt, to refuse (K\s.yuna 
cfioyo, gnima),— manlka (y.n. to 
admit qf being niggardly deait with, 
or of being stinted ; nwntH uyu to- 
waniha,— maaira (v.d.) to n^ard, 
or stint one to another, e.g. tmcaMa 
wangandso ana-nt-manira,— WM- 
nidaa (v.int.) to exceed in niggardness. 
(v.caas.) to cause to experienee it f)rom 
others. 

Maaabere (adv.) 



S. (Wl^ (jpl.«MMMMNM^ fit 

the ekUd (or the) pot or poHdiild, i^. 
the bowl of the pipe from which they 
smoke hemp (Ki8.«M*«MNi wa JMmM). 
iawanknlw i , a. (wa) (pI.«mm^), cobt 
qf Indian com etfier budding md 
whOe in the etaU information. 
1, 8. (ya), 6aiMto, pi. of* 
s- (ya) pL (contract from 
»); 1) tokens of mooming for a 
deceased relatire, eihibited by not 
ahaying the head, or bathing the body, 
nor wearing any ornaments; the wife 
also separates from her husband. 
This is contlnaed till 0ie deceased 
has been paid for, fh>m the tMlSef, 
that all who die in the prime of life, 
haye been bewitched. It is in child- 
hood only and age that death is 
considered natural, and in such cases 
the show of mourning is only of short 
duration ^- 2D fcu moMdet, to ikegraoe 
(= Kis. hu Hmu) UMaone Udotro- 
huna manda kuao, do not see dM 
(do not say, they are dirty or uncle- 
anly) there is mourning with them 
(they are in mourning). 
HaaAiara, s. (ya), l^ - homdedmes; 
tnyo ana ma/mdeere, Vd9 omieltft 
handed; uyu ddia na hu mtmdoore, 
uya ddia na huSne huSno, liL flUf 
one eats with to the ^ft, that one Mit 
with to the right; deam&ha la «MMt- 
deere, the left hand; mtea deemoha 
ia humandeot^, go to the left hand. 
ttaB|ra(v.a.) to bind, to tie, to fatten, 
to buOd (the principal business of thehr 
mode of building being that of bin- 
ding) (Kis./Wn0pa, ganga, fonga) hu 
mwnga mdoti^, to bind up a load; 
hu manga nohido, to bind work, 
i.e. to do binding (&g. fences, houses, 
barns); hu manga niwmba, to buOd 
a house; hu manga huato a%-gomo^ 
to fasten a boat at the shore; nou&hi 
einamanga tonge, the bees bind a 
duater, i.e. they swarm.— maBfaiui 
(y.rec) 1) to bind one another (for the 
purpose of imprisonment);— 2^ to be 
entangled^ M<w<ttod.— •nunifikaCr.n.) 



MANGANIAMA— MANSA MANSA. 



101 



1) to admU of bhtding Jkc,— 2) to 6« 
wM botKHd, toeU buOt; hu mangika 
9h9de, to be bowtd or fattmted into 
tflencs or quistmde; Nianeha 4im» 
^kado ina hua bndaf 
or U m u i kMa hadm, 
U U good weathor,-^ nuuigim (v.d. 
d rel) to bind Se. for (anoUier). — 
(VA.) to Und up, to $uo- 
n iama i ha mungirif hu 
minfmba, tie thie meat up, $u$peiid 
U. htirdH-fnangiHra hu tnuwmba^ 
to tie or hang one^eedf up. Suicide in 
this and other modes (as stabbing 
and shooting ooe'sself, seems to be- 
of more frequent occurrence with the 
Waniassa than with the tribes of 
more northern quarters. Among the 
Wmniha and Wah€m%ba, cases are 
very rare and only occur among 
females when ill treated by their hus- 
bands.— maofftridia (v. int.) (off Item- 
gira) to bind loell (e.g. the edge of a 
basket). — m«nfidw (v. int.); hu- 
dol^uumgOf to bring upon onafeeAf; 
m m a dot ntmngm ntuiniwahe nutn 
oyw, As brought tki§ offakr (this 
trouble) upon himself. — maacAna 
(v.reit). 

8. coll. a species of fine 
and tough graee, u$ed by women to 
bind their loade qfufood, 
bafsiva, s-coil. (ya) debt, debte; hu 
d^ numgawa, to incur debte (see dia). 
lM^ftei (N.prop.) The name given by 
tkeWdl:amdmida to the eouniriee Sfut 
qf the lake Niaeea, \jb, to all the coun- 
tries which lie between the lake and 
the eastern coast of the continent. 
DHdia Uga nf hu nuBngttnt^ The 
Wahiao are called by the western tri- 
bes llaoguru, by themselyes tliey are 
called Wachawa, and Wahiao by the 
llnhamedans on the coast 
laniimfa, s. (obscene) from hd nta 

(see pfurttriro^ 

JMliti, 8. (ya) ehame ; hu Ohida ma- 
tUaoif lit. to make ehame, i.e.to be 
aOhamed; hu-nn-oMdira wmmaIos^ 
to be Mhamed to (before any one); 



hU'U%'g wr i rid »a maniaoi, lit. to 
make one eeUte ehame, i.e. to make one 
aehamed, to diegraee one (Kis. hu ta- 
hmgari, tahagetHohm); dlige maiif- 
moi, one who hoe no ehame (Kis. mto- 
/W tMi haga). 

ManlMif •, s. (ya) deeeioinge (Kis. ue- 

Bbuikakm, s. (pi.) (ya), eucumbere (sing. 
f»-lMi0M»); manhaka gapoa, the — 
are ripe; hidoakdga, a kindofemaU 
pumpkine. 

Maakainba (nom. Prop.) qf a country, 
one day'e Journey to the weet of M- 
pande (at noon they ford the Lingadsi). 

ManlDorMoa, s. (ya) phlegm (Kis. fiio^ 
haroi*o, fnahohoei?) 

llSaiikiiara, s. coll. (ya) medicine; char me 
{Kis.daua); ftianga ya n^anhudra, 
a horn qf medicinee (i.e. a charm) (see 
ndura, hipe, ntembe). 

■bakoMde, s coll. (ya) chc^. 

Maao, s. (p'.) (ya), (sing. dWno) 1) teeth; 
«iaf»o ga vibeui; tnano ga mrpaur- 
da; mono ga hidoukua oka niten- 
gu, matto gd nrhardtnba, the teeth 
qf an old pereon, mentioned often in 
connection with Ittdian corn, when the 
graine qf a knob are set widely; ba- 
ntauga iht-fnueogeUsm ncha tnano 
gaH-hara»Mba, i.e. fnetoogake aiibO' 

daiibadaii. — 2) maao (n. prop). 
Name of a town in the country of 
the Wadonga, said to be very rich 
in cotton. 
Mattsa maasa (v.a.) to offend repea- 
tedly, to continue to annoy. NB, In 
some instances the word simply means 
a repetition of any action (to do any 
thing again and again), uita-manoa 
tnaMsa lBif-wt-di«ia buda, you fceep 
Offending him (by) teaeing him — (these 
two words are nearly synonymous); 
euuerui-nHMnea manoa-doabaHo u- 
da-^tt-bntdfha, he offended, or an- 
noyed me repeatedly, now I tciU hurt 
him. h6»oe ugu wantauoa tnatioa 
eibe^-doiku Utnn uda-nt-gora, thie 
rat keepe paesing here (making itself 



102 



MANTA^MARUNGO. 



as it were, a transgressor) hut another 
day, I wiU ccUeh it (by a trap). 

Maata, s. (ya) feoTf cowardice t ndiye 
nitUni vnanta, €toba gartt ahoAiB, 
it i$ he who ie a coward (lit. a posses- 
sor of fear), he dreads a dog when 
he barks; tnaMfayoIre n»ha hmru, 
hie fear ie great, wuntu wankomta, 
s Kis. mteoga). 

MaateBfo, s. coll. (ya) a gummy eub- 
etanee adhering to the eye-laehee (Kis. 
^nadoMgo), 

Man^nda, s. coll. (ya) a hump-back or 
hump-haeke (Kis. fc^/on^ro). 

Ma^fcadfca, s. (ya)/0ar«, appreheneione, 

KaperAno, s, (ya) a place where two 
waye meet {see porer^ou) ; si hidiri' 
i-a nehira i-bai^ ni fneiperaHo-oi- 
kt*-bida bona, thie way doee not go 
farther, yonder it meete with the other, 
it doee not go elee where. 

Blapfinra ngm^, s. ribe of the meat qf 
a lean cowf 

Mapfiwiko, 8. (pi.) (ya), (sing, not in use), 
Leavee put into a water-Jar, when car- 
ried on the head, to prevent the w<Uer 
fromepilUng. Mapfiufiho anaronga 
^nwmdeuko, madH aeahapuiro. 
(The mw is the prep, 'm" in, into). 

Blapfil, S.C0II. (ya) (Kis.ma/tf ^ntomde)? 

Blapfimchanchu , s. 

Wapfiiwlfoniora. 

nSapibni, s. 

Mapsinni mapanni, 

\, 8. (pi. of raniba). 
\, 8. (pi. of dambe) (see). 
Maramba, s. (pi. of damho) (see). 

Maiaaco, s. nam h umJ e wt «Mn-j>wfM« 
ntemuali nutrango na magodi, 

MaffMud, s. (pi.) (ya) eomething given in 
addition to the purehaee, lit 'peUne 
taking" from hu rettdaf nIoHgesa 
matrenH, add a eomething for my 
painetaiting (in coming to you) (see 
ehofHba t»-inemoheij, 

Maro, s. (ya) a eleeping p2a«e..(said of 
men and animals); mairoyemga uea- 
gonebo tftve, lit my eleeping place do 
not eleep there thou. 



i, s. (ya) ttdinge (from a distance 
only) <if the death qf a rOaUoe. 

Har6Biba,a 

Mardiida,8.co11. (ya) anty thing to be 
eold or bought; any thing dMttmedfw 
baritfr; lit. things traced, followed or 
inqoired alter, from l»w fMMto; mer- 
chandise; fcw gura fmm ram d a ^ and 
leu dsadea metranda, to bug mid 
eeU maronda, ore expreeeione, eiiher 
qf which meane: to trade, to barter; 
wtka, uka^m-fwneo mmrandmgakOf 
go and aek him about hie merehamdiee; 
i.e. ask the prices,- mewimdet gmwa 
(for ya enoa) gaguHka, the merchant 
diee qf theee (people) may be bought, 
they are reaeonable, 

I, s. (pi. of d6ndoe), 
I, s. (ya) property, Le. cattle 
and slayes (given for the pmrpoee of 
reconciliation, from hu ranges, to in- 
troduce). 

Martekoa, s. (ya) an omameniail way 
of binding their fencee (see wtbemda), 
eo a« to form Jlguree in imitation itf 
the ecHee orfootetepe qfanimale (fh>m 
hu ronga). 

Maropfti, s. (ya), ealiwa, epOOe; Uu 
Ura maropfkt, to epit 0Cis.lN# fox 



I, s. (pi.) (ya) emttringe, a»- 
trancee (from hu ronget, hu rtfo) 4iMi- 
raworo pa deua, the enteringe. Le. set- 
tings of the sun. This word is generally 
used with the prepos. 'hu.- hu mmro- 
woro hua deua, the west; hdeoa wgu 
hu nuMTaworogedee ni uhu, it ie ikie 
way where thie mouee leeepe emtering. 

Mamliy a 

Maranira, s. (ya), eenee, prudence; hu 
lingiHra na muumnget-iwo, uean- 
dewehe^, euna 
be^ehmgof weetda 
mutrungu, you go to tkrom yomree^ 
awayt you have no eenee. 

Migacung; s. coll (ya), Jainte (used only 
in a collectiye sense » the body as far 
it consits of Joints — the joints sUigly 
arecall^pnindo). The word marango 



MASA.— MASURA. 



103 



is Dot used of animals; moftitngo 
ya-ni^wawa ffan9e, liL my jcUtU 
bwn me aU =■ the whole of my body 
is heated. Namfa mairunffo, lit. I 
hear, i.e. Ifeti (my) joints ==. j aehe, 
I am iU (see siHru); mfmarungo 
muanga mu€tni^bttedeka = aU my 
body ache$t lit. in Joints of mine in of 
me aches. The members are called 
tshohtMUhokat one's whole system or 
constitution {Kis. maungo)* NB, ma- 
rwngo (and not tubi) is also used of 
cloth; dsaru i ina aroa inturttngo, 
this cloth is soft in texture, 

Masacbi, s. pi. of dBoehe (Kis. WMM- 
huhe). 

Maiangntiw, s. (ya), the disposition 
of disregarding the eoneems of others —■ 
composed of tlie pl.preformative 'ma" 
saiiga, what is mine — zime quench — 
the quenching, disregarding of what 
concerns me (see hurulidse^f twuntw 
ttyu ana fnasangasime sa huvnfa 
simene wanena wantUf sayaru- 
siha. 

M«»Migie, 8. (ya), aplaee where the ehOd- 
ren come together for playing; «m»- 
sathgm ya wtsbusa, the place whore 
the hoys who tend the cattle, ha»e 
their UttU wateh'-huts, and meet for 
pitting (from ha sanga), 

Maaaaka, s. a kind qf play, 

Maaaiio (a(jy.) /Hw, rel. to the plural 
particle '^nu^'; fnasira unasanOf five 
eggs; makwmi. masano na Hntodsi, 
five tens and one, i.e. sixty, 

Blaaiaa, s. colL (ya), recency, new appear 
ranee (only used with respect to new 
settlements), cognate with the Kisuahili 
•(Ma, now; hadse sa sihuru tvo- 
si-ona hu di-mudsi u ni tnosasa f 
lit koidse of great thou them seeest 
where'town this is recency f 

flbaaya, s. pi. of dsaifa, chei^s (Kis. 
ta/u). 

i, s. coll. (ya), amusement, 
play (see sewora) feu pfina nuu^ 
wera, is to take part in the dandng 



and drumming, bat hu ehida maso- 
wera, singly to play as children, 

Masie, s. (ya) (or miuuy), family and 
property -dU that is Wt en the decease 
of its head and owner (from hu siia); 
chun%a eha ntasie, wana wa n%a- 
sief fffomihasi tvamasiye, gnon^be 
•a tnasiy, but the house is siwaf 

Mane, n. prop name qf a territory 
belonging to Mdunda S. W. cfku Mbande, 
During the time of Salimioi it was 
governed by a female, with the name 
of Tendo. hu masie hua Tondo, 

Masi^a, s. (ya) rainy season f 

Masika or mafUdJca, pi. of dsihu, 
day; masihu yonse, aU days ^ al- 
ways, 

Maaimba, s. pi. of simbe (ya), a large 
le(tfed vegetable (Kis. maombo), 

Maaincha, ehaye hamba uyu, useless 
poundings for these provisions, urat- 
an^*na ufdnu , wanadhederMaa 
(s= sentiwa) your husbands are too 
late, (said to women pounding com 
for their husbands on their passage 
over the lake Niancha. 

Maaira, s. pi. of dsira, eggs (Kis. nua), 

Maahva (see siwe), 

Maao, s. (ya) pi. of liso or riso, eyes 
(Kis..^«o pi. mafo) naona dura mf- 
maso miuanga, lit I find sleepiness 
in my eyes = I am sleepy; n%a»o 
maso ; iwe mfnuuo mudho una (a) 
hungu, subegnia, 

BUaoft, s. coll. (ya), the feaXhers stuck 
into an arrow; hu fUmbira ind»oa» 

MaaoteSa, s. (ya) pL of oo^soe. the 
sides qf the forehead whore the hair 
recedes. 

Masoai s. pi. of dsosi (Kis. matos^ 
tears, 

Marakn, s. (ya) plotdsukUf medlars f 
The fruit of the msuhu. Living, pag. 
66i, 

Kaatai (v. a) to loose, to untie, to 
unfasten,— maaimuia (v.rec.) to un- 
fasten one another (Kis. omoa, tanua , 
teitanua, fungua^ tataniua),r- ma- 
anka (v.n.) to admit qf loosing, to 
get loose; ehonoehake ehoha. by Or 



104 



MASUWE— MBALE. 



miff aloM.— w— Mf (y.d.) to fsl 
looM to—; m rf ora a <iw wi t— w- 
Mrs h m^u imm. — m BW U'ha (r.d^ to 
Utomfifit (anotherX — auMnBliMi, 1} 
(T.fnt) to toOM I00B, tiO0lle<aNlly; — 
9 (▼•cans.) to eoiMe one to inifMtoN. 

1, 8. (7«), md (— < <a *T # » o) (Ub. 



,, 8. coll. (ya), 1) 00^00, votoM, •ommI, 
report; — 2) loonft (bot only In their 
quality as soayds) (see nUrmmOu) (Ris. 

S. (ya) pi. of uda, bowi; hu 
dCtfMpa munOda, to carry qf (m$'$ 
how$, a standing expression for one 
who, according to costonii marries 
his oonsin's widow, bot shortly after, 
talcing a dislilce to her, separates. 
Unka, 8. (ya), a tUgki §idaMf Utei- 
dental to ittfaiUs. Mwana ^oanga 



s. (ya), pumptiM, pi. of * 
gu (Kis. maitmgo), Proir. Uka iw&- 



, s. pi. (ya) (no sing.) pai^a, $har 
pimge (of the bambus-cane). 
iKIiA, 8. m'wMNMi m^motra, <» tkt 
morning, in or m the mwming &» very 
«ar^; every mom-each day; mniMt- 
«Mi nMMke, <» montfiiy in of it$, i.e. 
next morning, on the next day. 
Uewmmts, s. (^1. of ftoM^a); 

>, S.0^.Of ft«HMw) 

8. (pL Of hmm), 

or iiii4>B^> or madaaaj s. 
(ya) (pL of domtUi. The pivral is irre- 
galar,* deani, a le<tf, 
,8.(pl.of tfMiy*). 

or mnjahnlaki, s. (ya), 
ke i Ua ii ant wai9eringne$i, Hmidttif. 
btarato or bummm, s. (pi.) (ya) sing, 
were. A pUmt wOh a very mmS mmL 

«Mi «(/11 dtM 



^s» (ya) (pL of horw), Me ftreosto 
qf a woman. Ms uddsr (Ki8.f<i4 



and 



^ s- (ya) (pi. M, with M). Tk$ 
moott potato^ OCis. lUmoi pi. Wim^ 
Prov. m i f w wa n^^j^tru ni 
dddat ^ t hm ngdrm (oontr. from 
•Mtfora), wafA^rw, sn aiifiy : Ms mm 
af afro$ mam dou not (easily) allow 
himself to be corrected or blamed. 

1,8. 

», or iwahM H — &.(wa) (pL 
-), ontft. naUmt rtcokfod in hirth; 
what one has been born with; mhm di 
duetimke ngo gongovm » As toot 
hofn pmfeet, aUo used qfnlkad grow$* 
n.prop. 
I, s. (wa) (pi. wU), a AoMsworft 
qftk0 ttaUet qf Ouinea-oom {mmHrt^ 
platted together and used for keeping 
cotton in; mtbagm «m» «mm*«, a bate 
of eoUon (made up in that way); m- 
haga wa murt md ombo, a btOo itf «• 
pole, i.e. which requires a pole for 
carrying it. 

■bifamUca (ady.) <Uida«t^W{y, to- 
lelng no noHee of (only used in con- 
nexion with the yerb 'hu htdm" to 
pass by — uHd» mbmnfmnhmtm — 
as one who is in hatred with another). 
(Perhaps derived from m and bdgm^ 
keeping at a distance as one dot or 
speck from an another, each being 
of a different colour). 
WnUm (or aten, s. (wa) (pl.M with 
ea), a rmn-^neaif (Kis. m uu »e4, mtet^}. 
■balami (or atenuni), s. (ya) (pi. 
with M^, a bird; mb mtmmi 4, iht$ 
bird; mb mtmmi or mhmtr mm t iei^ 
Mese btrde (Kis.M4iMi4). 
nMa,8.(wa) (pl.«M^/ 1) • eoiisAi,-^ 
a) • (roMer or timer by different 
metkero onty. By different tethers no 
alteration of terms takes place, but 
the same ai'e used as with chiidren 
of the same parents (see mt&mge and 
mpu m) i ni m^bmle nmngm, keien^ 
brother (in the mouth of a female; 
sne is my sister); 
on tbefaikm't eide. 



MBALE— MBBA. 



lOS 



I, 8. (yo and m), a (oifti (KIs. hm- 

(advO = (KfS. iMNMlO iMNMto); 



I, 8. (wa) (pi. fN<— ), creeping 
plane ivttJI on «ieiae»( ro0< Mm M« 
eatfoda. It Is cultivated and planted 
by the roots. 

Mtemtamba, s. (pi.) I.q. mabmMtU 
in Kis. a kind qf beam, 

ntbanclie, s. (wa) (pi. mi—}, name qf a 
Jdnd qf drum. 

BDMndm, 1) s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a /sum 
(round the buildings of each family) 
^i8.«0eM^«l/o, •oimm), while the IbocI- 
••-trees are planted round the whole 
town (see ffua), 

Mbiada, s. (wa) (pl.ira— )> «<mm qf oim 
<lf <Jb« tribee utkieh eonetUuU the War 

MbamdaBchopfti, s. (wa) (pi. m^, a 
QMciet of free. 
(n. prop.) 

I, subsl. abetr. «0<(/W denial 
and parMrKon of what one knows 
to be the truth (Kis. woMpo, fcu femia, 
oMdo^ «Mi»»« mftwMli^). (Kis. Ui*m, 
HiiffmHa, Mnamf ftcMHffo nutnama), 
IbiBio, 1) s. coll. (wa), a robMng aUaek, 
lit. a beating from bemdm, nmnite 
uyu nikua f n hm nd o — vfontu awa 

SM IMS WtOMfMiO^ fMv4NMIOW0a 4MNM§ 

lAiy kofoe get a/ccneiamed to their ai- 
tadee (because) you connired at them. 
ku hu m m ma n^m mbmmdo, to meet with 
a rebMeg attack-; «»<-di-pifa mban- 
d9f or e mm d i e h it Ur a mbemdo^ they 
waglaid ue for an attadc, or tVy 
made an attaek qf robbery on u$. Such 
attacks take place on the T um m 
mountains, oyer which the way leads 
through a narrow pass, where the 
robbers He in ambush.— a)BMtaiAo 
s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), the eeat qf the king, 
resembling a stool, made out of one 
piece of wood (Kis. MM). 
■tenAv, s. (wa) (plnUf, jumk (said of 
a party of cultlyators, or of assailants). 



1, 8. (wa), onePs way or worit- 
manship of 'In# Uut^m mtp^^ w%r 

}, s. (wa) (pi. m«-), a Me (of 
cloth woven for the purpose) (Kis.. 

he mg o, aonaes I wiU wait mM he 
qffende mie a eoocmd tim4, (< 



L, s. (wa) (pL fN<— ), a small ttfdt 
•ue ae tito eop, through which a piece 
of meat is put, then stuck in the ground 
before ttie fire, to roast (from htmeii, 
(Kis. Mibamh^ wa n im na ) , 
Mbira, s. (wa) (pi. fN<— ); 1) dorvneta 
(of the head when shaved) ;— 9 « place 
•wrehed by witting too neatr fite Jlre; 
Im m^edm nibmra, to ehaoe tke head 
bare; naoda «toto, napon mbenra^ 
I eat at the Jire I burnt an mtero^ 
i.e. I scorched myself.— 8) mbmtm (see 
mbSia, 8.), a run-away; simmMw tiys 
nl «n6<M*o-^«9nla «NiMm4l«iu« wftka, 
that man ie a rtm-away, look at hie 
gait {waenda hana tt^bdra), 

KhmtHM, s. (pa and •a), a ewitch (Kis.. 
ilto)/ ff»darad< pa Km huaim p ii aw> 
6«, a •to^ecA/or tending cattle, md«H 
rodi •• hu t nmn g iv a chtndtiif a 
ewitch ueed in conetrueting the roof of 
a native cottage. 

Mtaeiro, s. (wa) (pi. m*^, me u om p« 
n%bariro (Kis. higumbn ) , 

Hbnafla, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), eAe toor-Aom. 

• «»fr«MMa «ii Atettpa pa Mpoma hu 
riea or Ipw imbn mbaneaf to blow 
the tnhanea (from ku bnwdn). 

ntbam, s. (wa) (pi. «•«—), a hmntor (espe- 
cially of elephants). 

MMbM, s. (wa) (pi. m<H^ name ^^aMwd 
qfjteh. 
.s. 

I, s.(paandMi), a ftog, made of 
tn i rae ei (Kia / W m d o ^ h itw rnbe^, Jb4- 
•Jk«M«da). 

t, s. (i.q. fnMla). 
s. 



106 



M'BEBE— MBIBA. 



■Wbebe, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a trM <^ 9qfi 
and light wood, qf tekiek Jloati are 
made for mU (see ndindi), 

BSbMa, s. dfOy pi. with.Mi), an wunarried 
woman [Kis, n^ane, nUwmba mke). 

BIb«4Mie, 8. (ya, pLwUh ea), a iort of 
trumpet (made of the tree called «i»- 
buabua), 

Mh^dam, a. (yo, pi. with 9a), a fieh-hook, 

Mbendrtcm, s. in or at the bend = all 
around the inside of a house, their 
houses being built in a circular form. 
Mbendeka nwua niwmha yanga; 
eidewarde, wena «oa honia tnipfi yd 
mr-bendehaf others ehoot their arrowe 
along the Bide (of an army). 

Mbtei, 8. (tea, pi. nU—\ a kn^e (Kis. 
hisu)f titftej»< tea nanHuutnut, a 
kntfe qf email, i.e. a small knife (Kis. 
h<d»isu)f fnboni woohoma, a knife 
wMeh is beoHiiful, fine (Kis. leisu ohe- 
md^imh^nivooQtuidaa, aknife which 
is sharp = a sharp knife. 

vKoMiii. 

Mbtem (ya and aa), the cowry; uyu 
unatira mhera hihochaho hua fn- 
fnnde, lit this (one) puts cowries (on 
his or her) calabash by rows. The cow- 
ries are brought to them by the Wa- 
donga. 

flSlMrelBteo, s. (ya and mi), a doth in 
which the mother carries a child at 
her back (Kis. fntteleko), 

fSbgtmwHom or mborte^a, s. (ya and 
sa), (Kis. nuihumbi humbij, 

BnbMa,s. (tea, pi. «•<—), a species qf 
creeper; the fruit is called pesa and 
is eaten. 

MbM| only used as predicate; hamate 
ga iki ni eha vnbosi, 

Mbte, s. (ya and mo), seed (Kis. mbem), 

WKMmtL, s. (ya and Ma),JUld-rais; mbe- 
Ufa is a general name and comprises. 
1) ihepuguf 2D marondwe; S) fnm%do; 
4) oiaUa hwere; Sj Dsana or lMi|/Wa; 
6} isidmde; 7) t^Bomhe (KiS. jNmla ^a 
vmbani), 

«• (n. prop.) a country qf the 
vga. 



\, s. (yoand sm), a cooking pot (Kis. 
niungu). 

MUdfli, s. (ya, pi 9a). The Zebra (Kis. 
pwnda wiella) «»M4«< ana oho» 
cherere Jcinambira baikosi, hinth' 
iOtm leu tiMuno, lit the Zebra has a 
mane, it begins at the ne€k, it reaches 
to the loins* hitusmbira for hina 
yanibira, 

Mbili, s. (ya and mi), shame, disgrace 
(generally report wether good or bad — 
hence also 'fam^, wuidu wa gua 
tea tshuka mbiri hudali. 

flRiina, 8. [ya and oa), an uncommon 
projection qf the bottom (Kis. hombo), 
ProY. ukenda na {muntu teatit&ma) 
mbina, nawe udatsora tnbina, 

WlHngnnchira, s. (wa) (pi. t»<— ), lit 
what obstructs the way, especially trees 
lying across one's path. 

MbiaflTO, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a row, a line; 
fnbingo wa teonfie, a line of men; 
Waika¥ndunda'M4i»mba»ao wana- 
si-wnanga ntbingo untodoi, gnon^ 
bo elyo oadsa §nbingo fnhinga, 
Wantu aiea wanakara mbingo t»- 
modsi ba tnudsibao; kadoo naso 
unorsi-psara ktta ntMngo, 

BlUaflrVf s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a bad omm. 

Mblnkna, s. (wa) (pi. inibi$ikMa), the 
root of the «»6aff»a-plant, when it is 
of about a years growth and begins 
to produce new roots, titboma te«Mtya 
n'na-tf-^lMi, awakua mhinkwa. 

BDliiii, 8. (wa) (pi. n^ir-), handle; mMni 
wa iMMM-tea nrkudngoa, wa n* 
dsompa 4e. (pi. tniMni ga magaau) 
(but not of knives). 

M M a n , s. (ya and oa), a bend, a curve; 
mMnw *•• ntdongo; mdengo u una 
mbinu, 

BBbira, s. (wa) (pi. mi^), 1) a species of 
creeper, which, on an incision being 
made, emits a slimy fluidity; — 2) a 
ball made qf its slimy substanufor 
play, 

MUra, s. (lea, pi. id^ oa), 1) a cortain 
animal; (Kis.jNkiyMa), hana mkim; 
2) a speiUes qf creeper;— ^ a baU 
made qf its slymy substance for play. 



MBmi— MBUOO. 



107 



i, 8. a nUiJeet Ae, (tee «»'«nMr<). 

MUriacMio,8. 

mifini, 8. (ya) Tke roaring (of waler 
dasbiiig against rocks), from 'hu ri- 
raf* ntoA^i ymHra §mhirtra, lit ih6 
wakr erU$ a rowrirtg (KIs. 9uma\ "ku 
WUronhue rero hu nmrtr a t»Mriraf 
at the Sonkue it i$ roaring to-day. 

BIbim, s. (wa) name qf a kind qf veg&- 
tabu (Kis. tHboga ya bamdoa), 

IBbiid, s. (y» and mi), a rotmd wooden 
dieh, 

BDbisUhM, 8. (wa) anmrohkue offtt^n^ 
hieidu€ u ndtmdf 

mUso, 8. (wa) lit. concealment from hu 
Wm> (only used of moa, beer), which 
a wife has kept in store for her hos- 
band to surprise him. 

Mbo iaeepAgihm). 

Mbddo,s.(wa) the north; feu mMdo 
at or towards the North, The hu with 
the «» is pronounced as one syllable, 
kunibodo (Kis. hibuia); mpfura y 
nibado inapfumdita^ a rain/torn the 
north i» warm. Fakwmbodo, the of 
the north, the northern people. Of the 
WaMtamdunda N. of Mpmndo, Soli- 
mini said that they never fight, going 
about without bows and arrows, while 
their spears are only the ornamental 
ones of women, called moama* Their 
country being lower and warmer, they 
raise much cotton (for which it is too 
cold with the Wakamdnnda); they also 
weave their own clothes, and are in 
the habit of washing them. Voa-hu- 
gniengo nibodo huiiyo mpfitra 
yampfwaibit Ut the north not deceive 
you, there wiU he no heavy rain (tie- 
cause in this country rain from the 
north is soon over and never cold). 

Mbdmbo, 8. (ya, sa), one who i$ cooe- 
tone, greedy (denying meat to his wife 
and children) (Kis. nmwignii ohoyo), 
w M W H t uyu ni mbambo; wantH 
mwa ni mbombo. Xbambo iei oida 
humda yamif theee mtbambo, they 
wiU marry whom7 

MMaao, s. (wa) a twiet, a iMh when 
twieted, Ku oMdrn or kii pa mbama, 



to make or form into a twiet; Uyo 
nthanya wako etna-U'pa imAmmo, 
he fanned hU beU into a twiet 

Mbmmdib , 8. (wa) (pi. M»i— )» najne qf a 
kind qf vegetable. It grows spontan 
eously in swamps {dotnoeira), 

nbomdo, 1) (N. prop.) a eouniry on 
the banke qf the lake Niancha, w. of 
Nguo; Mbondo kua Oharunda; — 
^ s. (wa) (pl.m<— ); •) A path made 
by crushing down the grass by means 
of the 'kanyooo,^' h) the track made 
by elephants (treading down the grassX 

MbonflrMf 8. (wa) (pi. wab-^), a mother 
in law, and danghtor in law (Ki8.flMa- 
9id, n»yue), 

MboiuiUmbf s. (wa) one^s pecnUarOy in 
ehooting arrowe (from kn bonia); 
uHMMtu wa Kjloennbo wadoiwana 
ntboniednewao, 

Mbodo, s. (wumk) at the temple, Mbado 
miuanga, at my temple; nibodo mm«- 
ao, at their temple; wmna war ao a 
mbodo f they shot them in the temple; 
NB, the 'm" which begins Itiis word 
must be the prep, in or alt, it is howe- 
ver inseparable from it M-bodo me$a 
ni gundaf my temple throbe. 

MbOfm, 8. iya, pi. with ea) eting; mbcra 
ya neuki, the eting of a bee; tnbora 
oa nrnpfa, the etinge qf watpe (Kis. 

KboMi, 8. (wa) (plmi— )» a epeciee qf 
wQd euetavdrapple tree. The firuit is not 
eaten (most likely from Its imperfection) 
but of its wood they make mtbando, 
n^ioamiro and ntwnta{KiB,miomoko), 

SHboAbva, 8. (wa) (pi. ml— ), a epedee 
qf tree qf sqft wood, 

ntbwUMniiS. (wa) {plwambuadoiiru), 
1) an animal eimilar to the otter; m- 
buetdewru adumpuka, mmdnwako' 
unya wa kadwn^u, — j^ Name 
qf em ieolated high mowmtain in the 
lake JHeuea, 

Mbur* (pL wamb^), (Kis. m^ano 

ya mbaaro, unmarried men, 
KtontefS. (yaandMi), a place in the 
graee which bears marks of a man 



108 



MBUDSI— MGHEMBO. 



or imimal haying laid there (Kis. JbOan 
lo or wai f go) mm mg onm y atii, iittti 
dotfofce. <; «nar» oK ^a hmma unbt*- 
do iU ba fBHffo, 

Mbniai, s. (ya and «a)^ a 9iaU, a Utre, 
a decoy (for such baits as are put 
into traps). 

HkMdao, s. (y» and ^a), a plant etmOar 
to the veteh (Kis. toko). 

MtafOSO, s. (Mra) (pi. m<— ), lit. a «AaJfcer 
or eHrreTf t.e. a piece of the stalk of 
Guinea-com with bits fastened acrost 
at one end, used for milling or mas- 
hing beans. 

Mhnkiriro, s. an oeeaeUm (for strife), 
anta/iMna hlfuhuaf dsdhano ana- 
6na mhukirfrOf he was aeddng for 
o eauee (of strife), «010 he hoe found 
an oecaeUm, 

Mbamba, s. (ya, sa), (f.q. mAundu^ 
kindred), 

BnMmo, 8. (wa) (pi. m<— ), hard brea- 
thing (Kis. up%nnu94)t ««•« ehide tn- 
hiimo, udadwurura {or durttra), 

Mbana, s. i»a and «a), a pit for entraps 
ping animale; n»&i««ta ea hu ffitntr 
Mra niama (Kis. Hma 9) 

BSbnplii, 8. i^MffUf Pl- ^ilii '<^\ <* v>ater- 
enake (Hydrus). 

Mbori, s. (wa) (pl.mtf— ). 

Mbfim, 8. (wa) (pi. wamburu), ajadkal 
(Kis. n»6t4a tnittt). 

Mbfim, 8. (wa) (pi. mtf— ); 1) a Aondle, 
hiUt a ehaft (only used of spears and 
swords); wMtrt* wa ehogof wa n* 
tungo. — 2) name of a dieeaee (ya, sa). 
{^\n.$afwra)9 

ntbiv4ri, 8. eeorehed Indian com (Kis. 
mahiwdi yalio hangoa MH), 

MboM, s. (wa) (pi. w»-), one ¥>ho tendi 
eatUe; mbuea ahuea gnombe, 

Mbnal, s. (tea, pi. aa), a goat; mbuei 
wemga, my goal; n%hu9i etingn, my 
goats; mbuei wa mikdet, a $he-if0<U 
{K\B. mbuei mM); nibuoi donde, a 
he-goat (you cannot say; mbusi wa 
tuudmuna, a he-goaij; if m uam9 m a 
is used, it must be preceded by mee- 
ema; mbuei m,*neodei, one goat; mr 
huei wanai^ fowr goate. 



I, s. (wa) (pi. mlHi a parting; 
1) €fthe hair;— 2^ of the graee or of 
reede. h^ eua mbuH, to make a 
parting m dressing the hair, or in 
reeds for the purpose of hunting the 
'Chenei,- at the time of burning the 
grass; hu romba (or iomba) mbfUft, 
to cut a parting or divieion for the 
purpose of portioning off a pitoe of 
ground one ie going to cultivate (see 
mieha); mbuei mhumi is the reit. 
form indicative of variety only. 

WCbmya, s. (wa) (pi. wmnbuife); grand- 
father and grandmother (Kis. babu); 
also the title given by slaves to their 
masters or owners. By way of honour 
the plural is generally used instead 
of the singular, as is the case with 
father and mother (see dado and maij; 
weimbu^ ni badeani mda, lit ma- 
sters Ac, give me beer = please master 
give me beer. 

BSbiiy«,s. the back. Always with the 
prep. Uu, ku-mbui^ kfuaihe ni kua 
pantif hie batk ie broad, lit. at back 
with his (or her) it is with breadth; 
hu-mbu^okuake ni kua kabumpu, 
his (or her) hade is round, kur^nbupo- 
kuao konee kuna lifumbi, their 
backs are aU vtOh daet. ku n^huffo 
kuanga, at my ftaeftr, behind me (l»w> 
n^bwyo, behind, opp. to ku deogoro 
see deideida); ba mbuffo, at the bade 
Ifa^n-leka ku mbuffo kuamga, I 
l^ behind me. It is also used of time » 
after. Ana buera ku keUi jfode, 
deuro, ba mbuyo boko ftMyo. For 
back when spoken of as aching *tM«a- 
na** is used. As an adv. trafrtfyo seems 
to be used without any preposition 
(see eabidea). 

IBcbadisli, s. 

Wch4d M i, s. (wa), the state of being in- 
Jlated (Kis. fimbieij; waiondo 
ga wonee n'nakudidem 
na na mekSdua. 

MebMoKhAkm (s. d a4i). 
noeef nurrowt dearu t nohm «»- 
ehfkaiekiSka, ei ikuru m imb a. 

or mtriMmbo, s. 



MGHEMA— MDEDE. 



109 



, n. prop* 



am ahUmg 9hap^ (only 
used as predicate), ikifca oAa m«*M»- 

Mchmifa, s. (wa), 1) •and; me*iker« w» 
fnehsnoa, §ea-$aU, in contradistlnct 
from m;Uhm»0 um gnmnta, rodt^ali, 
and from mtahere wa g^imboa, gaU- 
made from (he ashes of reeds; Wm- 
donga immIms 'na mnehm^ wa tn- 
9km%ga (see 0rfum«a),<— 2) The name 
of a town on the Eiistem banic of 
the Niassa {Niameha ya Iw Mehm^ 
0pa) opposite of Mtauka so called 
from the white sand, of which a large 
portion of the bank there consists. The 
inhabitants are WaMao of the W€^- 
ehania tribe* 

Mch«re (see mtBhere). 

Mch«iikidiio, s. (wa), ott^itoalfQftwm' 
ing round (from th9uka\ 

Mchewm, S. (wa) woeAetra; ndife wa 
vhewa, »i ife dinnoMda iip»o, mm 
fxre innoeetU, it i$ not toe who haw$ 
done that; unumiu uyu fU mehewa 
na-mu-onero hifUndo, 

McImwwo, s. (wa) (pK m€— ), a pUmt 
with a very email eeed (Kis.mmo«l{«)/ 
2) a jproper name for malee only. 

Wchimba, s. (wa) (pi. m€— ), hard ehtt- 
ting, hard going to etool (see dupei), 

McUm, S. (wa) {plnU—), taU; meMra 
wa nitunbu {KifLnikia, ntguieKa), 

Mchnirl (see hiHri)/ mdu pa mchi- 

Hri unamfedea choodani^ 
MchMno (see ohiuno), (Kis. hiuno), 

in or ai the hip; n^-eMuno nwtanga 

n^ua-ni^buedeha^ not eMuno elbom^ 

ga thani b me d^^ta ae yon would 

expeeL 
Mehodso, s. (wa) (pK «•<—), name of a 

kind of dmm, i.q. mhamiehe, 
Mtkog^ato, s. (wa) (pi. •»<—)» a pointed 

etitk for digging (it is smaller than 

the hideabe), 
MfllidksBto, s. (wa) (pi. «•«—), (see m- 

dohotUefj, 
MchiMBb«, a (wa) ipl nU—), the immI 

(Kis. Mto/M) 



mthotUo, ww h aw kbo wa li^/W. 

Mithioafm, s. (see m^moharo), 

Mchimne, s. (wa) (pLmi— ), a ipeeie$ 
of tharnriireie (Ki8.«nM^ XncMI^. 

Mdabo,s.(wa) (pl.m<— ), a hUim (Kis. 
Uim^ from leu €la5a; mndmibo Mfctia 
viHro na wa Hdauro, na wapupaa, 

lUUUi (adj.) tdU, long (referring to words 
of the m^lass); muwiu wa mdali, 
a taiU man (Kis. mrefa) but m d on g 
woodeOi, a high tree pi. wUdongo 
yoodoM, or fnidengo idali, and aU- 
dengo ya idali, high trete (when cut 
down, long timber). 

Mdimm, s. (wa), Indian com pounded 
and hoiled, when first made into flour, 
it becomes dsima). 

Mdambo, s. (wa) (pi. m«~), a €i&Md 
{K\s,uwingu), 

BMmda, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), 1) a loom 
fixed into the ground;— 2} any $Htk 
put up for euepending iMnge from; 
n^anda wa hu ombora dearu; 
mdanda wa hu baohikira niamaf 
hu mangirira niama nvu tndandu* 

3) a heaped ladlefnl of Dsima etc. 

4) a temporary hut, in whidi men 
sleep away from 'their himilies until 
the death of a relative has been paid 
for; hieani ihi ni mdanda, 

Mdinga, s. (wa) (pi. m<-), {Xtunaraiui), 
i.q. tadeaf — 1) a kind <if heuiket, 
etpedaUy for carrying fieh; md a ng a 
wa hu dengora n-deomba; — 2) (pL 
miditnga), the -name of a epeeiet of 
tree, of which mortars are made (Kis. 
nkdanij. 

Mdanta, s. (more frequently pronoun- 
ced n%dantanta); deiwe ra n^danta, 
n^kira i noha ntdanta, nehira iei 
nea mdanta, Btri ra wndainia>nta; 
ptri iri nda mdaniantaf pl.«iMi6<rl 
aha ncha fndantantn* 

BManrtro, s. 

■Uim, s. (wa) (pl.m^, a epeeiet of 
pumpkin <tf an olbiong growth, 
>,s.(wa) (pl.fM*-). 
», s. 1) name of a rioor, a contri- 
butory of lAe Baa;^ 2} (wa) (pLmi— ), 



110 



MDEDEKA— MDSAMPUNO. 



1») a ihort piece qf the bamboo Med 
a$ a powdet-Jlatk; mdede um onga, 
a fiaek qf (or for) gun- pwOitfr; b) 

Wdtdiiia, s. (wa), the waUr in which 

ffrcUn ha$ been ecftened for pounding, 

used for seasoning pots, as i^^i with 

the Wia^wnba (see •tfrtira). 
MdedMi. 1) .name of a river, a conM- 

butary qfthe Btrongue;—^ i. q. daawa, 
Mdembo, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), a pole used 

in carrying loade and the dead, ProY. 

Mlemu ni mdenibo-waUmora htn^ 

90 honoo; (wufemdo tea hu donr 

gera m^wUMnga^ a pdUfor carrying 

a tutk), 
Mdende, s, 
MdonffMO, s. (wa), a ehdking; tt»m, 

moukoBuko; Unda, vhognio, uoor 

tawo mdongeoo. 
MdMkgO, s. (pi.mi— ), a tree; mdengo 

tta ukuru a largo troo (Kis. mH 

ntht^Hn), mdengo wa buenUta (Kis. 

mhuayu) mdengo wa tonoho (Kis. 

ntbamba), 
MdendAM (adv.) looeely (fk'om hu ron- 

dera); hu pfara ndoiMru mdendere* 
Md^afftee, s. (wa) (pl.mi— )t a tpedeo 

qf tree (fruit tingero). 
Mdenta disimo, uoorm-gufro gake 

nwntu ugu ni mdonta dioime pi. 

watu awa ni wadonta dioim^, 
Mdflm. 
MdMrwr^n, s. 
MdAWfoe, s. (wa) (pi. mindow4re), name 

of a kind qf drum. 
Mdia, panic, noun, eating, one who 

eaie; ohuru (hi ni nUlUi nrhandoo 

{ohMdoka uoihu). 
BSdibi, s. (wa) (pi. n%i—), a pap for 

children, 
Mdidi, s. (wa) (pi. «»i~), the eound qf 

footr$tep$; tramping (Kis. fcitMfuio), 

ntfera nUdidi, Ueten to the tramping; 

uoabonde hua nididi, uda-mu- 

urudoa, do tt0< tread hea/oily (else) 

you wiU make it Jty off. 
MdiodMi, s. (wa) (pJ. tM»— ), i.q.m5u«a. 
Mdima, s. (wa) (pi. «»<—)> the heart, 

the inner part (of trees), the mind (Kis. 



moyo, rohho)f ang ok dro h u bdv o, n^ 
dinuMoaho ri pfAru, thongh heie a 
eUwe, hi$ mind is (that of a)yVi80iiiaii 
(or of a man of distinction) hu oauka 
na mdinta; hu lin%ba, hu donga 
ntdima, 

8. (wa), daiHcneoe (Kis. hioa), 
^s. 

BUiwIdAo or mcbhviAM, s. (wa), 
one^e way qf spying; ugo mt&MwidMm 
waho sadsiwa, 

MdA,s. 

Mdokoaio, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a tooth- 
picker, and a goad or stick with 
which to push into a hole for expet- 
ling mice. 

Mdondo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), 1) mortar 
{Kis. hinu);— 2j (wa) (pl.m€— )» «iame 
of a species qf tree,"— 3) i.q. mdondo 
in Kis. the third day from to-day (see 
ntdsinga and nthttoha), 

Mdondoroii, s. (pi. mi), (see dondo- 
rosi); Prov, midondorosi, midon- 
dorosi h€U%a mdsuho wa n»fta- 
dada, 

Mdonf a, n. prop. (pi. Wadonga), the 
name qf a tribe, 

Mddro, s. (wa) (pi. mi— ), 1) a load, qf 
what is in a bag, and what is long 
in shape as a pinga (Kis.m«<flro);— 
2) used of mabira and mehoworo, 
when the heads are Just enclosed in the 
leaves and ready to shoot forth; nns- 
«MM» mdoro, pi. wana mdoro^ an 
in%ago, procured firom the Portuguese 
(Kis. semnam), 

MdovMiiro. 8. (wa), a row, a Une, (pi. 
•i»i— ), w4»rondo wali mdarongo, 
the traveUsrs are in a Une; watUu 
waya wadsa nUdorongo nUdoron- 
go, those men come in Une, one line 
qf men qfter another; wa h eu h sndu 
wali mdorongo, the furniture is put 
in a Une (so as to form one row.) 

Mdsakdid, s. (wa) (plwa—), afmnale 
slave (see habiro); wiahah&ro and 
wadsakasi, are such slaives as haoe 
been purchased, but home-bom slaves 
are called uwna wa ku daano* 



MDSANO— MDSURO. 



Ill 



8. (wa) (p). wmdBOMo, 1) a 
^uee/m;-^ 2) any one (tf the king^t totve$. 
8) the wife of any prtnetpal fnan; 
ntidsano um n%huru, the great n^ 
flMMfto, i.e. the quee»; fndeano wa 
tngnono, pi. wadswno uragnona, wt- 
deano toa karonga (Kis. muana, 
mUtreee)* 

MdMWtt^S. 

BUm^, s. (wa) (pi. mi-). 



Mdsampa. s. (wa) (pl.m«-), 1) a einew, 
tendon f^ 2) a hlood veatei; hu eenga 
fndeempa or tnidgindo, to hametrtng 
(JS.\a. mehipa, go/no). 

Mdiendwpo, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), the tooqf 

(Ki8.«t«Ai«Ml<o). 

MUsodsa, l)s.(wa) (pl.mi-), a «eeep; 
nMi««ci«0 ura piri, p). ttideedee ya 
fnabtri; madago ya fndeedee, a 
§teep, i.e. a $maU bottom;— 2f s. (wa) 
(pL nU—)t a name given to a hoe from 
the time it i$ used until it is worn out, 
when it is called 'meiglrif* haeu- 
ranga nda mdeedae, or lUtali «n- 
deedee; pi. 'magaeu yanga neha 
mideedae or ahali tnidaedee; also 
haeu iri ni mdeedee pi. magaeu 
aya ni tnidaedee, 

WMriW, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), a creeper, any 
creeping plant (esp. the pumplcin- 
plant) (Kis.ti»6tigu, mdango). 

Mdniiipo, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), lit. a cove- 
ring over the hosom, and as this is only 
worn during pregnancy, the word is 
used of pregnancy itself (Ki8.«»<m6<i) 
wamkaei uyu ana mdeimpo = this 
woman i$ with chUd (see mtunsi), 

WtMuebm, see mdeinge. 

MUainclie, s. 

nUiido, s (wa)» pi. mideindo or 'mi- 
Hnda,** 

MMagu (adr.) the third day after to- 
morrow; 1) nutwa; — 2) mkueha; — 
9) ntdando;-^ 4) ntdeinga (Kis. hee- 
ho, Ueeho UiStaa, mdondo mdanr 
dogda), 

Mdaingo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a river 
(Ki8.mto). 



MUdra, s. hu gnidoa na mdeirer- 

i^ee panda), 

IWIdriritrirm, s. (wa) i.q. meime (pi. vi- 
deirieira). This pL form is used. (]kl- 
deiriHra, p],videiHeira). 

BUUdro, s. (wa), a blatk eaHh used in 
plaetering houeee; the first plastering 
is with red clay, over which a coat 
of mdHro is laid. 

MUsili, 1)8. (wa) (pl.mi— ), %oot; mo- 
hara ya mideiei, dead coals; Tcuna 
midaiai tnideiei Tcu nibuyo, you 
have spots of soot on your back,— 
2) s. (wa) (pi. «»*=), name of a spedee 
qf tree, remarkable for a dense foliage 
and a dark green, whence their name. 

Mdsojroro (adv.) btfore, «»/r<me (Kis.. 
m,belle), 

Mdsonio, s. (wa), eeba u-ni deanio 
mdeanio udondedea garu (for uda 
ondedea). 

BUfldkao, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the sedi- 
diment qf beer (moa). The mdeohue- 
is mixed with himera (malt), then 
boiled, made into a favourite dish 
which is called hidUkui, 

BUrag-ambisi, s. (wa) (pl.m<— )f name 
qf a *shruJ} (Kis. meaea), lit. the dish- 
deaner {dauka ntbiei) nuMdeaniyake 
ni ya hu earaeira niMei, uda, 
mbando, n%et»miro Jte, 

WdMOgo, s. (wa) (pl.ti»<— )> a water-jar 

(Kis.«tetM»^. 
BUsAkiini, 8. (wa) (pi. u>a—), 1) a grand- 

chad;— 2) one who chases birds at 

night (KTS.fniMlni). 
Mdrandano, s. (wa). a pushing qfeach 

other (from hu dsundana). 

Mdmndi.s. 

Mdrandn, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a leech 
(Kis. msunee). 

MdB^ikiia, s. (pl.n»«— ), that part qf a 
knife or native hoe, axe and hatchet 
which enters into the handle (Kis- 
meuha), 

flidsiftro, in the evening (see dsuro)f 
mdeuro mua rero, in the evening 
qf to-day; (Kis.Jion^ mdeuro fmea 
mawa, in the evening qf to-morrow; 



112 



IfDUA— MBNDHE. 



ra). 



lnMlM» riMf wAm did ht eom$f 

tJto MMNtfNflr. 

I, 8. (wa) (pi. «0- 
mng (see 
I, a. (wa) (pi. 
ci/' tAom. 

mdain. a. (uyw) (pi. mi-}, tike «01» 
hog; mdudu pHgfdua-a^dH^for^ra. 
ih€ hog eovera it$e{f (with grass du- 
ring the heayy rains of the rainy 
season). 

SMdkaa, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a $peeU§ 
qf If0ian com; bmman g a eha «•»- 
ddh%»a. 

Mdnkorifo, s. (wa) (pi. mi-), hu dH- 
hmru 9nd9»h*trfr0, ehindui U P/Wm- 

• dihire ttu ii ySw ySw. 

MdAliro, s. (wa) (pL mm^-hu^m^da m- 
dtUiro ndmtUfj (see ho m Sdu m) , 

-JKlumte. a («9 (pi. mi—), 1) a large 
bag cf leather u$ed for eofirying the 
€irrow$ qf th$ king (see podo, the name 
of the common quiver);— SQ the thateh 
made over am ami-htU (see tura and 
•jwi fc waMi);— 8) pregnameif, i.e.the 
external i^ipearanee, the protuberance 
in connection with U (see mUMwi 
and mdaempa), 

mMnMrm, s. (wa) (pi. mi-). 

Mdambo. s. (pi. nU-^ the reetum, siratt- 
^, that which is seen at a prolapsas 
ani a^is.«i^Ao). 

MdvaiSi s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), H$img grcemd. 
Hence the name Wakamdonda, the 
Highkaedere, Bigh eouMtnfmen, one 
of the tribes, generally comprised un- 
der the name: Wmmi t i eeeh 

s. (wa) (pi. m*^), ktntdred; 

ma fnmi, kindred on the 

moiher'e eide; wmUu awm fU mr 



(Kis itifietBtf ili ii B»i» t iBi i ■■ I 

iHhika dteka, a (wa) a rsfllatf mo- 

oftV about from ome place te amother 

(Kia hin uhm n Ud o). 



BUobIb, a yi»o m >a iei eUi ntdumtu 
mdwntUf theee cattte are varUme (in 
colonr). 



a(wa) (jpL miH 
qfaepeeiee qf tree, r em artaU efor am 
ogenekfe tmeU |see < m j >#^ 
(n. prop.) 

a (wa) (pL m i ■ ) » « tviMif yiaee; 
at the resting place QOs. 
Ititma)* 

>bo (advO i«s< Mare, exaeUg there; 
uUha mebo, Juet where gom are; n^^' 
tm-^mniktea hu mneba (see dimHj. 

IMm (y.a.) to ehave, to eat ojt (said of 
grass as well as of hair) OiUs» hu eUdei^ 
hu mada mbmra, to ehane the head 

(v.rec) to ehatoe each other.— ; 
(v.nj to Mffly odM^ o/ ehmtmg, to 
evm oit< f0sB ehaioed,'- m6d«rm (y.dO 
to tkoM to or /M* (any one).— a U i< 
tal (v.int.) to sAoM cleverlg, to be etO- 
fal in ehairtmg. 

UfBim (Y. aj to break eg (a morsel of 
food, sach as dnhmm Ac.)— mafiikilii 
(Y.n.) to admit ^ hre/iMmg off, to bretOt 
eaedv, niedy. — aMfidtm (v.dO to 
break eg for (another), r^ha m eg n i 
are yaimga, «-!-•%• honfmehQ, break 
me off mfM and Ismw (the rest) wkers 
ft to.— flMfalannui (v.rec) to ftrvole 
qjOT ame for omxAkigr. — 
(v.intO to 5rMfc tffmmth, freeing 



bredk of freely, dot not break off 
eoithfear. 

lakbuiiM (contract from maidmn ir o, 
and derived firom 'hu 4 d mm a* *), a (ya) 
t*« eaiprsssecl but oidig pretended reaeom 
for eaOing amig one; e.g. the woman 
in calling for her husband will say: 
m«Mtoi ymf umda ^ the water ie warm 
(come and bathe), while the tme rea- 
son may be any tiling else (see hugm), 
t, hu meha (see at mamn^a). 

(v.a) (Kis. m k Uu h m, gem- 
gtUhm), 

lMi«(adY4 A» Mars; humdm ai-a^ 
tmte, otma n ee m u, the pigeeme haee 
notjiniehed (coming out) there are sMU 
eome in» 

p, a (pi. a epedee qf JleUhrate), 



MENfi-^llEUllBEi. 



118 



this word to a formatioii like 
Meme, weiu^ So, and aiglii- 
fles: iUe^f, It enlen into eomliinatioD 
with all the yarions prefonnathnM, 
prapofiitioDs and pronouns, and adds 
in each case the meaning of 'm^^^hmm; 
or idmttiedL'' 

tea (▼.n.) to 9prkig up, to rim otU^ 
tM groHMd, to. htgin to gtow,— BMVa- 
4Uk (T.caos.) to eau$6 to tpring n^. 
mp^iru 4 ffmmere doa; (v.int) to^prAifr 
up %aeU, humtifuUif. 

(or mla«ro}, Mmnm d iro), 
(y.a.> to' twaUow»— miMWtfca (▼.n.) 
to admit qf moaUowing (Kis.«t€«a). na 



(hH mfu) (YA.) to hear, to be •«•- 
9ibU of, to feek The general notion 
is: to perceive, by hearing, feeling, 
smelling 4c. w mwSm woohmnfu (|Ua 
•nHkisij; nmmiu woo-oa-n%f» (Kis. 
inohipmfU^t ndmfin, I hear,' wtfn^^ 
thou hearett; dm/a, he (or she) heare; 
Mmfu, tM JhMf; vm t wnfu, you hear; 
^tfamfOf theif hear (Kis.lit« Hkwa, to 
hear); nofmfa mchdra ya^ni-tuedo- 
ha^ lit J Aeor hunger^ it paine me, i.e. 
I am pah^fuU^ hungry. — iiifilaa(y. 
rec.) to hear one another, to be qf mu- 
tual underetanding ; trontw awehhu 
mfiMnm uhu ni monuao, neage tra 
«My6.— mlika(v.D.) to be amdibUt 
to admit of ~ to deserve hearing, to 
be Inflnential; miM»<w wa m ah%»n di 

(v«a.) to litteu to; 



I do not lieten to amy worde which 
are bad, hu mferm mmmmgo, pro- 
perty Uu mftra hu fu «f»V 
(Kis. HkWm^ 9aU9m\. — 
tv.recj to U9tm one to a notht r (Kis. 

;(v.intOeo] 

(vJntO to 
wUf tobe att ottenHon. 

Mfcdw, a word qf m ee emro H on or 
ring, probably composed of the words 
9m. fn, to die, and mdUw, indeed, 
vary. The m is the nsnal preformar 
tive of Noons and ad|ectives, dead 
indead, may I be dead if &e. The 

JBbdaeea, 



asseveration to still-stronger, when the 
words *kud9 im tku fc nyii ^ are added. 

i 



or 
#• ntfoHweUL Ps I wm i iH noa «•- 



(or m pjkm tm ij , a (wa) 
wm pj ^ m dm i) , a deadly en em y (Utone 
who dies wHh me). 

Uhnl, a (w^ (pl.«a— ), a padtet of 
pounded teibneeo or hmnp. 



fmUf go and tear me q/f eome Banor 
ntk-leaioee, thai I way make apadoei; 
nn^kMti nkuu fS dia , 
Som (seejniJbJb^ 

,g.wmtiwawa 
(seepjl^y. 

MMaal (Kto. ha*iH gani). 

MA (or myfli), a {wa^ pi. id), the rioer- 
horee; mfa wyw (thto); (pi. «»/B lai 
theee rioer-horeee) (Kia hibdko) pi. at 
and ioi, 

MMda, a 1m« Mumi nafdda, to etMlwUe 
leaving the ground level, without ma- 
lting a t umba or fuda^ 

BUbdo (see mpfieda) [hn p^eda^. 

Kf\Mim(adv.) badeward; hu b u erm 
mp td m m , to go batkward, to back 
one'sself , while facing the enemy (see 
) 



wt^MherOf he ie a braoe 
feUow, he Jleee not, he only batke 

a 

t, a (y», pi. wUta #•), MIoiss; 

uegwgwda pa JMt p§%epwadra MviMtf- 

m (Kia«M4yW«). 
MUUnm, a wktt/e and large beadef 
MfkmM; a i:pa, pL wkh #•), a wMkw^ 

iMl (Kia to w i a) ; tiitAMMa ta w -i ft tfn 

hni ea hu para n'doomba, uef^tnta 



WMaha mtimhm (or raiher mp^Snu- 
be mp/Wmde), a powder^ duet (of trees 
eaten by worms), or of what to sawn, 
saw-dust; aad&a na 
hidso^,l^inh6llowii^outa 

8 



114 



MFUMO— M-GNOMBE. 



rttptei giwtn hn the jimrngtir to M« 
older, frtit Mgpeetal^ <o r^dk and m^ 
JIuMtUA wim, mfmmu wa hmmo-^ 
iMMMMi, d94hano a- 
(for leu momaf) lit. 
Mfumu qf hen thi* had bun Ubefral, 
wkm Jhe lOM a dWM (» young), now 
JheXcNOiof n^^oniiMt*. Jli[y>tmtf iH »a 
boHo-Bi §i'9l^nkontera ine, lit. Mete 
JCTtemtc tf here then, not tkey (to) me 
mre good (to) mo = tA«y do not pUaee 
me. The plural ttram/Umw seems also 
to be in use: wafktmu watu or wt- 
^tmueatu, our great wten. MfȤmu- 
eaiu Binaimka hu di? Wantfumu 
toonoe dU the great men, lyondeo wi 
•mftunu Mua yeka, he aieo it an ho- 
nourable man tohen he ie alone. 

Mfimdo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), hu tira n^ 
fundef Wawiea eiutaohoho mi- 
^indo, 

Mflmdo, rather MAtndo, s. gri^, tor- 
row; anaikufa na hi/undo; mna 
^ida Icifundo; hifundo tUtnaeho 
uda-fn-hidtdta d»6ga nwuMnawe^o 
(Kis. timdtiU 

Wiuskg^, s. (ya, sa), 1) Part (tf ont^t 
tioth made loote on the waitt for the 
purpote qf wtfoUUng any thing (Kis. 
bindo)f ohida fnfUnga, ni-^u^tiri- 
rof €uuHira tn-^a mfunga, he pmt 
in where the vnfwngaf dearu i ni- 
hiavnehaneha mfunga Iriye mfitnr 
ga, thi$ doth it too narrow for making 
a mfunga,— 2) Trop. tometking re- 
tained or kept bade, a remainder. 
Mau ya-ngi pooa tia mfunga (or 
yota Utu mhtiae\ what taXk it ihit 
ef which nothing it kept bade (or which 
puts no remainder). 

WRmiuMf S. (wf ) (pi. mir-\ a tree with 
an odiferout wood (see kifiinunu), 

MAoni; S' mfwra inn windOf 4$%adenr 
ga; m,fura yn mapfu dipfuAi (Kis. 
nMMea«a ya mfua), 

(orm-fftuni) (seep/Wru), (Kis. 
^)^ 



M-ff«4i, in the middU, in the midH 
(see gadii, intidtf wUkin ; m^mdi (or 
mikaHiinnmtiw€,intideiiit hoUow, 

Bi^ifa, s. (wa) (pl.«oa— )> o*^ w/ko it 
very partiadar, dote-JU^^f parttmo- 
niout (see Jim gaga^ ^H^ ^ n^gdga, 
taroha daho, 

M^^Amm, namt qf a eoumirg, about 2 
days N. B. of li-pande. 

BIrABim, s. (wa) (pt.m<— )< beadt; mi- 
ganda ya nkemi, many beadt (Kis. 
uthanga); miganda will be used 
when heaps of beads are seen at the 
trading place; mganda is coIlectlYe 
in its meaning, but when m*modtt 
is added, it becomes a singular, m- 
ga/nda m^modti, one bead, 

Wigmniimkugn, s. (pi. mi—), name qf 
a tree. 

Wgmagijnk, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the bam- 
boo-cane when more than a year old, 
(in contradistinction to 'mdua**). 

Wgmngo, 8. (mkaBfo), (wa) (pi. m^-), 
a lion, 

BVc^o. s. (wa) (pi. m4—), 1) edvedge, bor- 
der (of a cloth) (Kis. ubindo); mgmo 
wa n-dtaru; dtaru yanga inanut- 
tuka mu-tngao ; — 2) a kind of ladle. 
formed out of a long-necked pumpkin 
mgdo foa hu bumpurira n%oa. De- 
rived from gaw€k 

mgisi mgiiL 

MgniaoaA, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), an ankndl 

of the Utard kind, but rather large 

(Kis. nUntrukonge), 
WigninngnhM « twngu ufundo* 
M-fiiimido, at one't feet (see muot^ 

do); ba-n^-gniondo, that part of a 

cottage which it oppottte the door; 

ama^nir^kira JkiHtw iki m gn i on d o 



gniendo nwmko-hogn^«dta. 



qf catOe, litfti ecrtOe in eatHe; 
am>*nanga daonda-diome mFgnonu 
bo m'gnotnbet go my hutbandrlet ut 
tee (ourselves) within cattle, i.e. go, 
travel, to proeore us some cattle. 



MGNOMA— MIKUITI. 



115 



Wgn6mM, s. (wa) (pi. «»<—), a log qf 
wood hoUowed out and u$ed oi a Jdve 
(Kis. mdtinga), mgnomm wa hu 
bachUcira nsuehi, 

Wgn6aia (a^j). litUe wiaUf wwnat 
wagnono, and wadiMde wagnono; 
uifunifnlongo teangaufamgnanOf 
dina dsadisana, 

Wg&hfM, s. (wa) (pi. «n<— )» I) the neck 
qf a calaboih or a pumpkin; — 2j a 
nedad calabash (in contradistinction 
from a Mpfwru, the neck of which 
is cut off), mgdhtte wa kiho, wa 
fnuangasirai mgobue u ni woo- 
ddli; mitgdbue i noha i/ub4, 

Wg6g%, s. (wa) (pi. fn4—), (i.q. mffuga 
see), the latter however seems to be 
more generally used for the ditches 
made in planting the lMMl«*-hedges. 

Wg6gOt s. (wa) (pi. nU—), trunk (of a 
tree); nicmta inanika mu^tngogo, 

the arUmal went into (the hole of) a 
trunk (Kis. gogo). 

Mg&giUbk (n. prop.) name qf a territory 
on the banki qf the lake Niae^a. Mgo- 
goda kua Maonga (its chief or king). 
Ifianeha yo ku Ifgno na Nianeha 
yo ku Mgogoda ni nvuoMdendOt 
the Niancha of Ifguo and of Mgogoda 
art bordering upon each other, 

BVcoiroAMmi s. (wa) (pi. nU—\ termitei 
in a certain $tage» kina migogodere 
churu iki-ndio watehurdo tnidwa, 
intiia HkadurUka, thie ant-MU ha$ 
'migogodere," it i$ theee which open 
the hoiee, when the Ineoa will come 
out» 

WflTOBM, ku ba»a nguaro m-nfome, 

Mgvmm, 8. echo, 

WflTomfoe, s. (wa) (pi mi—), lit that on 
wMch one eleepa, i.e. the evening meal 
(Kis. kifio, kialio) (from ku goneta); 
migonSro ya Wamardvi ni n^d^on^ 
ba, the evening meaU qf the Warner- 
rani aire fieK 

BVcoadno, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), enoring; 
ku liea (or risa) n^onono, to enore. 



K-gndu, in the ear, composed of m 
and kOduf ku gonta u ^g u du, lit 
to be ahort qf hearing, i.e. to be deat 

Mfffiga, s. (wa) (p\. «n<H; D trade (left 
by a tree which is dragged along the 
ground); — ^ a fwrowlor atti a guUg, 
made by running water;— 3) aemaU 
ditch made for planting a hedge, or 
from turning off the water ft'om their 
houses. Madsi yadta n^n iw mb m , 
gwmha mguga (or ing6ga), 

Mgngii, 8. (Kis. ntdeugaf) 

IVriiiriffiiM(iiikairil»iri)(Ki8.«<^ 

flVffnmH s. (wa) (pi. m€— ), d^th, hdUow 
(lit what is dug out, from ku gumba), 
IDsSnkua i ina n%gun%bi, thie b<u1ut 
has a depth = it is deep (in contradist. 
from a deehkua govtaeardra), 

M^fiiiidli, s. the noise or sound made by 
pounding. 

M^rmika, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a piece qf 
biMm^boo-cane, or any other smooth 
wood used for beating clothes in was- 
hing, mgunku wa ku gemHra n- 
dearu. 

BBiadartbfm (v.n.) 

nUaUkU (v.n.) 

Midam, s. pi. (ya), polygamy; ku ku- 
€»da nttdara, ku ehida midara (pj. 
of mdara), the sigmfteatUm qf which 
is, no doubt, flgurcOive* 

BUdikwm (n.prop.) name qf a country 
VI t days' journey 8» W. The inhabi- 
tants are Wamu&le and are subject 
to king Undi who resides at Mano. 

MidtoM, name qf a country IVi days 
N. W. of UpamAe, The people of Mi- 
deme are famous for planting their 
kadse-trees in very straight lines — 
wherefore one will say: di/geni di- 
psare n-kttdse Kimidetne, 

Midoro, <:. 

MigniMldo, (pi. otmuendo), legs, feet. 

nUkaiti. s. pi. (ya, douds covering the 
sky all over). The nUp^tpfu are in 
eonneetion with kungu and «tpA*~ 
ra ya fudifudi, but the mikuiti&re 
dry. Bero dsua eiri-aneka kuli 
mikuiti- 

8* 



116 



MIMBA— MKAU. 



8. (ya.sa); 1) fr«Qy;— 2) hnadih 
cr ibidih (of clothes), nUimkm ym n- 
d9m ' u 4 Hkumba, The hnadth ^ 
tkU cMh I do not Wee, Prov.i 



nimba, protMberamee$, um- 
BuhuHgmutf d^mru i 

■ltflNO<l| If IMi 4 MAItll 

BtBkv, 8. (pi. pa) (ffing. i not in use,) 
a pUmt with a root HmIIot to the 
ea$$ada, hut much euptrior to U, 
wMr^on U U fiwcA aOUvaUAt wMU 
tike latUr icaredg reeedoet emu atte»Uo%, 
Mimhu tubirdko Wna cMa ehSa 
(or j»«Ai). 

(y.a.) to blow (one's nose) (Kis. 
ku futa fc«NfMW<). NB, the word 
'puno" (nose) need not to be added 
in Kintassa. 

liBcIni (minAn), s. (ya) (sing, is not in 
use) germt (see dsoga). 



i, s. A adv. greedineai, $eljlikn6§8 
{see UifftirafHa), never knowing what 
i$ enough (Kis. huba\ uye ema m§»- 
dwi huSne hu^ne, that one hat 
greedineee very much, i.e. that One is 
very greedy. 
BDBilni(y.n.) to admit qf hlowtng (see 
ai&a» y.aj— miaidM (v. int.) to Uow 
forcibly, 

niyllipfll, s. tp\, yo), the being covered 
oQ over (the sicy) (see /W/W or p^tpfu}. 
Mero hwma oMda nvtpfwpfv^ = tt 
i» nery €Umdg to-day; htaa ehidet 
mipftipfit rero, it ie getting doudy 
to-day. NB, The word is nsed only 
of those days on which the son is 
not seen at all. 

Mfarara, s. (ya), beer in at etate offer- 
menUMon (in contradist from w^f vwt^ 
de), m^ wa nUraira, 

ndrftfa (see mlega). 
i, s. (pi. ya)t 1) britOenee (of iron); 
Uidowro iki hina miriri (it is Uir- 
bofya in Kis.) — 29 Trop. peevishness, 
wwmtH wyw «mm» m,iriri, eaid ftfone 
Ufho ie eaeUy emended (see tegnMj. 



The iron of Mpmmd e (my reponer 
says, there is plenty) has mUriH, 
wherefore they procure their hoes 
from the Wambos. NB, nwtrf ri seems 
to be the pi. of mUH (or mriH) which 
is one of the names for small pox. 

HUaiBAo, 8. (pi. of mdeiMdo), the hamr 
etring; h um deuw i gnatmbe n&lHmdo, 

Miaa (n. prop.) qf a country,; hu Miem, 
at Mieu or in Mteu;^ two daye 
dietance 8, W. from Mpande, Dale is 
about half a day's distance further on. 

1,8. 

(v.n.) 
(v.) ^« mkm), to go away, to eet 
out, to etart (Kis. oiMloJba)..— aldni 
mldni (y.cont) to go farther; deenge 
la mhira mhira nikidsa, Ni-ueidea 
ni eamhiro m« woemdeium, give 
me information (about the country); 
I want to go to, leet I go in igno- 
rance, — mkidMl (v.) (Kis. andoa) 
mupfi nao una mkidea hudaU, 

Rtka, the. 2j pers. pi. if ye/ endodee 
and mhidte, the opt of the verb 
intens. of *hu ondaf* and hu foka, 

Mkada, s. (wa) (pi. fti*-), an earthen 
vteed, exclueivdy kept by a wife for 
her hueband to waeh MmeOf; uOutdv 
um mrtubit )\\. a jar of in the body, 
i.e. for waehing the whoie body; m- 
hade Ufa m^mmmo, lit a jar qf in 
the eyee, Ue,for waehing the face and 
hande, 

null (adIJ.) violent, fkirce; the word is 
only nsed of men and anhnals not 
of things, as in Kisuahill. Mwugu 
wa nikaU, a violent or Jleroe man, 
but teowsw wakali, violent man. In 
the sing, the word Is construed wMi 
a genitive. Mumtu upw hkma «»- 
kaH ku4a£ kuSno, tMe ie a very 
vieient man; dondo urn mhali, a 
Jleree buck (pt umdoetda umkmUj; 



», lit a Jleree cow or 
bnUoOc, do not come with him or her 
into my eneloeure (pi. guambo va 
eikait, jleree cattle; ufomMuui 



MEAMA— MKUNOI. 



117 



ImU), a violent Vfoman (pi. 

**^— , name of a ooimify a6o«l f day« 
^. & of IQHmil*. 

n.gent.(wa) ft)l.«w»— ). 
<n eAe motitik — (sec hdmoa) 
(Kts. iB^btoa}. Prov. e^wera nay^f 
eaia ffft-fcd«noa, ubufre naso, eport 
foith the jabberer (lit with one who 
does not finish in the mouth) and 
you will return with them, i.e. sports, 
i.e. you will never finish. 
Mkanfo, «. (wa) (pl.m<— }, a lion (Kis. 
eimba), 

MalriTalrid— , s. (wa) (pl.mi— )i o ^^ 
<tf beam {K.\s.fiwi), 

MkAribra, s. (wa) (pKuw—), one who ie 
is eeMed or eetdbliehed at any place, 
i, 8. (wa) (pi. nU—), a quiU, 
(that) within the hoe (see haou). 
8. (wa) (pi. tteOMuct, female, 
mkaei ufonga, n%r 
niknoi trafce, my, 
When spoken of in 
wmmkaeii gnomnhe 
wa mhaoi, a cow, 
MkMkM, s. (wa) (pi. wa— ). a wo- 
man indeed; unahuada unaaona^ 
dione mhaelkaBi, lit. thou hast 
married, tJtou hast seen, i,e. thou hast 
married again indeed, (but now) lot 
us see, who will prove the best woman 
(speech of a woman to her husband 
who has married an other wife), nt 
upfe ul4 nabo mkasikasi eadere 
aba, you are not cleanly, a real 
woman is not like this. 
imrfdaa (v.a.) mpfurkB t yamkidsa 
hu ehida kiwdrttwdra, 

i, s. (Kis. fneungu 9) 

(see mka). 

I, s.(wa) (plnU—), the female of 

any animal after they hone had young; 

mUoda vfa hfrag nikoda wa nr- 

kukuf tnkoda wa garu Jbe, (see 



woman, wife; 
kaoi wako, 
thy, his wife, 
general, it is 



', s. (wa) (pi. 
nUko^o), 



), wrine (Kis. 



), s. (wa) (pl.m€— -), VhA 
<tf approaching rain; the whi» qf a 
passing arrow; mfara mkokomo- 
mpfura yadsa, firom. ku Ivofcoma)/ 
nidnko0 ina nikokomo, 
i, 8. (Kis. mskiitdo), 

), 8. (wa) (pl.m<— ), Hmt'THfr- 
der; mkoniboro wa kibo, 
nkomaiitkb, s. (wa) (pl.«ra— ), a sbn 

in law, 
M-kondo (see kondo) (Kis. mdiUHi, 
nkmtgo, s. (Kis. kando kando f) 
M-kon^ono, in or at the knees (see 

kongono), 
Wktolo, n. (wa) (pi. nU—), ftuit-staXk; 
tnikonio pa nuMungu, the Stalks qf 
pumpkins, 
WkAm, s. Cwa) (pl.m<H Hfurit 
\, s. (see m,*nkuan£j, 

I, s.(wa) ft>l.m<— ), name 
qf a species of tree, very high and 
branchless to the top, Prov. ku det^ 
gana na mkuarangia suda utm, 

Mkaba.s. 

BPrilcha (adv.) the day after to-morrow 
(Kis. kesho kdtoa and Jusii, 

Wkflda, s. (wa) (pl.m<— )f <d m^od gu- 
de in Kis. and Kinika. 

MUda, 8. (wa), remainder of food; mr 
kude Ufa tUanus, 

MkndU, ku gonta mkudu, 

Mknunda, s. (pi. «•<—), a bag made qf 
the fibres of thA Qamponi-tree. 

Wkniynia, s. (wa) (pi. m<— )• 

mknim, in quest, in search <tfteT;'k»' 
pa mai nirim-kuira, sadsiwika 
anadenga, I am in search after it, 
but he is not known whether he has 
carried it qf; nafe dadsa, diHm- 
kuira; nane nadsa, nili'mrkuira, 

Mknknsl, s. (wa) (pr. mi — )» ttaU {of 
a serpent), wkukumi ni wa tmlen- 
ga k%$rku'kura, the mark ^ft behind 
by any thing rubbing against the body, 
or trailing on the ground, as branches 
of a tree, firom kukuga, 

BDnunbi, s. nchira ffa mkumbi; a 
hoUow way. 

WEWidi, 8. (wa) (pi. «»<—), a species qf 
tree. 



118 



MKUNGU— MLIRI. 



I, S. (pi. wahungu), a Hdtf 
perhaps sing. m'wJbtmflrw (Kis. muifi\ 
«yw aet%da hana m*kungu, 9€vin- 
fika nUUM, 

(see gungud»a), 
, S. {fmta), tnkungusi umu- 
inifU9%gu§i wno, 

BDnq^, mka huawu — uka haaigt- 
h€ — 9ana mkupe Bolibadali (Kis. 
Hu taia na hu «A« 9i mbaiif Proy.) 

MUm (8. A acU.) 1) Zar^e, great; nM§n- 
iu %ta mkurUf a ffreat moM $Umt 
and Hck (Kis. mhu, m'n^ne), tnuntu 
nantanamaf a tmaU man;— 2) elder, 
older; X^endao ni nikwru hayeka; 
tnk^tru wanga, my elder brother. 

mkaraniiiiiba (a^j.) largerheUUd. 

IHMld, s. (wa) (pi. «■•<•—)> a sMng of lea- 
ther, or nikuH wa hikuruo and «f»- 
husi wa hihui, (Kis. mshipi wa 
ngiAo), 

Mk6te, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), name q^ a $p&- 
eie$ of tree, remarkable for its good 
fire wood and ashes, from which a 
paint is made with which they deco- 
rate the walls of their houses (see hu 
aianga). 

mkiiyn, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), a epeeiei of 
tree; bearing a fhiit like red apples. 

Mlalairiiamte (s. ^ adj.) (see fntebe). 

MDallka, hu enda tnlaliha; hu te- 
tega na nUaliha (see waliha), 

mamlM. s. (wa) (pi. m<-^), a apeciea of 
tret, (i.q.mfr««yw in Kis.) 

MUmii, s. (wa) (pi. wa—\ hrother and 
sitter in law (Kis. ahsmegi), 

Kbmdampimo (pl.wa^). aUttleani 
mal (Kis. dungf*dungu). 

MUndli, s. (wa) (pi. m<~-)> a ditjntte, 
debate, controvereyt a concern, an af- 
fair (especially as to debts), from hu 
Uutda (Kis. hieaei). 

Mlam^ll, s. (wa) (pi. wg—); Turkey 
red cloth, 

MUauL, s. (wa) (plmtf— ), (Kis. mua), 

BDanla ? tngwnga fnhe ? adttniba «oa- 
eitnu 9 nihirmnha (see namhuinJeut 
ind eignanga). 



(or mi«f»), (wa) (pL titM. ht. 
a yieUUng, a leaving; 1) .The track 
made by rats and other animals in 
the thatching of a cottage and in the 
standing grass or reeds;— SQ a emaU 
furrow aU with a hoe; hu lima nti- 
leha or mileha imiUha, is to cut 
small furrows in a piece of ground 
to be cultivated, which run parallel 
to each other and divide the place 
into narrow strips, each of which is 
taken up by a different person to fi- 
nish it This way of agriculture seems 
to b% peculiar to the Waniassa. 

MtemMdve, s. (wa) erne's way of cxvt- 
ting (ivory rings). Workmanehip ae to 
cutting (ivory rings); wttomba wanee 
wadeiwama niUmbedue woo. (The 
pi. seems not to be in use.) 

BDalemte, s. (wa) (pL wa^), 0.q. m'- 
niaimada, a yoiitik, a young «umi). 

Ml«mb«ro, S. (wa) (pi. nU—), mUmbero 
n*hua hu lemh&ra n-deima. 

BDelo (or M*l«re, m*r«re), (only used 
as nomen rectum), mildneae, genUeneee 
{seerera); mau aya noha nUSre; 
hu bonia hua mlile; ueatn^eo/n- 
gamihe deangtnnihe, 'ma u gahe ya 
fnreres=iana mau gooresa {seereaa), 

ini^mia, s. {u) (pL mi—}, a bat (Kis. 
pobof) 

Mlendo (mrendo), s. (wa) (pi. wt^-), 
a traveller, a etranger, trom hu renda 
or lenda (Kis. «neAiro, mgeni), 

MleMi, s. 

BDmi, s. (wa) one who bringe u/g chit- 
dren; mbadee ugu ndiye mleei wa 
inuana (see aanen^, 

Ml«w6dlie, s. (wa) one's toay cf evor 
ding a mieeiU (from hu lewa); digs 
diboniere nuMntba, di-mMrHtn^ vn- 
lewedue. 

KlindidUO, s. (wa) one's way of wat- 
ching on a pUmlation <te. fnlindidue 
wdho ngodere yabo nMndidue, 

Mdngm (iiiriii|r«)i s* (^a)* 

BDiri (mriri), s. (wa) emaihpox, i.q. 
tomba (pi. miririj, (Kis. uduij; eu%a- 
guidoa na mliri nUfri; wamm gui" 
doa na nUiri or n-iomba. 



MLIRIDUE— M'NCHIRI. 



119 



miffdvie, 8. (wa) one% teay or voice in 
crying; the sound peculiar to man 
and animal in uttering their voices 
(from hu lint, to cry) (see hidsudon). 

mta, 8. (wa) (j)!. m<— ), a tort of hell 
worn by youths (Ki<. fmMngdia) lilce 
those of the Walcamba. 

MSomte (n. prop.) a town or village in 
the Marani-cowUry, 

MSomo, s. (wa) (pi. mis=), lip (K.is. mu- 
otno), nUomo wa huntif the under 
lipi inlomo hu muamibaf the upper 
lip (Kis. «t«M»«NO ukando^ 

Mldmdo, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a tree (see 

pfiga), 
monCrera, S. (wa) (pi. walongera\ a 
middle aged person (Kis. wahamo) 
fnuntu uifu ni tntongcra, 

monf o. s. (wa) iphwalongc), a term 
only u»ed between hroUur and titter. 
A sister calls her brother her nUongo 
{fnrongo) and vice versa, but her 
sister she calls her m'jnSa. Sisters 
therefore who have no brother will 
flay: diriyc ntUmgo, we have no 
brother — and brothers without a 
sister will likewise say: diripe nt- 
iongo, we have no titter; nUango 
uwnga wa nihuru, my elder titter, 
when a male it tpeaking; my elder 
brother, when a female it tpeaking; 
ni nUongowanga or walongo wanr- 
get-wadede urofu ti n%*tnodti, our 
faihert are not one, but when the 
mother is not the same, the word 
mbaU (cousin) is used; mlongo wan- 
ga wa mtgnano, my younger titter 
(resp. brother). MOongo wanga uya 
ni n^pntanga, nUongo wemga ^oa 
inkuru didtkltaditana, my elder 
titter (resp. brother) bom next before 
mei nUonga wanga ni tnpuanga, 
my younger brother or tieter; mlan' 
go wanga n%dtiritiraf my broiler Ac. 
the youngett (see n»piia WL) 

Mldil, a. (wa) (pi. n^i—), a tpeciet qf 
creeper — uteA eu ropet for twinge 
and in bwOding. Its mambodta is 
mixed with flour of mawere and 



boiled into a thin paste, and taken 
as a remedy against dysentery. 
BOwni (see nurutu). 

Mlnniin, s. (wa) (pi. ml-), nUnndu wa 
chifgo, mhnUlu wa ntbariro. 

miiuiflr^Ubi, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), a tpeciet 
qf tree, growing on the bankt of river t, 
nmai (pl.trama<) mother. 

Wmani^dlio, s. (wa), oneft way in bin- 
ding or tying, from hu manga; n>'- 
mangMueweio wiMdamanga pfoo- 
homa, at to their binding they bound 
it very weU. 

Bltearavi, s. (pi. wa—), the name given 
by the tribes E, qf the Niassa to those 
in the ^wett, including not only the 
Wamaravi proper, but also the Wa- 
kamsdunda. 

BIteawa (see vi%awiii (adv.) to morrow 
(see *6u«r«i~) %\B.thangati1) 

nfmbiU, s. (wa) (pi. wamb€kf^ subjects 

(sing, minister). 
nmim, s. (wa) (bl. mi—), the blade qf 

graint. The word denotes the second 

stage of growth (Kis. m'm^a), 1) dtoga; 

2) n%*n%»ra;— S) nuigadti;-' ^ tno- 

61m. bavnanga or nhohowore dfo. 

Bamangat^hanga'nt'merawahe w- 

gohonui. 

Bl'mero, s. 

VtmodMi, one (Kis. m'moja). 

M'liaga, s. 

m^amisiro, s. (wa) (pi.) pretence; uta- 
ni ehidire ehedera ni m*nan%itiro 
tta n%uana, 

MTlldndsi, s. (wa) (pi. we^nandti), a na- 
tive; n^na-ndti, one with country, 
i.e. one of the same country. The word 
may also be a contraction from mtua- 
ndndti. 

IHTkiawe. 

Klieliira, s. (wa) (pi. wanchira), afar 
ther-in-law (to the husband only; the 
father in-law to the wife is: dedo- 
weike wa ntudmUna we^nga), 

Bflicllizf , s. {uyu) (pi. minchiri), a spe- 
cies of wild animal fuq. buaeha in 
Kinika). 



120 



M'NGHORO— MONSA. 



^8. (wa) ifH.mtMoharm), 
mffMA 9trip$ qf grmmdt into toUek the 
whoU U divided wlkm being etOtivaied 
(see mUka and ndime), 

Wtn m aM^, s. (wa); 1) oim** loay <^ 
•peaking r- 2) generaUy l€mgmage, ««- 
dHufa m'n en ed MB W4Mtu yu (for tcro- 
<w «i), «m'm««»«4u« flMUure JTntf ••n^Oi 

do you not know <mr language -^ are 
gou a MnlUengaf (pi. Wmndeengafj 

WV^. s. (wa) (pi. totmgdli), a Judge; 
deik o lino ttriye unrngdli, tkle coun- 
try i$ without Judgee, 

Wtngw (or mliclMn), the rind qf 
»ugar<aine, qf ma^tra-etalke Ac 

M^Bgm, n. gent. (pi. Wanguru), a na- 
me given by the tribes W, qfthe Niaeea 
to thoee in the R induding both Wa- 
kiao and Wt^joniba, 

MBiamada, 8. (wa) Q[>l.«ra— ), a young 
man, a youth (Kis. n%fuU»na, Mrimiu), 

MMiagm, s. (wa) (pi. mtf— ), the tuek 
qf the elephant (Kis. petnbe), mwianget 
wa nohop^ (see nionga), 

WtalMldo, homo la ha m'niomdo 
(Kis. «»6eile »a fniango], 

BP&iiOttto, 8. {Uf wa}, damp, dampneee; 
hna nwnha ntnianio mpfura Hi 
hafupi (it it emeOe dampneee; i.e. U 
strikes damp), the rain is near. 

flffBlmaiii, 8. (wa) (p). inin^\ the leavee 
qf the pumpkinrpiaint, used as a vege- 
table. 

m^ofb. 8. (wa) (pl.fM*-), 1) a lump qf 
/U$h;^ SSj aan^ feehy part qf the h^ 
man bodiy (meat without bone); chmi- 
w^-raea nUnofu, 

JWnorMno, a (wa) one^e way cf ehar- 
pening (a knife dtc.) 

WUM, 8. (not nea) (plwanea), feilow- 
man; see inst at 'nea." 

IVtotonffn, s. (wa) (pi. nUntongu), a 
epeeiee of blade bird (Lq. wUamba in 
iPsO They say that he is fond of cha- 
sing the common hawk in order to 
prevent it firom seising upon chickens. 
m'tongu aeegera Mdei^ is fond qf 
mnoke. 



, 8. ( wa) (pi. wmn te m k a) , < 
trybom elavee, i.q. wtma urn hw 
deano, NB. habaro is only one whom 
you have bought yourself. (Ki8.iUHM- 
pl, mar-) 

1, 8. (wa) ipLwamtu), a man, i.a a 
human being. 

M^ta-we (for m'Bta hre), man thou, 
'Du Mlenechenrkind*^ in German, thou 
son of man. 

Mo, in qf. 

Hte (V.) {Jdi moa), to drink.— mo4ka 
(v.n.) to be drinkeible; madoi aya ea- 
mo^ka, «MMi j>/Mm/w.— moedMi(vx:.) 
to give drink (Kis. ku nXa^ noSea). 

Mte, 8. drinkt a beverage, liquor (of 

nttama Jte,pombe). 
Mtte, bSnUfe, bo mo4bo, k6moe, ko- 

moSko, fn&mXe (or n%6miieli (see «m« 

and fneno). 

Modo (moto) 8. (wa) (pi. m<— ), >rre. 
Kodii (Kis. m«t/a).— modM modsL 
Ko«rm (Kis. moMpe), 
MofO (mokof), ku deara mogo (Kis. 

ku Jaa telle; ku ika mogo QLiS, 

tumbika). 

I, inu moka (see ka). 



M*omba, s. (wa) (pi. miombm); m*^ 
wa ku borera tonohof gnombo wa 
nwhira wa mon%ba, a cow with a 
whiU tail (the momlba getting bright 
by use). 

BI*omb«, 8. (wa) (pi. «»<—), Ki me travi 
iXi. gamponi in Klkd.) ktma miombo 
y» nkemt ku Midawa, 

M4mihn (adv.) $inee,from t»e time that, 
(generally followed by kale or some 
other term, by whir h time is specified). 
mo W W toab m dtra kale woHewetke 
deiko lino Uriyo m*ngaU. 

i, ina lira «MOM«ibo mhia 4. 
jmmniidlkaM) (Kis. meOkin^ 
di maohanga or MM). 
», s. (wa). 
K 8. (wa) (pL miano), (Uviogst. 10% 
mono wa ku pfuuHra n-dtom^o. 

Koasa (v.) kibanOa kina monea; 
mupfi wa n^onee^ 



MONSE— MPUA. 



121 



, contract from the prep, m and 



tf im qf ss $0 M to. 

Moddi, Kq. moodia, InU l$a$ $irong <ti 
taepresiUm, 

Koodia, within say — from the part 
«noo and the rerb dSa =: in order 
that; ndenda (eontr. from ndaenda) 
MfctMKiIra ntoodSa HnfftOtare eAoye, 
lit I went to marry (yon), in order that 
I might not be empty (alone), meaning: 
hilt I did not Uke you, mhuea etoun- 
ffa gtunnbe, nto6dt Hoa-tn-eombe, 
Hhtunka in*nM$ndaf peefra ofta, fto- 
hitdia haoa-mrftianoe, sweep here 
where to eay^ i.e. in order that it may 
not dieguit him; nenda diSrehnuto- 
d£a eingaJtaro na n&hdra, I go 
(contr. from naonda) eating^ '\A. IwOt 
eat (just) in order that I may noi he 
%cith hunger, meaning: but 1 do not 
lilce this food. Dmm-w i na-i-guriret, 
fnoodia eingaharo na nMUio4ehOf 
I hny tMi oloth (just) in order that I 
may not be with nakedneee, but I do 
not like it 

Kpiiido(N.prop.) 

Mpangm (see mpuanga), s. (see ku U- 
4na deinda), 

Kpdwi, 8. (pi. ttampdwi), one who i$ 
poor or needy; ei-ri-hara wampdwi 
dsiho lino, 

K pobade {seepebSde). 

Kpedo.s. 

l^pfariAna, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the way 
of wearing one'e cloth (from hu pfara), 
Mpfaridue «ra n-dottruyaho iwo- 
ou-ni-komera, 

Kpfi (see mupfi), arrow, 

Kpfb. (uyu) (pi. awa and ioij, the ri- 
ver-horee, 

Kpfiftdo, 8. (wa) (pi. mir^), a place (out- 
side the hora) where cattle remain in 
the morning tiU the graee i$ dry, and 
again during the heat of tne day ifio 
called from the grass looking rufOed, 
disturbed). Bampfttdo elpfMdapfu- 
dabo gnombo, IHmhe, dika doing- 
idee gnambo ba mpfudo. 



l^flunU. & (wa) eontinued rain (KIs^ 
mf^ta ya n^^mgioa), mpfnmbi w 
^idordirpora m-ninmba, thie rain^ 
weather wiU ha^f teiU u§ in the home. 

M^faiAa, ret to beer (see mpvundo), 

Kpfludikdro, s. (ya, sa), a cover (Kis.. 
hi^iko), at to pote, no Ude are made; 
mbaie serves for basin and lids. 

Ilpftnido , 8. (wa) (trop. of p^%mdo, knot 
grudge) 01 leOI (Kis. m/Wtuio), twMnai' 
ana-n-^hidira mpfwndo, my mother- 
beare a grudge to me; mp^endo u 
^Mdork^Mrpora mmana, thie grudge', 
you bear to the ehUd, wiU feOZ Mm. 

Ilpfiiiiglidi, s. (wa) (ptm<— )* namei'<(f 

a tree (Kis. mfongonia), 
KplffH, s. (wa) (pi. m*-). o mnaU potr. 

(for coolcing meat only). The keM i8> 

used for the "Doimla, and is therefore 

larger. 

MpUddne, s. (wa) ione'e way qfcooMng^ 
Mpincro, s. (wa) (pi. mi--), the ebony- 
tree (Kis. id). 

BIpirl, s. (wa) (pi. Waptri), name qf a 
tribe (a subdivision of the Wabanda),. 
belonging to the ^akamdnnda. 

I^pdri (adv.) too late (i.q. kunsi kua 
rondo); una kudea mpdri or un»- 
kudea kunei kua rondo {^you camio 
too late (see kunet^f (Kis. kiniOmo), 

Kptta 1 s. (wyw) (pi. io€\, a epeeiee of 
cmUlope (of a grey colour ]k«/W<A«). 

Mptta n. s. a term between an elder 
brother and hie younger onee, and dlea 
between an elder eieter and her younger 
onee, ae mlongo ie a term between 
brothere and eiatere (see mlongo). sing. 
mpuanga (contract, from nytua umm»- 
ga, my younger brother) when a male 
is speaking; my younger sister, when 
a female is speaking); mpudko (oonitr. 
firom mpuawaiko), thy younger brother 
or thy younger eieter, mpuako, hi$t 
younger brother on her younger eieter^ 
iplufopuatu) (from urqfNMCwMM) 
younger brothere or eieter e. 
{ufopua wanM), your, — 
{teapua woo), ihieir younger broikere 
or. etetere. Mpuanf^ok ^« kiud^ogo* 



122 



MPUOA-MSADL 



la ha' 

my yomtger hrotktr [retp. sister) who 
followed me, who trod me on the 
head, i.e. the one next me in age. 
m pumn ga wa p4md i hoH, the mJMU 
<m»qf my youmger brothen 4«, cousins 
t(by either nndes or aunts) are all 
"umbau," bnt only those by aunts 
iiave the word 'totupua** applied to 
ihem, if either them«elyes or their 
mothers are younger than you. Mi- 
mp%Hmga hua ummatUf M (or she) 
is my yiAKuqw (my inferior) hy owr mo- 
than though he or she is in fact oJder- 
ihe person is considered the younger 
^nd must carry the load, because 
his or her mother is younger. Proy. 
JtUr^m-pfow M ra impuako »i tnbiri, 
^sungu ni huia hu^nr^onga, u- 
Mendera vn-pAmo, sudafOca fnak6- 
no, if yo» go $l<noly (lit. in the nose 
irop. slowly) yon will not arrive by 
this time. 

Mpudrn (only used as predicate), a name 
given to a new ineirument before it 
has been put to any u$e, espec. to a 
nsuf hoe. Of a knife the word seems 
.scarcely to be used (see Uibmra). Ka- 
Mtagula haeuranga nda mpudOf 
I Jutt come from buying my hoe cf 
mpuda (see fca); hud/ngoa yanga 
^MOAa mp%ada, or HuM na mpuda, 
my axe i$ a new one (not yet used); 
huemgoa eanga tMa trnpuda, or 
Hnm ntpuda, or eikali na ntpuda, 
bmt merely ni mpuda, it is mpuda, 
they do not say, the word being 
construed always with a gen. or a 
coi^unction. 

(see wMomIro). 

i, s. (wa). 

s. a bwming. The m may be 
explained either as a preformative, 
or as the prep, m i.e. in. NR The 
word is only used in connection with 
'emdima". heart ana mptera mdi- 
ma, he hat a bwminy (in) the heart, 
iA a ttrong deeire » emapea mdi- 
he <• bmnt (as to his) heart. 



i, s. (wa) (pUmtf— ), a epeetee 
of tree, wtiich bears a sort of plum 
called psimpsa (Kis.A/lM, and himd- 
ha ^adu), 

n^pmanpm, s. our hearts are burning 
(with deeire). 

Myimo, lit in Me noee; trop. slowiy ; 
uh&ndera wptfno, endafiika mo- 
konOf if you go slowiy, you w(U not 
arrive by this time (soon), uda-ni- 
mama ehaiko, ehanga uki-n^/ero' 
hu-mrpuno, you reused me yours, 
therefore you will only smell mine 
(now), Le. I also refiise. 

KFtmnde, s. (ya) {derived from pvun- 
da) fermmtaUon. Moa u nJbHa tra- 
pfwnde in contradist yv«n» nUrdra 
Moa wa mpvunde, beer after fwmnn- 
tation, which with them is Uted, 

Unukill, s. (wa) (pi. m4— ), (see ntiandu), 

SfrUflo, s. 

MriBfH, tea ndeala (Kis, mdiringa), 

Bbrihi? 

Mrote, s. 

Mrenddra, s. 

Mronffo L s. (wa) (pi. «•<— )i a row, a 

series. 
BboBgro n. s. (wa) (pi. tro— ), see fM- 

longo, 
Mmmbnaiia, s. younger than the m- 

nimndda (see). 
Mrvm, s. (wa) (pi. m<— )? <> ^«d <^ 

grass ^jmJbasa wa mwuruf^ 
I, s. 



I, s. (wa), waUr in wMeh bran 
has been thrown for fermentation, 
and which in making beer is added 
to the malt 

Bbnum or mlwni, a whisUe; hw itnha 
nUmeu or fMrt»#u, to whisQe. 

Bbachlde, vnpuai-namgaeinga omo- 
guia n^-peei sa m unda . ntmetke, Ht 
do not be la»y, the roaster has bought 
the stalks of his own pla n tation, 

Miadi, s. (wa) (pi. «ni-), one qf the posts 
erected insOe cf a native cottage 
between the centre and the wall , sup- 
porting the roof (see daanamira and 
dsigi). 



MSALE— irSEGHE. 



123 



), 8. (wa) (pi. mi--), a ip^etea ef 
€Mneareom, the seed of which is red. 
and the stallu sweet, as sugar-cane 
(also ftMore); » 2} a hraneh or arm 
<^ a river, 

MaimM, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), a kind qf cr- 
nammUf (see g^kt), 

Ubnlro, s. (wa) (pUmi— }, a woodm 
piUoto (similar to those used in Egypt); 
m94mir0 ni mdenffo wi»F^$-»ema, 
Ufa hu BoanUHraf lit thA vntomiiro 
U a tree ikey which hmo (for) qf to 
recUne en. 

WMtamfm, s. (wa) (pi. m^-), a trap, hu 
Uha meampa, to tet a trap. hu-fi%- 
t$hera ntBompa niama, to set a trap 

for <M» animai (Kis. hu tega tntmnbo). 

■laaa waadim, s. the back of a ser- 
pent called ndara, which from its 
sharp ridge, is generally mentioned 
in connection with 'makoaoF* ivory- 
rings, m a h atu aya si humJba ya 



uddra, I do not want then Hwry-ringa 
to be ofarowtd, but qf a pointed eharp 
edged (workmanship). 
iMBa 8. 1) daytime (Kis. mtanm, iloJbo- 
r€), meana numee the whoie day; — 
2j emulation (see r%$§o); — 8) baMfone 
(see h um bu g o ) , 

s. (wa) i.q. mfauL 
(ady.)/M<, quickiy, ioon, omo- 
huorm msanga, he returned Boon, — 
UIMUlfm IBMiafB (Kis. upeei, ha^ 
ruha), 

InDfv, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), a speciee qf 
treee growing on the banke qf the Ni- 
ancha, the literal translation of which 
term is: lore me ! ni (me) aneha love. 
The petition may refer to the dangers 
connected with the crossing of the lake, 
in which so many lives have been 
lost, wherefore no brothers or relati- 
yes will ever cross it in one and the 
same boat They say: h%ma ni hu 
jrianehu dirordhe deam pa ra <l«o«n- 
perm, mntodei adedU u t d u n du (Kis. 
tuHftUto p4a aote uteangu uun^fa 

'). 



Mital, s. (wa) ineamUg ; m*u$u uyu 
ana m,*edra, pi. wantu enoa waiea 
madra; hu ehida modra, to become 
ineane, (Kis. 



I, s. (wa) (pl.«nl-)> aboothhaeti^ 
putnp qf branehee and grace. This is 
peculiar to the Wavisa, who, when 
coming for trade in large numbers, 
are said never to sleep in other peop- 
les' houses, huna miganda pao ehU' 
ruka hu wteaea. 



(or Bunum), s. (wa) (pi. mi—), 
1) a cpedee qf fly; ~ SD a epeeiee qf 
out (Kis. m/^Miti). 

MiiAiilai, name of a tract of country 
on the banks of the Niancha, about 
4 days' Journey to the south of Mbadsa 
and Dsenga. Not f^ firom the bank 
there is a town of the same name^ 
which is one of the principal places, 
fh>m which they ferry over the lake 
to Mchenga. A whole day is occupied 
in crossing and recrossing-it Here 
Saiimini passed over, while his uncle 
searched for him at Dsenga. The moun- 
tain-island Blbuadsuru, he says, was 
seen to the left Ifiameh^ ffahu M- 
eauka is that portion of the lake which 
lies opposite to Msauka, which again 
is part of the country called Maravi. 

Maeba, s. (wa) (pi. «t<— ), a ha^ grown 
rat, 

Maeba, a (wa) (pi. ««€—), any tSMh need 
for carrying a child at one^e back. 

nraadaiiiaal, s. (wa) (pi. nU—), name 
qf a tree, of the bark of which they 
make small boats for the navigation 
of smaller rivers; on the lake or in 
large rivers they are never used. The 
word means: who can climb it — 
meeda ni panif who ffiidee np and 
down itf because its rind is very 
smooth uftieardra => mfune in Kis. 

BTsMm, s. (wa) (pL mi-), a large 
wUker^work veeeel made eo <Hoee a$ 
to hold beer, about 6 high and 8—4 
in diameter. It is made of the bam- 
boo-cane [deungui). 



124 



MSEMEDUE— MSINDE. 



\, 8. (wa), <mef$ matrntr pf 
hewing or euUimg $mo€ih (the outside 
of a tree) from JM 90mm, h^tado *abu 
ni fHSBme d ue «9« y«f»<^ m«MiMdtM 
nhua yaw< ^or wMe iwrf t— «i m«JUn»< ^ 

(nuwaMM), s. (wa) (pi. 
-), fiam« <i(f a kind qf vegetable 
growing epontemeouely in merrekeet 
and at ike haiOce pf rivere, when 
boiled it is caUfd 'fer^r*." 

MMnffa (or mxMiffa), s. (uyu) (pi. 
m*—), the civet eat (Ji\%,ngaweii. 

llIa«D^o,s.(wa) (pl.m<— ). 

Mate, s.(wa) (pl.m<— ), a nairrow etrip 
qf ground deared from the graea all 
arotmd the bwrging place (see deimoha), 
to prevent the Are from spreading 
over the graves at the general con- 
flagration of the grass (i.e. Mdeongo 
in Kinika) rero denda (s daonda) 
hu UnUra tneeo ku deincha — 
deincha Ueaiye likapea; hu linUra 
nteeo niu»nha ya eiwa (see rtnn- 
h%»rira). The clearing qf a pathway 
on both eidee from the graae, eeped- 
aUy near the kin(fe reeidence, 
», s. 
i,s. 



S. (wa) (pi. tni—), name qf a 
tree, the leavee qf which are need for 
Jkwowring tobacco and malt, being 
laid on during the etate of fermen- 
tation; meowa wanunka pfungo 
rookoma, Prov. uroffrtMa ni fiMMcra 
na hombe-annoHe agansera eha- 
hiUUa waaUu wena iyo mkakara 
chaiyo — foolieh ie the ^nteowa," cmmI 
the twino^iet, it ie he who improvee 
the food qf othere, and remains him- 
9e{f empty, proJIUeee. 



Bblbe, 8. (Kis. mugano) f 

Mlibtt, s. (ii) (pi. n^tr-), freeh graee; 
«Mi5w is collect but may be used 
as a siog. if nCmodei is added. 

■teUn (mnta), s. (wa) (pi. niir-')^ foreet 
(Kis. mH U u) fneidiH tea €NSa, a very 
remarkable fereet in ihe country eaUed 
Meincha qf about 16 mOee in length. 



and 5 or g in breadth The trees, of 
which it is composed, are said to be 
all of one kind, of about 18* in height 
and presenting, a perfectly level sur- 
face at the top, and standing so close 
to each other, that neither man nor 
animal can enter. But the most remal^ 
cable circumstance is, that the inha- 
bitants of the country keep it sacred 
no tree iMing ever cut down of it* 
though they are much in want of 
fuel, so that they are obliged to put 
up with roots dug out of the ground 
and with stalks of Guinea and Indian 
com. Their sacrifices for rain &c are 
also offered in its neighbourhood. Lit 
Me forest qf a heap so eaUed from 
its density, 

Bbifa,s. 

Krdfiri, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ). an old hoe, 
worn out by use (see mdsedeo), hnow 
Tonga rinakma vnaigiri siri feo- 
ntandso. heteurdko ni ntsigiri nio^ 
dani^ is your hoe a worn out one or 
what 9 resp. Uhari mdeodeof it it 
•till one which can be used, 

Hbimbi, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the longe$t 
qf the tail-feathers (Kis. miele). 

Hbinio, s. (wa) (pi. mi—), the youngest 
of a family (from hu sima) (Kis. h^ 
Hnda ntimba) nUongo wanga uyw 
ni meime; wana mwu ni n^isinta 
(hq, mdsirisim), (Kis. mttnda m4u%- 
ba). 

Hbinipo, 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), a bamboo* 
cane used for pushing a boat forward 
(Kis, pondo), 

Hbimv (mmimv}, s. (wa) (pi. mi^, 
(Kia hama, pepo). 

WUbkChm (n.prop.) name qf a country 
7 daysF Journey to the south of iipande* 
On the way there you cross the rivers 
Mdede and Kakuyu, running N.W. 
into the Bua. The dynasty is Kantona. 
In this country is the sacred forest of 
€M« (see ntsidu «9« €h»e^ 

Hriade. 8. (wa) (pi. mi—), such staftt 
qf Indian com as are Juicy and sweet 
enough to be chewed. 



MSINKU— MTANTA. 



125 



Mtaiiilni, s. (wa) (p). m<— )i D MflfAt, 
atature; fnsinhu wa piri, the height 
qf a mountain; p4ri iri m«<nlp«»- 
wake ngo udmii, thi$ mountain its 
height ia far (great), wamtu awa 
mtinhu y€M ni muamdende; watu 
0fwa n^Hidcwyao wwnn Hanu 9iar 
na. MeenAe (for maaende) uona 
n%9itikUf ni wty^uanga, do not go 
looking at the ktature, then ore my 
younger brothere or etetera; hu oroa 
tnoinku, to be aqft tu to (or in) 
atatwe, i.e. to be still in a state of 
growth: — 2) Quitkneaa of growth. 
muana ^tyu ana mainkH ss ator 
nUngira Uu hura;-^ S) Length e.g. 
of cloth); dearu i vnord^mana n^ 
einhu, lit cloth thia thou haat U atin- 
ted (as to) the length, i.e. you have 
made it too short 

MihM. Sw (wa) (pi. m<— )i a hcUow 
(only of what is in the shape of a 
tube or pipe); huna maiwe wa Jkw- 
igo'huna tniaiwe ya n-dtfunfcti^L 
Ifadaamua, vnadai anaroa maiwe 
wa huina, I am choked, water en- 
tered the hollow of to daewhere, l.e. the 
wind pipe. 

Miodi, s. (wa) (pl.m<— ), a young fowl 
from tTie time it can he known to he 
a female UU it heeomea a tadai (a 
pullet) (Kis. mao); Jcuku uyu ni «•- 
aodi (pi. Jcuku awa ni miaodi), 

nbona, s. (wa) (pi. mi— ), the female of 
a domeatie animal from the time they 
loae their Jlrat coat qf hair untU th^ 
are with young, when tJiey are eaUed 
mikoda (see nikoda) (Kis. mfarika, 
ndatna). 

KMNldtfre (n. prop.) of a mountain, 

Msendodfli, s. (wa) (pt. mi— ), a apeciea 
qf tree growing on the river^anka. 

Wl— ny, 8. (wa) (pL mi^), an arrma 
of wood ao hard aa to require no 
head. This kind of arrow is preferred 
to the iron-headed from their going 
straighter. 

Mmb^, s. (wa) (pi. nU—)f a atrip (of 
meat only); nwongo nkua n imt na 
(mkkmda um mieuna). 



i, s. continued eontri- 
hutUm (from ku aonha). 

Ms^ro, s.(wa) (pi. mi— ), the «%in (shin- 
bone (Kis.mMMeH). 

WMiUL, s.— mraiiil, s. (wa) (pi. «9«—), 
one qf a tribe with whom ihey inter- 
marry; aida-fn-€hokora ine^aini- 
nt-daiwa, kadi ni n%au«mi toanyti, 
I ahall not come forth to him (for 
dancing), I do not know Mm whether 
he ia my n^udni; — 2) n^aua, when 
Jlour haa been mixed with ceUd water, 

msaka, s. (wa) (pi. mi— ), 1) the medlar- 
tree {9} it growa wUd; from ita wood 
mortara are made;— 2} the end qf the 
horn of a cow, uaed for cupping; mr 
auku wa ku rumikira, 

BU^bnbn, s. (wa) (pl.mi— ), 1) the pre- 
puce; — 21 the leanea endoaing the 
guinea-corn, juat hefcfre ahooting forth, 
n%abira yonae yana ntisumba (or 
yana nUdoro) iJKls, aunya) (Kis.m- 
tanua una nUntba), (Kin. mu k ama 
una tuntba), 

Bimimfcnri, s. (wa) (pi. mi^), a kind 
of cane, qf which ahepherd-boya make 
their flutea, 

MsobcIm, 8. (wa) haaty beer (f^om ku 
aunya), i.e. a small quantity of beer 
made by the wife to surprise her hus- 
band. 

MMng«, s. (wa) (pi. n^i—), a freah ant- 
hiU (I.e. of white ants), much valued 
for its being more productive (see 
oktaru), €^uruehanya ni maunyOf 
oiMna nUriri, my ant-MU ia a re- 
cent one. 

Mnatgn (msanfn), s. (wa) (pi. mi^\ 
a apedea qf pumpkina (red), maunyu 
ya num n gu, 

Mnaddnm, s. (wa) workmanahip qf a 
amith (from ku aura), ntauridue wa 
ku punaira aumSmira-mdima um 
kuonta kuenta, the apprenOee hand 
doea not vaniah (can be easily detected) 
the mind ia unateady, 

msiviso, s. 

Bttaata, s. (wa) (pi. wa-), a ahaffier, 
especially used of tradesmen who eat 
up their wages before hand ^d are 



126 



MTANTANTA— MUAMUNA. 



slow in performing their engagements; 
a Imaye, a rogne (Kis. ttHai; mch mmr 

Bttaatiata, the being itnsUked tmt, 
the eaetaiabng dUmg (only used of a 
moontain ridge and a lake), ptri Hya 
nda mfcmlOMM; moMH yaiya n^ha 
l>Hyfe iri nda 



1, 8. (wa) from hu uikm, 
Mloiiib«, 8. (or AlriMmM. (wa) (pi. 

mi—), a hoU, a cavUv (sadi as is mar 

de by the nemgo) 
Mtenffa, a (wa) (pi. miH» o mMM^^ 

(Kis. n^umbe). 
MUmgU (see fn*ntetHn^) (Kia mlomfta). 
Mtiko, s. (wa) (pi. «m<— ), any tUde made 

$moolh mid u$ed in cocking the Htdma. 
Mtl rif, s. (wa) (pi. ml—), cofi/fuenee 

(of a stream), lit. putting into (see fira, 

MtflMra, s. sowes, hrcih. 

MtiliBM, s. (wa) (pi. «ni-), thumder (Kis. 
nhgurumo). 

Mta. (pi. «9a«w) (see m*nlu), mm, a 
hmman being. 

Mtnmta, s. only used as a predicate— 
a man indeed, a man of note (KiS. 
mdart^nli^; uye »i fntmntu, eiwoo 
numa, he i$ a man indeed, he ie no 
niggard. The Kiniassa-language has 
many of these repetitions, which al- 
ways enhance the meaning. 

MtmUhi, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ). a tpedee of 
a tree, plemUd in the bvuvrofor their 
ehade. But only one tree is planted 
in a buaro, as too many would ren- 
der the place too cold. The Wanika 
and Wacbomba plant the mgamdi^ 
bnt it does not spread so much as it 
does in the Waniassa country, this 
being more fertila 

ntmiai, s. (wa) (pi. «n4— ), (Kis. nt4m»a). 
'\, s. (pi. ntM^, name qf a eerpent pro- 
perly m4tt). 

I, i.q. 'm" and 2. pers. pi. abbreviar 
ted from "mua," and followed by the 
Optat mtMi, in of ;t-- 21 pron. pi. 2. pers. 
when standing before a verb. mwocM 
yon ea/y;-- ^ prep, ftom (see «mim*). 



^ 



1) a particle denoting the gen. 
when relating to the prep, ne, eig. 

^H' MMMMOA flMMMrVj tW AOKwv iff w9 

m^inkte Aokm;— 9 coi^. iff thoogb. 
but always followed by the lnti>%0^ 
dibida, MttMi hu rfoy moyw. let «• 
pa«f on, though ^t be) to throw aeoag 

M«ibM,a(wa) the mneUqfbmnUhiOir 
andfeaihere, ehenei onmnJ 
bu€, the oh^nei smells of 
(because they roast it whole). 

BbuUUi(y.a.) to etrike with the pahn of 
the hand (with the hand expanded) 
(Kia hu-mrpiga Jkoif).— iMMilana 
(y.rec) 

HHadi (see mocdi and mondia). 

Muni, s. (wa) nmai and m /da wi , good 
luek (seejptfMa) ; (Kis. »«iIbA«< o y ewM i^ 
ib«r<, /tflda). 

Mwdlm, mdima ton m ma l i r m ; 
hdli bunkue hi$le, doetbamo 
nMioUra, theg formed an aeeeuMg 
(but) «010 thuy break np. 

Hulunba (adv.) abooe, over; ku nm- 
tunba hu (for hu mun m ba uhu), 
towarde abooe, higher np ie4f;, a river); 
tniguiendo ya (Jbw) muannha, the 
for^eet (in quadrupeds) (see fdgu), 

MnamU, s. (wa) (pi. m<— ), a narraUve, 
a eiory (Kis. ngano, hndie^; hu^weir 
imbira wamiu miambi, to relaie 
etoriee to men. 

Hwunbo, s. (wa) pi. not in nse. IH§- 
eretion (Kis. buearalji nmiu upu o- 
ni-gonda h*ia mu mn bo, thie man 
pleaeet me bg hi$ dieeretion. JHmw 
hungui upu ema muambo {fenanh 
ledge, deoemeee in generaXj. 

Hvamlli, 8. (wa) (pL nU^), thedrgge^ 
eon (agp. to I^eindkm), 

Mnnmima (or mwa m'na) , (wa) ^. 
«9«»—), a man, a hnebemd; 
wanga, mg heuband. — 
a the repetition wforeee Me emMti^ 
a wtan indeed, or a tndg maeeeMne 
man (Kis. hiumef n u m m nmmme^ 




MUANA— MUniBIDUE 



127 



I, (AewarsiKiUaiit 
mm ther^ l>akutmmira d ach i d a - 
dlane mm m m *namm*a, we are m ea tf l y 
now indeed, Ut we are meeliDg we 
make, we realize (now), let us see wIm> 
is the stronger. mHam*na nsanga, 
mg WoOUr in law by marriage ifiee 
n'ea). 

■ttiaft, S. (wa) (pi. ufona); muama wa 
muomdcr, an apprefttiee (Kis. man»- 
fumdijf muama tea hutu, a girl from 
the mge qf ahoui 10 yeart to ike age 
otf jNfiMlK (Kis. fiMtefcona); wmmmmi 
«oa diM, fik« pupa <{f tAe e^e (Kis. 
f»»fro»4, «mMM»a «ra fctidu (Kis.«»- 
cltMlu tira •A<l»<o); tiMMma Mra rMa, 
M« ra<ii-6oio (see reii^i muana waiu 
(Ki8.«nuene«M); «mmmm» mdoro (Kis. 

s. (wa) (pLtoaiMMui#i]^ lit. 

aeon or damghter of the country, i.e. a 

natiffe i\jfi,nmand9ii, (Kis. mm ogn i efii, 

Mnmndm, s. (see nMMoonda), a ^rroML 

WmMoinngn (or maa-Bdm^ (see 

moMDgm, s. (wa) ^1. «•<—), 1) graes 
twitted and need t» the eanelirvction, 
of the uakue;-^ ^ Awuiffa» pron. 
poss. my, rel. to the prepos. •«•**/ — 
S) 2b pers. pi. of m^o. 

BbuuMpMim (n.coli.) name of a kind 
qf pnmpkin, 

ISd^io. s. (wa) impudence, ineolfnce: 
hu chida tnuano {^ Kis. hu giUHMj 
see pwHso, pur u b wru and o Mih umdi f 
(Kis. M»>U, uttcfctceM). 

Maaatm-Avaata, contracted from 
nH«a «4rai»«M mtaa waaUte, in of men, 
in of men, le. various men, e^pec used 
of wariors of all kinds, of different 
ways of fighting. 

MnmpA, s. (wa) an ordea^; hu mnhur 
rira amojp^ (Kis. ku omtboUa hidpii^ 

MhMurm, s. (wa) a atone, pi. irreg. nUmi- 
4m and nidim (the latter word is 
used of small stones only mmara wa- 
m nmamn nta bb Kis. hifiwe), 

HvikMt (y.a.) s= Kis. u^^ania, dieperee, 

AVMikft as Kis. t^pOMOMK — 

flikinis tapania. 



s. (wa) (pi. m4— ), ifiee 



i, s. (m) no pi.; good huk, in eon- 
tiadist. firom dodgnifieemuai^ mma^ 
wi U uU awa ngokuru (s «iM Ma 



S. blood; ni ninlte oha 
doi ohm doiko rangm, 

Miidn, s. (wa) iplnMM), a town (Kis. 
«^ or miohiij, 

Hnda» s. (wa) (pi. oMMj, the head (Kis.. 
JMtoa). 

Mnb, S. mtM weUidea? 

Mute, 8. 

HaandM, s. (wa) (pi. «•<—)» i.q- *••- 
^oH (oA«n0re) (see mSnil, 

MMndMne, s. (waX ffoie. (see h irond o- 
and ntondttra). 

Mntodo, s. (wa) (pi. jpnlet^d* or m*- 
gniendo), leg, foot. The regular (pi. 
miMMio) seems to exist likewise, hut 
more usual m^fniendo; wanarn^- 
raea migniendo yonee, 

Mnbrm, s. (wa), 1) eouth; lpu-*iHi«ra^ 
In or towarde the eouth (Kis.«Aaf»- 
(Toni), pebo ya muora, eonth wind,. 
which blows during the dHnehaf 
fnpfura ya mwera, r<i<n /yom tke 
sotttft (rain in their country generally 
comes fH>m the south until the close 
of the doineha, when it turns round 
to the north), (see mhodo); — 1) (p!.. 
nUera), a poteonoue shrub. Its poison 
is procured by pounding the leaves 
and pressing out the juice, the poison 
is used for arrows, 

MmUk (or A«wD, s. (wa) (pi. mieoi^ 
the moon; the different phases of the 
moon are expressed in the following 
way; — 1) mnot 

ba wmdu, fir$t quarter;— 8) wmoei 
uli ndendondOffuU moon,*— 4) nwiaoi 
unamMn hu muidoi, loit quarter 
i^ee d6doa)i — Si mnaoi un«^ {the 
moon ie deadj. 



», s. (wa) (pi. *»<—), onefe 
fooir qfaingHtg, or Ms Hmging aepeeur- 
Uar to any one* 



128 



MUINI—lfURU. 



(Kit. 



). 






a Mrcl, utuaOg wmuUeA a$ a had 
omem, WmmhaH «fyu ni mtrfo «•#- 



wammMm, <Mf «p0iiMNi <«. Uke ik$ 
mmio, 8he huOdt a kou$e in the way, 
cmd Me pa$8€n by emumU her (aaid 
of a woman of bad character). 
Vttifi,-8. (wa) (pi. trcMiMdH), a speetei 
of wOd eat, wkteh preya on fowU; 
muiri a»9gera bwittiOha. (Kid. oha^ 
gdhu). 

Mnlid (a<^.) unripe, green; fodta uyn 
n*hw» miuiBif thi$ tahaeeo ie green 
or unripe, 

Mali (see 'ir*), in there <a, rel. to the 
prep. 'M,- 

Biiilifio, within i$ not, rel. to the prep. 
'umu'* umu muU^e mdima^ fU^mo- 
yora, hintu iki hidoHnUra ehoo- 
dani-^, M-niwmba umu nnUige 
mlmnberof ia there no Deima^to^fe 
in thi$ home? 

Mnlipfo, ndip/b f 

^f yon (ye) wttk — euid in wIOl 
I, s. (wa) (pi. «N4itd«), a plemta- 
tion, any piece of gronnd whUh ie 
enUioated (Kls. ehmtnhtii. 

i, 8. (pi. nUn^a), a thorn, 

^ 8, (or M wm mg a «cn» noo^ 
no) (pi. miuganoono)^ a tpeeiee qf 
thorn i^lB,mpiga huMmim). Muuguu' 



I, t. (wa), the diut of "Kgarm," 
Muugu tea hamanga and 



(jaudadjf s. (wa) (plm*uui)i hu 

douim Utiimkui na nUunif to hum 

ante with miuni (a torch), (see uniku), 
a han^^ ^ ftalfct (canes or reeds) 
set on fire, when propeHy tied toge- 
ther, they can it dsafpdi or mnenche. 
A homing piece of wood they do not 



call «M«Ml, bat only VmI," 

^ S. (wa) (pi. mtMkuo). 
(ady.) in there. The word can 
only be nsed when preceded by a 
nonn, e.g. mn ium bm mwmo, in honoe 
in there; nu%tn ugu 
ro!p/W uifUumlbn 
don fiMMma wMeitf. 

I, (see m'nfw), man. (pi. «9«niM}. 
I, 8. (Mffw) (p). uMunii^ba)^ a 
entftomon (lit a knocker or striker firom 
omda); muomhn tMi udoaT%&, a wear 
ver; «Miotf»5a tea meOtaoa, a maker qf 
ioory ringe; muomba tea mibianda or 
teamar^MletM, afonee-makor, tkU be- 
ing quite an art with them (see maronr 
hue\ (Kis. MM-omola, muhunoijf mu- 
iHubn wooourm or «ntMfli»fta tea JH- 
douro, a tmUK 

MsmnlMi s. nmmfn andpa gnamho, 
otdamkoHuanone, ndine ieinunku 
muombe, nidaUnda tUmna iga 
iguuguke, what a refined feeUng tMo 
i$ but the Wanika and SuaheUe know 
nothing cf it, 

Waioimhhdnm, s. 

BtaMlft, mtfofta una ehiani^ mu&na 
unaimirira f resp. napuedfkuu, tntf- 
fiua, lit. euing, one teeing, one who 
$eee. Used as conj. and adv. (like the 
Kis. mftona), but, neoertheUee, not 
withttanding that, or rather Uke, 
"teeing." '/Me^ in English, meaning: 
'how it it," and eipressing surprise 
and wonder. l>ouro didabagaua, 
dona riko d mma (for Mftlectema), 



»a, 196 agreed yettorday: when the §wn 
goea down, comtf, (bnl) I tee, you hone 
deceived me. 

MmjpA, s. (wa) (pi, mi^, an arrow; there 
are the following kinds of arrow; 
1) mipfi ya mtburirof 2} mipfi pm 
udoengn; 9imipityauiimnMa;\)w^ 
pA tf nohongedouf 5) uUpfl pm 



Pi (jas.hioUii (see 



ho g me). 



IfUSU— NAMGADSONQB* 



129 



8.(pL 
L,8.(pl«iiM»), root 
i, «. (wa). 
HIvAdI, a. (see m^thU^ 

8. 

8. (wa) (pL miwmmda), a 
graive (when drat, see mohembo)f hu 



aiinpiii OLiLpMi 

MiawltUi, n. gent, pi 

Mnym, in thmt, 9imo mnium b m 
ahe utnm fnhm wtMifHy it <a not in Alt 
kotiu in hor^ go into that, or m'Mi- 



Hny^M as mi mi tf g, mitro , mdsot^ 
dero (9&Bpnmga), 

MofVflO, 8. meaoure (Kis. ^MdlH ohSo), 
Umit, degree; Wdhno&mbe woH moyo, 
muyoto uf^ undaSon iwu^ oidabidi- 
Uom, the Jndgee ore aUoe, that men- 
omre ye mea&nred ye, I ehaU notpaat; 
U§-htdiitoa mmyooo kma 
tta f who wta go beyond the UmU 
for yen through fear f 

MofMMirfAua, 8. (wa) omfe maimer in 
loving, from hu ^nmohn, 

N 

If ; 1) ft often stands for 'mf and *«a^ 
q.T.— 2) A sound of transition pm 
before words of the 'ir* and m/* dass^ 
when preceded by any other word. 
Sodi words of this class as begin with 
"p OTpf have 'mr g.¥. instead of 
'nj* The marie employed to distin- 
guish it, is a dash after it at the top 
(thus: nr^ 
Nai, few; w m o mm e nm wamai, fioe 

amd fonr b nine (Kis. hondeii. 
NaUmpaarAl** &• (wa) (pL w w rt ), 
_a epeeiee ef a tire*. 

(y.nO to Ue; ooomama, tehat ie 
i.e. lies. iEalsehoods; 
««» a Uar; hu n 
to opeak Uee (Kis. 

); 




■ni'Uon MN» 



Minineea, 



or: 
{y,9^) to pretend, 



dum r a ^ he doee not Uke to go, he pre- 
tends to be iO." aimiia (y. aj to de- 
eeloe, to toll one a Ue; u o nm^ pf e mo 
r4ro, ■ < ■ h u $mn% iom , do not Uetm 
to him, he wOt deceive thee,— mmnl- 
M&a (y.rec.) (Kis. ^mmmmmi)/— aanil- 
. dsa (y. int) to be a great Uar; (y. cans.) 
to eauee one to Ue. ITyu ednamm, 

ni uyek 

(s. & 9ud^ e m oUneee, ematt; 

=r Kis. hifi- 

ufo, a emaU stone; nt^omi wa namO' 

Kis. hiUvu, a Ume knife] 

: Kis. ahUi 

ohavhe, ttttto Intoltoef ; »a namrnnm- 

UUU SB Kis. A*te/ oka ftatiMK 

Ki8.lB«iosro, a Itttto. 

\,u)M, thai within povmdiiig, 
whsA has been oommenced ponnding, 
doima pa t uu nbrnn d e is dohna of 
enehgratn as wets pounded on the same 
day it was cocked, u'neunbamde pato 
pamga i, meUwmiba nsuemga tfMf> 
Upo paie pa m^amdo (or maunr 
d^, my grain is of to-dayt^ poun- 
ding, there is no grain cffsrmonteMon 
in my house (seem^endo); {n*namr 
hando for ni nambande). Btdo i 
n*namb€mdB, this grain is botngpoan- 
dad. The Waniassa women pound 
their grain Into flonr instead of grin- 
ding it — the portion of grain, which 
is to be made into a 'd oi a m" for the 
eyening, is partially pounded in the 
morning and then soalced in water 
till the eyening, when a little more 
pounding will malie it seryiceabla 
That portion is called namhamd^ 
Ininlwriinfii. a protsboranee, lit wttft- 
in roundness trom hur umg a. The word 
seems to be used in. connection witii 
nUmba; m m am a wpm 

Pl 



Ifamdteo, 8. {upu) (pL«MH-), a shrulb 
and its seed (a kind of beans), (Kis. 

Kwmgmdwdingo, s. (upu) (pL wa^), the 
eyo4ooth, 

9 



130 



NAMGASINGA— NCHIRU. 



I, «. (MffW) (pi. 1WH-), 011« 

who U entfoged in rotuUng (from hu 
goBinga). The word seems to imply 
a slight contempt 

If amkaMdn, s. {uyu) (pi. war-), a tper 
ei6$ of Mrd pecuUar for a cUeking 
NOfte it makes with iU toingt (Kis. 
parara), wMU U is never heard ^to 
ting; ea&hoka mkibud», ndiipo dika 
n%rtehura fnamkabudM, 

Namktfkiie, s. {uyu) (pl.tw»~), a epo- 
eiee qf bird which frequenU water; it 
has a white neck, long legs, its beak 
has the length of a band, its flight is 
low and short; nannk^kue ni mba- 
raimi ya Uu Nianoha-ni gart* or 
ni mbdru wa wnadeniba (mademba 
pi. of temba), 

ITamkordft, s. {uyu) (P'. ««»— )f ^ ^* 
V68 qffhe eweet potatoe. — {wa mbu- 
ddda). 

If amkimlnil, s. {uyu) (pi. wa^). 
Naiiilimbiia» s. (pi. wa—), a tumour 

(Kis. €im>. 
IfamMreiigm, s. (wa) (pi. wa — )i a 

emdUpoUkerd (see jnrfe), (Kis. higere- 

gnensa), 
NaniMfle, s. {uyu) (pi. wo—), a kind 

qfhird. 
Namtibnbiie, s. 
Namtowem, s. (pi. tro— )• 
NamiUai. s. {uyu) (pi. tra-) (= Kis. 

nuuutfnuaU), 
NaHfiTllAbe, s. {uyu) (pi. tcfo— ), a kiitd 

of aidcle, 
Nftlie, contr. from na ine, and J, / 

dlao; ndamka nao nanef I also 

wiU go with them. 
Na(a)kaka, namie of a river , a corM- 

&utory <i^ iA< Sirongue, 
N^o, with them. 
Ifcha, conj. contracted from ni ya 

and ni eha, it U of, they are of. 

bamanga Uti n*eha kiwiei, this 

Indian earn ia unr^e. 
Ifchadi, s.(pl.wanoiWMli) {ya and «a), 

a huffaio (Kis.ntoei). 
IfdUOa (or neliara), s. (ya), nnnger, 
Ife dina nehdla. CKis.nila). 



Bfeham, ya wk-tumha^ WLhwuger of 
in a bag, a satirical expression app- 
lied to a stranger who accepts of food 
which he knows has been prepared 
for the family of his host, and not 
for him, it being their custom to cook 
for strangers exclusively; anadenga 
nchaara ya-n^tumha, or: <MMsJbuil#a 
ntetuura ya^nk-tumba. 

If chtea, 8. {ya and »a\ the small iron 
bars fastened across the 'eanH,*' 
perhaps more correctly nt^era from 
the word ku teha, ku Uhera, lit. at- 
trappere (of sound). 

NdMwtea, s. 

Nchiy 1) pron. interr. i.q. ngi, what, 
what for;— 3| conj. i.q. neka (fjnom 
neha i = u&hi^, in adjectives beginn- 
ing i; dearu i neha ikuru nUmbOf 
or dsaru i nehfkuramimha* 

If chines, s. (yo and ea), a epindU; 
nehinga ya leu eandeira eoSeoe (see 
kineali), 

Ndllo, s. {ya, ea), eomplaiint, aceueaUon; 
mu9fku yonee wantn Mfa-ni-4mM' 
ra nehiof ku imba nehio, to eomr 
plain, to ooctMe; mdiedea ehmadani 
godi itee, 

Nchira, s. {ya and ea\ wag (Kis.«Ml<a). 

Ifchiranchira, unga^koke badaii, 
ukadia ekakudia eka ku feea, «•- 
dima uU ncMranekirat though yov 
mag come from <tfar, if yo« eat food 
qf to meet (which you meet with), the 
mind l>ecomes uneasy (because they 
will not accept of food which has 
not been expressly prepared for them) 
(Kis. ueifauien/^ ioyo nUwiU), Mdima 
ueaektde mekiran ekira. 

If chiri, 8. (wa) (see mfnekiri, 

Ifchiriri, N.prop. 

Nchira, 8. {ya and mi), maiiee, envy 
(Kis. ealaia, fiUna, ukaeidi, ukianm) 
nehirueake nea eikuru, eakumba 
ku ana oAa tn'neakef nvumiu wa 
nekiru, an eneUme, metUeioue perecn 
(Kis.ttMlailm«, nmkiana) ku ekida 
n^iru, Mi, to make maiiee or emty, 
i.e. to act maliciously or fN>m envy (see 



NCHIWA— NDIPSO. 



131 



d hm m h o and dH^nimdi and hidMM 

l«lrfim, 8. (ya) (pLM), t]ke wOd pigeon 
(see itMiM l g the house-pigeoD (Kis. 



s. (wa) (pi. ifi) (Myw and mifa), 
9&rpmA (Kis. mIoIm^ also pronounced 



NclitfplB, («Mi and y») (pi. with «oa 
and ••» MMi and <0^, on altpAotrt 

(Ki8.«Ml^iW). 
If dAcU. 8. (ya) (pi. id, m), a Ue (Kit. 

If dUfad, 8k («iyu) (pi. id, atea), noiiM cf 
a fpee<6f <i^ tolM amimail, 

Ifdha, contr. from «•< ra with r chan- 
ged into dh, it U iff, rel.to the 'Baf> 
class. 

BfdaBi, pron. int. who? h^ atftay* 
mdtmif (Ki8.n'fMN»i fMN»<). 

Bfdi&Uftdmf this word (spoken in a 
high and singing tone, mere sounds 
rather tlian a word) is expressive of 
whatever stretches along in a straight, 
or at least continued, unbroken line. 
JfS»fo uya tcl< ndat n dwnda, tk/cA flr€ 
formi one Mnbrdkm Une, sciLthe Are 
of burning the grass. Wantu wa^fa 
wali ndamdand a (:= wtiMnffQ nU- 
hing»), jnWMMla U tcli ndamdanda 
hadW0 is4 Hii ndandanda tisiku 

Bf4A« ss Mda ao or yao, ttf tkom. 
If dam, 8. (fiyw) (pi. with mi), a specif 

cf $erpmt, remarkable for a very 

sharp ridged back. 
IfiwimA, 8. (y» and mi) (Kis. ya 

ntsiba, ya niongar&dHj (see d6ara), 
Kislni L (see 'Mufo,") H nd«ka, i 

atom, i.q. n4ka; the partlde 'nd^* 

is only used in the Lpers. ndamka 

ni ttWM^ nil~nd^9Ba 4ine *~* ntfi 9^0^ 

haims, 

(see 'eiMte.") 

\, 8. fya, 90^ 

(a4i.4adv.) fuU (used of 
tlie moon and of fluids in vessels) 



mueH tUi nde wi m td ; thi6 moon i$ 

fuUf it <«/kU moon; anSa uU n/d«nr 

donde, tlio heor i^fuU, i.e.the vessel 

which contains it; Ora^ udoaoo ^do- 

ndende, put or pour in, make it gutte 

y^M, lit. Oil it full, entirely. Madei 

oahu-ya-dunga, ali wdondondo, he 

or ehe/hae not da^wtn wa/ter-it is (still) 

/tell. 

Nd0O,s.(ya, ea), etrife, quarrelf 

If daf fli, s. (ya, «a), heard (Kis.«MmfW), 

ndopf^uaho Hnaicha mMnyOf eioi 

huntera do o mpera doompera; n- 

depfa ea harangarun%e. 

If 'dtee, s. (ya, ea), a elimy eubttaaice 

formfytg en etonee covered with uxtter 

lit that which is slippery, from ku 



I, s. (ya, ea), eAe ear-lap, 
lit. that which hangs down, from.lnc 
londowera (fL\s,ndowe ya »hikto)» 

NdianL 

lfdib« (adv.) there, therefore (seepapv- 
pu) (Kis.<MUo). 

NdidM, it ie U, relto the "ofta" class; 
Hndieho, n'«ta-Jb<-&«0r»/«i«a, is ie 
not it, I haioe locked uM, 

Ndifco, there it ie, ther^ore, rel.to the 
Inr.fcw. 

If diBM, 8. (ya, »a), da-irromba nUn- 
eh&ro, we cut, (i.e. divide it), into 
narrow strips; kudanurandime;ku 
tira mdUns (Kis. ku panua ard ku 
ooea nguo), lit. a '*waitfor me," from 
'ku Undira" (the '«•» in this word 
is perhaps not the usual preformative. 
but the aocus.of the pers.pronoun*n<")< 

If diadt, oa >om»a ea dunturo. 

HdlBdiva, s. (ya, ta), a hoetage, pledge 
(Kis. roJkHt^. oniif need of men and 
eomeUmee qf animaile, but of thinge it 
ie 'kUcdre. nibeOo wemya ana^ni- 
Ueira ndindirOf gnontbowako a 



NdfaM. 

Bfdio, it ie it, the verg eame; (ndiryoy 
rel. to the ya and «iM»-cla8S (Kis. n- 
dim) amona-yo uyu «mNSo or cio, 



9* 



mi^M. 



132 



NDITU— NENA. 



(Kis. 



). 



(Kif.M. 

Whf, vegetdUsM, 1i0rb9, pmUe (Kis. 
kit9we9, mbo^ miMk m^ wm 9hmif 
«lb«lf« uUife ndiw ^Bee ndm), 
miy« pron. 8.pen. sing. thi$ U tke one, 
tM 9ame, UUkBoraMiwe mm enB ) , 
ds mm gn iri ndm 



U U i$ «f what (kind or qua- 
lity)? rel.to the 'la" or •«i^ dass, 
dM0 iri ndodmti? (Kis. nU hio 
HuOuirje ff^hU gi»9i gmmiT what 
kind of eomdry i$ tkatf) 
ir4»dho. s. (ya, «a), a waUcHtg-ttidt 

}, & (see hu pflfma and «ms- 

IffdffDf o or doBCb*, 8. only utMl <m 
«om«» fv^eum, i.q. maronge and also 
deriyed from •*•* ron^o." Oft4M»- 
<ioMge pi. p9andimg^, thai wkiek i$ 
given by voy of reeoneiUaitan ; H 
p$a diho, ni ptm ndon{y0t it i$ not 
that qf payment, Imt that of retto- 
ringfriend$hip; gnombe i»i nam n- 
donge, 

irdteo,s.(yo, $a), lead (Kis. ruMMi). 

irdaama, s. (ya, m), a kind of vege- 
talde growing in the earth like potor 
toee iJL)a.ndu9) 

If dsaiM, s. (ya, 9a), iji. naino or n»- 
dHno. 

irdMurifa,s. 

MMMtt (see d9€^, the cattot^oOrplamt, 
proy. hufa hua u t udnvAna ni n^- 
daaai at aiegera hudmH/ ndausipti 
luaisaref ndaasi ya hidaidai, 

MdMDCO, a (ya and «•), a elender 
pole need for huOding (fastened along 
side the wall) (Ki&iM») ndaanga ta 
Uu bambirira h u kuro; alto need 
cf }>afktLe, thoee epUnte of Dmmkm 
which go round (see homa), 

MdsidM? 

WdgimhQ, s. (pl.y», «•), the eugamane 
(Kis.mMo). 
VriBio? Bdalaffiro? 



eate), being 
Ted from hu 



(oBly mtA as predi- 
on lengOi), derl- 




s.(jra) (pLsa)» tteyViitt ^Oe 
JTn/lnft. 
If Am, ofoto (ne k mw iri^ 



dao. 



».s.(]ra)(pL8a). (Kis.»« 
ga wtMilfl). 

\ (ady J lit fMrptoetN^iy ftt>m 
hu amn g uaa, uondront&y, Btrangeig, 
unaeeountahlg. Marangm 



i, s. (ya and mi), a epeeiea 
qf red Jig, $aid never to be eeem 
omteide the dweOinge of ram, 
BMoi (ady J mMLeinge ganee m ndut 
ndui ndut s= iU dmge doge, oil the 
rivere arefaU to oveijlowing; Mmg^- 
cheei yadea. 

If daknla (see undukuiei^ 

If dufi or nd w acltf, s. chaneij h*nim 
ihi n*nek-hironu vnummduneh i, thee 
thing I eaue by ehanee (Kis. huu 
naeibum hun bakhtJS muu ndunehim 
by chance. The datiye form renders 
the use of "mua" arbitrary, but the 
prim, form is always followed by it 
lufeunaMt-ikituihi^onem mdunehi. 

Ifdim, s. (ya, Ml), the gaU, bile; fl»* 
duru ya ywi ta , the gatl ef the 
croeodUe need ae a paieon and admi- 
nietered in a dranght ef beer (Kis. 
properly n i a n ga, e u m t m) . 

i, ejg, euhegniehet 



(see hu). (KiajMlke gmmguu 
(y.a.andy.n.) to epeak, to bag; 
preceded by 'hu deium" it has only 
the meaning of the coi^. "tftoT (see 

eaieai);— BMUI BMUI (y.)— BMMni 
(Kis. tmmdia, hu ee m m huaUt^; — 

(y.a.) to bebrag.-^ wiBiiiMia (r.rec) 



NENEBA— NKO. 



133 



(y.c) to mate iUmt, (Ki8.«MMMU^ wan- 

d$Bha\ pfakuMm ipftpfmnmkmitd^a, 

Wamg; s, (wa) (pi. id sa), naiM cf a 

tp9cU9 qf animdl; the badgerf (Kis. 

If f« (y.D. (Me y^MMfe). 

If f« (T. n.) to h€ lHu to, to wmo up to, 
to a momt t ; ni m p4m i, m M m a uh un 
ga piri, he U poor, (but his) hMirt U 
Uko a mooMaln, I a magnoaimoa$; 
mdon go u rnkm i ^g a u^ (ss wmga 
«fya)/ hahu wffH ah%H%ga tiy«i (=: 
amga «iya), negative: Hnga, oingor 
hare* wao a ng o ni hare, lit lot thorn 
motboUteUie b^ore; wao am an o mI 
hare, sense: Hmeeare oUareA, Butni 
seems to stand sometimes instead of 
na, wherefore it may more natarally 
he rendered: let them not be like with 
(what they were) before or formerly. 

lVf«Bfaaf ft (adj.) ali nganganga, he 
iff dead; weUi ngamgamga^ iheiy a/re 
dead only said of men, of anhnals 
p u ta p ump u is used. 

IfiT^tarft, 1) name qf a torritorif (see 
I>o im h ir ijf — 2) 8. (ya and om), the 
heads oimatira, when fltU (see doa- 
ahe); ngdra pa hamamga, the U^ 
({^(the stalk of) Xndian com (Kis. ohkha) 
ngaita ya hamgo, 

lfffini» s. (wa) (pi. M^, a bird; ngdtru 
wemei toha mbinga, 

I, s. (pi. oa), uoufjf, 

l(adj.4adv.) briatftU;m%oa 
uUngawingaevi b ndondonde, 

irgteft, s.(ya) (pi. Ml), small round eakee ; 
proeu«d by the Waniassa from the 
Portngaese and valued for the stimu- 
lant qualities ascribed to them. 

Bfffi, pron. int. end. what? what forf 
i.q. oh iami ; domngu iri umHrt^toha 
r o r d ngi (or moM), HMm U -n-tedOt nt- 



Vg; (see nka). 

Kgaidam, s. (ya, sa), a auok, a crock. 
i4|. mgarao de a pa Uu Uho r€r a ateu 
(Kis. <iy ww>> t) (which word is more 
in use)L 



Kgdmm, s. (HyM) (pi. id, with $a); The 
addax, AntOope (f) being very fond qf 
cotton leaoee and beam (Kis. sAomM) 
(see uoiwdj, 

VgdBM, s. n iu mb a oa Wakigumda, 

Vgonii BCMidi Bf dadl, faU to over- 
flowing (only used of riyers); amdoi 
anadeara aUt^ondi ngondi ngon^ 
di, huli eeou. The toord muet be re- 
peated tkriee, at leaot twice. 

If Crteift ir^i*! &• windinge ; mdoinpe 
waahidm ngania ngonta (» waim- 
^wta huoHia). 

Kgdro, s. ^ 

ffgrnfitd, and wana tea m/apfa o/re 
baite for fleh, 

Kgag—dMm, s. (ya, sa) (see ngodea); 
ngaroodea pa hu teharora «i#M. 

Vg4fW, s. (ya, sa) derived from hu g6af 
ng&we pa Hu gowera vieu; ngawe 
panga Hi hudif or ngaroodea tit 
hudtf where ia my hook 9 ngowe i$ 
i.q. the preceding worde. 

If gvaro, S. (see mgome}, 

ftg^tdam, s. (ya, sa) (see ha or htgango). 

If fUdllrinii hu pfnra ngndurirtt, 

NcVfV, « nieMndo, 

IfgiUi, s. ipaukd ea). haeho (see). 

Ng^hMOM, 8. (ya, sa), the inner and moat 
viruient part qf a tumour (Kis. mapa 
wa tpu; ntopo wa tvu) fignia, hn- 
ene huena, nanhhalimbue ahoee hu 
dhoha mguma, 

BffAo (N.prop.) name of a territory on 
the banka qf the lake Nicaaa. Ifiofn- 
oha pa hu Ngiio, na Ifianeha pa 
hu Mgogada t»%a-dt-raga, irn^-dt- 
tuea. The Nianeha lake along the 
territoriea qf Nguo and Mgogoda ia too 
great or broad for uafOif auch an ex- 
tent, that they no more venture fording 
it, which ia done further to the sotetik. 

Iffommft, s. (Ki8.ffiMiHMi,iinam<ffi?) 

NgvrAwo, s. [uyu) (pi. with m), e^ 
wOd dog (Kis. nguue, pi. tea—). 

Hftel, S. (pi. i.q. ngtnga and ndere 
in Kinika. 

Nko, a gen. particle, composed of wi 
and fco, and referring to the Infln. par- 
ticle 'hu,** and the preformative 'ha** 



134 



NKODERE— NI AO ANI AG A . 



vaUuTt qf,isqf,M also for the prq»o- 
sltion 'ho or hoo." 
[lB»dMr«, compos, of ni, Jko, 4«r«, 6e 
toAa'e 80 (thus). «M»tM iicrtf/ f»feo<lM*«f 
•<ya, tMMMfMiy «0«-JkM-oMara^ lit 
man thou! be where tkutf tkeee, tkeg 
$aiif, tkeyf thee truef sense: ob man, 
is it tbas you are, is it after all true, 
what people say of yoa ? 
rtaa, contracted from n< and Una; 
co^j. he is, the is; uyt* nhua mhmm 
hua hu temera; HyM nhua mhwru 
A'i«a hn badua, na upu nhum m- 
huru tubi; n*hu4» =■ ni Uut^, and in 
meaning ss ni tea and ni woo. n- 
hua huoha = ni «9« hueha, 
, 1) the objective case of 'ine," me, 
to me, always put between the pre- 
formatives and the verb, as is the 
case with all the objective cases of the 
Personal Pron.— 2) co^j. particle — 
it, it it. In many instances the '<" 
is dropped, sometimes i seems to be 
used for *na," e.g. ndamka ni }fani 
or: nitnkaniyanif wUh whom thdtt 
I go 9 tubiranga raniadthrina U- 
dtiro; dtlma yaniada, when the 
dtima hat hem kept over night Ni 
stands also for the 8. pers. even when 
followed by an opt Uiondo ubu ni- 
o»»da ni tni€imu,nihaenda ni wan- 
tu «ra ohaye, wa^ni-eifftt, 'tatd be- 
fore one it gone, but" nonda {nuonda) 
na mIcwMw, when already on the wag 
(very curious!) The meanmg seems to 
h%: J^ I go, it thaU only be with a 
rdoHon qf mine, beeaute ttrangert wiU 
foTtake one — but : ndamka na n^ 
Umtm, nfkamka na «m»«m tva thmye 
Jto. wouHd te the language of one who 
hat aetually decided about going. 
nbi (see Onia, hd n<») (v.n.) to emit, 
to void (by stool). Fig. kd nta HwSwe, 
to emit or tpeak lie$. The expression 
betrays a very strong moral sense, 
by speaking of lies in the most con 
temptible way.— gnlttai (v.n.) 1) to ad- 
mil qf emitting, b mnm wanta yaba 
H-ba^tMkm;^ 9 to prove emitting, 
to be in the Hate qf letting out, to 



ccneume aeoeig, to bum, ontg eoid of 
ike wood, not ^ the f/re k>mU on 
ntfAc k mni oitta nMta toneo, the 
woodie burned up alt kironda'ekan^ 
ga d embamo oham i o h m (KIs. omdolSa), 
(v.d.) m^ Mon a ana-ni-niSm 
>).— ■Ie4m(v.int<icau&) 
(v.d.) to bwm to. 



(v.int.) to 



wood); 



(v.d.) to 



(one another's 



Niada (v.n.) to be tl a m m y . 

Iffiada, s. a clammy place, l.e. a place 
where the earth is clammy. Bam m n ga 
oka n4ada, Indian com qf a cUtmmy 
toil (i.e. grown in a clammy soil; also: 
bamanga oka w m^ a wfa of in); yote 



eheanba km nietda, boyt who tend 
eatUe make a hole in the mud to emoke 
Aempy beeaute they are not allowed a 
proper pipe, 

Nladfani (v.a.) to tuck up, to drink at 
an animal (in want of a vessel), ku 
nieidira madei, lit to adhere to water. 

Matara (v.n.) to tread lighOy (not allo- 
wing the feet to clam, as is were, to 
the ground). Mntuugueanantgugu, 
aniadura {ni nmondSdOo nmke). 

come and partake of tcJUto onto (lit 
thou coming mayest partake Ac), to 
tofte a ptfMc* of (especially said wiOi 
regard to a meal of while aols. JTomn 



•ima-n-tahiirm. Do not tag, I refute 
thee, Iwm take a pinch (because) they 
go ageOnet mc. •— aiafailia (v.d^ to 
take a pindk for (another); w^n^niet- 
gadire ino, pleaee take (and gire) me 
a pinch qf de, 
Wiaganiiga, a verbal Mi||. only used 
qf drieaUng rain and ante tpreadtng 
thcmetilvee all over a piece qf ground; 
ntpfwra ya wtttgemUagaf Wmmhwi 
lin i m gm m iag af nierSro eim i e tgan i- 



NIAEABABA— NIARA. 



135 



or HrkUa gmmimg a (i 
and Mrtfteto). 

Mlakarini (v.n.) to b4 tHMooi, n^/Ud, 
iop§g4oT9if; m %aama i % bm ponse anam- 
ha ni tHmdttf n dt u htM wfafc ara n a, 
tkB hanka wml oK q^ fty Me teaUr, 
tk0 gra§§ U topty-tarvj/ (see tmi^ka), 

Mianui, a. {uyu) (pL with #a). 1) an wiOr 
matf— 2j (ya, sa), Jieah or metU; ni- 
ama #a mftengo^ ih$ anttmaU <» ike 
wQd&mut; ntoma ya (or #a) 
l^lfea, Me JlUk In Me poe. 

Maaui ym «kamb*; «mI4m« 

J am 0upo$ed to ^reat danflpere . mof 
tiod prone lif$ {seedhiwer^ngu ma- 
•19^ and feadMMtinMH^, eA€Hn6«}. 

NlamUda (see pnlomMdo^. 

Iliaiiib«, & (yaand «a), a bait (for fish 
only, seem»«Ml#i), niofmbo ya or ^a 

MMnwlm, to ri$e, to get up. ^ Bi»- 
AVkidsa (v. a.) to eau$6 one to riu.-' 
Blamttkirm (v.d). to riie, to get wp 
to any one. ~ niarnvriln (y.n.) to 
aSmH of being Itfled. — niamarim 
(v.d.) to lift up for or to (another); 
ni-amttv'ira Uadundu uyu, nUm^ 
gihieo bamodei, — BlamviidM (Y. 
int.) to lift up wU; niamuHdeaf ni- 
hu^ikire hada,— niamtin (y.n.) to. 
n$e, to get up; eunUnimha mdoro 
u, it doee not rise (i.e. moTe) tMa load, 
ownianwttha bdnei bo iwo, dOtam- 
haf ufouft you riee from Me ground, 
Mot v)e mag be gome. 

IIUBiflni(y.a.) to Uft up, tol^ (Kis. 
itMco, ondakei^ (see nognoiMdoa). 

NlamwHi (T.a.) to eUnaU (e.g.the bow 
in talcing aim or one's voice). ntowNi- 
oa vfonga, ndaUoa, eieoate Hdue, 
mine I wiU lower, ntatnueaai yatu 
dtdaioea, denote youra, oura im wiU 
lower. fUaimuoa m a uy u ho aU kud a ■ 
H akoao hwmf», Uft up your voice 
(In ordAr that) Jbe who U aita dietanee, 
may be abte to hear. 

Nhm^bm {fi.prop.) ike lake Niaaaa. N4^ 
eM^oka yata waniM aida oroka fno, 

■ Cka uebei b o Miemoka, nimka tUka- 



eoyowo kueHa. Mandia meaos pro- 
perty.* 'loue me.- Wmnai (or deu- 
koni^ maa n i o p ao, t&daoruka kwet 

w9Maagaf netrtyo 



Nimdm, s. (ya, sa), Me /tbroua part of 
Me fimd qf treea. J>aaru i afohaka 
(= ni yako) toekaf ida-kfe torn nwta 
nianda, aaifihe ektth worof^n/Umr 
da, wMeh notfody.doea borrow, (^ee 
kHSnde (KiS. niueime) f 

ltiailfa,s.(yaand#a), horn; nianya 
aa gnonibOf the home of catOe. 

Niaiilada (y.n.) 1) to tread acfOg; — 
^ to touch aUgkOy (in taking out a 
small quantity of grain &c), to tdke 
by pinehea;— 8) hardiy to touch (said 
of work) ; uaad4$be wa n^ani, niet- 
niada, do not take up (or out) muck, 
take a pinch only. 

Nlaakoa. 

Wianiamiwu 

lllaiUHi(y.a.) to diaguat, paora aba 
bona ni nianoa,— wlmaira (y.rel.) 
to diaguat with. Mninmba wmt* e^ 
kmmba ku ioa, oMta ni mnairaf 
nfanaidaa (y.int) 

Mailfll, 8. n dadHruka kna n tySuH, 
bdmoe kuna niansi k u bnaro, — 

Nlairta (y.a.) to taaU (with the lip or 
the tongue); gen. to UOc, to UOc up, 
i.e. to dry\ up ; gieombo a-nn^nianta 
nmanawe; IHmba iri rftMMilanto, 
this dimka is dried up.— afntika 
(y.n.) to admit itf being Utkedi^ afaa- 
tUUn (y.int.) to Uek much (seemMrw); 
(y.c.) to eauae to lick; kiko iki e<4W- 



Mam, s. (sa) amaU atonea (one of the 
plural forms ofi mt a rw) , fJUvLkayoda), 

Miara (y.n.) to eaeerdae ahame (by kee- 
ping out of sighO i.e. sons and daufl^ter 
in law will strictly avoid beeing seen 
by their tethers and mothers In law, 
and vice versa, i r nm nali aeUaraf 
aiaannui (v.rec) to atooid one anotkar 
from ahame.-^ Biaiika (v.n.) to admit 
of avoiding dc kuatm nmniu na n^ 

(for 



186 



NIARANIASA— NIUMBA. 




(Kit. 



(tjl) to o htrnm tUmttp to 

(Dl. nimmmm), ^ 

(T.d^ to te iOmttta" 



i,s.(«lfw)(pl.«Mi-),a 

{hmjt tmkm), 1kutiHe§$, ra$1lm$$, irri- 
UMUii/; fUmmHsmhm H-ti-hammf 



^•(•V«*} (pi. with «a)» a ap&- 
eiu of loTfS Nack onto (Kis. tumtf^^ 
which may be seen in considerable 
bodies tniTelling in a line going on 
or retorningfirom an eipedition againsi 
the white anls» which they carry off 
in their month or forceps. 
Hie (see ya). 



NiMUi, s. (ya) (pi. «a), a utt, itfto. — 

^ (ya) (pi. «a AMtoofrtM) (Kis. 



►). 



S ». (wa) (p). with Ml), a Miwi 
<{f oHdte< (an insect) (Kis. MtoiMe), 

liiMlfm (see flntton^a). 

lii«Bt«, 8.Me loiv Jkdrfr qf ^ooto, also 
of gn&mb€ at their humps (Kis. fiM- 
irmtoya). (This must be pecniiar to 
tiie Niassarcoontries). 

hu), (Kis.«»to«, ni^gel) 
Wiiamymaa (see ^mier^sMtoMi), (to 

ticiLle). (Kis. ntoa, tUeg^f) 
NiaMgBlMi, s. (ya), (pi. «a), star; — 
», <Jh« Har$ iMne, 
», s.(pl.(y0and m), a sfMctoi qf 
Btnatl Uatk onto QiiKtmngu), 
Mgmm (N. prop.) imhm qf a ee/rtain pari 

to tt« JTortt cmmI J)§amdeng6 in the 
eoHtt. It is here where the Wawisa 
are said generally to ford, irumoha 



(Kis. 
oraW^mi 
J SMS Mm fltoM. jr«teMftfli «1 

rMiV«toiM. 8Lpen.«fl<, Upen. fli^ 
L pen. pLdiW.— 9 «MiM,— 9 «MiML 
imk* (or gmtmlttli, •. (ya, sa)» tte mri 
of tkigimg, m soMy (hnom Im # tt«^ 



(for 



p€ rtmt n g i^ 



(▼.a.) to ftoe (Kis. jmMm). — 
(▼.a.) (Anom a little distance) 
(Kis. tiOMiMdUefta)^ BWriM (Tja) to 

StUmnf'— niiiMlif (T.recJ to gplse 

0y poMliif/lnMi OM to «MAtr^— aift- 

kiaira(v.d4 to nmI to. 
MlakBl, a a JI«A sold to 6e Mvy tiotfiff 
IIU»a 

MUmte, pi. of »wm»« (Kit.tMMlM9) 
lllofBim(y.a.) (or no^niaS) (Kis. 1m*- 

«t-lNfMi mUu9) 



^s.{ya,sa), a 
f»toM4o, ijksre to a di^fs (it goea out 
a bulge). 



(y.a.) to oj 



tootfto (till) you offmBL iUai» cmmI Men 
Jte i0<B omiay ifoa»— wiw igwp — (t> 

rec4 to o#(0imI one onotitor. 

(Kis. fitMto, pi. mK— ); 

WfloMtoka (vol) to ft* ftriuis, ertoif, 
>VtoM6 (KisJVrM«MlNi)»kMMfr* 



k(T Ji4 to M^^; Aid word 
is also pronounced 
(Kis. d uSBiii a and 



). 

•tflMl). 

MiambA»s.(y»»pl.Mi)ft C0ttcvs» Ammsl 



NIUMBU— NBA. 



187 



UlfU, pU <H or fllMk MNO 

nl Miw tM , fcm home fMO 
Ift0 a fir^e OMcaoM wheo in herds 
dMy are said to keep gaiing at people 
paieing byV iTthnwdti afcg— •> ■, •- 

|lira(^f0Aeii Ae>l6ei cmmI goe$, h$ wttt 
fitam HuU Ae Moy iroM «* iro«« — 

»y 8. (^»1 pi. ••)» a hammer. 

», Me wl t Mn n» ore 9tQ %BUh 
enMa fvwiid leoMf (ttke tlie shell cal- 
led pMide). 

Nkadi (see lU); hImmM to often used 
in the sense 'm, UkeJ* 

Hkmgm, s. (ya, pl- •«)* (see fc<v»). 

N-kambOi s. (pi. M), om wiko (OwagM 
mU «^ tJk« niMt him$e{f wtthout 
gMng hU w^fe and eMUbrm (see lM»m^ 
Ifo). hambo Myw and iMvmfro i^^ 
w(U he Moid by one who knowa the 
j^wii or persons weUt but the more 
general ^ay of speaking is that given 
under the word 'hambo," mutmor 
fifanga dnahuoHwa ni n*kambOf 



Ifkani, «mi nhm&i (== wan^ in Kis.); 
cha nkmU — hfng*f yo nhtmt s 
w^emgif »a tikani ^ ningi, uk m mi 
hami sss. fmunb0 gani. 

Mknika, mMoro i gdh u mba fOum^ 

wM not be able, toOl not JM9h, a 
§brm^ one, or etrong onee (the word 
remains unaltered hi sing, and plural). 

t, a (ya) (see Immmi dQs. 



Le. belongs to my side of the fMd; 

tkU ekOd belong tof ie*0M i$ tkU 
tkOdf 



^ s. (wa) Opl*n)> (M6 »MM), • 
muM; I ww wgrif^ pL I^mm ie<; m aiii 
*#<«• ya MftMM, tteeMM^inatfi. 

U co^j. tt 7» <tf, poriolwt of, of 
Me iMliire qf, ftelonft to, » »<««•»■> 
«1 JiNMi, UiMbg; ni w; M «••- 
king ike eonneeUon do ee r, MtmmOm 
« oi 
or 

mmfa (see i wOw f y ) > 

MtaiM (adJ ) wMe, mMtv (without a 
crack or blemish used, of earthen 
vessels and the human body). CMmUi 



leu ohn 



km bmtaro, god creoUd 
Mm entfrt, the crooked came flrom 
without (by an U^ury). 

iftwiuiy, a tike iloiM pf ike poUer, 

Ntodstti, i.q. ndkodrnmL 

Nodam ( V A.) » fcu dunOa pnmAo kmm 
pnmde, — ■ ■< ■ « ?> (v.d.) tM4 
doore mlbiri «e«ny«, #f Jkuntdo. 

If •fmtaft (v.) tMMmfcMTMM 

Ma, do not epM* loudly (only whisper) 



NofBdna, (M in Kis.) noagnogwonm 
ohnogdm, do not wMapor loudly. -* 
ttfa— <■> (v.a.) to wkioper ettfOig. 

Ndla (or Im BMni) (v.a.) to wMt, to 
tikarpon (Kis. Im Mda).— B«rttm(v. n.) 
to odmie itf ekctrponing, to prove wdi 
ekairpened, n^boni^tmnge^utumnoreka^ 

If tea (v.n.) to 6«/««^ BMMdam (v.int) 

to fre vary /oe (in comparison with 

another; in the cans, it to not used); 

y»o«Mde € ifM none dou kuti <|^fk 

(V.d.) to sJharpaii to or /or. — 

(v.int.) to elboiveii well; De- 

riV. fMMOVWwO* 

!!•«•, s. whetting etone, 

Ifia (properly m'fMa), feOow-man, 
eompiuUon,' noemgn (contr.from nea 
wtmg u), my fdUno-mem; nemko his 
or her cmnpanion pi. 

Ms or Aer; — (Kis.oo«Mo, iOMi) 
I ifn wm mkmndm ^ my ad oe re ary, op^ 



138 



NSA-^BA.. 



pemmtt, UL mjr fsBow-niaji of ^mcdi: 

flMM qf dM$, Le. eitber my creditor 
or my debtor. 

Wmi, contr.from wi 9u, Uii of, rei.to 
the *««i and «•" class. 

JItiBO* «MMN»'na ngtmga, mg bro- 
iktr in Iqtb ftf mmrriag^ (in the mouth 
of a men speaking); <gaiw *a* <n#w»- 
9», my «<f<ar in low (a female spea- 

Udk). 
If sera men, 8. fkt eriOcet; ntSre «•- 

««, tA« erkket erte$, the fnoming red 
«001 oppMT j9r0MN%. It is a species of 
cricket said to chirp only in summer- 
time and Tory early in the morning; 
nsere neere y g r< r » , ni tn^mmwa, 
the cricket criee, it i$ ilay-breofc. Jf#«- 
r^H s ere ikiHra »< vmaeigm deabor 
n«, %Bihm the cHdcei chirp$» emmner 

I, s. ammoMda »»9r u ieif ema 
intetteet (see namoMoima). 

{Kis.dkiUi. 
If aia, 8. (y.a.) Hideo, 

Iflilldo (ya and ea), a tpedee cftoorm 
with prtddy hair emd red, 

WwbsM, 8. (pi. sa), the baUe qf the toes 
(sing, not in use) (Kls. n«0«a«»tonda). 

IfalBO, S. edki%»9nfSka bahudea hake 
fmnfemda imi «Mtfi»Oy or mAeiiiiio^ he 
tMMM not aikdXble in Me coming, he unw 
going Up-toe. 

IflAa Oiis,hidako ohm nimnbat) 

Ifsiwa wimm, (Kis. ^^t^a ftrigieii 
8. (ya, M). — aaiwa Umo«, a lit 
•oiMtftlifg for etepping the mouth (from 
Mn eiwa and Immmoo), i.e. a bribe 
/or inducing one to keep silence as 
to the fault committed by the briber; 
ueaka n&nioee, nda-hu-ninha m- 
eiwa Udnoa, {UiHba huieoa). 

Xuokk, 8. (see ifchoha), 

VwniMMt 8. on orphan when at the $ame 

time detOtuie qf propertg (see mnaeie); 

mm e ma tea n^aoio, an orphan wtth 

.properig, N& the word 'nettemei^ 

can never be used without the word 




"before ft. 
f a deetOitte orphan; 



mpu ni na ummm , Ude tkOd ia ado- 
eUtate orphan, w mm m mwm ni mfmnf 



Iftasfel, a a telmd effig («MiiM»«MiiM»). 



\, 8. (ya, sa). immp of caKI«. 
8. (ya» sa). tk«]»orei9iM {Ki8.i4). 

IfOfAmitt, 8. 

IfVBkm (T.a.«T.n.) to mneU; m^mn 
amuka ki f mn dn n, aponon enuUe of 
ki ^nu n m f m m rUm «y» ym n n nk m 
pfo&koma, theee JUnoere emell tselL 
wt n e tnk e nntana wpu, n^fero pfwi^ 
go, w » nut m eha ntoi wtnadhOe «*«•!»- 
unkao hkua okimnif 

IfvnkUUIa (y.refl.) to he eelfteh, regardr 
le$8 (especially said of one who never 
visits his relations/ lit. to smell one'a- 
self only); ntuntU woanunkidnm 
sss. toooktJcdra n^ditna; nunkana, 
to emeU one another, ww%a oiwa wo- 
nunkana tn'mottMa, theee ehUdren 
emeU one another in the hande, ejg, 
when they want to ascertain, whether 
they have eaten meat— BimM^w 
(v.caus.) to make emeU; (v.int) to emeU 
etrongly, 

o 

OM (v.a.) to fear, to he afraUd qf (iUa 
ku ogdpa, kuokn),'- oMBa(v.rec4 
to he c^tratd qf each other,— ^bttft 
(v.n.) to be d/readftd, Stomal, glaemig 
(lit to admit of fear), unhopeton ha- 
heka (for: 5a oftefta), whore it ie 
denee, it ie gloomy (said of a foresQ; 
Nimneha f^aobekm rera, the IHaeea 
ie drea^^fnl Uydag,-^ oMni(v.d.) to 
fear for {another} ; n a^n u ^ hSm nmh 
ana wanga. eideiwa a d a kude o 
p/^o k o m a, I fear for mg ehOd (son 
or daughter), I do mot know w h e t her he 
will come (back), $€tfe^f, to be afraid at, 
from Se; ^eeorm, noetoboro kndeOi, 
try (first) do not be e^aid from a 
dUtanee, afar off (do not lUI before 



OCHA— ONA. 



139 



ytm are pushed). — •Mdsa (v. int) 
1) to fear grtaay-- % (v.caus.) to make 
<tftaid, to frighten (one person ano- 
ther), to fkreaten. — dysft (v. a.) to 

fUgMm, to terrify; rero Nianoha 
Hopea, #fM» Uua frodo. — opsttcft 
(v.D.) to admU nf frightening ; muana 
%tyu ea opseha (Kis. tuUa).-^ opstel 
(v.d.) to frighten for (another), niop- 
Mera rmMma ujfu, {tbuerere, — 9p- 
••dsa (v. int.) thie form eeeme InU 
rarely need, 

4€ha(v.a.) to broil— •chaka (v.n.) to 
turn out tpeU broiled,— edMrm (v.d. 
oelMdfla (v. int.) to broil weU; tho- 
roughly. 

4gtL (v.a.) to traneplant; to plant by 
el^e, it hu pearaf mhaddda i ni 
himorera, ni ehiivnif answ. nokoo- 
ga, namka nikaoge banutnga ehor- 
ga, hiU bafupi bafupi, much of 
their agrietatwre eeeme to comiat in 
iraneplantation of which their cotmtry 
most eaeily admite, at the eoU ii never 
dried up there ae it ie in other lati- 
tudea. — Offekft (y. n.) to admit qf 
traneplanUng, to appear v^l planted. 
hadee iei euogeha, eina uma. 
answ. Ml ^gehOf can iheee kadee (slips) 
be planted, or are they dry 9 answ. 
they may etill be planted (see hetdee). 
0ir«ra(v.d.)— offedMi(v.int) to plant 
much and well. 

Ogiii«dsa(y.caus.) to make $ee, to ehow 
(from hu ona), ni ogniedea hili 
hu di? 

Oka (y n.) 

Okdmm(y.) gnoinbe tt/gu mHra ok&ma, 

Omba (v. a.) to etrike upon; — 1) to 
weave; ku anUun ndeeuru; — ^ to 
beat out; ku omba untUHra;^ Sjtonip 
(said of cold with regard to yegetation); 
4) to abut, to eind at (said of fire 
reaching bare ground), e.g. mod9 u 
una omba n^-nohira, euku ^Uta 
hudalif hu omba H6bne, but ba- 
manga they do 'eogora.**ombSha, to 
protTweU woven; dsaru i yaomheita' 
oiiib«ra(y.d.) 1) to weave, to beat out 
for (another);— ^ (y.a) to wirike, con- 



dude (a bargain); ninha deanoha, di^ 
antbere nuirando aga, hadi anata; 
mdu aya ei yahof lit. are thue 
worde not thine 9 muona euomifara 
nCnuaneha t why dotft you dap your 
hande fw i:kBm9 this is done when 
Judgement is giyen. fcu ormhera'rw- 
mo, to keep etriking, to sharpen by 
short, touches, instead of pressing 
along a roMor; deabano hnaoha, 
d% aombara rtMtto, now it wiU clear 
up (after long rain), the tH sharpens 
the razor, i.e. he keeps up a noise 
like that of the quick sharpening of 
a razor, which is said to prognosticate 
clear weatlier.— •mbedam (v.int.) — 
omboTCm (y.a.) 1) to dam (a cloth 
in mending it); hu omborera nded- 
n*,*— 25 to sew on a "gangaf* on an 
arrow; hu innberSra nUpfi (it is 
called so because the thread is not 
merely wound round, but paeted 
through the shaft of the arrow, to 
prevent it from slipping;— ombare- 
dsa (y.int.) to dam well, to eew or 
fasten on well (Kis. hu shona)» — 
ombesa (y.a.) to provide remediee, to 
coneidt <m an omen. — •mbesana 
(y.rec.)— ombMam (y.d.) — ombe- 
sadsa (y.int.)— omberdca, to look weU 
darned, eewed orfctetened. 
Omboa (see omba) (y.p.) to be frost- 
biuen (only said of yegetation); n»i- 
dengo ina dmboa deabano madea- 
ni adagoyoha; mbada eanga eina 
omboa rero, 
Ombte, s. 

Omda, truly (see eongero-eedea). 
Om«ra (y.a.) to lade out (cooked food 
from a pot), i.q. bagura,— 
(y.d. S instr.) Na^mu'omorora 
danda wa n'deima (see htbande), 
Ona(y.a.) 1) to eee;— ^ to be true; — 
8) to find, to get; ieo neoona^ that 
ie true (Kis. haki, hueUi^ = noha 
ona nditu {^gakinii n*na ona mbeni 
fn^nehira, mfneanga ana-u-bidi'' 
Hra, J have eeon or found a knife in 
the way wMeh mp friend pateed by 
(without seeing), ueune eooona, apeak 



140 



ONDA— OROKA. 



what U true, fpMfc ih$ truth,— 
(T.d^ (PCi&jMtte).- Mtta (y. d.) (Kis. 
jKrtOM).— •Betel (▼.iuL) to $e6wM, 
to be verjf true; umone soonodea 



Oadm (v.a.) (•ncha.) « (Kis. ImhmI«), to 
taete,— ondadi a (v.c.MKi».f <M *q ) « 

Obit* (8^ tir«Mg«), gm^^owder, 
OnfMm (y.a.) to airo^gMeii; fc«»-«iM«- 
•n^ora ttM i w Ki wa hmndm fnigni- 
omdo (KiS. hu nioeha hmK^m) ; tiMiiiila 
na maicroMO «iiMMHr*>^ *m> «n«dEo. 
bo¥>$ cmd arrow-0U^ toe aera^Ateii 
with fire (by putting them over the 
fire). The root of this word 'ongaf* 
is found in the Kiduruma dialect JCm- 
dHrong^ra, to etretek onet^ee^f (Kis. 
hunJi^n*ong6a),— •nf'dka (y.n ) 1) to 
be or become etraigkt^ Iq.rungeunaf 
tnoodmUdni upoong^ka, the me&- 
dtmUmi ie etraight (a species of remar- 
liable straight tree); m u n tu «yw ema 
ong^ha, omnm tiMiHUfMla. tfK In 
Kisuahili this word is used of the 
mind also, but in Kiniassa not; •— 
% to tmm cut perfect (said of earthen 
ware only); mMMOMya eina ongo- 
ha, ei»i Uu euokaf tf cKo w a t t to , 
ongoha, do not bend, eU etraight 
(says one who is shaying another); 
diufon^e na n^odo, ^eikoeo hu 
ongohn, let ue jntt U by the fire that 
it maif become etraighL — Aiif oraka 
(y.n.) (to admit of being etraightened; 
ntdengo H euongorchaf thte tree 
caimiot be etraightemed; fnmumno Offs 
g€$oin;0otroka, theg turned out etraight 
eued. ■— anCM^ni (y*d.) to etraighten 
for (another).^ ancavadMi (y. int) to 
•ero^JUew yoeSL 
Oafa, S. s (Kis.«M»to«»9e, mOu^ngofi 
Oiioa|ra(v.a.) to dtatrog, to tpoil (Kis. 
hu hdrthu),^ ^moiagmtUL (v.rec.) to 
epoU, to pervert one aaurther,-^ oaail- 
fttea (y.nw) to be deetrogahle, deetrue- 
tMe, to get epoHed; hidomv ihi 
9iehonoMg0en (for: eihi onongehet), 
tkle iron ie iudeetruotibie, — onanr 
(y d.) to 46t«roy, to epcU amg 



tkbegtomnother.— •■Mif«isa(y.ittt.) 
to deetrog mmeh erfemrfuUg ^. (y.caus.) 
to cauee to epcU 

Of 4ffa af^m (y.n.) « p u Um , eaid qf 
amoueeorratpaeetng andrepaeetng^ 

Ont (y.n.) decay, to ret, to decompoee, — 
OTa4Mi(y.int) (Kis./WrH^am). 

Orte (y.a.) to be eqfl, gteUUug, nUld; eatm 
de, hu PTMi uMinhu, lit to be Mt/t 
(in) etature, i.e. to grow fast maronda 
aga nohm oron, thie eaie ie eoft, 
i.e. cheap (Kis. rahkiei, oamn, nopn); 
m4a u ngoor6a, thte beer ie mUd; 



biraherina orouf 
oroa, thte tree ie eqft, fiezHtHe; 
tu ufooroaf a wttUug num, one who 
ie ahoage ready to eervef m»»ntu ufo- 
orda mdima, a eompaeeiouate mem* 
g m mn m (y.d.) to be eqft or mild to 
any one, i.e. to yietd, to give way to—; 
%&ea « %u orow i re, adn4eM^^r6a, lit do 
not yield to htm, he ufiU enter thee, 
i.e. he will take admamtage <tf you. — 
•rowMsa (y.int) to be very ecft; 
deunhui eanga ei m ao ro wed ea ; (y. 
cans.) to eauee to yield (Kis. hu ridia 
and hu fuaeu), •— arofMi (y.a.) to 
e4tften (by soaking).— wef e d— (y. 
int.) to eqften much, to n%ake too eoft 
(Kis. hu odnUa). 

Ont (v.a.) to taike ctean <4f, to remooe; 
hu ora waBitnu, to free from the 
waeimu. — or^loi (v.n.) to appear dear 
red up, to look etean. budro bua ugo 
buna oroha.— orerm (v.d.) to take <#» 
remoee for—.— oredaa (v.int.) eaku 
oredoa, eutaeiga udou dott So, 

Oraln (v.a.) to ford, to eroee a river 
In a boat, on foot or by swimming. 
The etymol-sense of this word is to 
get one'sself taken off, to get removed; 
The form ^ordra" does not exist; 
ordha oroha, to eroee repeatedly; 
hetmiri heuoirif agaiu and again. — 
(y.n.) to admit offordiug,— 
,{WM,)nmdeigi 
rohoha (for: 
scil. fodeinge, or ndipo uhoea bo 
hu oroha^ oraUni (v.d.) to ford to 



OTA.— M-PADA. 



141 



(in the sense of eneroadiment), 



(T. a.) to earrif cr 
help oerota a rl9er or lake, either by 
ferrying or by swimming; to transmit 
oyer water (also nsed of arrows shot 
across a river or lalce). m<j»>ly«# wa 
arodoaf wonowa ko o rn n mor ohe, ttey 
99uh4 aero$9 their arrow9, htU tMm- 
9eUfe$ 'lave not pet come over. •- •ro- 
Asami (y.rec.) to help one another erot- 
Hng over water; dtna oro rf jim, dir 
ha nMnngama unanohm na wn/fbangOf 
one who cannot eufim i$ tied between 
two ethere who can,— •radMka (v.n.) 
to admit of being eonoeged aeroee. 
nwniu uifu eaorode^iea, ana hi- 
ioHte, ahwmba ine arni-hiee, thle 
man cannot be taken ooer, he ie afraid, 
he might eink me dleo, - MroAMVm 
(v. d.) to carry or kelp aeroee to or for 
(any one), niorodeera nwtan a wemga, 
Ota (v. a.) to warm ontfeeelf, to batik; 
laro huaeieira daota mado, to-day 
it ie cold, we warm oureelvee at the 
fire.— otaka (v.a.) modo u •MoMto, 
ni toa tikani; deud iri ei^H-otfka, 
roffaiiba.— ottem (T.d.) to warm onefe- 
eeJf at (Kis. Oftia)$ waehida buanohi 
ba buarS-baf resp. naotera dena 
(Kis. na-Ji-otea fua or ohua),— •ttea 
(v.a.) to warm; to eauee warmth (only 
used of rain intermitted by sunshine), 
'mpfwra yootSea (for ya^ttSeei), the 
rain warme, or eaueee warmth, i.e. it 
rains with intervals of sunshine. — 
•total (v.n.) to be eleepy, to doee 
(while sitting), votoara, eugana^pou 
eit and doee, why do you not lie down 
(Kis. hu eineia), 

P and P« 

Fi, i.q. chide pa; dadi pa, lit say 
'pa" == be ettent. 

Pa (va.) {hd pa); 1) to kill (Kis. hu da); 
2) to make a form into; gnombe dd- 
n^-pa hua hu-m-laea, a cow we kill 
by piercing it. They generally first 
harmstring them, and then shoot them 



with a very large Idnd of arrows cal- 
led mbewfro, and at last spear them; 



the goate we klU by etrangUng, and 
fowle lUcewiee, hd pa petpwnhu; JM 
papAlfniemf hdpm n*iehHvteM, hd 
pa rnhdma.-^ p«ani(v.d.) 1) to kiU, 
form into to or for (another), to etrike 
on (a path);— 9 to eot^kw, to keep 
within (a house); mahewdna ada-^ir- 
para tn^niwmba, vintu HdaehWa 
rdwe. Wehni^baeega ina, <^ niket- 
i-pare h» dif you direct me (to go) 
thie, where ehali, I come up with that 
(road) ? (Deriv. ha perep e v e ) , 
(v.) netHmawemga eahmdht 
m^padea ndiwe.^ paka (v.n^ to ad- 
mit of kitting, of making or forming 
into, gnombe upn eapthuf gagun- 
hu upu ««pOMi,— pavtea (v.rec) 
lit. to form one into the other;— 1) to 
meet (as two ways), to Join (as two 
rivers); — 2) coincide (in meaning as 
two words); naMm iai eina pmran a 
(Kis.«<kMM«MffMi). The ways or words 
pass, as it were, over into each other, 
and consequently they die.—- 
i«Mr»(se< 
(v.a.) nehira i uaennke 



(V. rec.) to lead one into 
an other (said of ways), nhn eina- 
b am paeue (ncMiria ieif, hn deogara 
hu J» eina per ereean a, here about 
theee waye run eide by eide, but far- 
ther on they end in one. 

Pida, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), the^ root (of a 
plant only) {seedoindamapadaairi, 
ddadu, aetai, aeano, but also mairi. 
m adadu Ao.) ya hindngaa, tufo, three, 
four, fine roote qf kaeeada, 

M-pa4a, t. (ya, sa), the epace intervening 
between plante; any space that forms 
a break between things belonging to- 
gether; fig. distinctness, clearness (of 
speech). Fmdan^-petdaieteanhadee 
eanga ei-ei-ni^ganda, theee gape qf 
(between) my 'hetdse^ treee do not 
pleaee me. NB, in KisnahiU 
da, meane eloee together. 



142 



M-PADIDI— M-PANCHE. 



thangmMmm 

dmusuru, nikaMk ise, my InMam 
etfm ha$ fpoeat 9pae€9 (i.e*inaoy emp- 
ty spaces), I flpOI ffo to piutk (where 
it stands); mii^ m -pmd a mawyaho 
iWt lit wWUmt dsoriMfS tk$ wofd$, 
thou, i.a your words are not clear. 

M-f nildi, s. (ya, sa) (see wagS^ 

Paiilni (y.n. 4 v.a.) to tak% ^ipon, to put 
upon, to tioM (a door), baimmmg*^ 
oka- or himm-paHka, the ludiam corn 
begin$ to $kouf eob$ (Kis. ehaida m4n a) 
as eka rmmbm^ka, thi$ U icM whm 
thi eob$ h6gim to form; but b am tmga 
e ka kert ik m is used, when the cobs are 
farther advanced; ku pmdSka riM, 
to tighim 'ruoe* (in binding any thing) 
(Kis. mmbadat^iokaijf hu padUka tU- 
umba, to paint a hou$o (i.q. oiimgot); 
ku padOta kidoSgo, to clooe a door 
(= Kis. ku Hmdika miango).— pMr 
diUra (r.d.) mma^ni-pmdikira «^ 
maoo tmMonga Mdtego, uii oki- 
OMi, mWUwnbmmoy— pwMaoULfj, 
rec.) to be ctou to one amMntr.— padi- 
kika(y.n.) (Kis.am5a<ana).— padi- 
UflS (T A.) to put together (Kis. tanga^ 
nita or /Ungmnia),-^ |ia<HMMnnn (r. 
rec.) tmalakuird^^^oki mbmrdmi #<- 
y«, In* oi- rao a na»o Hna hmUhi- 
oana? padikira, to Join (000*88010 
etpedaiUy to a carawan, to close a door 
againot any one; uUndo waka par 
dikirOf uo€unke. kuddii kuddli,joi» 
ytfur carawan, do not go to a dittanee 
(dont be absent when they start); 
uionda ^vhn rnbHa ku ptidtkiru, 
hfiUye or nWyo kwmha, thie Journey 
U one qf Joining, it U urithout pnmUi' 
one i.e. I did not plan it myself and 
was therefore not prepared for it 

Fadaadaa (v.nj to Ue with the Ug$ 
epread out{K\B,ku^i-buagaea). uea- 
ende ukara uUpadeaden. 

M-pa£a, s. (y« and mi), Uuer; pnfie ea 
ntJbuei nm n% pn/ k$ en gn6mbe* 

Pafa, s. (ra) (pl.fMo— ), • kind qf plat^ 
form iJKia,uokagaf pnga tnkokuel) 

M-pttg; 8. itfn and mi), a hoUow, a 
eaieity ifkevec of a doth); deino irt \ 



(Kis. 



P wew99 v%9V^W^p ^IMW ^W ^H^VW^S^F 

h 



); 



(the 
lives in trees and cavities of 
rocks). 
M-pato, a ^ and en), grain unhuOted 
hy pou ndi ng (see ekem%ka), Prov.^ 
ini mpn i e dkMnba (» Umha) , 



i, s (ra) (pi. n enpnie or 
a large poteherd (snch as is used to 
fetch fire in and for roasting) (Kis. gmii, 
(see nnmue r enga)f^ 2) any pot that 
ie eradced, NiHge mpike^ waogae^ 
gam, mi wtpn l e gokn yka, 
M-panbaaa, s. (ya, sa), Lq. mpfiemtn; 
dige, dimke m pamehm na yaka 



M-famMniS s. (ya, sa), a hproad,awag 
branching out firom another (Kis.fMlto 

^B^^I^^^MMwff* WVVVWi^^^W^V^^r WW^^^H^^^W^WV W^W^V^^V^BV 

yn m pn en h nmot dimneew^beuML 

Pambaaa, etumhUng is considered a 
bad omen, prbgnostic of the absence 
of him, to whom you want to go, but 
one who is less snperstitioiis will say 
to his stambling ftiend: let as go on, 
your stumbling is merely an accident 

Paaba, s. (ya, sa) (Kis. ubade wntn- 
bmmbnf) 

K-paaiiAi, s. (sa) etrength (Kis. m^tWH 
ku^n^iaga mpnenfw (&= Kis. k um^ 
eidia n^tf/W), to etrengthen one, 

Pampn, s. Me act or diepoeitionqfetair' 
ting Unmediat dy in anmeer to a ealL 
2l haete, hurry, from ku bambm (bs 
(Kis. ku andokn upeei upeei^i eim^ 
kueengerSea, md h n ekidn p m mp u^ 
ndipa ehapamibdna nme, ye hanenoit 
tarried, ye haiee been in a hurry, there- 
fore you mieeed them (did not meet 
with them on the road). 

PaBa(v.n4 

Paada, s. (pi. imck-), fork of a tree, («•- 

pamda fNrfMMMto). 
M-paadia, s. (ya, sa.) ground where the 

graee hoe been burned for cuUivatmg 



M'PANDE— PENIA. 



143 



Xumda wa 



If 8. (ya, sa), 1) a JWncI <tf $kdl 
(|.q. tnuBH in Kinika), u$td <m cmtf 
fMiito.— 2) M« yMM9 round Umou cf 

and pnmpUiM; ywMle «• Im« p/lMw, 



,«. 



, 8. (ya, sa) ; 1) a foWar f*^ 211 
one to &0 fiMpMtod to be • tpy. 



piqr no ottiMtfoii to Mm, (Mf ammi it 
a tpy* Panda is any stranger «»»mh 
fiMl«fi0a y« X»u tfuWmii kM«]iMy e^f 
wAom yoK do nol feiMio Mat a< Ms Acoit. 
«MM»tu «t0a Mtf tfi-jpiMMiff , M«M moit 
ore fp<0f or roMtrt (Ki8.jNMMlM is a 
kind of flsh); «Mimi Inwitatia «•« m- 
jnmmIm, 100 flMt totftA ro&ftert, c/r a 
robber, 

PMifA, s. (ra) <k>l. MMHMiM^, 1) a eo- 
•11^, a lairge eaoe 0» roeftt, or formed 
by oyerfaanging rocks;— 2) • /a< 
ptoos «/ wood, U9€d for beaUiig the 
ihroado M weaving, ftw t j w r» Im» 
o m do i^ n ' do ww Mfac t0« p em gm , a 
JUUbom to b€ dUUngniohed from 
«00 ftodtMNfMiw The «1« loa 
is made of the tree nmd k^ m, 

M-paad fvd, s. (ra) and acU. 1) « imw^ 
row tpoeo l^/t Mwean piopU wkm 
gUitng, Itoo hmrm tfttbrn, 
b«unpamip<Mni h an a n Miniu , 
•dguai— 2lJlat (only said of things 
which onght to be round); w«s w^w 
un»-bu^9omta pmUptmi^ you have 
^fi fiat wpoiuo on iM$ bow. 

PnM, 8. 

Pwuri, s. fgf and o«), a ma(fgot, fomnd 
in graha (Ki8.moMiMll(»). 

pMrtI, 8. (ra) (pi. maanwHi), • hoUow, 
low and wide; mnkaon ym panH 
different firom 



i,8.(ra) (pLiiMK-)* « Mod of food 
madA qfJUmr and water. It is thicker 
than the hipetepare, but thinner than 
the dehnaf «t^pAlro jnmw, oJbooo- 
fc« gwirieiea b n mi wthm. 
Parabola, s. (uyu, ieij, a epeetee <^ 
deer. 

If s, a Kind of worm, 
(adv.) tUi. wotoiy, like the 



^v^poroSn, raiara^a), 
M-^asa, 8. fpa, em), a kind ef mod^ 
modo of reede; h idmde o n oKa «t- 



8. (ra) (pLtNo— ), Mo ooto <t^ Mo 
foot and tJko Aiif»retotoii qf O, i.e.. 

/oo«-otop. 
M'ptmk, 8. (y«, «•), a eWtol. 
Paaa, s. (ra) (pl.m€K-), 1) ono ^ Mo 

poieo (Kis wMw pl.jNm), wMoI oiii^ 

port Mo ro^ o/ a eotiage; — 2) mmio 

<i!f a torrltoiy, eOnaUd between Mpande 

and Ohada, 
PaUmila.s. 
MpabaiS. ^a), w<Md; «n|»o^ yn mw- 

era, eonlikrwtnd; m pe ^a pa mb dd o, 

Mo iiorM wtfMd. 
M-pabada,8.^ and e^, an animdlr 



.8. 

M-faia, n. ipn, en), name of a epeelee 
of bird', pedm eipm, Mote pedae, 

Pa4a(T.n.) to bend (the blade of a 
knife or other instmment (Kis. hu 
pod em an n) . -. yadidaa (T.int) to 
bend mneh; (r.cans.) to omioo to Maid. 

PMaftea, 8. (wyt^ (pLo*). a Mud <tr 
looo-opiplof (Ki8.«iMdM). 

Podadra (v.a.) « fodavia, to loovo 
on on^e eide in paeeiing; to Umbk 
eUghOg. 

i (T.n.) (Kis. hu b%teen wdwmdo).. 
,(T.n.) (seejNi) (ya.) to admit of 
kitUHg, 

Pakadaa (seejNi). 

Pamlk, 8. ipUf eei), a kind of beeUe; 
pamfie ea rikna (Kis. Ibomte mAo). 

Ponia, pepnim (see bepniia). 



144 



PEPE— M-PFIOA. 



(adr.) 

(or yaMPtm) (r.nO 
(only used of oooklog) «• 
qf tkt water Hii»§ too UUU.— ^i 
or pMPMft (y.a4 to tpoA ftf 



I, a. itfm and mi), • pwmpkh in 
iUftr§t §Ui§e qf growth ^ as long «8 
it remaink soft; ivhen beginning to 
liarden it is called tede, when tall 
grown bat not yet ripe, it is called 
hibwmdem, and when perfectly ripe^ 
{teh^ra mpmra i«i). 
(Kis.jMla). 
Ptam, 8. (Kis. p^ (m mlw). 
Panuui (v.n.) mmw ay* m i m ku&ka 
hu peraiui (» Kis. mmm hiU lido- 

Parte*, 8. (ra) (pL hm), spiiMlMi^r stMcfc 
tJkrvNvA tAe Mr4ap, first for widening 
it and by way of ornament. V-ni- 
rat^feperer0rwng»rinap^SkafWould 
you fix mt my perere, U tes fcOm 
wit. 

PtOMKiwa (only used in the predicate) 
leading and ending in (another road); 
n*namka «mm> n'ndk e Hdm ku wa 
b Bp ni w d ea noMra ipa ptreretUt 
J went with them, I went to thou 
them that way where it it endtny (in 
another): hu di paroreeu, where a 
road ende in amfther. 

M-f«r» (y« and ea), a fiat rough etone 
ueed for grinding, which ie done by 
rubbing a emaUer one ooer it. The 
latter is called mudna wa m^pSro 
(from hu bora grind). 

Vrpasa, s. {ya, mi), the fruit qf the 

PMd L (or f«Bi), 8. (ra) {xA.mab4ei and 
mpeei\ (ya, «a), etaXk af Indiam com 
orrenMra, The difference beweenj^Mi 
(stalk) and paai (Mi(iidar-&ott) seems 
to be in the eii and ei; n^^^eni, a 
thwtderboU, peni ihmgua, pmum e m 
mdoHffo, lit a tkunderboU when it 
JaUe, it elMvet a tree; bamemga 
Minaiohahe^ tn^peeif hiri gararehe 



fibs JMMm cflfn hn§ 
ferth from the eUOke, U loofct me if 
« (Le.tho iaiobs) was ready to.braak 
down. The sing. Is used in a eoU. 



na me iff a osnnlfy, 
s.(ra) (pL 
), the ehauUer. 



and 



Imi iNia hu 
Pfi^ gen. Part, of roL to the PLformyil 

(iu|.|M«), also pron. pi they (thingSi) 
Pflika, pron. poss. hie, her, <to; reLto 

the pi. Idrm 'pA" 
PfiM, pron. poss. their, theire. 

^(▼.a.) to put on, to wear (Kis. udm), 
(y.a.) to *MS (a child): fMMN- 
pfnhei mmmmm u m n p a md§ m rm (Kis. 
hu uiha) s« hu to hupfnta p e h m * 
ffitfika (v.n.) to oAnlC <t^ wemring; 
hwdt u Xmmmo sip/iwfl w , mI 
ym hm e o np a, with me a ' h mu a o ^ 
not be worn, (becaose) it ie the oMh 
of the Jdng.-^ pMbtm (v.eonL) to dreee 
wdl; n w tH iu upu apfSrirm, ikiemem 
dreeeee wttt, to whUh ate othar rt p Uee : 
etre kerS n p i hu pfdriru, .mep iwdhe 
wa n^f umu aU uetoff, why ihoiUd 
he learn eff to dirtee wall, ae long ae 
the prince ie aUoe (^ee mpum. Dor. 
mpfinridtio), 
Pftlni(y.aO 1) to Oothe, eupply wiih 
dothee,*— 2i to dreee (a child), Iq.hu- 
pfnha; mmem. » m-fvlcpfeka ni 
ru umuga, ud ipe 

PfMi^f«a« (v«Mw«M), (s. 4ft a4J.} flks 
very thing; the truth; what is identical 
(pL form) with (see owa, eoodum 

PfiMttea (T.aO to graae; mwtpfi u 



arrow graeed him (only), it did not go 

through him (see hahm), 
Pfflbaado, plante, 
Pfi4ate(a4jO Mres. 
M-pBgn (or myvifs, the pfi is sharp 

and clear), s. (pi. id, pu and e»), (as 

Kis.uHndi).—ppig9. (y.a) to te obtese 

amd low. 



PFIGA— PFOMERA. 



145 



it a. api$eeqf/lat wood vftih $matt 
hoUow$ or plU, wMtk igittUt by wMr- 
Ung in them a pointed etiek, called 
the male (mtMMN'na icw) of the pAlfek 

Pflr* (v.su) to thattih; Uu p^a ni- 
Mmda to thatch a houee. pftga ycm^ 
g» imarowerSrmt my p^a i$ loet 
There are several trees of iwhich ehe 
p^a may be made e.g. mr^mi^o, 
deoffo, while the muitm'na hiay be 
iff any loood. ndhtibddua «mXmi nr 
eka mua n^^^a^ or hema mpfi- 
ffa, lit / loot bom alone, aHone, dome 
in or of like a pflga (says one who 
has no brothers nor sisters) because 
a man generally has no more but one 
pfiga in his house. — pficilai(pvi- 
giki^ (v. n.) to admit qfthatehing, udeu 
uhu ei'htt^fiffihaf ni medna {mbo 
uma), thie graee toOl not do for thatr 
ching, it ie noon-day, when itieto dry. 
2j to appear weU thatehedt niumba- 
yoho inapfiffika ,•— 3) to get wet. Etym 
to get covered (with water), only used 
of what gets into a body of water, 
but to get wet by rain is 'hw pfim^ 
hUa; dettruyanga inap^tyihiih*' — 
pfifirm (y.d.) to thatch to or for (ano- 
ther); na^fi^^fSyint nimmba m'n- 
eanga.— pfl y idi« {rAnUj to thmtch 
well; ammpftgidea M<utn5<iyaJke, eir 
natamaara, or eOdnia, — pflgiihia 
(v.refl.) to coffer one^eee^f, to get covered 
only used of the wild hog, mdmdu 
tgpfigidua, 

Pfiirvra (v.a.) to wnrthaUht to remove 
the thatchf only used of the ehmm; 
of a n<iMMda it is 'hu eaewra^* — 
2^ to be unthatehed or uncovered, — 
piiffviirm(T.d.)— pllirvrikm; pflgwl- 
dMi(y.inD to unthatchweU, compUtay, 

P4im (vAym) (Kis. tcrlke). 

PfimplfaidMi (y.a.) to roaet by putting 
into hot aehee* 

Pfina (y.a. 4 v. n4 to j^lay {implying dank- 
dng amd drumming), hu pfina nuik- 
riro, hu pfinm Uu nuteeiwera {Jba 
hande). -- ipfiairm (y.d.) to play to, 
e4{. to a relatiye who has safely re- 
turned fjrom a Journey; Uw^mpfimiira 

JBniaeea. 



nmm u a l i,-^ piaUbui (y.int.) to play 
weU, to excel in playing, and (y.cans.) 
to make play, to eet playing (Kis. to- 
eeeha); nwtana une t m p finidseL ^ 
VinidMI, vfinUbMls=: vignim Hgniet, 

Pfia^, s. (see j»<n^. 

mngm^ s« Kis. vfingmpi. 

PfMraorripMfft(y.a.)toM»aft. Etym. 
to cover with water, properly kupv^ 
pviga, but this was softened into hu 
pviviga^ (It is a redupU of pviha); 
ku pviviga kimarm kSga, tnoftrnt- 
gOf deunknt d», — l^viffJka (v.n.) 
to turn out well eoaked,— pviviffirm 
(y.d.) to eoakfor one, to wet aecideit' 
taUy. una-ni^pvivigira deewuyan' 
ga,— pvkvigid/UL (v. int) to eoak weU, 

PfiwL— dfiwi pAwi (adv.) badly, too 
much (see okinckika) (Kis. ku iu- 
kuna). 

Pfiys, viya and i^ys. 

Pfo-dttlo(ady.) (see dare), thue, X-diani 
pfoo koma, weMnudrntuna edMa, 
pfoodere yaho, mintba ikakara Hi 
guepf^ (Kis. kuemi kula gieei Mo 9) 

Pfo-iba (Ki8.tfr<fraya). 

Pfo-koma (ady.) imII, orderly (Kis.<a- 
latna, wema eana). 

Pfi»-k0iii6daa. 

Pfo-chiada danclil (Kis. witnfetpii) 

Pfoiii4ra(y.a.) to reepond {in listening 
to one speaking by malting the sound 
'aha, aha" at every break or pause 
generally), to aeeent, io affirm (Kis. 
ftuaea, kirri, kulbali, ittka, Sihu, 
unga/ma, nuarhaiba, eadiki, rtdiop 
ongaea). The word is also used of 
what is planted in the meaning of 
'to thrive." OkeOM kina pfibemda 
pfapfommra, lit ihie year^ plante 
they thrive, Xne nikideiwa, eika- 
pfo^mere^ta, ifIhadknownit,I$hould 
not have aeeented,— pfoBMrAaa (y. 
rec.) to aeeent one to another, to agree 
together (after quarrelling).— vfrnna- 
raln (y.n.) to admit of aeeent, to be 
receivable; kitUu eka «Miy» Hkt- 
p/^ m ereka {JILia.kakitoeaiki),-^yiSb- 
BMVwm (y.d.) to reepond to, io et- 
gree to, to aeeent^ coneent (Kis. ittkia 

10 



146 



PPDA— PFUNDA. 









yonM).— pftBMNMI (T.a.) to beUmfe, 
to ertdU; mmn aya napfomeresa 
n>eho0na Oils, ridt»ha, oudikithm). 
pfom«rMaBm(v.rec>- pfomcrMM 
(v.inU) 
Pfiw, 8. (ra) (pi. iMa/Wtt), one ^ Me eAree 
itonea whieh form a natim Jlrerplaet 

ohana pro yam^A^ifMi). 
PflUUUl, pfuada pfuada (= Kls. nm- 

MUba, s. (ra) (pl.nm— ), a 6ow«. «al»- 
fn-ra^a map^ha (Kis. fnfupa, pi. 
wti/Wpa). 

Pflidm(yja.) prop, to i>«0» to «pin (Kis. 
JbwAiru^uda), rmtTZ^.— pfodaploiaa 
(v.reiL) to n#Ee, to disorder, e.g. grass 
by trampling upon it; wantu wakor- 
handanauMMpfudapfuda utfeM. nf- 
am%a imapfudapfuda na mBoimpa, 
ike €mnndl ?uu raffled, disturbed (the 
grass) with the trap (trying to escape), 
(Kis. shedoBheda),— pfildJln (v.n.) to 
ocNiit o/ tpiiming, to trnn out well 
spun; tiripfudika ionche iri ra 
nutngana vnangiina, thie cotton can- 
not he «p«n, it i» entwiHed; rinapfu^ 
diha ionche iri, thi$ cotton ie tpun 
nicdy,— pfiidira (vd.)— pfodidM 
(vJnt) 

PiUi pftiai, pi. mnpfudi pfudi (Kis. 
raoha rasha, pU mapfudi pfudi 
ss Kis. pi. wMNeoea, moffniota), 

PAidnka (v.n.) toro ea pfuduha^ — 
pinitakirm (y.d. or rel.) (see guriiru}. 

Fiudiuni (v.a^ to enlarge a kouee, make 

it larger 9 f 
Tfagfi, s. kuku afuna pfuga. 
Ptag: 8. (ra) a tHbe (Kis. kabiia) pfn- 

gvruke ndani? cf what tribe i$ he 

or herf 
Pffngnda (v.a.) \.q.^Hr>UUB in Kis. to 

How (the bellows). 

pfitffwra. 



r»tfluA, 8. (ra) (pi. meipfnguMi and 
Modti^nMi), a frimdle, aim/ thing done 
up in a Ootk or Uaoet (see Xmcla). 

PitfkaiV.D.) {W^pfura) (Kis.«Mn«aMi, 
«Jbei»^iMi), to eome o(ff (a cloth from 
one's body). 

PMUkB pfidEttB, «wa»im oya aU- 
pfmkuku (s ttU if«|f!fw tfoSPA*). 

Pfida (pfte»). 



Pni]iiada(y4 (Kis.lM» piga ta>ma, ku 

n&wmnninS) 
ll-pftambo, s. (sa), grains and particles 
of "maMra" fallen to the groond 
from the birds picking; mundawemr- 
ga onoo wna^mrpfu/mbo. 
PAunba (y.n. ^ y.ft.) to rain, to rain 
upon; mpfnm y€^pfumha (Kis. ku 
gua); ku pfUmhoa na ntpfuro, to 
be beaten uriih or by rain. 
Pfunbi, s. (ra), duee. 
PfunUdsa (y.intO to rain much, h/M- 
vily; ina pfumbidea mpfura rero, 
PUfenib^a, s. dMturu eanga sina pfum- 
boa, my dothee are rain-beaten. The 
sentence is complete without adding: 
na mpfdra* 
PittiiiM«,s.(«f|fM) (pl.tMk- ), a species 
of wQd eat; kwtku anaguidaa na 
p/knnbue, 
Ptiamfd, s. (ra), mud, muddiness; madsi 
dga, muntu anapuunduitra ku 
muambdku, ema pfumfu^ SiAur 
yada» 
Pftunplnmirm (y.n.) JmOm* wgu a- 
pfwrnpfummpa ane^fuidoa na ki- 
bumpttf uge ap^tmp^tmara, ana 
ehiHsiHsi, si kiohoka. 
Pftepftm, s. (y», sa), the end of the 
htuJOfone (in animals only); sendera 
uko uBokuere ba-n^^funnfwrte, di- 
kuere ufonse, 
Pfiuda (y.a.) to cowr upt to cover 
over; nor^n-begniaf anapfunda, I 
see him, he has covered himself up. 
The refl. part, 'dsi?* is not used with 
the word; ku p^inda maungw na 
nuMdoani; ap^tnda, wiU be more 
properly said qf one who sleeps; a- 
pftsndira of one who is awake and 



PFUNDA— M-PPUNDO. 



147 



walking about; but the words are 
used promiscuoasly.—- pfluiiduui(y. 
rec4 to eovar one another up; pA**^ 
danani d§aru io nchihwru (for 
neka Ihuru), m9€tgogdn0, cover each 
other up, that Ooth U large, do not 
drag (li) from each other (charge of 
a mother to her children when going 
to sleep). >- pAiBdika(v.n.) to admit 
qf covering up; dsaru i sfp^tndika 
n^hankdendenga (for ni hamd^t^ 
dengal^ plillidlkirm(v.a.) to put on 
a cover; ku pfmndihira mpOee^ 4». 
(Kis.iiniipa).— pftftadlra (v.d.) 1) to 
cover for another, to keep covering 
on^eedf; — 2} rather puundira, to 
he uform; niuntba i inn pvnnMraf 
mp^tru $fa mbodo ina pvundiru,—' 
pfiiDdidM (y.int) to cover loeO. — 
pAuUbikiira(y.aO to uncover (opp. to 
both p^nda and pfundikira) (Kis. 
/wntm).— pftmdiiknriraCv.d.) uram- 

haei €^-n^-pfundukuHra neahe m- 
UaliyaJte. — pHmdluni (v.a.) (lit. to 
come forth from a covering) to eaet 
(the skin); nedka uyu anapfundura, 
the eerpent eaet ite ekin. — pnmda- 
rira (v.rel J to eaet to or at [9, certain 
place) {^,hMpiga mafUmM) neoka 
oneipfundMrira y«ft«, the eerpent 
eaet ite ekin here, 

^tundM or pvnnda (v. n.) to enutt (said 
of tainted meat and of any thing 
that is in a state of decomposition); 
niwma i yapvunda, thie meat emeUe; 
niama i inapvunda, it emeUe (said 
when actually decomposed).— pwi- 
dlka (v.a.) to let emeU, to let deeomr 
poeet to let ferment (for the sake of 
ripening); ku pnundika eUeuna, to 
aUow cntfe meat to get tainted; ku 
pvundika kiko, to let deeompoee a 
pumpkin (i.e.its pulp) by burying it 
in the earth, after which it is scooped 
out and used as a calabash; ku 
pvundikapfodtat to let ferment (and 
thereby ripen) tobacco (by putting 
it in heaps and covering it over); 
ku p9und4ku toehi, to let ferment 
bananae,— pvudlrm(seeji|/WfMi0)^— 



(v.d. ^ v.inslr.) to let 
ferment to, for, ufUh,— pvondUsft 
(v.int)— pvoBdtea (v.a.) lit. to let 
out a emett (by stirring any thing) to 
stir, to make muddy; kupvundUret 
won, utro {for uwire); gnamhe 



(v.n.) to admit qfetirring,— 
lint (v.d.) to etirfor (another); (vjcont) 
to keep etinring, to make muddy; 
gt^autboeeUbo kaimo4dae kunai, uvet 



(v.n.) to be muddy (from having 
been disturbed or troubled); uHndo 
nuMdei adekOf anapvundururikei 
ua gnon^be. The form pnunduru- 
kika is not certain.— pvnataridMi 
(v.int) to etir much, to etir weU {ejg. 
tnM), 

PAmde, 8. (ra) (pi. mafunde), a u)ave 
a bitUne; {Jku p^ende !• iik€t9i; ku 
pfunde la KfiuMta). 

M-pfimd* I. s. (ya) (pi. id with ea), a 
joint, aknot; ku uHMnga mpfundo, to 
tie a knot; pfundo sinai, four knote; 
pA§ndo i yet dsanoha pa-ni-^nteneif 
thie Joint of (my) hand paine me (it 
ackes);pAMMio mi wuMnokOf thejotnte 
of the hand. This word when it does 
not stand fb^ in a sentence is easily 
confounded with ntpfitndo, ntpfuur 
do, X) joint of the flngere and wriet 
(only);— 2} knot (of trees and plants, 
and that made by tying); — 8) aotrretf 
cf a river or lake; — 4) beginning of 
a plain; mpfundo umu tnua deanr 
eha nueeirnirbuodeka, lit. In joint 
in there in of hand in qf me it aekee 
Ba^m^fundobanga s= my wrietf lit. 
where Joint mine. Wetna-m^mea bu- 
mrpfundo ba deam&haf they ehot 
him where the Joint qfthe hand, Pfuuf 
do ga uvdoimgeu idkamhira kudif 
or imdoinge u udhamnMra ku dA9 
kuga wnaguSra ntdeinge u p^n- 
doyahe Hi kudi9 lit there U fdUe 
from river thie, ite eource it ie wheref 
or moreig n^deinga udhaguSra ku 
di 9 resp. Ba n^pfundo ba mdeinge 
bamUne una gu Sr a , where the eource 

10* 



148 



PFDNDO.— M-PINGASA. 



Of a river U, ihers it fatU from, 
Ifiemoha oina mpfundo, BidHwiha 
mp^$Hdayak€ or better ha-mrp^ttt^ 
dob«ih«. Ffumdo ya Niameha €td- 
ha-i-dsiwa ndanif The word m- 
pfwudo is one of those, from which 
the prep. «» or fra is almost insepa- 
rable. 

Pfimdo n. s. (ra) (pl.m«— ), a twnow; 
admmra pfundo, hi tyf^tfi of nimr 
monr (Kis. <omba«< or ugmuhoa toa 
niimHa); huna pfnttdo ra tubi, hu- 
na mpfundo ya kinhtte, 

Pliuig'o,s.(ra}, Funk, cMoffentivesmM; 
pfungo roohawta na roo^a (Kis. 
Hfusij; wamhoBi uyu anunka pfwnr * 
gro Qfna hara dBabano* The smell 
of the hpetu$ and of hinieffere is 
also pfungo (bad smell). 

Pftmgndi, s. 

Pfimia pftuiia, hu d»i-pfunia {=^ Kis. 

hu Ji-huniada 9) 
PAmkm, s. (ra) (pi. mo— ), width (only 

used of what is hollow); pfunka la 

buato, la gnoina, 
M-pAuta, s. {ya, »a), 1) the act qf 

ttumhling; — 2) a tcound got from 

atumbling, toound on a toe; hironda 

iki ni aha mpfunta; wana tfiron- 

da via m-pfwnt€^ Ifakumudua na 

dura mpfunta, JPftanta yat^a ya- 

ni~huedeka. 
Plvnta(v.n.) \.q,kukuonta, kupfun- 

ta na kuenta,-- pftintltea (V.int.) 

(j.q. ku^ntedta), 
Pftoi (pfMni), to cry for helpt to 

raise an ixlarm (Kis. uiB«w»<). 
Pfl&ni(v.a.) to put off (one's clothes), 

fo undress (Kis. fcu fAti^ 
M-prftm, s. (ya) (pi. with ta), a free 

man in contradist from a slave (Kis. 

YiMfwnytMma) ; n»«ntw Myu oi ka- 

bUrOf ni mpfiiru, thie man i$ not a 

tUwe, he it a free man; toamtu awa 

H wakab^ro, ni ntpfuru. 
Phbm, s.(ra) (pi. 7) a ealabaeh qf which 

the neek it etU off (see kiko), 
Kpftundito, 8. (ya, ««), (see/MruUio). 
PftemniUa (Kis. gutaguta 9) 
(v.a.) to pluck. 



Piisa [weepika), 

Pif« (y.) (Kis. bauM) (pUmo^V 

Pf|pi(y.a.) 1) to boa, to cook;— 20 to 
render Jleaeible (said of Icnives, swords 
and the mbdriro); muamba Msftu- 
pika n%beni u akoru-guntantdsa. — 
pildra (y.d.) to boU or cook for or fo 
(another); watnkdoi a-^n-pikira mw- 
anawake para (Kis. ku toUkOt 
ku piga nunji nkdeu, ktn tok6ta), 
pikCcaf niama i s^tkika, neka 
fntibe (s£ ni ya nuibe); mbemi U 
oukftpikika, thtt kn^fe weu not mods 
flexible enough. A blacksmith in finis- 
hing a iLnife dcc. beats it first on one 
side, so that the two ends meet, and 
then on the other, in order to render 
them flexible. 

Piko,s. 

Pimba (v.a.) to cover up (with grass, 
leaves &c) as pumpkint Ac in cold 
weather,— plmMka , to be weU covered, 
»iba pifnhika baliye videamba, 

M'pimpa, s. (ya, sa), region, quarter, vi- 
cinity; ehoka m-pitnpa 4ti, nvumtu 
uyu a-ku-karira n-deimpi; n'na- 
mu-ona akabuera pimpa tija, 

Pimpi, s. (ya, sa) the fire-place of a tmith, 

PindiUdiy s. (ya and oa), the middle 
one in age cf a family; pindlkadi 

ya wadade and pindikadi ya war' 
maif lit the middle one in age qf 
father't and qf mother't, i.e. of uncles 
and aunts on the father's and mother's 
side, uncles and aunts being called 
fathers and mothers and distinguished 
only by the words great and small 
{nikuro and mgnano) and middle 
according as they are older or youn- 
ger than one's father or mother. 

M-piaido, s. {ya and sa), a ttiek uted 
for carrying any thing, e.g.ptfn«lo ya 
ku dengera n*kuku, Prov. Turu 
walintbana ku mrpindo, 

Pingmt 8. (ra) (pi. mo— ), a fagot, a bund- 
le qf any thing long, at reeds, canet ike, 
(from ku binga). 

M-pingasa, s. (ya, sa), wakdsi awa 
wapfara mganda tn'pingata, the§6 



M-PINI— PSA. 



149 



Vfomm wear. bead$ aen$$ tkUr 9koul- 

der$. 
K-pinl, s. (ya, sa), hu yara pimi, hu 

d&ma pini (fiee ^twmba). 
PInrM, 8. (pi. sa), (li\.pimdao in Kir.) 

tMta-fNHrofMlora, nlMifMWron* phtr 

giUi. 
Pfniag^, 8. name qf a dtrwn, 
Pfnsm, 8. {K\s,hUhiHdt», tap%tngu/%»). 

^LHmai After ««/W = niamatiu^ If 
there comes any body suddenly and 
one does not like to continue the con- 
versation in his presence. M-Uike, 
opipiHdf wMMfyofee, itimirayo ni 
Qfunna, dkarahdraf ada/mfeika, 

Pir»,8.(ra) (pl.m«Mr«), one ttdUe of 
OtOnetk-eom, it is only the plural which 
is generally in use; gantirB ta^ha- 
ha ba p^ (see toniboti). 

PM, s. (ra) (pi. mahiri^, a motmtain, 

Wtfkd, 8. (ya and «a), name cf a kind 
qf eerpmt (Kis. 6a/«), uaoHnge m- 
dinia hana tn-piH. 

P IriwIrl , hu tira mancha piriwiri 
{ku tonga dtaneha), 

PiiafV.) OSite.hu shuta9) 

Pda QBtL pda) (v.n.) to dry up, to der 
ereaee, aubeide (of rivers and wells), 
hidsime hlndpHa, rndsinge & uhot 
p^. (Hence in Ki8.i>^, the eocut; lit 
the dry land). n%adM aya hare amor- 
wirira (over flowing), d9abano and- 
poa, thie water had heen overjiawing, 
but now it ie gone down, 

Pob«, 8. (y», pi. ea), (kimar. i.q. senga 
in Kikid.) 

Pote, 8. (ra) (pi. nui^), a whirlpool (Kis. 
hisingUtf) 

Wtp9dm, 8. (ya, sa), abeltqf beade, worn 
by women: nihaHwimQe^ emaehida 
mpode (see hibara). 

P«do, 8. (wa) (pi. mapcdo)f a quioer 
(madeofleather), QL\s,n^JSmgu)fpoda 
uyn tthua yami fwhoee i» fkie quiver f 

PoMsa (v.int) io decreaee, to tubtide 
muehf mds4nge u undpoa, uya 
wnt^foedoa. The verb j»^, to dry 
up i& used of rivers as soon as 
they become passable after the rainy 



season, and in fact in thefr country 
rivers do never dry up completely. 

Postal (n.propr.) It is situated lower 
than Mpande and therefore more warm. 

Poffiiia (orpoBia) (v. a.) (Kis. Ib«-im^ 
hoaaa f) hu ponia nehiraf (Kis. hw 
hoeoa ndia); ponia ponia, fnaampa 
unapotUa,— ponttra, pooMAia. 

PoffOdo, 8. (= Kis. m/wfNfKs). 

P0le, 8. 

M^oodie, 8. (ya, sa), the fag-md (Kis. 
iam^fua, pi. tnaeomASa). deiho ra- 
daara mponcKe; Prov. dtaru ya mr- 
fwiwa ni hu pvMga mp&nehe, 

M-panda, s. (ya. sa) ; 1) a whelp or whelpe 
(only used of dogs); hu pfHura 
panda (Kis. hinda hiboa), panda 
n^adei anahufa; — 2) a kind of eur 
cumber (Kis. hinwmumia), punda mr- 
nkodai wa garu uninha ine. 

M-pandaro, s. a place to tread on (from 
hu banda), 

Pondo, 8. (pi. id.) (Kis. mhitif) 

KpongOt s. (ya, sa) a buUoek; ana m- 
pango, he i$ a whore-monger f httruaif 
hur%n*usi; ntpango ya gnombe :b 
horobesa, nsiMu, 

Ponia.— ponitea (v.) n'narmrpanifra 
muaiwahe, J mieeed him (faili>d in 
aim), for his good tuck; nideimhoe- 
sera nwUung^we Kid.)*— poniMia* 

Papm, s. (Ki8.i»4^). 

M'pato, 8. (ya, sa) wagee (Kis. nauU, 
ugira), 

Pora, 8. the male of thepartridge (ftMoU). 

Pari (a(y.) bolt-upright, erect, euna u^ 
lemu, unorn^badea hintu na hu 
randira ali pari; muntu uyu anaf 
itnirira pari, eaid of one at a die- 
tanee, who keeps standing still at one 
place. Bori is different from mpari* 

Parakadi(a<JU.<ftadv.) i.q./tfw. 

Pavalala. 

Parapora (Kis.i»op« 9) a baU. 

Paya, 8. {wyUf iaij, a epedee qf amU- 
lope, i.q. huungu in Kis. 

Psa, Gen. Part, of, rei. to the Plur.form 

peif l.q.l>A>. 
Psa (kd psa) (v.n.) to ehow the effect 
qf having been expoeed to fire or heat; 



150 



PSADA— PSIDADU, 



1) to be hwnd said of grass, of clo- 
thes, of human being &c. but not of 
iwood (see wUka), clc«rw«aw 9 i mm 
pta S9n»e, oJUre r tnup ta rtue, nia- 
tnayanga in/optmf — 2j to be done, 
finUhtd (said of food) deina Huip—, 
8) to &e ripe (said of things which 
change colour in ripening, esp. fruits) 
(Kis. ifa, hopa, m6(^, iwUha, tek€- 
tSeUf eovM^na, lew pta) toehi eapea 
the banankoe ripen; moBugu ymuip' 
«a, the medUvre are ripe.-— pawMTa 
(y.n.) to be burnt in the cooking, —• 
pa«rtei(v.a.) to bwm in the cooking,— 
p i ad a a (v.int) to be burnt very much; 
to be overdone, to be overripei mu- 
anawat^fa ttndffiia ba modo, ana- 
psedea. (y.caus.) to cauee to bum (on- 
ly used flgurativety): fnuntu uyw 
mHa-ni-p»edea «Mi<ma, tJde man 
made my heart bum = he ha$ incen- 
»ed me. 

Paada(v.a.) to tcOce between the thtghe; 
%tye anapsada ndeariaiyake,— pam- 
dm psada (v.reiL) to keep one*8 ^ight 
^o$ed (e.g. iK'hen your hands are full, 
Kis. hu Aada),— paadini (v^) to keep 
between the thigh»,—f»9dMdnm (v.inL) 

PWigm, S. (pi. of ehdga) pear; anago- 
nSrapeaga peiwiri, he etayed away 
for two years; gnombe upu peaga 
ni peiwiri, thia cow is two yeare old. 

PwUa (or pum) (v.a.) 1) to plant; — 
2) to bear, to bring forth fruit (see 
bora) (Kis. panda, yo).— psarika 
(y.n.)~ paalidsa (v.int.) to pUmt weU. 
paarira (y.d.) to plant for (another). 

PsAmpta, 8. (ya, sa), any slip of wood 
used as a wedge to fasten with (see 
higirt^f peampea ya ku bangirira 
haeu {n-ktUmgoaH (Kis. fciuranto y) 

Paaada (v. a.) to bruise, to crush; anaitr 
shadhiwa, Urut-^nt-peanda, he set 
the trap (seedhiwa) and it bruised 
htm,— paandaaa (v. rec.) to bruise one 
another; wana wapeandana mm- 
mdondo,— paa&dilai (y.n.) dsogor^^ 
ni deogorani/ m^i-hire hisindi- 
hiro, m^Bondike muara, go b^ore, 
go before, ye us may put a sign, ye 



mag fix a stone (yii. between two 
boughs of a tree), to push, to stiek or 
lodge between,— jfmwMntjyA.) to crush 
(what belongs to another); iwe una- 
t^-pewndira hukwumngeh'— paaniH- 
(y.d.) to stUk into for (another.)— 
(y.p.) to get bruised. — 
(y.int) to fix in weU; 
poandihidfa, kisdgue, lodge it fooB, 
UH UfdU. 

Puixm, s. (pi. of ehOra), fingers and toes, 

Piiim(y.a.) (see pedia, toplamtj may be 
used of men and animals as well as of 
plants and trees, but 'bora** only of 
the former, while the proper words 
for animals too is 'ImS oUa." Of In- 
dian corn *ku wSrXka" is used; «imi- 
wngu aya oalhupsara. n4iwngu isi 
oiH-hu poaira. 

Fatal paten (adj.) restUss, always mo- 
ving about, \.q,dunhadunha; ntuana 
icyw eakara banei, alipsdirupomru, 

PaAatea, 1) (y.n.) to pass aside (from 
haying met with an obstacle, said of 
an arrow), mupfi eupeaeura wooa^ 
ofnba mdongo, an arrow does not 
turn or start aside withont striking 
upon a tree, though only small ones 
as psewe or only reeds. Their arrows 
are said to be constructed in a way 
which malces them yery sure (seey^ 
n&ua)f— 2) (y.a.) to hew slightly (m 
order to mal^e smooth, e.g. a handle). 
upsdeuro nt^ini n^wea-u-eikisire, — 
paasnrira (y.d.) to hew Ac to or for 
(another). 

Psaa, s, (pi. of ehSa), q.y. (Kis. molayiea). 

Psara (y.a.) to sweep,— paereka (y. n.) 
psarera, paoredaa. 

Pa^afira (y.a.) (ku sekeea, ku oera 
sss dunga), ungura, eungua, oun- 
gdra, sungusa, to winnow (Kis. p^t 
\ fiagia, takasa, dererenya),— paa- 
anrika(y.n.) sapesvrika gdgd wyw, 
nkua nkani.— paasorim (y.d.) 

Paifca, s. (Myu) (pi. nutr-), a kind of 
reed (used in drinking beer but only by 
children (Kis. ml0a, nwridea) mw- 
ana dmoa ntoa kna psUfe). 

Paidadn. 



PSIDI PSmi— PDANIA. 



161 



8. (tl|f«^ (pi •«►-), 

appariUtmt a ghott, htbug iiffvrenl 
from the "MmamAa^ htdsc aO mm and 
M m ikMQ , whieh are cfiUy mm at a 
diitauce, while the ptUUptldi pays 
Visits in their houses, and looking 
like a common man, is only known 
to he a ghost by his not speaking 
nor accepting of any food. They also 
belieye, that in one town he appears 
as a man, and in the next as a 
woman, ^e is prognostic of epidemics, 

FiidMra (v. n.) to be doud^ said of 
the eyes and of a hole in the ear-lap; 
nMMfUu uyu ana dhito roo ptidiHr- 
ra, thit num ha$ a dosed eyei i.e. he 
i$ on&^ed. BamdMda nwnUu yaba 
Ufa dhUo ra poidiHra, (lit. he is 
closed an eye); hur^udu Uuahe hu- 
na pHdir^, i.e. an ear of him U 
ie doted, Le. where it had been per- 
forated, 

PMdgnia (v. a.) to dote, to that (the eyes 
when diseased); mhwo yon^a y<»-n^ 
ui€Mfa yapHgnia (see pHdMra), 

Friir^bm (v.n.) to ruminate, to chmo 
the cud, — pii^mrini (v.d.) to chew, 
to mattiecUe to, ejg. garu atn^psi- 
ffurira mu<»naiurahe, 

lll*psimpsm, s. (y», ea) (Ris./w/W, m- 
fufkif) 

Psinda (y.a.) Ig. peanda (see). 

Piipi«. 

PmwOi (or pflwili) (adj.) two, reL to 
the pL pea and pH Jte, peaga pei- 
wUi, two years, 

Ptdwi pnwi (adv.) much, very much, 
badly, Uq. pfiwi pfiwi, 

Fliya, i.q. p/iya and viya, 

Pson^ (y.a.) to taper; sakupsonga 
ukoma or p/bofcomo.— ^fHwag^SOL 
(v«n.) to appear weU tapered; mdonr- 
do u, m set nSdue wake unaptan- 
gSka,— psoii|r«ra(v.d.) to taptfr (any 
thing) to or for (another); mucmha 
rnm a nirpeongera n-twnlu yanga, 
•ahu-i'limgmwUa, — pS0ll|ftt4ia 
(V«inU to taper m»eh» 

FMDia (» Kis.fcM figmia ngu^ffi 

(y. a.) to $udc out; hu psamia 



pfit^ei, to sndt a bone.-^ 
(y.n.) to admit of being su€ked; p^tba 
iH «<r^pMnfBJba.— pMliled«l(y.int) 
to ffudr oat thoroughly, 

(or psorolMa), syn. with 
and dwrukira and dm ru- 
hi9a (see iMora). 

FlMra(y.n.) to pass through (a narrow 
space, a thicket &c.) 
«M-fMto< or 
(y.n.) to admit of passing through, to 
be pervious; be^psoreika yaha, oidH' 
wa,—yuor9dMm{Y,\nt)— p B o p i wia 
(pMVoleMi) (y.n.) to be open right 
through, to present an opening at the 
other end (Kis. hu toheea hua piiij 
pangm i inapoapeareea, this eons 
is open at both ends; -pago i <na- 
psapaaresa, this hole (of a tree) poet 
right through; (y.a.) to breeOc through 
the other end, Xuontba asampa f»-> 
gnofna apsopsotesa, the ea/rpenter 
hoUows out a drum (and) he breaks 
through, 

Pttdam (y.a.) to pierce, or shoot through, 
i.q. nhOHsa, — ^ psMie^Mi (y.int) — 
pMS^km (y. n.) to be piereedble. 

Psoviro, s. (uyu) (pi. wa—), a sort of 
fMie, made tf a reed, chiled mou' 
nuMnsi (one of the amusements of 
shepherd boys). 

Pstt, a particle denoting "red" (» da 
in Kir,); ngofuira, aU peU psii paH, 

Pnuiffii]iiUm(y.a.)to sprain (Kis.«<»- 
kiSa, petifa).— pmui^rii]|iAltm(y.n.) 
to get sprained (Kis. peiuka, togtShu). 

Psapsndoka, s. (ra) (pL mm—), paw 
pauduka kisegera ehuru, 
i, s. (pi. id,) 

(y.) (see pueuika) (y.a.) 

K-pttai, s. (sa) slowness (in a good and 
bad sense) calmness, dday; pwatMOsa 
si eokonut; tUiye tw pn a i, tthitau 
una fN-fmotf. 

Poiaia (y.a.) to cause to split (by kno- 
cking), Trop. to break an agreement, 
to break up (a journey), dswra dinm 
ganokema, rera un^puemiaf «l#tM»- 
gui H9Uh^-pManiam 



152 



PUANIKA— M-PUNO. 



(T.n^ to 9pUt, to g€t tpUt 
(owing to force) (see hu gt mm hO t m ) ; 
trop: to get hrokm 191 (as a Jonniey 
which had been planned, uiem* 
p uan ika , see eenHuta), 

(y.a.) iK\s*9w&ta),^ 
i(y.nO to get eqft, e.g. day, grain Se* 
0» loator being put to U; daft iri rina 
puaeihilui Hri X»u otvuractooy— pwi* 
•ikirm (v.d^ doU ranga umami-ifuth 
eikira puadsadoa, 

Pttda, iii*piida. — vnedtknm (v.) (see 
6tcacl0sra). 

Pvdil, s. (ya and «a), a maggot, a grub; 
espec such as are found in meat; fig. 
blunt, abrupt in the stiape of a magot 
or worm (Kis. Mi), (see jmwm<), hu 
oongora wnpudsi tnadsi ya fnpudoi, 
water of wonne, \j^ hot water for Icii- 
ling worms. 

PndrtiMla, kanga uyuanapudewUUia 
mw-m«afnpa, to paea by the aide of—, 

Podfl^m (v.a^ to leave aaide; mdHnge 
uya dina-ttnpudevra, lit ihoA river 
we l^it aaide, m. we passed along 
side of it; mdsi»g€ a auhubidti bet- 
hadi bakadi butu, una-di pwctotSra, 
lit tMa river doea notpaaa where midM 
our, it leanea ua aaide; hu^mrpudmHra 
niama, pndmum, means: 1) to leave 
on one^a aide in paaaing,— 2) to ahoot 
paat — only used with respect to 
birds and animals with hair; hu pu- 
dsura mbardmi (Kis. bt^fHa) ,*— ^ trop. 
to alutfJU, to be evaaive (in one's words), 
hu pudaura mdu (Kis. fida flda) (see 
ramfrar4ra).— pndlAditta (V.p.) 

Ptt«rMMi(y.a.) (seep'«rera otpuerera) 
to bum, to apoil by buruing (e.g. m^ 
eih^re), iwo unapuoreau mpikawth- 
ho, nianta inapaor^ra, 

PvoMrila (v.p.) hurt, to hurt one^aaeif 
hu puedehedaa, 

M-pttena, s. (ya, sa), tnunh* uyu ono- 
m-puSua, aana aamhe ntfmaao 
Oi\s,d6fiio}. 

Pol (see rumbira). 

Pnidi, s. (uyw) (pLtwi— ), a apectea <Kf 
Mrcl;~ ^ dau0pu ya fnpuidi, dotha 
imported by theFortugueae,reaembUfig 



Me puidi iu odour. The bird is said 
lo sing like tlie canary. 
Wirymba^gmi, s. (ya,8a), long haironihe 
fore-head of a goait p u i wt p ui on n^ 

Pvka (y.n.) to ahoot forth, to apring up 
(said of all that grows fresh in spring, 
biit not of what is sown, of whidi it 
is 'hu mora*') (Kis. topuoa, hu toa 
fuo^, puhu, to riae from inaiynifi- 
eanae and poverty; doliye adapuha 
dHgo iri.-^ VvUni (y.cont) to be or 
keep ahoottng forth, trop. to be rising. 
mdet^fo woapuhim (Kis. mti wn 
hu topuoa), a tree which grew up 
from the atump or roota qf a former 
one, opp. to mdengo woontora or 
hadaimerore.'^ pvUdMi (y.int.) hta- 
dee eanga eina puhidea huli aaho. 

M-'pOffn, s. (wa) (pi. with aa), a apedee 
of JMA^at (Kin. pugu), 

Pdkiiii, s. (ra) (pl.tius— ), a packet, of 
food ooly done up in leayes (see wn- 
fom£j. PI. fnapt^ttai, fnapfukuei 
and ntafuguei. mha, uha-n-tehtk- 
r€re inadaani ya wneewa, ni ohide 
pdhuai, ni wnange ndaima, 

Ptflira, (see piira), 

M-vami, s. (ya, sa), forehead; mono ya 
ba~tn-pumi^ the front-teeth. NB* the 
word as many others, relating to the 
human body, seems never used with- 
out the prep. 'baJ* Ba-m-pumi 
banga ba-ni-buedeha (for p utni 
yanga ya-ni-buedeha). 

Pnmpa (V.n.) yenda hu daiteiru^ 
fnuntu %iya ama pumpa, — pUBI- 
pidfla (y.int.) uae^^m-auhidae, yendta 
ehoodaiwirira, muntu uya a puu^ 
pidaa* 

Pampu. 

Paa4ttvi, s. (ra) (pi. «m»~)» ( Vnga in 
bottles?) 

M-pnndi. 

M-poncn, s. {uyu) (pi. with ea or mmi), 
a apedea qf bird (iu|. pungu in Ki&) 

M-pa&o, s. (pl.itf.) (ya,sa), the noae; 
puno yanga, my noae; eana-m^-puma 

(Kis. p«i«). 



PUNSA— MTUTU. 



15a 



(y.aj (Kis. hu /Wmm). 1) to 
iti^^art imitrueUtm, to ieaeh; — 9 ^ 
raeeAw <Ntlnic<i<m, to leant. JMmi ni- 
hu p rnn t e nstruMmga, eowte I wiU 
IttpmlatowmifciiJecL JBTa-hu-nimka 
vamga, w pni Mtf X»u ewtfta 



tike looribmaM ttachM hi$ appreiMee; 



fjto opprtfNtf ee {mtim by or wUh kU 
majtor.— pmydrm (v. dj tnalPOMi ay* 
«M*«i hu pumoiriBf ih6$e ioorjf^r1iitg9 aire 
of to Uam, U. they are made by 
an apprentice', by one who is learning. 
pnsMUUi (y.recj to tMeA one omoUubt, 
to Ut knoie one anothor,— pwuld— 
(T.a.) to tooc/k; hu^oi-v^insa, to ttach 
onif$$6ff (Kis. hu iba hMa mato). — 
pwuddnni (y.d^ to toocA (one) to, i.e. 
to teach one who belongs to another, 
e4{. one's child or brother. M-»<-p«Mt- 
oidotr^ muantiwanga hu oaimMra 
(please) toocA my ehUd ovfinuning il&— 
fUMfln (y.n.) to 6« toocAofrto, to ad- 
mit q^ &e<M9 toMghL— poBafam, 1) (v.d.) 
to tooe^ to or /or (any one), ni^At"^ 
#<ra tiMMMUN0«MHIM> Xm* iomba; — 
2} (y.rel.) to reeeioe imtruetion in aiy 
tMng, nhbeni u nkua ku pum oir a, 
Mto kitife Uqfto iMrn, i.e. made by 
an apprentice. 

l*pano, s. iyo, pi. Ml), tjto nose, puno- 
yt^nga, my noie.—punOt Uu^ntrpuno, 
towardo or <tftor the note, i.e. after- 
wards (see lawira and mpuno). 
^UUtOr 8* (ra) (and mudno) (s= Kis. uodr 
fiM and ««iM used hu tharau watu), 
arrogoMeo,, in$ollmtoe. fwutma uyu* 
jfWHOO iri aU nSro, tadakdra n» 
MrofUtf. Uoa^m^huHren&uiniwdko 
mma pmnoo ra Mri, for jmmmo ror- 
ho 4ri. 

'■pMi, 8. (ra) rod ookre, which is foond 
in swamps {do mw oi roi^t after the water 
has dried up; red mtem§a and more 
yalnable than iNiiMltM. B^tpoa «MMro 
wa oi amgirairo nthia, 

, s. (ra) tooa;, i.q. wandmo in Kir. 
and luhiila in Kid. (Kis. n#a). 



(y.a.) to todw offikifirt {\jf\,\ 
or tfgrtSa, «^0rwa, ofctfa In Kis.) 
hdr^ «MMi Ihc ddiffm pwra ha «»mI^ 
#<(ilfi#tfi0a InMMda Mka m da>a «•* 
hd m oa, let ue voninre to yo, U mag- 
be, that we get eomotktng out qf Mm. — 
pnrikm (y.n.) to odmie e^f 6d<«9 tdtom 
i4f; modo «< t0«Mil»tffl»i Jbawi, ot-hi- 
punha,— ytteirm (or ptfUni) (y. d^' 
1) to take offer (another);— 9 (y.contl) 
to fceep taXrln^ q^ (one'sself), to 5« q^ 
eone^fitMiSy, to go om without reotiug- 
anty where (l.q. fwuUoa in Kia), to (e 
eonttanUy traneUing (i.q. op^irw op^ 
ra)f inuam,*na uyu opidHta ema 
ona mgnombo mgnombo, thte man 
traioeU eouttnuaUyt he ie eurroumded 
with eatHe (as his gain). 

.a (ya,sa), «ye amm m 
{uiahiii in Kis 7) 
(y.n.) to eeeapefrom (one^ 
grasp) (Kis. eftMrMptOpa, dhugttdha);: 



wgu nnahumba hu-n^guira, 
nirpwrumiUka, hwhu 
miSka m-fiMMMJka, the fouA hao eo 
taped m/e In hamde (has escaped from 
my hold by a straggle of her own). 
Hnrwin^lriia, a (ya, sa), aaiiy pUrnt 
opruug up from a eeed eeattered bg 
acddoKt; b m ma m ga iki nioha n^ 
purum Mk wa, ni ohiemi ? resp. ««A« 

JPMBTO. 

S-pAm, s. (ya, sa), a harron etaXk cf 
Iitdian com. bannam^a iki una-hir 
peara tuba, or pfoiba, kina n^pu- 
ru, oi-hi-4bu toMka; kunardwe, 
bannamga kina ohida nk-p^Sru; P«l^> 
da iri rina mptirw. 

i,s.(ya,sa), a kind qf header 



PuriirAehA, s. taking cold, a dieeaeo 
peculiar to /oude; kwhuoanga oonoo- 
oina ptmnmnichm, oU my fowl haot^ 
takm eold (fila, %oammagiwa ni b^ 

rOOmJm 

PMIm (y.a.) (Kis. ftn^rfa); ima-hu-d^ 
w%a? resp.«0tfy itui^ni-pfiru oa , 

M>vta, s. (ya, sa), door-poot; pum gm 
ba^komo* 



154 



BA— RAFURA. 



Bft, GeD. particle. 

Sifft, nUdu iri raga (Kis. vHoa vUmi 
muaifika , you $ee nothing hut headi 
in fkeforett),^ nffika, nffirafa 
(or laol*r>^'} 

Bmmm (lama) (v. d.) to dOaU or expand 
wU (said of iron), to he meUow (said 
of good pumpkin;- also of potter's 
clay) (Kis. hu niumhuka. to he tougk^, 

Bamba, S. (wa) pi. warmmha, a ikong 

(Kis. ugtimdm). 

Bamba, ehMdm a imkSro ima^, ni 
ha huta, na im Utmba (or wtdhu 
immba and n*dm Uunba).— ramba- 
rira (v.n.) to pa$$ hy, to turn aside; 
noMra ya hu ramburfraf a way pf 
pa$$ing hy, a etdo^way. In contradisL 
from 'nohira ya hu runehiha" (see 
pudowra).— rambaiika, hamanga 
ohanga oha rambariha = Kis. eAo- 
dnoa hu f6a trona. Tide it taid 
whm the eoht tif InOiaHi com hegin to 
turn aside from their ttdlkt (when they 
4Mdtmm in Kis.) Hhuroa ba mudoi 
uma mrnbatmra (== ambd in Kis.) 
TTna-n^'Uthua ohodanif Resp. •»- 



<an animal). — vambBvira (r.rel. A 
cont.) hu rmw ib uriru nUwamda, to 
*€tear the grooee from grass. The da- 
tire form may refer to the Dead? 
hu ramburira hu D«<neiki (Kis. hu 
bei^a hdburij, to clear the hwridl 
ground (by cutting of the grass with 
a hoe). J>u rsm^buriru hu I>#lfMJba, 
nUdsimu ihose ug&ndoa, we clear 
the hurial ground that the departed 
spirits may he pleased. This is done 
as often as one is buried, each family 
clearing the grares of their dead. For 
(Mreventin^ the Are. the *m«ee" is 
made, hu mmb urir u niumba ya 
siwa, to clear the ground dU arownd 
the siwa-house and close to U, but hu 
UnUra n^ooo niuanha ya oiwa, is 
only to do a narrow strip at a UtSe 
^distance from iL 



(y.d^ to do o5MlMMe0,'to peig 

rs&pect; by a nnmber of cerenumies 

performed before the king, as clafiping 

their hands, Arst standing and bowing 

and then seating themselves on the 

ground, when they throw themselyes 

backwards till their heads "Udt" as it 

were the ground (see Lfringst 561), hu 

hua m^tntu (Kis. ramba), — 

(y.a.) lit to UtUde, said 

of things placed at a little distance 

from the Are, so as to let them roast 

gradually, hu ramboHha mou d o 

gua hu modo, or: mp^ o d o nwta 

*, or: hu-^u^pebodo hu4 

•ambavOm (adr.)—] 
(y.d.)— rambinra (y.a.) to 
Udc oftt to scrape the ground with a 
hoe Just cutting off the grass Ways 
and other public places are thus from 
time to time cleared and swept — 
rambarira (v.d.) to scrape or clear 
(the ground)/or (another); hu m r am 
burira n%fumu ba buaro. — ram- 
bnridsa (v.int) to €Uar well, tho- 
roughly; (y.caus.) to cause to dear; 
rero tn/U/mu a-di^^ranUfurtdsa, ohi* 
do satu sina paniha, 
Ribntta (v. p.) to wonder (at something 
pleasing), to he agreably surpriaed, 
(lit to he dilated, eogpanded with plea- 
sure), (see dsuma), — ramaldMi (v. 
caus.) to please, to surprise agreably; 
hideuro ihi hinan^ramuidoa; nusu 



(V.n.) 

Ranirs (v.a.)— rangraaa (v. rec)— : 
gUta (v.n.)— ranfira (v.d.)— lanfi- 
dsa (v.int.)— rangivtta (v. n.) (see 
languruha (y,Ti,) to he sorry; to fed 
ptty,— ranfvrakira (v. d.) to he sorry 
for, to he anxious about,— nm^vnir 
kidsa, Der. hardngaf fnarango, 

RapMra (v.a.) to ^ect from the mouih 
(what cannot be swallowed), (see m«- 
rop^), NB. of satiwa the word is 
never used, because that may be 
swallowed, and it is expected by the 
Waniassa, tAat a stranger does so; the- 
refore hu r ap f ur a does not mean 



RASA— RITSHESO. 



155 



*<o tpit"— nqptelrm (▼.<!.) to UOce <mt 
from tike mouth (e.g. chewed Indian 
corn, in order to give it» to the child. 
a-fM-raf>/Wr<ra h£godo ntuAna, — 
xapteidm (v.caus.) to cause to tJtrow 
otU, 

Rasa» rasana, rapga, romeraf rawaf 
rmtdat reneie, rondo, renflrowM, ro- 
ouka, rtba, riaOa, all these words 
see in I. 

Banida, n&uano/wanga rarada, fU- 
hmUntoyo, nUcafa, uda guira nuan- 
eha mhooi (see iaiada),— railka 
(Kis. i»Ukd^ raiikira. 

BaAm (see iatUa); muntu n« mbu- 
oiwako oiikara boroMrag pass, rau' 
ridHa =» baga, bagawa (see tnguo 
in Kis.) 

(fieeUhoa), 

(y.n. <£ y.a.) to be lax, lenient, 
mild, to rear, to bring up, 1) msamr- 
pa unarera, na-bu'hurura {uda) 
hudi bulere, ntuniu uyu ngorera 
n%dfma; fnuntu wooUra = unpole 
in Kis. — 1$ hu rera wana, to bring 
u^cMUbren (lit to be mild to them).— 
MOr^loi (y.n.) to admit qf reofring or 
bringing up thiUbren (with comfort, 
said of good natured chiid).— rsrtai 
(y.d.) to bring up for (another); ni- 
rertra muanoMfanga, bring me up 
mg ehUd , rear my chUd for me, — 
r«redsa (or larodsa) (y.caus.) i.q. leea 
to make looee; hihorohoro ehanga 
ana-h^Uredoa ndanif who is it 
that loosened my Urapf or: moampa 
Moanga ana-u -leredea ndani f — 
xe«i(y.a.) to relax, to looten; reoa 
fnoampa u, ni koee hu tehu, relax 
tki$ trap (i.e. its string) tibae I mag $et 
U; uda ubu bu UumeMdaat urburaoe, 
you have bent (or strained) thi$ bow too 
much, rdax iL hu looa mupfi » hu 
doidoa utupfi (see at niamuea) (in 
Kis. hu danibaoa fn/tjt but you eainr 
not say; hu lorodea mupfi, btU only 
ku leta. — ledsa or redJia (y.a.) to 
rtfuee, to wean from; hu rohodta or 
lehedoa is to "make 0ne leave a 



matter^ to put a stop to what one 
does (s Kis.hatd9a) 80 that the act 
of leaying rests with another, while 
hu lodoa is to directly preyent one 
from acting, without leaying it to his 
choice ; fn-ledso muana uga nthina 
uya, eigwmbira ba^Mi, addhuym 
hu yignia ba-muondo, waoaigo 
MoahahanAana, lit. refUee Vhat cWA 
that knife, he diqe on the ground with 
(else) he wiU prick where the leg (of 
another sitting near him) lest they go 
fighting. Mha uha-mrledeOf a»€^ 
deenderendeo ehuru ehanga, ei- 
humba ine, let him not batter my 
ant hiU again, I do not Uke it {go 
and stop him) (see deond4ra). — le- 
dsana (y. rec.) to ttop, to prevent one 
another.— ladseka (y.n.) to admit qf 
being atopped or preoented,--' lodsem 
(y.d.) 1) to stop or prevent to or for 
(another) or for any thing ;~ 2} (y.n.) to 
be drunk, intoasicated (it being a stop- 
page to one's faculties); uye lera 
ana Ifidsera. — ladMTttdM (y.caus.) 
to intoxicate. 

R6fa, s. {ugu, uya) (see Liymgst. pag. 
669, 667.) Ohifida ndige resa, or: 
Ifi Chiiida amone aresa wantu 
nutana wa resa, the child (son or 
daughter) qf Resa, i.e. the rainrbow* 
Rero n'naona muana wa Mesa 
fnuana wa Resa uga, — rttSokft 
(y.n.) to protrude; vnaso gaho ana 
ehida n-tendora anaresuha (Kis. 
hu goddha) twiini waho adnda, 
tnasoyahe ga resuha. 

SinCa, s. (ya) (pi. tna— ) (= Kis. bmna 1) 
(y.) (see linga). 
(v.) (see lira). 

B&rimo, (ra) {plma—), the tongue (Kis. 
uluni). 

Bnisa (see Hrisa), 

Btrdnldto (n. prop.) name qf a rioer, 
anoHra M-linHbe, 

BiflWQ, s. (ra) (pUmalieero), a winno- 
wing basket , very fiat (Kis.««l0o); »<m- 
ha riseroranga unga n-tshor^ro. 



, 8. (ra) (pU 



). 



156 



RISO— RONOA. 



(or]iM,8.(ra) (pl.m«w*), — 

BMf» (or ]Mr«), a. (ra), ^uUtnsiB, 
$PMd, ike act <tf rwmktg (Ki«.«n»to) 



Ro or 1a. 

Rmi (¥.) (see iMi). 

Rftbm(N.prop.) JBwropef 

BMa(y.n.«T.a.) to lirMMi (Ki8.a«i»), 
w'fMi-m-foAl tndolMcroM^a hmma 
«wMift«MlMk— rodAaa (y.rec.) to dream 
one €f anathtr,^ rodtem (▼.rel.) to 
dream to (with respect to) qf wHfy am, 

djHi (y.cans.) to eoiMe to drMun, «••€»- 



BsdMk— rods6m (see «i%An»o).— f«- 
4fl«Nrm, vodMoradMi (Kis. o^w, Mi, 
toiia^&M0<to2^f 

Rdka (adv.) aione, anlif; rel. to the r«»- 
class (see ha), 

SnUMm (v.a.) to traee, to foOow up. 
(From Kir. hu Umda). ku rond&ra 
nohSraf mhagi^a nUuna, y^ 
tn; hu rond&ra nUrtmdu, 
rise gnotnbe Uffu, mr^m ddr ^ 
mtm¥Mf,'- roiidMr6ka(y.n.) to h% 
traceable; omagnUmtAnm 



, (v.d.) to fcttaw to or for (any 
thing), to trace (any thing), to crfor 
(another). fMi-**- 
w m%g a hintM akaha, 
tTondfor^ro (yiz. gnam b o),^ rwate 
Mdaa (T. int) to fraee, to /oOow «0ie* 

unihiia, 

l«B|r«(v.a.) to jme <Nto, to fimi or 
drftw im (Kis. «to, fnft i mOa ). Imrow- 
ga aiUgua n^he^Hngo, \\L to put 
thread into a westf fa , l.e. to Mread a 
needle, h u it » -rptiya mlawdo «M-4t<- 
«»mda, to jNrt a ttranger into a haute, 
hu rangu pn omha un^Udtm, to tuim 
or drive cattle into their emdomtre (for 
the night), hu rangu nhuhu m^-h/^ 
hmgumhat to tumfcwle into tketr coL 
hu ronga d a imo hm un hi dc d e, to the 
hamd into a batheL hu ronga doihi 
at d o enge, to put a poet into a hoie 



(lo fix il}.— viaff4fai(¥.n.) to admU 
cf tmnttng or putUnQ in; earoHg^ba 
gmo m^e ugu, aSba, tkie co» camnoi 
be turned in» the iet^fixdd. 



iy. d.) 1) to turn in for (anothei% 



ga lu-hdra, go and turn in my catOe 
for me;— ^ ro nohera (the g softened 
into oh)f (T.a.) to greet, Httoput^ 
or addreee toorde to any one (Kis. hu- 
m — Wmfa) .— r»Bytoa(v.rec) to turn 
in one another (e.g. children when). — 
(v.ree.) to caU upon one 



(v.rec) to be reconciled, lit to 
bring in one a n oth er (Kis. 



(T.d.) to greet to or for 
(anotheri, to call npon for (another); 



ga, hadi dli moyOf go and eatt upon 
mg friend for me, [to eee) whether ho 
U aUM.~fMirMMi(v.int) to putin 
«mII, to preee into, hu rongMoa bar 
u %d uga n^-h&huo,-^ mi(wrMft(Yj 
1— gwat^J aa (r.cansj— 
dJHi (y.cans.) ueofumu 
goeodoa, hu mdfm n hudo 
oiua, do not eag, you haoe reeoneUed 
them, at their hearte there ieeomething 
Oee. — rmngwumULuL (v.caos.) to r»« 
conede, lit to cauee to bring in one 
amoithor, — vaof^ni (▼•&•) to I«h( 
into, to take the lead, to guide (see 
htrongora (Kis. rwd<H»<); gn owtho i 
mdigo arongonege hu n%um dm (see 
aeuoHo); DerlT. hanmga, m mr i n 
hue. — roBCwAm (Y.a.) to eaU to 
r e m em b rau c e; to trace out for recolr 
lection (the benefits rendered to a fri- 
end). — t w ng w d dm , i.q. 
(Kis. In* m • nm^M l to). 
(Y.a.) to/oltoio lip; to altoMd (to dlreo- 
tions receired): hu rongo o dra m4- 
r a m d u (i.q. r o ud4ra) , tofMow up dt^ 



RONGORA— RUNDA. 



157 



OM hat mads,'^ r#Myoioa P s d ia (T.inL) 
to attend ttrieUfft «er«fN(l(m«ly. 
long&nk (v. au) to lead into, to Mbs 
<]k6 lead, to guide; Hense hirmtgrm, 
the guide (KIs. rM5an<), tmom5e i «»- 
dlye oronnroraytf Ipm wmum dm (see 
9) Deny. Xcardn^ra, tnardnkme, 
(adj.) oIZ (ra-claas.) dtfifeo ronte 
{uUfH0ngu vfotts Ki&) 
(y.a.) (see ioia), 
k,s.(ra) (pl.«iM»— ). frto»som,^^oio0r. 
BAlMi, s. coll. (tiyw), iMMie 0/ a lefiul ^ 

Rndsa (y.a.) rudgurura, 

Rndsu, s. (ra). thirtt. — mds^brm (y.)— 

SBkm (y.a.) to ploe; fcw ruJfea ip<<K<m»«- 
<Um5e, daenkua tshiha, — mUka 
(v.n.)— mUrm (v.d.) Ict»-»«-rMJfc<ra 
(m6tM<) e«fcilMs.— mkidMi (y.int) to 
pZot iDell, to exce^ in platting; mhaU 
wanga aruhidsa huli (ko) ine. 

RAktte, s. muana wa nikue (or rubue), 

|tama (y.a.) to &»e«, to »t<iH;f, to (r<tM 
pain bjf cold (Kis. Mtna) noAoiea «mmi- 
»<-T>iima, a »afpent fta« bitten me; 
hu-d9i^rwma, to bite one^eee^ in 
eating, — mmana (y.rec) 1) to hite 
one another; — 2) to touch one (tiling) 
another; nUbdnda i tnarumdna ku 
eeri huya, these /encee meet behind 
there,— nuoika (y.a.) to cup (to draw 
blood by means of a horn) lit to 
turn out biting, or: to let bite (Kis. 
unUka).- mmikini (y.d. <ft instr.) to 
eup to or /or (another): idea, udsen 
fU-rwm^kire mkaetwangOf adu&ra, 
lit eome and eup for me my vaife, $he 
i$ iU; tnsuku wa ku runtikirtM,, 

Smnbikdsi (n. prop.) (wa), name of a 
rintfr, a contribatary of the Rir6nkae^ 
which it joins near the town of ML- 



SumUni (see Vmmib^ii »'nam/er«i 'jm^' 
tndiimaiwainga ujogwnida, a-n < m w 
Mra inAlAni f tneoa earunUfira kua 
kigamnu,^ mmbiridMI (y.int) oharu 
eharunkbtHdea; mMwtu arwnbi- 
ridea. 



», s. (ra) noiee, Oamour (Kis. ka- 
Mef ku p4ga keiele, ss ku ehida 
rtimfrotf). fnsaekide rumboe, mdi 
eogoeSra, do not make a noiee, you 
deepen u$ (Kis. kupiga yowe, fnfwmt 
9nu4P4wufanga n%a»hik€o), 

RAmQ, S. (ra) (no pi.) deu>; kundgUa 
run%0 rero ss i.q. nUune, 

Rnmildkm (y.n.) to admit of erupping, 
yaba H ba rumUkika msugu wS- 
gHa,— mmikitafy.a.) to Join, to eet, 
in the surgical sense only (Kis. unsra, 
ungikana, tungamana),— rwudid- 
saBa (y.rec.) to join, to mMt (one thing 
another, i.q. rumana),— rtimlMiilni 
(y.n.) 1) to admit qf being Joined or 
set;— 2) to turn out or appear umU 
Joined or set fn/fiondowake unaru- 
nUkisika, his or her leg is well set, 
proves to be toeU set. — mmfldiir* 
(y.d.) — mmikiiidMi (y.int) to Join, 
to set fodl— mmikUhw (y.int) of ru- 
nUka, to eup well, i.e.to draw/oT' 
dhly (the air out of the horn), Derly. 
nuwunuB. 

Bma9, s. (ra) (pi. «m»— ), a roMor (lit 
something biting). 

KQmpa (y.n. d y.a.) to leap, to Jump, 
to leap or jump oyer.-- ku rumpa 
vngogo tngogo, to leap over a trunk; 
ku rumpa dsengo, to leap over a 
hoUow; ku rumpa kudwa, — mm- 
pi]ai(y.n.) to admit of Ac, kudwa 
iri si-ri-rumpika^— nuopira (y.d.) 

Sumpm (y.a^ 

Smida, 8. bitterness (only used as pre- 
dicate), kiko iki ni runda, or ni 
eka runda, sikidOka, this pump" 
kin is a bitter one, it is not eatable, 
kiko ieho ni eiei, rkadi^ka, that is 
a sweet one, it is eatable, 

Runda (y.n.) to be suUsn, sulky (Kis. 
tukiwa, nuna, safii, sinia sinia), — 
rdndira (y.d.) to be sulky to, with 
respect to amy one; anor^nr^'undira, 
saank%ara, he or she is sulky to me, 
he does not speak.— nindidaa, 1) (y. 
int) to be very sulky, — 2) (y.caus.) to 
make sulky; kaU antasfka, iwo 
una-m-rundid90, saankuro'f^dso. 



158 



RUNDURDNDU— SAMBA. 



s. (see d umdur mn du). 
MunduruMdu ni upfumhAa, hu 
nhika uw nchara ni hu nMndira, 

Kimgnin^WI, m/mUu akabiSkua, ni 
hu rungumdni, 

Bmkgm (Y. n4 to join » runUhUa (Kis. 
ungdnia)* — TUBglaaUL (v.n.) to b$ 
straight (Kis. n<olra, Mkea, oni^ofca). 
TUX^gmBoI^dMM %\s,nioaha, ongosa, 
tong6a, lehesa).-^ rVBChikiSft; mi' 
cfaiUdfla; dedehSga, urunehihids0f 
he steady, that you may be straight 
in taking aim.— xungtktk (^nmcbika} 
(v.n.) to be straight; to be in a line 
with, fnupfi unarunohihaf an arrow 
is straight (in itself and in Its course); 
anuh-hurrunehiha iwe, wadsa; (Kis. 
a-hu-Mcea wowe, yuw^fa), (see 
rambardra), 

Son^ nm^ (a^j.) straight; mdengo 
u uli runga runga, suhu hoda 
hoda, 

Smua (F.a.) to tie together, to Join by 
tying, hu runsa bamanga, dsinga 
Ae,— miiskm (v.n.) to admit qf tying 
or Joining together?— mnsini (v.d.)— 
nmndsa, nmiiMu 

Bani, s. a kind qf vegetable? 

RvnUtoa (v.c.) to spott in cooking? (Kis. 
hu Aujla). 



BlUnUn, ndiufo sinarurHha, oinor 
nunha dura (Kis. hu tCha maha- 
bdni}, 

WLweAui (v.a.) to quiet, topae^, to IvU 
(a child), (Kis. <n^6a), §n-rwrdso, u- 
vnu-dengire bachabe, adadontorOt 
quiet him, take him on the arm, he 
will be sHent,— nmudka (v.n.) to ad- 
mit of being padJUd.— TWnmtnL (v.d.) 

Bnpia, s. (ra) (pi. man-), a place where 
the grass has been burnt, yaba ni ba 
rupsa. 

Bimsi (see hidnihua), 

WiituA, hiniu ihi hina rusa; nianus 
i ytMTusa m-hdfnoaf mau aya ya- 
rusa; ehahiSdia ihi sihi hovna, tnr 
hdvnoa muanga ehair%»sa, 

BttflO, s. art, ekUl. fnuntu wosaduha 
msdna. Sahara ni ruso, eOuara ni 



rusa^ ni «w<ftilrM tnsmma, a ammi 
withont emsdaHom, is also without art 
or skiU. 

, s. (ra) ^1. «MH-), bast, bark, 
(V. d.) 

s 

8a, gen. particle (Phiral); sa that <if, 
[see/era). 

8a, Neg. Part, used in the 3.pers. sing, 
in the Infinitive and in connection 
with the various prefonnatives and 
relative particles; usa^msa Jte, uro sm 
dengeseha; soda buesa; hu sa a n^i 
ga; hu »a dsudsiha. 

8ilba (v.a.) to pick or pludc ojf; only 
used of cotton-buds and beans; hu 
saha tonehe, hdbue, habeifa, ha- 
era Ao.— aabika(v.n.) to admit of 
picking off; tonohe iri »i ri soMha 
nia Hwisi mrhunohe, this cotton coat- 
not be picket {yet) it is unripe in the 
cdUx,— nUra (v. d.)— aaUdsa (v.int) 
to pidk off weXi, enUreiy dc. Der. 
^fisabiho. 

8ada (v.) 

8adada, s. hu ohida sadada (Kis. hi- 
ronda hinarorontoha), 

8adatai (v.a.) to pick out and trim 
herbs or vegetables) (Kis. hu shambd^a 
mb6ga), to gtUher; hu sadsura mo- 
huoMe, properly, to slit (of trees 
they say gadsiSra); hu oadsdrm 
ndiufo.— sadavrika (v.n.) to looked 
pricked out weU.— sadsiirira (v.d.) 
(see mfani).'— aadsmdaa (v.int) 

BJkgtL (v.a.) to hunt (i.q. dsetga in Ki- 
duruvna) (Kis. In* winda), 

8aka saka (adv.) i.q. biringu Mringu 
(Kis. ehahithdhtj, 

8aka (= Kis. saihwp), 

8ako (:= Kis. saho). 

8akiii, s. a species qf fMd-rat {mdamo 
Ufa fu ni nwrS^). 

8ali^ (see sariha) [K\s.den»diha1) 

8alimba (v.) 

8amba (v.n. d v.a.) to batUe (Kis. hu 
nawa, oga),— S^inWra (V.n.) to swim 
(Kis. ofirel«a).~ sAmbisa (v.ak) to let 



SAMIRA— SANGABARA. 



159 



w mukn Mofm (Kis. ngoU^a, 09ha), 
to take aeroti bp $wimming. When 
the rivers are swollen and boats 
become useless from the force of the 
current, small huts are eonstmcted 
at fording places by men expert in 
swimming, where they station them- 
selves to help over those who cannot 
swim; fnd€i'fnr-ta hu^inu-9dn%b49af 
can you "noim" him overf— MUnbm, 
nia/ma uyu anornirBtumha nwuui, 
lit. ihU mtimdl bathed me iht biood, 
i^. stirred it, made it boil.— bmiiMw 
(v.rec.) — ■amliikii (v.n.) to admU qf 
bathtatg; atba awmbika baya ftona 
pode. — MunbifidMi, ■amhiwlm 
(v.n.)— MUiiUaira(v.d.) to carry over 
by iwtmming for or to (another); u- 
ni-BOfmbioiro nvumnaiwangth — j 
Udsa (v.int.) 

8amini-~ 

(= K\s,h€ina, or tr^^. 
- laiuuiiidam. 
Saiicha. 

Sandsa (v.a.) 1) to bru$h off (with the 
hand); hu sandga doH, to brmh 
qffeartht i.e.dirt; Jcu gandga ndhoo, 
hu tandta ndsaru; — 2j to abtorbt 
to beat off the duat from vegetable$ 
(when preparing them for food) to 
bnuh a doih (with the hand) (Kis. 
bangusa) banutnga dtiuandMa nut- 
doi\ vntiona anaoandaa or wtua- 
oandauhaf ha$ become dry (after 
about a month). — aandMna (v.int) 
to brueh one another, — landrilni 
to look toeU bruehed,— Maidaira(v.d.) 
to duit to or for.-- MUtdsidsm (v.int.) 
to brueh or du9t weU, to twine toeU,— 
■andrtlra (v.n.) to get partially dry; 
Hhidibu ehaeandsuka ntaanga m- 
•antra, it i$ not kidibu, but other 
Indian com, which gets dry directly. 

Sandwlilni (orsaiiAiirika)(v.n.) to get 
changed, to become otherwiee (Kis. 
gauka) uye d»aba»ho aoandurika 
ntf dimu , he now got changed (as to 
the) mind, i.e. he has changed his 
mind. NB, It is curious that the 



primary formations '••fta and 
diwra" do not exist in Kiniassa (see 
however 'eamda** in Kinika, and 
aemdika in Kis.) — ■■ndnliaa (v.a.) 
to twn (upside down), to change (see 
karira) (Kis. gauoa, poiuoa, pindua,. 

pinduoa, toMAuoa).^ landiiHwina 

(v.rfc.) to tamUe each other up and 
down (children). — ■andwlirilra (v.n.) 
to admit of turning uptide down] hS- 
bH% uyu eaonnduUHha, anadaaraf 
nienna i HennduUaikat inadoara 
[n%bia),— Mttdnliiira (v.d.) — sm- 
dnliiidm (v.int)— saadiilMMi(v.a.) 
to alter, to change (espec. used of the 
feelings); ehanUta eheteanduHdoa 
mdima, hemp (smoked) ehanifee the 
feeUnge; nddreuna yaeandUlidoa 
ntdinuu 

SaBflT* pron.poss. of the 1. person shig. 
mine, my, rel. to nouns which have 
no pluralform {gnomboeanga, my 
cow$); an other 'eanga" occurs for- 
med by the negat particle 'ea and 
the verb nga" q. (see). 

BmikgM (v.a.) to gather (said of rain), to 
get ready (for a journey), hu oanga 
uiendo, or hu banga ulendo (Kis. 
tangania); n^^$ra yeuanga (Ki8.H- 
hu aa oonga, w^/tfa inah^im hd- 
ribu), — s«lf«Bim(v.a.) to mix. — - 
i(v.rec)— imganiiilni 
(v.a.) to add to on^eload,^ 
(v.d.)— smfilrfMi (v.a.) to 
put an addUional load; topUe, to heap 
up,—9mogSkhmiaM{0T — nchiiritama) 
(V. rec.) to pre$$ one thing upon anoHker 
{nUd^o i inaeeingihietnui, Uleee 
loads preee one upon another),-^ san- 
g§kbuL{y,n.)— aawgltiaira, to give 
additicndl load to (any one); m-»#- 
eemgihioire htidundu uyu, 
\mMkgmt9irm (v.n.) to be cheerftd, to fro- 
Ue, (syn. with hSndiia), (Kis. foM^w- 
m/dha), ~ nrngmMam (v. cans.) to 
make cheerfnl, to gladden (Kis. imnget' 
flttuaa); uea-m^UiMrire, eangarara, 
tteahodhobere,— ■ a n frt ka (V. n.) 
to become lUtay, cheerful, to feel eaey, 
eon^fortdbU.'- amgfutdMU (v.a.) 



160 



SANEA— SASA 



(v.a.) to fftfleef, to pick out, to 
ekooie (Kis. ttuia, tKm n hii a ), — UB- 
]nuui(v.rec.) to atiUet ome amother (or 
among themselyes). •— —nrtlni (y.d.) 
to admit qf teUettitg, to be eUgihle; 
JktffMi maworo, oaoankUui, tkore is 
'maiwert^ which ecmnot be pitted out 
<he 8eed being too smt^lL— 
(y.d.) to $eUet Sc /or (another).— 
ldijHi(7.int.) topidc out well (leaving 
nothing loehind, e.g. seeds from cotton.) 

flaakora (y.a.) to take (what has been 
chosen, or selected) to take out from 
(Kis. tapika, tapikiana, tapi»ha). — 
saakinrikm (y.n.) to admtt of being 
taken out; hami%anga oha^im^uHha, 
■aakiirirm (v.d.) to take out (for ano- 
ther).— milEiiridsa(y.int) to befatU- 
diouB in eelecting or ehooHng, Der. 
d»€mkuro, 

SailO(acy.) five; sano na imodsi = 
aix (Kis. «<Ma); 9ano na siwili » 
iwen (Kis. odbaa); witntn ufooano 
na toanai (= Kis. waiu honda) 9 men; 
isano na idadu (= Kis. nane\ eight; 
tndkwmi maoano na limodei = &0 
(Kis. Bettini); ha etMuo, 6 times {tnarra 
tana in Kis.) 

Saaim (y.a.) to vomit, to disgorge (Kis. 
tapika); you must distinguish. 1) mh»- 
doa, to bruih €fff (Kis. bangiioa) and 
2D eanoaf to vomit {= btunpa and hu 
bingain Kiniassa); TTop.hu oandoaf 
descriptive of a feeling qf revenge, — 
MUMika (y.n.) to admit qf vomiting; 
kintu ihi sihieaneiha, this thing 
cannot be vomited.— lansirm (y. rel.) 
to vomit to, in one's place, kunda 
■sh^n-saneira nM$€Mu»wake, the dove 
disgorges (food) to her young one, — 
MUiaUUia(y.int.) to vomU much; (y. 
cans.) to cause to vomit (Kis. ku gamia 
Sana), a^m-sanstra yan<? (Kis.a- 
fn-gamia nani 9)— SMiMaa (v.rec.) 

Saiud, s. (wyw) (pi. wan-), a kind qfmur 
sical instrument, consisting of a piece 
of wood hollowed out with small iron 
bars fastened across (Kis. nbombo, 
Uffombo). 



(y.a.) to trouble, to rummage^ 
to search for (any thlng).-r- —alurlta i 
(y.n.) to admit of being rummaged or 
MordkAl.— saBtafifl«(y.d.) to seairek 
(for another).— amtaridaa (y.int) to 
rummage weU or much, 

9mm t their, e.g. niwmba §ao, their 
houses, 

Bafteia wttaa (see uHatika)f mvwt^ 

iu Mffw ni eaponia unikua ponoo 
aiinatfo adarongooara, m/tranOu 
pa halekeOo, pi. wantu awa ni urn 
eapdnia urfShuu (or eiwapattiet 
uriSktta), 
Sira (y.a.) (Kis. eira), 1) to make smooth 
and even (as the rind of a tree by bea- 
ting it till only the fibres will remain). 
2^ to avoid certain articles qf food 
which are specified bg the signanga, 
or which you yourself think injurious. 
sarAra (y.n.) to be smooth, especially 
said of the coat of an animal (see ma- 
deignia), trop. to be candid, sincere: 
gnombe anadsodsora, tuhirako n- 
do eardra,— •arika(y.a.) 1) to lag 
fiat (as wood and grass when culti- 
vating the ground);— 2) (y.n.) to look 
smooth, to turn out smooth; n'kundo 
i ina aarfka,— sarira (y.d.) to beat 
smooth to or for (another).— saridaa 
(y.int.) 1) to be strict in avoiding food 
die. — 2) to cause to avoid, to forbid 
certain food,*— ^ to becU very smooth 
(the nlBuonde),— larazidsa (y. int) to 
excel in smoothness, to be most smooth, 
aaraaa (y.a.) to smoothen, ku earaaa 
buado na kuongo (Kis. ku tongo- 

leea, ku taftoMa).- lanuia aaraaa 
(y.reit) to mitigate, to palliate (said 
of one who interferes in a quarrel).— 
■arasika (y.n.) to appear well smoo- 
thed, niumba i inasarasika, — la- 
rasira(y.d.) to smoothen to or for— 
(Kis. sukttnUa),— sanwldaa (y.intj 
(Kis. ganikiea t) 
SaaaL (y.n.) to becoma sour, to ferment; 
fig. to be sharp, fierce (in a good and 
bad sense) (Kis.M»a«).— sasika(y.a.) 
to let get sour, to let ferment; fig. to 
be sharp. — aaafara (y.d.) — 



SASA.— SEMBA. 



161 



(y.caas.) to mtOu Jlere^; (v. int) become 
very eomr, to get mott fierce or vehtr 
ment.-^ Mttfani (y.a.) to eeoid, to abmee 
lit to he thorp or fierce to, 

SasmlL trop. to be brave On battle), 
m-hondo ndakara na wye, ndlyo 
wQooaoa, oadeinduHhek In battU 
I vfiU be with him, U it he who it 
brave, he cannot eatUy be turned bade, 
muwtu «croo««Ma, ntoyow^ho aiv- 
hera, he leavet hit life to god, Le. 
trusts €fh14da in Him. 

Sas&dm (v.n.) gen. to be extravagamL 
to be pv^ed up, to be conceited, to 
play the great man, arrogant, naughty; 
fttreJba mmmnmi uyn, tutuade, dtiko 
radeara mponcho, leave thit boy to 
do M he Uket, the country it already 
ruined (ieetponvKo),^ nMdidJHl(T. 
cans. <ft int) to camte or aUow to be 
arrogant; uKtdodewaiko wn^-TctM^oata- 
didoa, ndipo uka^n^banda mm ana 
wanga, thy father (the plur. stands 
by way of honour), maket thee arro- 
gant, thertfore you beat my chiUL — 
■aBadirm(y.rel.) to be conceited, ex- 
travagant at the expense of friends or 
relations upon >vhom one relies. 

Sastem (y. a.>— «Miika (y.n.) u9a^oe^- 
eure niumba i, buntwna, 

8ata m-ldkmQm (see hdnuM), 

SAta, pron. poss. our, ourt, rel. to the 
"ya and ta" class; niumba oetiu, 
our houtet. 

flandam (y.a.) to trouble, to vex (Kis. 
eutnbua, gorofitha, nionlooa, taa- 
bioha].— saaka (y. n.) to fare m, to be 
in trouble, to find it troubletome (Kis. 
garofiha, owmbuhaf taabika), hu 
oauka na n%dima, to have mental 
trott&lM.— ■avldra(y.d.) tobein troub- 
le (for — or on his account). ~ aaa- 
]dd8a(Y.int) to be much in trouble; 
(y.caus.) to caute one to be in trouble.'^ 
ssDdaana (y.rec^ to trouble one ano- 
ther. -^ aandaika (y.n.) to admit of 
being troubled, — saadafara (y.rel.) to 
trouble (one) to; ut€hn-»a%idHre nwa- 
ana wanga, •flbumdo.— aawdaidaa 
(y.int.) I) to be mott troubletome, 

Kiniatta, 



ana uffu a-ni t an dt idaa hulo wya f 

SO to caute to trouble; eavnka,, 
taiaui (y n^ to lean back; tuodnta 
ba mdengo, — aaAoBira (y.rel^ to 
lean to, towardt (any thing). — 
(y.caus. A int) 
(y.n.) to tUp down. — 
(y.rel.) to glide or tlide aUmg any 
thing, to touch upon, — aad«raaa» 
aedaaa (y. a.) to make eUde or touch 
upon,— aadMa (ady.) 

SekaV^n* ^ v.a.) to laugh, and to lamgh 
at, to be ^lod (Kis. hu toka).-^ aakaaa 
(y.rec) to laugh at one another, -~ 
aaktta (y.n.) to be laughable, to admit 
qt being laughed at; «iye taookeka; 
dt6ga iri ndhaoaoeMka, he it not 
to be laughed at for thit mi^ortune, 
lit. misfortune this is of he not to be 
laughed at; oahdra kn kwtUf he 
cannot be langhed oit, he it eoHly 
tiffended,— aekora (y.rel) to Umgh at, 
to be glad qf, to be fond of, to like; 
na-n^tekera bucnei ranga, ana- 
dta rero, I am glad for my friend 
(who) came to-day; 
be not friendly with him,-' 
(y.cont.) to tmile, to be friendly to 
(with any one).— aakaaa or — kadaa 
and Aiakedaa(y.a)— sakoaaka(y.n.) 
fJSM,tekoeha), 

8ama (y.a.) to hmo (only used of the 
outside) (see ku toma and ku tontpa 
{ku tonga, tongoa); kn aen^a budto^ 
to hew (the outside of) a conoe, — 
aaaattca (y.n.) 1) to admit of hewing, 
mdengo u ouooma k a;— 2^ to appear 
weU hewed; buato ubu buna •erne- 
iMk— aamtea (y.d.) to hew for (ano- 
ther). " aama d aa (y.int) I) to how 
weU, to be tkHfia in hewing;-^ 2Si to 
how too much; ana-u^tontodta m- 
dongu a, he hewed thit tree too mmeh, 
made U too thin. 

Samba, 1) (y.n.) to dttappear, to get 
out of vicw;-^ 2^ (y.aO to lote eight 
cf (by leaving one l>ehind); dinw^wa- 
aenOta (said by those who are before); 
uMWHMU-fMMda (said by those be- 
hindO. JP w wt ^^ b td ikioa niwm a^ et- 

11 



162 



SEMBENEKU— SENGA. 



vt-sem^ba, I chased om mUnud, 
and U loit tight of ate, i A came out 
of my view by leaying me behind.— 
■MiiMiim (y.ree4 to lo$e tight of one 
aaather, yix. in the direction of before / 
and behind; sideways it is hu 
MmMka (r.n^ to admit of dc 
alba gambSka,— IMttberm (v. d.) to 
lote oight of to; wana^i^sambera 
amana wanga,— momhmm (T.a^ to 
put out of tight; hi-tefnbeoo hintu 
Utif fna ihi$ thing out of oighL 

MinhimAIni (adv^ to a» to ditappoar 
(at once). 

8«mpm(T.a.) to mitt, to patt bg; Xbm 
Bompa nehira, to mitt one't u>ay. 
hu-nt't m m p a nUu, to patt by a maa 
(whom you wanted to meet), mwone- 
«a €ili hmna f mfna-n^tampa, do you 
toy (i.e. tbinlc), he it iMt wayf you 
have (already) patted by Mm— Mm- 
paBa iMiipaiui (y.n.) to vary, to be 
dioerte,variout, \.q,tontana tentoHOt 
lit. to mitt (one thing another) in 
tquaUty. 

Senda (y.a.) to take off iM tkin, rind 
or hutk to any thing, to Jlay an ani- 
malt to peel, to ttrip off the leanet qf 
Indian com (Kis. flmtMia, 6a6wa, dur- 
na, gaiAa, jHNtAs). Itu tonda ba- 
manga; hu tonda wndango; hu «m»> 
da niama; Uu ttnda n-doawa; hu 
tonda hobue,— Mlldttca (y.n.) 1) to 
admit qfhu tenda;^ 2) to prove weU 
flayed, peeled de. (Kis. niauha, tabn^ 
ha, avnbuha); — 8) to tit leaning on 
one tide,"— 4) trop.fo be not quite ont^t- 
tdff to be not at utual, to appear low 
tpirited. aihdraohootend€ha,— ^(y, 
aj to put atlant, to let lean on one 
tide (Kis. iniha). — inUhidsa md&ro 
u, utatond£he, erect thit load iotiU 
(mal^e it stand upright), do not put it 
oslanL fnbia io uta-i-tendeho, i- 
dtigidite, — leBdakaka (y.n.) to be 
atlant, deviout (only used of the mind), 
to be peevish, perverte froward, ftdde. 
nmnibkfbdMM (y.int) unatendehedta 
mbiai, tuhuri-hatihapfoohonuh— 

■•ndtea (y.d^ 1) to flay, peel, ttip off 



tkt hmtk to or for (anolhei^,^ 9 ffJQ 
to move on 0it.to be off for any thing). 



movefarihrnr on Oat yomfrimd maig 
titdown^ a t tsdSr m hmma, move kitktr, 
\je,dram nearer QL\s.Janffom, h m ri bta, 
Jongoa^ aamgoa, hu^-tonga^ •••»- 
goaa, Jangoaa),— — d — (y.a.) to 
move, to putK - MBdoMnui(y.rec4 
to move, to puoh one emother. — Mtt- 
i— Iri (yji4 to admit qf bringing mar 
{aihitandooehe^.— MndAMka (y.n4 
to admit qf dratofng ie.— Mntetem 
(y.d.) to draw near to iK\Bjangoloa); 

' hU'Oe md e r e ra , m- 
if tktt ehUd moves 
towardt you, ttreteh out your arm for 
him (to assist him).— Modflnna (r. 
recj to draw near each other (Kis Jom- 
sretooMa).— MBdea«ra(y.d.) to take 
or bring near to. — aandiadga (y. 
int) to take or bring very near,-- wmt- 
deMdaa 1) (y.uig to come clote to 
{o&nderedoa betfupij;-^ 2) (y.caus.)— 
— nd ad a a (y.int.) to take qffweU. ooi^ 
dodoa hioadoitriro motg^mgut or: 
tomdod a a, MoaHgo na magungm 
yahe, pea it weU, let it not remaim 
with piecet qf tkin, or: peel it well, 
do not leave it with itt piecet qftktn; 
niama goooended a a, meat received 
at a remuneration for flaying an ani- 
maZ las fiMMkif»< in Kis^) 

SO&M0IM, s. the real truth; the very 
point (see MtM#f»<, mane and ehmU^ 
{mehiririi. 

8«lldra, s. (Myw) (pi. foatonga) {awet) a 
large knife with a hooked point (Kis. 
mdu), • 

8eii|ra(yA) to cut obUguay, to cut 
down at a ttroke (Kis. In* thamget), 
hu tenga bongo, mitinda ^to, to 
cut down reedt, ttalkt dc I fa en k a 
hu-vi-tenga vidMrntda irtya, I go 
to cut down these buthet. hu-ntrscnget 
gnonibe mdsmnpa; to hamstring a 
gnombe^ as they frequently do when 
going to kill any from an inability of 
managing them otherwise.— s«nf^ 
daa (yJnt4 to cut forcibly, deeply dc 



SENSA— SIBI SIBL 



163 



(y.D.) to admit <{f being aU 
at a itroke,— weng^m, 1} (r.d.) to cut 
to or for (another) ;~ 29 (vji.) to come 
near, toofiproacA.— Miicperekft(y.n.) 
to admit qf coming near, approachable, 
ff€iha eO>€MengtreJca, .hatha huawa, 
wmgWtanL (y.d). to draw near to = 
eendertra, — soafflrtem, to linger, 
to tarry, to he tardy or dilatory, — 
wengiwM (Y.a.) to get or bring near,— 
wtngwnmm (v. rec.) — sencoMka (y. 
n.) to admit of bringing near (= •««»• 
iI«««Xms).— ■oiig'eieni(y.d.) to get or 
bring near to (another); nh-eongeeere 
hafitpi, <I< hudali, push it near him, 
it i$ at a distance i=^ eondetera), — 
MliffeMdJHi(v.int) to take or bring 
very near, — sangercr to a (v.int.) to 
draw near one another (= senderer- 
ana)f vfonee ni wogana mayo, wa- 
eengererana, aU are brave (because) 
they approach each other (in battle), 
(see gana),— umgvrtaedMtL (v. cans.) 
to cause to tarry, to delay (= Kis. ha- 
fifiea), mahangano yata ni dntoe 
aifa, ana-ni-tongeredoa ni uyu, 
our agreement was fhett truly, but it 
is he teho delayed me (= Kts. nu^ftmo 
yetu ni ya yale yaUf^ 

Sonm (y.) (Kis. inuUa, fueka), 

Santa (v. a.) to miee, to go pott (the 
thing wanted); una-U-eenta doengo 
iri, you have gone past this hole (in 
digging after mice) ; una-^t-sonta (nm- 
pfi) uli hundu iri, you have gene 
past this arrow, it ii on this tide, — 
■entaaa leataiim (r.rec. d reit.) to be 
unlike (one thing to another) (Kis. 
atofta itfOMa). 

Sean.-- tennka, e.g. mdenga nnao&' 
nuka» 

86ra (Y.n.) to hang loose, to shake; (Y.a.) 
to sJuike, ejg. flour in winnowing (Kis. 
hu dunga or puaya unga, hu pt- 
tieha ushanga],— MnMMni(Y.reit) 
to continue to shake, to keep shaking 
(slipping down) {Jlii\s.dwngika),— m&~ 
reka (y.n.) to prove weU winnowed 
(shaken); ufawanga or ufkt buanga 
waeerek tt* ■ 6irte a (y.dL) 1) to winnow 



for another;— 3) to creep or push 
omfsse^f through (a hedge or oyer 
hanging branches), gnombe «cra««r- 
vra m*hadse,— ■«reMl(Y.a.) to let 
hang loose, to push through {Kis, peg- 
nieea^n- sarweka (y.n.)— MraNM 
(y.a.)— Mvadaa orMMr6dsa(y.ing 
to winnow weU. 

k(y.a.)opp.to hurura. 



Sera (ady.) fuU to overflowing (only 
said of riyers). There are many words 
expressive of this, because those conn- 
tries in eyery rainy season are inun- 
dated to a large extent; madei ana- 
doara ali eeeu; midsinge Hi n- 
gondi ngondi, Hi teaUf huli eeou, 

Saw6ra, seweia, sewerwa, sowa- 
Qi\8,tesa, tesea, teseoha), 
; s. (ra) (pi. ♦»«-.), the roe (offish); 
masewe ya n-dsomba, 
(adyO not, I not, it U not; stkumba, 
Iwai not; si ohanga, it is not mine, 
oi is also infix for the ao-class. 
3= du, 

Sia (y.) synon. with runda and huia, 
muemawiMho una^fn-siya ndi gani f 
lit thy child thou hast him ^ft with, 
who is he f ufith whom haoe you l^ your 
ehUdf Nadenga n-httwa, Uu nmus 
wada-ni'Sia, I was itfraid, they 
would leave me,— ■ira(y.a.) niira.— 
■iaaa (y.rec.) — ■iira(y.d.) to leave 
to,— nana tiana (Kis tana tanaf) 

SianiTft (ftlso pronounced "^ianga") 
(y.a.) to paint, (They paint yarious 
figures on the walls of their houses 
in red and white colours {seemkuto 
and papsa).— naaffira (y.d. <ft instr.) 

walekera ngi Tcur^mu-iddna «i»u- 
6mha aha-Ut^aiangiraf unasianga 
dsovnpira dsompSra, 

Siba(y.a.) 

Sitbi siU (s. A ady.) obscurity, unknown 
state, the fact of making one'sself 
unknown to one's friends and rela- 
tions by long continued absence. 
Muntu uye anakara sibisibif ador- 
httdsa ridif Mnniu wye anaehida 

11* 



164 



SIBURA— SINDIKA. 



9iM Hhi, aduara Se, adudra, ni 
ehUmtf uaahAre Mko, tlM »ihi Mi 
homui fiida-m-pa 9n*n$dk0 aiiku 
teri. 

Sicbo (== Kis. 9io). 

SidAdn (adj.) three, rel. to the "90" class. 

Vsama eidadu $a Umehe three hande- 

ful <if cotton. 
Sidi, teheref rel. lo the aa-class, m4mi- 

ma tanga ni sidif where wre mjf 

ndeama. 
Sidsa (v.) = smtdea, 
Sigm(y.a.) hu etga na hu ronga,^ 

■igrjjiirm, sika? domeha, einUka, 

donga eana, 
Signanda, s. (wa) (pl.«ro— ), » charmer 

(native Doctor) (Kis. mganga), 
Sicrnindi? 
Sigvka (v. n.) hu mdima huanga 

hua tiguha == Kis. moyo-wa-nt- 

elSa, 
Sfln (v.n.) to fix, to erect (a post); hu 

efha ehoho, or ndsiMt to fix a tpear 

or poet 
Siknm (adj.) great, target rel. to words, 

the pi. or which is indicated by sa in 

the genitive; heide€ »a badeinoha. 

ni l9i sa sihuru, 

Wmba. 

Simba simba (v.n.) nehira tnetaimba 

»inhba, the way ie deedate, 
Simbo (see masimbe). 
Stmbe simba (adj.) entirely deeoiate; 

nehira yao Hniba einiha; baU ftfm- 

he einibe, bdliye pdei ia mntu. 
Simbidaa (v. int.) nehira i ina tim- 

bidsa huene htUiho iya. 

SimbiilaL 

Simano, Pron. that which — the $ame 
which — rel. to the 'sa** class, but 
used in many instances in a general 
way without regard to the various 
classes of word9> (see ftMMinHjriM<«M^ 
gorogoda, hongo). 

8ima (v.) 

Simidne (v.rcfl.) mntu ahadsaf <mI- 
riMdue hua hu bidaf dina fuma, 
dinasimSd&af hondo ihadga, iH- 
«nl«lM« hua hu bida* 



fHmlra » hu ba»a, Icu bodSa hoM- 

••, tofeMf [WBdeiba ntMurUue), 
Wma, 1) there are there, rel. to the *#«"- 
class;— 2i not in there, comp. of the 
negative particle •€ and mo in there; 
m-niumba nnuah^ sim^, n*na»iya 
§nbeni tvanga, it it not in hit house 
where I ^ft my knife, oi-si-natef si- 
fMo n%emu, the^ are not yetfiniehed, 
there are eHU in there, e.g. hobue, 
deima Ae. (Kis. hutijaieha, H nue- 
«MO Aufito). 
8im6dli, eingle thinge (see gosa). 

Sana, 1) they are with (3. pers. pi.), «.g. 
dsaru isi eina tnirnha yoo hon%a, 
ihete doths have a good widths 2) I 
not with, it not with; sinaJcude, I 
am not yet eatiefied, Dsaru i sina 
miniba, this cloth has no breadth, 

Sana (adj.) others, rel. to the 'sa" class. 
Chtotnbe sina, other cattle. But very 
often the word is used in a general 
or absolute way. simply meaning: 
Bome thing else, though the noun im- 
plied may belong to another class of 
word (see nhoehohero and rongese- 
dsa), prop, of sina, other things, 
something else, as it were: to else, to 
other. 

Sinaama, to shuffle, to pretend being 
busy and unable to pay attention, 
or to appear inattentive, or treat with 
inattention, while pretending, to be 
very busy, i.q. burubudsaf mdmue 
n*nabudira hale, huahe ni Jsu 

sina sina,— aanana, ainika. 

Sinai (adj.) /our, rel. to the 'M^-class. 

Siacha (v. a.) to pound (Kis. tuae^ga), 

Siachira (sometimes pronounced ain- 
Urira) (v.d.) (seedumana)^— wmrMtm, 
to prove loeli pounded. — ainchiridaat 
aincliidaa (v.int.) to pound much and 
well; sin&hisa mpale i, pound this 
grain weU, Trop. to assist others in 
war. 

Sindilra (v.n.) to prone weU pressed, to 
admit of pressing (i.q. sindiriha) 
gnoma yaJee yasindihas gnoma 
i sisindiha, unaF4-hanieha. 



SINDA— SINTAMA. 



165 



(y.a.) to exerette aprtMwn; 1) to 
pre$9 down (with the hand, a weaver 
the threads of his cloth and a dram- 
mer the skin of his drum, to modify 
the sound); hu Hnda tnadho ya 
ndoairuf-^ 3) to prest/ortht ioid of 
tne9, pkmtif to tprotU, to hud; hu 
oinda gnofnaf m id on g o ya oinda, 
ndiwo oa oi Mda ibo. oin d ikira; «Mf- 
omba uyu na-n^-oindOciraf ml e w i 
beduo MNsi^ a$ to thi$ carpoiUer, I 
am weU aequaiTUed with hit work- 
manahip, I know it.^ Silidira (v.a.) 
1) to eontinue budding or tprouttng, 
oaHndira ndiwo Uu munda, ike 
vegetablet keep growing in f^ pkm- 
tation, viz. said when leaves had been 
plucked off. waoindira mdengo u, 
it 19 ihooUng thi» tree;^ 2j gmoraUy 
to keep preeeifig, or continue to preee 
down. — nndlrika(v.n.) 1) to admit 
qfpreeeing (said of the weaver); dea- 
ru i nda-i-gungura^ ei eindikird 
ndeo (li\s.ngue hi ta-i-ondoa, ha- 
t-Hiihi tena uei); — 2) to &e known, 
lit. to bear impreetione or marke. — 
riadlkiraiui (v.rec.) to be acquainted 
with each other.— rindflrfim (v.a.) to 
preee into (e.g. cotton into a bag); to 
force Into, e.g. a spear into an ani- 
mal; hu ifindihiea tonge fn-tumba; 
hu^^n-eindihiea tungo gnombe.— 

■indlrini or idnghirm (v. rel.) to 
make false etatemente concerning one, 
to attribute falsely, to stcOe word qf 
any one which he has not spoken, lit 
wind one'sseir round any one. or to 
wind any thing round him? mau 
tfdhe neha einchirira, eio nanena 
iwe, 

mndipfo = (Kis. aifio.) -^ lindi^Q = 
(Kis. eipo), not there. — smdiwo. — 
■iiidtye. 

Silica (v. a.) to surround {Hnga),— idn- 
ftauk (v.rec.) to sorround one anotTier, 
■faganJOT — «i]iffidaa(v.int.)— 1) to 
surround closely. 

Singa (see nga, singahare). 

Sing'adl, how many, rel. to the *«a" 
class, (see nga); unagura tmsma 



Hugadif how manty handsful (or arm* 
pitshiO haw you bought f (see UKsma 
or dsanta). 

8iBO (or ^Bca) (▼•) ^ ^ott onessUf, 
Prov. KMi Hugo ntdima hanu fu- 
pHH (or oha m^tfH), do not Coil 
yourself up like the 'pirP* the name 
of a species of serpent Nohoha »- 
eiuga urhada, the serpent eoHs itself 
«!>.— alafm alafm (v.reit.) noohm 
uffu anaeinigu singa. — singteiMI 
(v.a.) to surround; weuwt-di eingor 
nisa house house, dihaehohm bet- 
uo, didaehoh^ra budmH u a. 

^hmgidmm or liacliMaa, 1) to assist im 
fighting; wautu ufeudao (for: ummh- 
dew) urhoudo si yao, uao wueiu- 
gidsa, jit. men who go to a battle, not 
theirs, and they do siuehidsaf— 2) to 
poundrf or wages; WamhiMi uyu wiSr 
dsera hudea siugidaa {uafu), lit 
this woman comes for to come poun- 
ding for wages, wadsada gdgd, she 
foUows the chaff, i.e. she pounds for 
being given the chaff. iHmho dihor* 
Hugidse hua'usatu (for: hua umur 
satu) w4vm-fHru,disdUre yatu yoMu, 
fcv^a ui hu leherana, 

SiaiTva (v. p.) to be at a loss, to be 
perplexed Oit to be surrounded), 

Sialira— Vi\9.bo^f 

SisQ (see hua). 

Sinta (v.a.) exchange.— ibtaiia (v.rec.) 
to exchange (a thing) one v!ith an other; 
ohiye dlsiutane ndsarusaiu, haliyo 
ituea iua, let us exchange our clothes, 
one is not better than the other. — 
fffn*r*** tiatawa (v.reit.) to be dif- 
ferent one from an other, to be various 
(K\8. fubalhnbeUi); m<p/l i iue^eiU' 
tana siutaua (as to length); guomho 
iei simaeintana siutaua (in size and 
colours); ttfatu euoa ufoua siutaua 
siutaua (in stature), lit to change one 
with (Mother,— ■lntiaa(v.a.) to inter- 
change; hu siutisa maufouQ. 

Siatima (v.n.) to hdU. (This word is 
only used of one whose one leg is 
shorter than the other) {seedsimpiua) 
(Kis. dHea, ohuehumia). 



166 



SINTURA— SIWE. 



d.) d9aru i «< yanga, ama-fU-Ht^ 

SiataMi (v.a.) to $hooe or pu$h bade 
(the string where formed into a knot); 
Hniuoa, uUrod»o, mndo (the knot) 
rdax it (the string dc) 

Mlo, fk>t it, contr. from H and yo/ 
ffnombB i^ Ho; vnau aya oio, 

Sitfni (v.a.) the word almost sounds 
ahiora; Uu Horm tMocfo fMi doagali 
{see guatira), 

8irtrm(y.n.) (said of Are), to cmm diir- 
ning; modo unaoirara, 

8irDrm(v.a.) to aeoton (a new pot of 
earthen ware); the pot is put on the 
fire empty, and when it is hot, cold 
water mixed with flour is poured into 
it and stirred round (Kis. hu »ua 
ohMnguy- thwrikat (y.n.) to adnUt qf 
Se, to prove well 9ea$ontd; tnbia i 
Hku oirurikaf ni iwioi,— sfamrim 
(y.d.) to eeatonfcr (another).— lim- 
rIcUia (y.int) to $ea$on weU, 

Sisanv (a^j.) five, rel. to the ea class. 

Sad (or sisi), s. (ra) (p1.«iM»— ), eootnete, 
eomeiking cool doprioed qf life, vigour 
de. applied; — 1) to a,n egg eai ug^on, 
InU producing no ehUken (an egg laid 
without the hen haying been trodden 
by a cock); deira iri ni HH; maeira 
(or nHutira) aya ni nHtmimi (see hi- 
eioi or himimij;— 2} to eueh pumpkine 
a$ are made into ealabaekee, ofwkleh 
one kind i$ cool (sweet), the other hitter. 
hiho oha eiei (see rttnda), (pi. viko 
p/U eiei;— 8) to a eattle-fold when 
forsaken, 

8inda(y.a.) to etroke, to touch upon 
(what one groped for in the dark) (Kis. 
papaea); hor^oa-eieide ufodede wa- 
ho wdHkef lit go and etroke thg far 
fkere, thcA theg may wake (the PI. in- 
stead of ihe sing, by way of honour). 
■iaM««a (y. rec) to etroke one another, 
nM*aeieidana ehiani batnoneba, — 
tMMdnm (y.int.) to etrcke boldlg (e.g. 
for the purpose of waking one). NB, 
The Waniassa are in the habit of wa- 
king one by stroking. 



(snrinD (y.n.) to be edld; 
eiaira, it ie cold; demro hn dhoH- 
eireif geeterdag U wm eotd; nmmfn 
hu eieirti, IfeA eeUd; tn ade i gtee*- 
airu, the water U e&UL — ilaiiUMl 
(Y.int) to be uerg eoid (JSis, eiHmet, 
w U t hm t km , ai ei u H ehnfi— SO ■lldrm 
(y.n.) to be mtft and gioetg (Kis. andfii, 
tuMiraike Umeuiaira; tnm r mn ga y<w»- 
ga yetoiHra (or g t u ti at ra) (Kis. ftMci- 
U 



rera {weeMoioiru), 

SUbra, s. twttight <tf the evening, ku 
oMda or JktMi eJMIci oieiraf it ie twi^ 
light; hwnet elMdek eieiro, it hoe be- 
come twiUght; hu heOi eieiro, it ie 
etiU twOight — siairo; They do not 
say: ' m a h m di ga eieiro, but 
hmdi (see umiImmM) ga §ndeuro; 
Ufa idea wUteuro huheUi eieiro, 
come to-morrow evening at iwHight; 
anahudea deuro huheM eieiro, he 
came yeeterdag (by) thie time at twi- 
Ught, Jtdadea mahadi goodanif 
what tkne did he comef regp.adadaa 
huhetli eieiro, 

Siaim (see nearungo). 

Sl^lra (y.a.) (for aiwara), to unetop, to 
uneioee (see etbua).— aioHka (y.n.) to 
admit qf opening; hieiwo ihi efhiei- 
umriha, thie etopper cannot be taken 
out, or removed (when it is too far 
down). — aimira (y. d.) 

8iwa, negatiye form of the 8. pers. p 1 
not they, 

8iwa, s. (ra) (pi. «mh-) , a houee in which 
eomebody died and which ther^ore ie 
abandoned, 

Siwa (y.a.) to etop, to etoee up; hu eiwa 
wbaraeugu, deuba, higuru (Kis. at' 
5a).— aiwika, to appear eloeed up 
«mQ, to prove teeU etopped,— ihvira 
(y.d.>- liwUaa (y.int) 

Siwa, s. (ra) (pi. «u»— ), a remnant; — 
1) what hoe eecaped fire or water; 
fnodo unaeiga udeu nuteiwe utor 
eiwe, Itndi iri linapea wnaaiuro 
me^iwe, Maeiwe n%odo unaram- 
bar dra ni ganhani (or nehanhanij. 



siwisi— soauA. 



167 



tUunanga hin a mha fMi nukM, hi- 
nmd9arami$§iw€ vnaHwf— 2) what 
hM hun ^ft hthML in growth; bar 
wmmnga ehanga Mmdkuta nui^Hw 
moBiwe (said when in one place it is 
higher than in- an other). 

ttwisi (a4j.) reL to the yo and •a class, 
unripe, raw, frUh, green; hwni iai 
WMI •fieri*!. 

Siwili (adj.) two, reL to the ea class; 
niittnba eUoUif gnamlbe eiwUi; 
mbuBi eiwUif huku eUHii (but as 
animals waiwtu may he used like 
wise). 

Sijm, pron. dem. tkoee (at a distance), 
rel to the »a class, gnambe Hf^ 
tkoit (yonder) eaitie. niguirB »o n*- 
siifa, ntguiTB »ina f renp. guira bo 
wnretga (or guira Hna), (Kis. ni0- 
hike ya yeUm yaia, am ni9hik€ vnm^ 
gine) {inaengina) 

S*, pron. rel. to fi. 

9o, s. (ra) ^1. maeS), (KIs. hionda ndu- 
gu), an old wound wkteh refneee being 
heaied. 

Sdm(Y.au<ftv.n.) to $eairehf&rf (Kis.lBtt 
doa, e.g. ndta or mbu»i (see ydm/iim)f 
to the queetion 'whoie it thie work- 
manedipf* they generally reply: So- 
s6a,, mH4hnwna nhawHt n^-numoha 
twhen the workmanship is good when 
bad ea 060,, nMu dn t u na aiba «•- 
manei^a, {Bae6a in Kis.= haiapidtti 
hu donga hua faUuU hakutafd- 
diUi. 

SQdMktem, see under 'ooga,** 

Sodsa, s icu fua and winda in Kla ? 

So«r«ra(v.n.) to get •eenftomed to (Kis. 
oa^t ehiHhi, e^ikhSa); nvantu wgo 
makwra banwiAai, anaooerera hwn- 
ha ulondof n&mniu ugu Kianeha 
amari-Bo^rSrOf- loart i a (▼. a.) to ae- 
entUnn, to make /tunOiar. nnHiondo 
uya a-doUeooreeaf wonotaahe ai 
wa htintba, Jfdibo akaona nehira 
sa hu Hondo una^n^eoorooa ndiwo, 
(It. therefore he eaw and got aequainied 
with the wage of toiwairde tM Vertm- 
4ah, it it gou who haae aeeuttomed 
Mm, (even yonX— • — •< ■ • (vJnU) to 



bo math aeeuttomed; Mr» wifu a\ 



Soffm (y.a.) to tew, to mend (KIs. hu thd- 
na), hu toga (eoha) mrpooa. -~ m&~ 
gmrn, 1) (v.d.) to tew to or for (ano- 
ther); ^2j to go attrag, to etrag, lit 
to mend omft wag (Kis.irMayMa,jpofM). 
■•fwni tofwrm (v.reit) to keep ttrag- 
ing, wandering; ana eogora noMraf 



ra, Muniu uyu a huad a Jkooto- 
^«1«, lit thit man mairriet to etrag — > 
said of one who marries a wife at a 
distance and lives there (Kla/MoMl 
anat^onffoa ni nUto), — »9g^ikM (v.n.) 
S06li0ktem (y.a.) (the V being sof- 
tened into oh)^ to plant haetUg or tur 
perfietaXtg, lit to tew or fig on, (said 
of planting Indian com in a piece of 
ground, the grass of which has been 
merely burnt down, without tilling it: 
first); anaeoohohora bamamga nvwn^ 
da ow«0.— SOfMM(v.a.) to lead attrag, 
sofMa sofMM (v.reit) to eonUnm 
leading aetray {K\s, poieoa), 

SaffOBMia (v.) meogonooeu 

BogomL (v.a.) to tevere, to teperate (the 
grains of Indian corn from the knobs 
by pounding) (ICis.|>tMii|fo, pambanto- 
ha). — uogwtkA (V. n .) — sof Qrtem 
(v.d.)— sog'OVtt4Mi(v.int) to teoerweUt 
entirely, kieadeariro, that nothtug 
remaina, 

8of «rtfni (v.a.) — wmgwlOL (v. n.) -- 
■OfwrolMm (v.d.) (i.q. duruhira); 
niama ama-n^eogorokera bakuudu 
banga — lOf ottea (v.a.) to confute 
(by making a noise); wa^n^eokoeSra, 
adakuntfa^ehoodanif gou eoitfute 
him, how can he hearf^ lair^' or SQ- 
kaa«raiui(v.rec) to eo^fuee one another, 

SoMto, a (ra) (pLm*^), q.v. not to be 
confounded with euoouo thread. 

8dfVft(v.p.) to he4n a etrait or <i(^ 
adtg, to be at a lott (seefcw eingua), 
Iwe kara yabet, ueakaro da-n»- 
pani pani, kana nwtniu anae4» 
guag Jfiama ^yv dtm bama 



168 



SOMA— SONKA. 



(fwr pm 



), hmdi 



(v.a.) to hew out, to make twtooth 
by hmvtng (only said of the inside of 
the woiiL in hand), e.g. a canoe or a 
mortar; the digging oat roughly the 
hollow required is *h» oowtpa/* see. 
(Kis. totnm, t ome k o a , pmmgiUm, H- 
uua\n- fl«milai(y.ni to oppomr hB¥m 
oiU mean, ^ look toeH oooopod oml; 
humio «*&M bwmmtotneka^ — SMB*- 

(y. a4 1) to 9tUk in, hu eomo- 

k»dM (y. int^ to 9tidc im, or trutit in 
mweh, oomt k odoa ftomoM^a ihi, 
tMlsodfe dororv.— imiMdMi (y.int) 
■•BMkam; 1) h^ue l Vomtmga 
hinadtura, womaooimokera. Me U6- 
Muo i$ fM of Indian oom, the ttfcfc 
them in (ijp.the knobs);— 2) trop.to 
(thrust words) upon amiy one, which he 
ha$ not opokon, to wrong one by/aUe 
otatementi, i^i. Hnchirira or iingi- 
rlro. M ydko mot* €^ya anrnna/yo, 
ncho eomehera = noho itnchirira, 
SdmMdi, 8. {uyu) (pi. watombodi hh 
ira), a fowl wUh very ehort lege. So 
they will say, when a fowl is so far 
grown as to leaye no doubt about 
its being short-legged; but when a 
fowl is still young, they will say: Im- 
hu uifu nkua eombodi, pi. huhu 
awa ni toa eombadi (or huku igt 
n$a iombodi), huhu wa eotnbodi 
akuaufa banei, 
Sdmtea (y.a^ (=: dtumbula in Kile.) 
Sompa (y.a.) to hollow out; hu §ompa 
gnoma, to hollow out a drum; hu 
eontpa mdondo , to hoUow out a mor- 
tar,— ■•mpelca(y.n4 to prove hoUt>- 
wed out nicdy; gnonue i inaeompS- 
ha.— somp0ra(y.d.) to hollow out to 
or for one.— iQinpedMi (y.int.) 
Note: a whole year elapses, before a 
new canoe reaches the lake, because 
they must be made at some days' 
distance, there being no suitable trees 
near the lake. Men are hired from 
town to town, to haul it to its place 
of desinatlon. 



p, s. a toad (= ngiU ngUm in 
KidO» legs longer than of the Chiile. 
lengrm (properly SMifa), 1) (y.n.) to bo 
ekrmUoue (a road);—- 2) (y.aj to go 
round about (in cutting meat, in order 
to procure long strips (Kis. 



). 



to go round, to be long in worde. 
nchira paeanga, t^ehira i uahe^ 
eouga (opp. to mdemta) {— Kia «4«« 
ga hu tunguha; hu omdelSea tMa- 
•Mno)/— j^ hu eonga niama, i,e,hu 
hal0n%ba hua hu eongu; hu eouget 
mdu,— a«Bgrefa (y.d.) to cut (meat) 
into long ttript for (another), to go 
round aboutr- wenge^kM, to admit of 
cutting round, to appear weU cut 
round, niamu i eieottgehd ndeoi 
niama i yueongeha, — aiinydlB 
(y.int.) to be moet ctreuUous; to out 
(meat) into very long etripe (when they 
will dry them in the sun or oyer a 
fire; as also the Abyssinians do), 
Der. nteongo* 

S«iic«(y.a.) to disturb, to indU, to 
rouee; hu eouga nu^fu (Kis. hu 
dongoea).— sengT^nt (y.d.) io incite, 
to instigate to, against; to cause mis- 
chief to (any one).— sMifwrtea. 

SttDCdni (y.aO to point, to sharpen (to 
cut to a point).— a«Bgr4ka(y.n.} to 
hape a point, to appear pointed; hu 
saugSha mdongo u, it is not potn- 
ted this tree, thi$ piece qf wood; uga 
ana hidso ohooeongSka, has apoin- 
ted face (opp. to hidso ehoosanwma); 
tnapiri yiUu noha songoha, our 
mountains arejpoinied, present peaks; 
huliye piri la oMdihisu (or hm^ 
hisa), there is no mountain of a plain, 
{wfJOi a UMe UmS^— SMigrwMka, Co 
admit of being pointed, to appear weU 
pointedr- a«BgroTCra (y.d.)— sengro- 
(y.int) to point well. 
(y.a.) to kindle, to contrilmte to 
(Kis. hu waehat), (nuttio), hu d am g u, 
Mokem (y. rel.) to kindle to, for, with, 
to contribute to (Kis.fo«Mi, dungia).^ 
Mnkam {hu sanhesa huntj, Deriy. 



SONSE— SUNGA. 



16d 



MM&tika mtdtOca,— •oak«riBa(T. 
rec.) to coiUTifmU ons to another (Kis. 

Mmkwm (adj.) aU, rel. to noun* which 
have no pi. form; gnambo tin^^a 
$an$e^ mbugi $on$o Jte, 

Soo (or xoo), what ia <(f, 90 a$ to. 
A particle of speech properly rela- 
ting to the sa-clasis, but it is often 
used in a general way. 

Soarmra (v. a.) to drag out <if (only said 
of things done up together); hu 
aorora mntpfi m^podOf to drag out 
an arrow from a quiver; to draw out 
into a length, to lengthen (the nUmm).-- 
«0r«raka(y.n ^ to admit of being drag- 
ged out.— g«rcr w (v.d.> 
(y.int.) to drag out forciblg, — 
r^ka, tofaU out (by itself). 

B6mtL (also abid«lia) 1) (v.a.) to eUghUy 
hoe the ground (to prepare it for the 
coming rain);— 2j Fig. to provoke, to 
instigate (Kis. biMiga, futua^ futu- 
Ua, tepukua).— ■•SMUt (v.rec.) to 
provoke one another; ku aoea munr 
da (= hu hUriigua Kis.) bffore the 
rain sets in,— ■oielDi(v.n.) to appear 
weU hoed or eeratcJud^— iMMra (v.d.) 
•OMdsa (v.int.) 

Sosora (v.a.) to pludc (only said of 
hair and feathers) (see tshora and 
tura).— •osoka (v.n.) to fall out or 
oft (as feathers and hair); hwia hua 
gnombe buna aoeohaf haira of tfte 
cow have fallen out,- ■OBar«rm(v d.) 
pluck to or /or (another).— SMwrttai 
(v.n.) to appear well plueked{aoaoiowa), 
■OSoredMi (v.intj to pluck weUt clean; 
$09oredaa huku uyu, uaor^m-aiye 
tenga, 

80WO, 8. large wound (Kis. geraha 
huba)f 

8u, 1) not U, rel. to words of the "17" 
class. — 2) fiot thou, 

Stta (ktt sua) (v. a.) to ireak, to cast 
young, to crack {K\s.funda) tnbaie 
wanga avhO-irtMa vnrpfwruUlOf or: 
anahueua vn-pfwruUlo ; gin^ombe 
wanga andaHa (or gnofnboifanga 
indaua), my cow Aa« caived; huhu 



eutdawa (or ind»ua)f hunda and- 
aua (or indaut^. — mtta (v. n.) U> 
break, to craek (K\s,fundiha, pmM^ 
ha),— Stt6ra(v.d.) to break to (any 
one); una^ni-au^ra ntbiayanga, lit 
thou haat me broken pot mine, or my,. 
i.e. you have broken my pot (Kis. funn 
dia),— aoMraiia (v.rec.) to break om 
another (things).— nMdsa(y.int^ to 
break much, to amaah, 

8adi? (»Kis.«*er#<^ 

Sndatai (v.a.) — widOTka (v.n.) 

Mumnm, s. coll. {^gu) no pi. form thread,. 

Soka (see tura), 

SnUdSa (v.a.) to d^ {Kxs.tharam),— 
chaUenge, 

flhdnnnika (— hu daahahaia in Kid.); 
immda unaa u hurdka dadbHtiQ w- 



(or annul} (v.n.) to hop, to dance 
(see angora).— saminKv.rel.) to dance 
for, on account of; hu e%MmATa n'- 
hondo, to dance for a batUe, i.e. oa 
returning from it. hu aunUra Ifi- 
aneha, to dance with regard to the 
Niancha, i.e. on safely returning from 
it.— anmiidMi (v.int) 

Snmbndsdra, ■nmbndsnm. 

8nnlkma(v.a. ^ v.n J 1) to doae the lipa 
momentarily; — 2) to remain with 
ontfa mouXh ahut, to keep the mouth 
shut for a time.— snaamira (v.d.)— 
mmamidsa (v.int); nindo \,nrinao) 
mhetUii'aihwtdagaf na-u^aung1da€tf 
lit / with it kntfe thia, I have not 
loat it, I take good care qf it,— sna- 
gidaa, to take good care of any 
thing,— annfniidta (see unguea), 

flMndtta, s. (ttyw) (pi. with aa), old grain, 
any produce of th/e fidd which haa 
become old by keeping. Bamanha ihi 
neha aundue; m^iere U nkua sdn, 
duet fnaungu aga neha awndue 
(old mahindi or mtama), 

Mngai(y.VL) to be about (any thing); 
1) to keep near, doae to (e.g.'in pur- 
suing any thing); — 2) to tooteft, to 
keep from atraying {e^^. cattle);— 3) to 
keep, to preaerve, to take care, to be 
min^^ful of;— 4^ to urge (Kis. 



'»- 



170 



SUNKISA— SUSUMIBA. 



glial, to adrnU nf Inf ftm^a. — 

Mmgini (v.d. ^t coot.) u^ wrge with, 
to keep near, or about,'— smf urira 
(y.n.) to go dbomtt to iwrround, to he 
wtndiHg (a river).— >iingiiii« (v.rec) 
to ke^ doet to one another, to keep 
ioffether; tumgemonif tnea d otym n i,^ 
OTDifvMMi (vxaos.) to cauee to go 
about, to drive round.— 
(y.int.) dtorM i Uungid$o iemte 
$angm emnfu. — mmfvsa(y.a.) 1) to 
owing about, to uOdek (a cow her 
taif);— 2iflg.eo eoitfound, to perplex 
(see eendekokalj^— •HBflUHUUI (v.rec.) 
to eottfound one another,— wnMkgwdkM, 
to admit of being eoiifounded.— wnJBL" 
irvUrm (v.d.) — sobmi (or miidMi) 
(v.a.) to make to come eioee to; hu- 
nt-^unea muann, to get a ehUd doee 
at omfe frocfc (after U has slipped), to 
Mtth up, to dtp, to make adhere; 
uyu aeSdOf «M-ttfsul<«. — 
(or ma4fika (v.n.) to get 
eloee to; muann upu aaeundtikaf 
thie ekUd doee not come dLou (at one's 
back), it keepe aUpping down. Deriv. 
higundgi or hUwn§i» 
tinddM (V«a.) to trg, to tempt one, to 
put one to the teet, 

\WhgUMkiatm (v.a.) to eeften, to melt; 
fcu tiiwyuftMra mli < m«, to eofton 
"deima** (such as was kept over night) 
by mixing it with water (Kis. yatftAo, 
yaiha) and- adding fresh flour in 
order to cook it up again; hu ««m- 
guntSra fna/Uda /at, uiombe, poi- 
eon for arrowe,— ■aBnBalEm(v.n.) 



to meU. — snagiuivkira, to e<iften, 
to melt to or for (one).-HnnfmraiUbHi 
(v.inU to eiften toeO, to mOt wetL 
(V.) (K\s.hH ih^irikal) 
(v.n.) to grow up qutdBtg. 
(or muMUUdj (v.a.) to annog, to 
moleet (trop. of eunga and ttrnja).— 
(v.n.)— smurira (v.d.) 
(v.a.) fig. to drao out for eom- 
parieon onie etrength or courage, 
honeetg, to trg, to put to the teet; 



lit trg htm, do not go to eee; 
e m n tn , nda-^n-deimie hmdi amm 
pam^, I trg htm (so that) / ehatt 
know, whether he hoe etrength; hw 
euiua m^A.— •vBtana (v.rec.) to 
to teet one another,— switi]ni(v.n.)— 
mnrtifa.— saatiMi (v.a.) to draee 
forth (as a post) in order to make it 
equal with an other.— 



8tai(vA.) to work in iron, to forge, 
form by Me hammer, to malleate (KIs. 
hu /Wo, hu d am huoa , tuiuwrna). — 
0aiika(v.n.) to he meOleable; hidou- 
TO ihi hina n%iiHri, ethi-auHhn; 
hfkuingiri ihi hinaauriha pfoiba, 
(v. d.) — noMw (v.int) — 
(v.a.)— wMam (v.) naeSoura 
ndehna (Kis. funguea, tanua ft«- 
noa, ohennen hwmoa). 



. (v.n. d YjBu) to hreeik feaet (on 
any thing), i.q.ile«cro.— ■»ialni(v.n.) 
to he greedg (one who always accepts 
of food or eats before others are 
ready).— saiakidMi (v.int.) to hemoet 
greedg. — munva (v.) unahu ta hu 
§u§ura iwo? lit. haioe you jtniehod to 
hreakfeaet, gouf resp. iai, einmte, 
or: indo n*naou§uru, no, I haioe not 
get ftniehed, or: gee, I have hreak 
feaeted; humm eianou ewraf pabn 
mtandim pfa wenof^ ■navrim 
(v.rel.) to make omfe hreakfeaet qf,— 
■nnvidaa (v. inU) to eat much at 
breaitfeaet. It is considered a dis- 
grace with the Wakamdunda, to accept 
of food which was not specially pro- 
pared for them. 
|»nMa(v.a.) to hueh, to sooM (a child), 
i.q. angda in Kis. n^eutueo mutmrn 
upu aUho urim, — ramudlEa (v.n4 
to admU <if heing eoothed; muanet 
uyu oueueueihie,— taaaiira(v.d.)-- 
{y.\nl) to eooth welL 
I, 8. (wa), mill: (Kis. maeiwa), mr 



Sasomiia, avraiBirifa (» ufn um 
hu tunguliUn, mUwnduiH Kis. 7) 



TA— N-TANGARA. 



171 



Tr (v.d.) 1) to end, to terminaie, to he 
ftnUhed; detnm i iddta rero? wiU 
ikia cloth end to-day f i.e.will U be 
finished (weaviDg); muamba aOor*- 
ta demrtiyanga Uro, the teeaioer wiU 
finieh my cloth to-day; wtUondo ttwa 
huta Jkwaew, nuMiku yonf« tms- 
dea, traoeUera do not eeaee wUh u$ 
(in oar country), they are dkoaye co- 
ming; mbanga «S fn^navnanga n»'- 
^ndta, have you ftniahed binding thia 
fence f gninibQ nea aumfuHra, aidi- 
ai-ta iftf the eonge have ao many tuma, 
106 connof (follow) fAem. amuUehudai' 
«9a, lit he haa not yet finiahed to know, 
Le. he doea not know (it) perfeeUy (Kis. 
iaha, hwiaha hotnSeha), — 2) (y.a.) 
to finiah, to complete; -^ Sj to he up, 
to can. — t«rm (v.d.) to end, to ftniah 
to; hamba ana-dlrfSra, we we out 
{ifproviaiona,— iiidMA{yAnt) to make 
a ftniah qf; ttdatedaa ^tfontu; Icon/do 
ya hifutnburuhira aUcovna, — teka 
(T«n.) to be conquerable, deriv. mte- 
hSdue, 

Taba (v.a.)— taUra (= daha daba)^ 
tabo, s. (ra) (pi. matabo), a clay^it 
(Kis. Hnibo la udongo), (see mdabo), . 

K-tiUUia, s. (ya, sa), leaping, bounding 
(only said of an arrow); mupft u 
unaomba n-tadaa, thia arrow came 
along bounding, (lit stmck leaps); wan- 
tu Ufa Kiaembo nUpftiyao yaamha, 

Tadaa, s. (ra) (pi. vna^), a baaket (lar- 
ger than the hidede). 

Tadol, s. (ra) (pi. nut — ), a young hen 
when big enough to lay; huhu uyu 
ni fadei, pi. huku awa ni nuHadei 
(Kis. mdedea). 

Yagaiira, n%aau aya yuhfU-toffarira 
ss eunguea, 

Tafco, s. (ra) (pi. maatiko), the botUm, 
buttock, the bottom-part of any thing; 
toko ra tndondo, the bottom of a 
fMfrtair; tako ra mdeugo, the bottom 
of a water:jair; fnig^iendo ya takOf 
the hinder lege (of quadrupeds) (Kis. 
4ako, maiako). 



I Tambo, s. 

Tamiagm (y.n.) to run, gtdtop; dOa- 
nUnge, kuadka, let ua run, it ta 
getting dark (Kis. /UUea, ku piga 
nibio, upeei),— tamiagika (y.n.) to 
admit of rwmning,^ taminffidsa (y. 
int) to rum f<ut; temUngidsa, uda- 
fn-ffea banekiraba. — tamlagira 
(y.rel.) to run for (any thing), to be 
awift in (any thing); muana uyu 
atamingira ku kura, thia ehUd ia 
growing quiekly. 

TaaDUM^ s. (ya and ea), a ftbroua plaM 
or ahrvb, of whiich ropea and mate 
are made, 

Timtta (y.n.) mehoka igona tnchira, 
yatdtm&a mabindi, Ife datdtnwa, 
ife ditannuafe ndife dinarowererOf 
thia ia the language of one who ia 
aorry for hie miadoinga, but only be- 
cauae he brought himaelf into trouble. 

TaaAaridaOfS. (ya and mi). 

TABdIsa(y.a.) to hAp, to <uaiat, i.q, 
tangada; vkiwa ettku-tn-tdndiea 
fnuana ufonga, akadha eauka re- 
ro, if you had not (uaiated my eon, 
he wotUd have been in trouble.'^ taa- 
disaaa(y.rec) to help each other (Kis. 
eaidia, eaJdimnay-funiiWIn (y.n.) 
to admit qf being aaaiated; eaiandt 
eika, — tairtlfaira (y. d.) to aaaiat one 
for, in the place qf (another). ~- taa- 
dbddsa(y.int) to help much, greatly 
to exceed another in aaaiating. 

Taaga, 9, (ra) (pi. matmnga), a apeeiea 
qf pumpkin^" a-taaga, s. (ya, sa) aeeda 
or pipe; tanga ea maungu, aeeda 
of pumpkina: tanga ea mankaga, 
ea v^Hode Ac 

Taagada (y.a.) — tangadana (v.rec) 
tangadHra (y.a.) — taag'adira (y.d.) 
taagadldsa(y.int) 'i.q.tandiea Ac 
enuMnirtangadidea ni wyu^ he who, 
helped me moat ia thia man or woman, 

N-taao**! s. (ya, sa), Intera&fea or 
gape (between the teeth); mono ya 
ugu ana n-tangeura, (see kikudm), 
AdmiaaUm qf light through email <»- 
teraticea or openinga, especially used 
of thatched roofs and of cloth; pfiif» 



178 



N-TANTA— TEKA. 



IoIm^ DeriT.from 
N-tMrta, 8. (ya, sa), BkngUmg (see 
to), —i tte i9i ndm hu pa 



N-taatlro, s. preUmUif; mdu 
ddmMm n*UuUiro, lit. ikis afair w(U 
go (into prolixity). si m adH w^ vtda 

TiBlito, 8. (ra) (pi. mo--), a ro€k{=nr 
gwrunga in Ki&) hu td n tU e, to or 
at the rock. This expression occurs 
frequently because on the rocks white 
ants are dried. 

TaaMrm, s. (ya, pl.Mi) the ea^ (of the 
leg) (Kis. SBi^f, y», sa mmgu). 



Tarm (o. prop.) name qf a eovmtry. 
s. (ra) (pi. «wa— ). 

(v.n.) to &« >la<, to (e sAoI- 
loiff, to Ub fiat on the ground (stretching 
out the wing8» as certain birds will do); 
ohnru ehootaoardm, a JUU ant-hiU; 
doSHkua i yataoardra, UUe baeket 
U sibaltotc.— taaaniidMi (or tttuvi- 
lidia) (v.caus.) to makeJUU, Bombera 
ataoaram, the quad Uet fial on the 
ground in order ^o hide UeeHf* 

Tad^ (v.a.) to deceive (more in words 
while "gnitnga** is in tilings) (Kis.fttt 
da/ttgdnia; Jk«f-«i»-«tM«ia). — tnigMr 
Wk (y.rec.)— taaifira (v.d.) to deceive 
any one (to—); ^adlu^^-faaigii^ m^r 
euukoanga wnaeiku ffonee, — taai- 
Cllai(v.nJ to be deoeivdbU; eetUBoi^ 
gikd ndeo, he eon no more be deceived, 

Tata(y.n^ to etruggle, ae one dying; 
to be ignorant of what one is doing, 
or not to know what to do.— tatini 
(v.n.) to keep etruggling, being convul- 
eedt Trop. to jangle, to jabber.— iM- 
xidm (V. int) to Hruggle much, greaUy, 
fata is a reduplication of hu "ta," to 
fnieh, and is used especially of death- 
struggle, but also of ignorance about 
what you are doing generally. 

Tatwm (T.n4 1) to flu, to run away, to 
eteape; — 2) to be noift, to f^ (Kis. 
"kiimbiaf Uu toroUdj, budto ubu m- 
hootrnvfa, fhie ie a moift eanoe; garu 



entmtfu hu hidihidom mi of ma , — tfei- 

(y.rec.) to aiooid one another; 



,{y.n,)toadr 
mit qf fleeing, mwrntu uyu eeUawika 
em m mdiera neeru^— tswiim (y.rel.) 
tojteefrom (any one), fnea^^t^tawiro, 
im an i, do not jUe from me, eiand 
your ground, says a chief to his war- 
riors, when fighting;— 2) to flee to, 
wonfw-tffoJbo ufonU'hu-taitviraf lit. 
thy people are running thee away, mea- 
ning those on the boundaries learing 
their abodes firom fear of the enemy, 
to live nearer the kings residence. 
Note: to flM to (for refage) is hu to- 
telra hua; teantu awa UHtnadea, 
UHMhumba hu tawtra huaho, — ta- 
widsa (v.int. d y. cans.) 

T«wirei s. (ra) (pi. ma^) a lake. 

T» w «rt w a (adj.) 

N-tawi, s. (ya and #a), a bough, branch; 
taiwi ea nUdengo, branchee or boughe 
qf treee; tawi pa toehi, a branch qf 
a bunch (of Bananas) (see detynga), 
(Kis. utansu, utaga, tana la ndisi); 
tawi i nchodwra^ a good distance 
{Iq.hitainbo in Kis.) ei bafupi, ni 
n*tawi (=: n< bad€Ui), 

Tayo, s. (ra) (pi. ma—), the act of getting 
yourself paid by a stranger, which is 
done by procuring an article from 
some one and sending to your debtor 
for payment. Transfer qf a debt at 
random, the word being apparently 
deriyed from hu daiya, to throw aiway^ 
to hoM/rd (Kis. hu hoUa). Ni tapa 
ine una-ni-guirirthei fnbiUe wanga. 
They may fetter a rekUion, but thoy 
do not rob him. 

TMSunhhiim, s. (ra) (pl.«M»-)» the dm 
lap {mora in Kinika). 

N-tode, 8. a pwnplkin when beginning 
to harden (seepera). 

Tadaa (see «4). 

Teynia, s. (ga and ea), hideuro iht 
hina tegnia, thie iron has a strain f 
(said only of iron}. 

Taka (y.n.) (see ia), to be congueraible. 



TEKA— TIRA.. 



173 



it s. dirtg water (Arom having been 
disturbed); nutdsi «fMi teika, 

V'iMim, s. (ya, sa), a very imaU eaU- 
ba9h, used a$ a mu^-box, 

Tamm, a. (ra) (pi. matema), lit cutting 
from ku eewMV, a place where the 
wood ie cut down and humt for 
cultivation {Kl^tan^, maiange). 

TamtafS. (ra) {pi metdemba), a kind 
qffieh. 

TdniMte. 

Tench* or t&Dg^, s. (ya, sa), a dbuUr; 
neuelhi emmanffa m-tenvhef ntbeea 
tvapsara nten«hs or n-tende. 

ft-tdmdmm, a. (see reeiika). 

Tando, s. (ra) (pi. ma—\ (Kis. borohoal) 
{kipande p<mde ^ 

llf*tMl|rm, 8. (ya, sa), a feather; tenga 
nea (ni ea) fnbaraimi. 

Tanfafy.a.) to Aattenf— teBfttkB(T.n.) 
to be haety, predpiUOe; two wnaUngS- 
ka m^^iumba tnuako, Vf094hkw4»hu 
raiwOf lit to be eaeily startled, carried 
off (one's guard) (see dhiwiHra and 
ruufira) {unateng^a, sum/bredsa), 
(i.e. In Kis. ukasihia JineU«ko iu- 
ma-kuiukaiii «MW»tM two unatienr 
geka, wnau aiga si yako, ^»sackide 
niaruvi. — t&Dgtlt&rm (v. rel.) to 
startle into, to meddle wUh, to inteifere, 

Tenffeim, s. (ra) (= nika), a place with. 
Tiigh grass {like ando), 

Tenc^ara, s. — taoco. 

N-tara. s. (ya, sa) (Kis. «<al»o), kit sua 
tt'tera sa fnipfi, 

Tam(T.d.) (see<a) {=Ka,iehid, ehin- 
dikia), 

N-tata, s. (ya and #a), a kind qfwitker- 
wood fliocte qf spUts qf bamboo for 
carrying hoes (their hoes being bought 
at a considerable distance 2 or 8 day's 
journey); tete ya ku dengera tna- 
gasu (and also nusungu); ^vana- 
gura nsagaeu M-fefa n^tetef da- 
gnamba nrdswnkui ku omba n4ei0. 

Tartea, s. coll. (ra) no pi. 1) name of a 
kind qf vegetable; dsua rakudsa 
ba^n^-pika terere, lit the sun is 
arrived where in cook 'terfre,** which 
is done about 4 o'clocic, as they always 



cook first their vegetables and after- 
wards the dstma;— 2^ the leaves of a 
small tree called "ckawef and the 'm- 
sendSdke^ when made into a dish, are 
also called 'tM^f^" The real 'farA^ 
grows only in tRe plantations, though 
it is never planted, as it grows spon- 
taneously, kwna tfrere, fneendM^e, 
ehSwe ra ku ntunda, there Is tsrera 
tt^ at the ptamtaltion, 

Tarasl, s. sUpperiness. 

TM,s.(tiyw) (pi. mo—), a toad; tSsi 
nhua nikuru kuii sonde ua tshure, 

Tataga (v.n.) to crackle (^ee ureUika, 
oKXea).— tatacanKv.rel.) 

Tatemiira (v.n.) = ku damhusa, to 
sharpen a hoef 

Tiba, s. (ra) (pi. «na— ) = ktdoU, cow- 
dung 9 

Tfbda tiMa, s. (ra) (see pola ]0 
Brtidi, s. (ya, sa) , a rib (Kis. uba/^ 

uafu, fnbafU), 
Tiftdca(v.n.) to swing about, to sway; 
fnsitnbi ufati,^tka, n^dengo utettir- 
tuka$ «MW»tM uyu ati/kaka, 

Tilniiro,s. 

Tima, s. (ra) tima ra mdengo (see 

fiuKma). 
Timbirira (v.n.) to fade (Kis. ku fifia), 

doU ra nikute siri H tn Mr irak 

TfmMlatS. 

Timbnidaflni, mkaei otimbutdHka 
s atshokatehoka aenda na dm- 
buidsika kana tndsdno, 

Ti]idi,S. 

N-tiaiira, s. (ya, sa), ironrrings worn 
round the arms and legs; uianiu uta 
ku Xsinieha uta/mene ufaeura n'- 
tiniga. The n*tiniga are said to be 
worked very ornamentally, the body 
itself being very thin and branching 
out all around in various shapes and 
formations. 

Tira(V.a.) ku Hra mfundo; ku Hra 
maropfu, ku ttra mifiiM, ku Hra 
ndsembe (Kis. ku tia, pakia, pakiUet, 
mia).-- tirira (V.d.) «^ ana t » Ort r a 
n^uanauMuega dhoti (»= ana-n^40'' 

buSdsa).-^ tiiirira aiaunl, to mend 



174 



N-TIRIBA— TUMBO. 



or AnpivM imtfM Aovm fiy igpl y Oy 
flrroaa to if. 
N4ifini» s. loatartfNiflF, <|tf^kMtoii; h m rnm^ 
ga €ha M-<irira, /ndtoii eom loMek 
<« ipatored (Im Hirira ImJbtfr^V 

Tdbe, s. (ra) (pL m«Mldft«), a atoufrA, a 
muddy plaet; tdbe iri banduHra, 
avoid mt liough (pasa by tbe side of 
U) (Kis. dftfa ft«M» iMmdo). 

Tdbikm (y. p.) to he mUnd (only osed of 
the eyes with regard to sand dtc.) (Kis. 
"ku ngiwa n4 nuHahaiaha), from hu 
dobaf chSka 4bo m-tHato muttngdr- 
«»«, fnudwa una-n-t6bua. — tolnii^ 
dam (v. cans.) ^^a ana-m-tohuedsa 
fMMomatMMtf^ hidtod9o, H hina 
chohe, Mkdli tn^tfUMo; una^n-^O' 
huedsa ndiwe, hidodo ohami-t^f' 
hUa, urni-doore (see dora), 

Toehi, s. (pi. id,) banatuu (Kis. ndiH^. 

N-tddua, s. (ya, sa). 

Toererm (or towwar a ) (see row&r e ra, 
seepandu and sendekeha, muntu 
uyu uhalif %$8a-fn-toerSre. 

N-tomba, s. (sa) small pox (Kis. ndui), 
Totnbi»sdk0 siHtahuHka n'ta hi- 
huku; nsa bamanga satshMrtka^ 
nsa fnawers si$ti9hurikiB, 

Tomboti? 

N-tomn, s. (ya, sa) a sppt naduma n- 
tomsif I $md a tpy {kdMa and Im»- 
fumpe). 

Toaa (v.) — tonAna (Kis. kiuana, ^ — 
tanodga (v.int.) 2o he wry tioee toge- 
ther (= andikisdna n<ft«M). — tdnla 
(y.d.) OL\s,ft0a), m/Ura ya UMa, to 
airain {Jku towla moa). 

N-tona, s. (ya. sa), a pexforaHtm in ike 
upper lip, 

Tonche, s. (ra) cotUm; mdengo wa 
tonche, the cotton-tree (Kis.n»dafn6a). 

Tonga, name <if a tree, 

Teng'O, s. (pi. matango), (see makogo, 

Tonera (see ohururi^a); anunuk—a 
tonora, 

Toro, s. on the drum? 

Towerara (see toerSra), 

Tttii (fctS «f4a) (see nikdU^, wponi u>a 
Uu t&a. 



TaU»s. (Kifl.«NMai), pKmaImM. 

Todsa, s. the fruit of the tree 
is eatable. 

TAte, s. (pi mH UU idu\ a $pot fffgromad 
heaped up in a round ehape by woff 
qf agriaature, in contradist. of tumbtt 
or tambirm, which i$ lengthy* 

Tdffdda, 8. (ra) poripiratiou, sweat (Kis. 
harrif tn/keko, JoMho), 

Tafwnira ^ Iq.^mdaf 

N-tdkn, s. (sa) querulouineeet love of 
ttrife, 

Tttka, s. (ra) hatte, raehneee, precipi- 
tation, propensity to anger; usaohida 
tUku, do not he hasty, prec^fitata. 

Tola or torn (v.) » kM «fo tnadiga 
(see ieiomura). 

Tali (= pando in Kis.)- toll toll (» 
pande ptinde in Kis.) 

Tdma, name qf a mountain, W.qftks 
lake Niassa. Tuima ni ptri ra m- 



Tamba, S. (ra) (pi. madumhuii ; 1) a hagr, 
2) a heap of weeds grasn, hranehes 
of trees {aeemuru);— S) a strip qf 
ground heaped up with a hoe for the 
purpose of drainage (which in their 
country is inseparable from agricaltnre 
on account of the inundations during 
the rainy season) (Kis. dhwmba, gam^ 
da, mfuho, nikoba). 

N-tnmba tomba, s. (ya, sa), a species 
qf worm, the meeting with which is 
considered a good omen by one who 
sets out on a journey or engages in 
trading businesa Bada kudsa wa- 
Undo roro, naonSra n-tumba fMm- 
ba {Kis, pandaeamdof) 

Tambi, s. ku fa tumbi = (Kis. Jklna- 
buagoa kimba) {watu wana uana). 

N-tmnbi, s. (ya, sa), eankani twmbi 
wana wa burHra {K\s,ufatu wangij, 

Tnmbidtta, s. (ya) (pi. with sa). 

TAmbXra, s. (ya, sa), i.q. tumba in Nr. & 

Tombo, s. (ra) (pL nutdumbo), Me 
pounch qf, 

Tomba, name qf a mountain and the 
adjacent country 1 day's journey NW 
qf Mpande, 

Tambo ranchdfiL 



TDMUKA— TSHA. 



175 



8. (ya, sa), poision ffented <m 
amUkr who U innoeent; tuna Ui 

(Kis. hu^n^thUUia maOungu in*» 
nntnffine). 
TaiiiftAka»-— tmidnlciui (see dundura). 

TwDgm, 8. (uyw) (pi. «4ya«tm^ awa), 
a $peeie$ <if ttrpmU $aid to keep up 
MomethMM a humming sound, which 
they consider prognostic of rain. If 
it is heard in fine weather, rain is 
believed to be near, and when it 
rains, its 'cry" ^ explained, that the 
rain will continue (see d9ado);naanSra 
Utnga Uu Hra, mpfura i sida giida, 
k cry is also ascribed to the serpents 
called 'bombo and muj* Tunga a- 
harira hu hiteha, mpfura Ui 6a- 

Tii]ig'o,s.(pl.<^. 

Timcrita (tnnkiia) (see dBtngua), 

IV*tAiicrttni, s. (ya, sa), tht Kugcvrtet 
qf Egypt; usa madero muniu we, 
hu hnba n-tunguru ba ntaUro 
(Kis. hiiel^ele, ujel^eU); muana 
uyu anabddua, ni wa muamunOf 
tungurusahe ni HwUi, but muana 
wanikaBi tungurusake ni -hnodsU 

JXtODgnaeug^ s. (ya, sa), a wound 
Hiade by cm arrow going right through 
t/to fte$h (of the arm or leg); anamtr 
k^^a^ntuwlfurugda mupfi tUibinifa 
inngot 

TmiiA, 8. (Kis. tnoshi), smoke (see /WXms). 

tf iunti* s. (ya, sa), a slight protube- 
rance on the beUy locking like an 
other nand {vitofu viwUi). 

N-tnntn, s. » (Kis. tosa), tobacco pipe, 

tf-ti^a, gnombo ugu ntamayaike 
8ina nr^tupsa, the meat qf this cow 
didnot provemueh, to sweUtprove, much; 
ufamika»i uyu ana^n-tupta Hdi 
nutdsiwa n^da u udakdtra wa n- 
hani nkani.— a-tnpsa, s. only used 
in the predicate to sweU, to prove much 
blessing, but only in the sense qf a 
thing being found more in quantity 
than anticipated (see gorora). 



T^ftdm, turukiro, niumha sUi ha 
iurukirOf nsdko ni yanif 

Ti^^f 8. (ra), satiety from leu d>uba, 
eapedaXty with regard to traneOtrt 
who are always exceedingly wdlfed by 
than; tupuo ali naro, sadakosa 
hu dia; Uro n'naohida Ulpue^ 
ohahudia si^i^kwmba. 

Tori, s. a piece qf meat qf a goat or 
cow. 

N-tam, 8. (sa), 1) the pur qf a catr 
turu 9a nmana nun^faf — 2) the 
growl (of any carnivorous animal); 
turu t^a garu, nga pfthnbUe, n«« 
ntgango, nna niair4hu9 Sc, garu 
aohida nr^uru, niama uyu ali 
bafubi, 

Tnrolira (v.n.) to go straight on (with- 
out stopping), to be etraight for 
ward (in speech), to speak out on^t 
mind (Kis. hu fuiisa)f gnambe HH 
turulird ndso, eisi ehoha n^4BamUf 
tdbidana bidana (viz. in the evening); 

^ ongdkAre n^9uaniwanga, eatuTW' 
lira numyoHo, though he is my 
"msuani," he does not speak out hit 
words, his real mind. 

T6rm, namMaUinbiie orni-tuSra ana 
n%afignia, the tumour throbs, it has 
matter,— tim (v.caus.) to set well a 
trap. 

T urura (v. n.) nuMUffahe eaturura 
(see hafumpe tururiea); ueatwn&' 
rise, ine nihumbuha, 

Tumi (V. a.) to exceed (in riches, stature 
&C.) a-n^^tusa hua ehutnaf hua m- 
Hnhu,— tnsaaa (V. rec.) to compete, 
to rival; hu duguea, by giving enter- 
taiments.— tiisika(v.n.) to admit qf 
being exceeded, he cannot be exceeded 
{K\s. endaieea, shindana), 

Tnsa, s. (pi. ma—) (Kis. lengelenge) (see 
rugurugu), 

Tntllka = hunduha, duduha in Kid. 

Tntnai, s. (ra) (pi. war-), a heap qf 
grass or branches of trees (Kis. biwfi, 

Tfllia(v.) deabuno watsha ndepfu;- 
ndepfueahwe sinateha n%Mngo (see 
nd^fu). 



176 



TSHANT3HANTA— UBALB. 



B hu miitha 

(Kis. mna ni/ mmh rn f hm h u- n 

T!i\Msa(v.a.) to— mMmmtpm, to Mi a 

trap. 
T!i ¥ >4i «m (y.aO <0 flfrac0, to Umeh or 

rub 9ligMi/ in poiging, 
TmhtUn — BlilMkR, ;k (ya, sa), a IcMI 

of ««o/laD«i Mo apiece qfwtodueeA 

for evJtUng ivory ringar- 2) the Mom- 

Tlb«mba, s. (ra) (pU «Na— ). rataine, 

(prop, incision from lew ch&mba), 
TwhmaMiB, s. a >fy.— ttaadsa, a kiHd 

of sharp ffr<U9. 
TiliMni(v.d.) to set for, to, and (y.conq 
to keep Betting, to he eet (like a trap).-— 



>, 8. (raXpl. «M»— )» name of an 
instrument or tool. 

TiliMa (v.c} to strain (e.g. mMoro). 

Tsliilni, s. (ra) (yl. mo—), twigs fastened 
together like a hurdle iJKils. hiduda). 
tshika ra nibuei, a bandage made 
of twigs for a goat, to set a broken 
leg; tehiha ra Ttama, a texture Uke a 
hurdle as used for a bedstead. 

Ttehintalii, s. (ya, sa) pwi»ling language, 
a similitude, an aUegorj/ (K\s.f9embo). 
JProv.fMoleo wa buensi ea-hu-pera 
nnUhintshi, a true friend wUl not 
speak to you in concealed language; 
€nuMrnirehidira or ana-ni-pera W- 
UMnUht (Kis. ana^i-fumbi^ hah^ 
wiraniMa waH). 

Tahoka (v.>— tiholnrtiholni s= ponde 
pondeka.— isholMnL— tilMlDam 
tshokMra. 

Thsdrm (v. a.) to break, to break off, to 
knodc up. ku tshora pflbadeo, to 
pluck off fruits', hu Uhora mdengo, 
to break a tree or piece of %oood; ku 
tsKara psora, to eraek the fingers.-— 
kn tShoratfhera (y. reit) to break of- 
ten or repeatedly; madenda an»^n- 
tshoraishara, sidcness is knocking me 
^; ku tshora homo, fn&ina. — trilO- 
TMra, 1) (y.d.) to break off a thing for 
:any one); — 9 id keep breaking (in 
one's mind), » to brook, to bear with 



ha md o U ha rarm f so they say to a 
king and amy other great mam, to re- 
mind them, thutmildnesB and tlemmey 
are pften better thm smmity; to for- 
bear (see lira Mrw).— tl^hMMkft (t.D.) 

Iihu l ra — trtskitiliykB (y.reit) to 
be ready to break (of great fleiiMUty 
of body), to be agOe in damdng. Mhes- 
9i uyu atahohatohoha s a#<m5«i#- 
doiha (Kis. emuiUwalha nt mrUga- 
iW. a'J€-funafuna): 



Tik«talM,s.(ya,8a) dry sticks, stnatt 
pieces of wood; hwmi sa roro 



Uha. In KieueihUi, vidonOa inda- 

des both the uhouha and doamtt. 
Tllmls(y.a.) pandetsoMga airoUuiitsh' 

uU maso, my whelps hai9e not yet 

opened (their) eyes. 
TkMni(y.) (see dhamoa\ usa^mUhse- 

re, mhaittwaike ana hirtsiriH, do 

not mention him (the one deceased), his 

brother is inclined to cry. 
Tdmka (y. n.) {seedhum&uhei, fafatMe- 

ha, dunibua, sua, tumbiha aulietp 

tumbuiia).— tdnUn.— tihinika. 

tihnrini («m4u) (opp. to gunhuniea); 
fUtshurira tnetu aya usami-tshW' 
rira, disclose to me these words, do 
not—. 

Tilmxi, s. small openings in afumoics 
for melting iron (for the draught) (or 
tshuritshuH), 

Tabfi (a sound rather than a word) do- 
nating the wide spreading of the water 
over a 'damb^ during the rainy 
season; ntetdavnbo tM ishu, n< daet- 
Ufoira.— tihwlni, nteidu wagua 



11 



V, 1) Pron. impers. <i — 2) pron. perSi 
thou.— fi (pron. demonst. this). 

Uirm (y.n.) to bat/k.— viva (y.d) to bark 
at; garu oMtira ahUmif (y.int) to 
bark muth, to eaoeeed in barking* 

Ukala,& 



UBO— UFUBI. 



177 



Ub« (proD.dem.) that, rehto words of 
the bu-elass (such as have bua in the 
gen.); h%$ato ubo, that boat; ubo ubo, 
that $eeret (ftee Miya), %ibobuah€ H- 

Ubo, 8. (htta) pi. manibo, $eer«t (Kis. 
fmraga), 

Ubodoboda. s. (u) (pi. podspoM) (<H), 
a how-Btring (hastily made up by boys 
of cotton) (see dHnga), 

UbdnlnMf s. {hua) ttnpidity, %ahonkue 
ubu huna ni huSd$arifi\s.upumba^ 
hu una-4t€-fuk1a sana), Ubo ehiu^ 
dapo ni ubonkue, Hkumha igfo 
uehidapfOf that whieh you are doing 
is stupidity, I do not like those things 
you are doing, 

Ubv (pron.dem.) this, rel.to the bu- 
class. Vbo uhUf this secret; buato 
ubUf this boat; uru ubu Ae, 

Ubaana, s. [bua) childishness; usa-m- 
guire $fahe ni ubudna ubu, wa unr 
Tcuru sadere i»ba. 

Uchencheredil (or nchoiif ereM), s. 

{bua) shrewdness, cunning, deceitful- 
ness, diwataufe gnamba, inpf^&ra ya 
Hu mJbodo ncho uehengeredsi, let us 
not fit/e from fine weather, (for) rain 
threatening from the North is deceitful 
(generaJly coming to nothing); uchon- 
goredsi buahe gi-bu-humba, tus- 
humba dinene soatahurira, 

^khi, s. honey. 

Uchisiy s. (wa) obstinacy, way-wardness, 
wnuana uyu woothiai, or ngo tachi- 
9i, wana waoehisi and wnboehist 

XJddt^gm, 8. {ubu) stubbomess,fo6lish' 
ness (see Uirega)^ (Kis.upMmfraA*)/ 
uehirega ubu si-bu-hufnba.—XtMr 
nka, iwe uehida ngadi hirtkO' 
ubu ni uchirtlka, 

Uda, s. (wa) (pi. mouda), a how (Kis. 
wto); uda ubu hudsa buadsa, bosa 
(or ufoga) binda si-bu^udsaf uda 
ubu ba budali buakudsa aba, 

UAaU. 

Udaato, S. {bua) {pUnMMdanto), any tree 
fallen or laid across a river, on which 
you may p<us over (see ulalo), 

EMassa, 



(nde), s. (^a) a cobweb; fci 
dinta Ituangd hu hunaganga udha, 

Pdhiiwgtri, s. {bua) reiaxtttUm e^ 
strength, lassitude (Kis. uniog^f^, 
from leJk«r«ra; udhekeresi ubu n#- 
nabo ine, eidata hu^nka hunusttd^ 

Vdmahm {Kimaravii, s. fish 9 

UdhamaMl, s. {bua) regard, respeei 
hammr (from romereea), uga nkua 
wUsuru huU ine (or huliko ina)f 
ndipo n^eafmoMdita udhemfirati, 

Vdhdndm, S. (wa) {plnutdenda), sidauMS 
disease, udonda (or udhenda) bu- 
fut-^n-guira dsabano. 

W9bmaidM, {bua) from hu lenda (see 
^fpondepande). 

Mingiui. s. {bua), lit. the being carried 
msay, said of a unyman who is married 
If a man at a distance (Kis. uaei wa 
In* tuhua), 

WMf (pron.int.) which, where f rel. to 
Bords of the frw-class. 

Aite (pron.dem.) these, rel. lo the dimin. 
form 'duj* 

Mui(T.a.) to wake (Kis. am«Aa» inda)i 
mdMdnm (v. rec.)— vdsikm (y. n.) to ad- 
mUt of beiimg awekened (easily or witli 
difficulty). 

Wsa, instead of Uudsa, hirawda iki 
ahahumba udsa uku and kironda 
ieho eke^-kumba udea %$ko. 

Wbd, s, smoke f 

VMvo {K\s,udia) (said of the teeth only). 

WsUf s. (pi. nu^udeu) (Kis. taha, kue- 
Mue, niae»i)f udbu wa perere (see 
ubdndo), 

WsAdra (T.coll.) {u) mosquitoes (Kis. 
enbu, ueHbtf) 

Ml, s. {bua and wa) flour, powder, dust 
(of decayed trees), ufabuanga and 
ufti^anga, pi. mou/a, i.e. heaps or 
bags of fiowr (Kis. wn^a). 

Mdl, s. (Mm) witchcraft (see ntrfidi) 
%\%,utaw€i; buemwuna eUige yoke 
wscha ufidif lit. bravery he is without, 
Ms is that qf witchcrc^ft, i.e. he is on- 
ly distinguished as a sorceren 

Wttn (adj.) (rel. to the m-class), short; 
tl^ogo uyu nUunduwake ngo u/Mti 

(|Us.«A<!l>^ 

12 



178 



UPUMU— ULERA. 



Wima, 8. (» KU.«Ailm«, n§i) ktng- 

dom. 
Wtngo, 8. (wa) (pi. wM^Wti^), I 

thinner than the hikkum. 



UAnm, s. (or iqpflDni). 

Uffam, s. (6wa) doggi9hne9$, i.e. unciean- 
liness, dirtiness (Kis. ufco) (see 
cl««A»); Mka In* i guira ni 
tha, ni ugaru u«Mddbo, 

UgVonOf 8. u^hdehB, liUUneu. 

Uffoftl, 8. ugQ^ wa nutungu; ugqfu 
Ufa hiko. 

VgU, 8. (wa) mUdMo; hihdbhanoa ft<- 
na chida ugu, lit. my ealdbiuh ha$ 
made nUldeu (Kis. hoga, hungu). 

iinm{B<^.) another; 1) of the 2. pers. sing. 
thou another;— 2) referring to words 
of the m and M-c1ass (Kis. fn%$engine) ; 
§nuafa*nmaga yonda akdhuera «- 
df utna, o my huBhaadt go (travel) 
Ygkan ymi ham ntmmed tome a$ ano- 
ther s= Of fr€Bh and new* 

IQa (or nym) (pron.dem.) that (at a di- 
stance), (Kis. yuU, huytOe). 

m« (or ii70)(pron.) 

Illai(v.nJ to awake (Kis. aw»«iJka). •— 
vdMi(y.caus.) to wake, eidida or6ka 
dsdbana, ^ianeha Ui-fn-ku uka 
eidideiufa ife, wena uMMnauka tna- 
ro* tiketeunettniikabandinandima, 
tadwnda uga ouktwauktB,— -itM** 
(y.refl.) baya aukidudbo agona tU- 
tftnfta ina,-— iddm; uiuMka karre 
deabano toavnba kunei kua lendo 
you l</l it long ago, now you begin, 
when U ii too late (leamba for: wa 
tfotnfta). Deriy. n%bukiHro, 

1, 8. da/oen/i {utwna in Kis.) 
it s. (Kis. uokana). 

Ukali, 8. mda wonkaU, 

Vkmrinhm, s. {baa) old age (Kis. ue^; 
wkaranhba buake bt$a nU6a, his (or 
her) old age enters him or her, .i.e. he, 
she looks very old. 

UkasI, 8. (Kis. uke), 

UUdirini, s,fooU9hne$a (see kideiru), 

UUdMi (v^cans.) to cause to wake (on- 
intentionaliy). 



inw(adTj tkUher, there (see/Ww and 
diaUj; also rel. to the Inf. "ka." 

Okoma, s. 

UktaAo, 8. (baa and wa), eleamUmess 
(Kis. uloAcMV, a t anaakait,; nt amia 
wo akottdOf a dtean person, 

Ukn (adv.) hither , here; when referring 
to an Inflnitive, it is the pron. iki$, 
e.g. ka pika uka, this cooking. 

Ukn, 8. (wa), mould (Kts-feo^a); deiaut 
inaguira uku or inaokida iSku^ 
fhe dsima hM seiaed {or made) mould 
(such as they take with them whoi 
travelling). 

Uknadi Js. [abu) marrying; marriage; 
wtnnai wadkaneaa: nauuMmwrnga 
aeakaad€if ba ukaadi b€tUnreMdOf 
\\\,the mothers, \jd.my mother said. 
my child do not marry, yet where there 
is marrying, there is work, i.e. trouble, 

Uknadi, m kideiru «»«n«M ugWf 
eakadakara ku ukuetdi; ukakara 
ku ukuadi, eukura (i.e. eaie m e rera ), 

Ukna, s. (wa), a fine sandy earth, pro- 
ductive of a species of tree, called 
gampowL 

Ukneknela {^V^akengele wajembo), 

Uknandwra (or nknendrara). s. abstr. 
the being without a handle (so as to 
sound kuenehere) (Kis. ukengele), 
fnbeniwanga ngo ukuenehere, i.e. 
my kn^e has no handle, 

Ukftru (adj.) greo^, large; subst. {baa 
and wa) {anene, akuba in Kis.) 

UUUo, 8. {a and «6«*), a bridge made; 
eibabidika balige uldto, one cannot 
passi there is no bridge (or without 
a bridge). 

Ulanda, anakumka, na upa 
n^-gunidea, 

Ulamba, s. (wa) (Kis. aehangUf 
kungu, sunva), poison, 

Ulamn, ku okidira mumiaoi na ul^ 
nue {keeMma, ku etoM), wisdom, 

Ulaiido, 8. {wa and bua), a Journey; 
ulendo buao bua ringa ku dip 
Ohiuda €ika-^%r^regera titoyo, ekaika 
kiya oka ntawa ndabang a uienda 
nknkof t^da eroka ku Jfiaaoka* 

Ul«ra,s. 



ULESI— URERA. 



179 



UU or vxi, thou being; ud mm i k a ni 

fftmi tUiweka iw^. 
VUmho,8, 
VMM, ordnt 

1XBMl(y.ii.) In* «MMa mdima, to Mto 
eomraget to he eou/rageone; hu Mvna 
ss (Kis. hu kuta, iMifa «MJka/\», «m- 
0ruii»u, hu /Wmllia). — vninL — 

.— wniAui (y.caus.)— moir 

DeriV. nguma, 

lliilba(T.a.) = (JKis,finanga)f but never 
in the eenee qf create as in Kis.; umha 
umba (see eunta), 

Utaitee, the one^ rel. to the «*-e)a88 
(see mene) (see ndio). 

IDbmo, the very ernme', nimadea m*- 
ndira tuneo naye anuUteirm nr 
ohira umeOf na hu humana. 

Vm»in (adii.) one 

Vmo = hunto in Kis. 

Umj^kvif s. (tfftf and bua), pootirty, 
hdpleeeneee^ trovMei umpmwi-wa-^t^ 
eaudetk, jpooerty (rouMet him; <mJM- 
didea hi^mdo^ vnau dya meha 
umpmwl, hA eaxUee pU^ (for) theee 
worde mre tkeee qf trouble, i.e. he 
spealLS tnily as one in trouble, in 
Jodgement as Ihe one who has been 
Injured by, or is suffering from the 
other* 

Vjhv = humu in Kis. wamSne war 
deiufoo hu r6a lintuf 9Hrniumbm 
lifnu mua/ktndek, lit in h&uee in thte 
it i$ u>mrm. 

Vbm. 

Uaddkm ^o$a ddial to lay mattere in 
heape and divide them (h^fk»ngu), 

VBdm(v.n.) e.g. ehuru eha unda; hu 
unda hideuro, 

Vadnknlm; «M*'l«]b«rdn^< mtmhaha 
aya hu undmhdra^ ndahara mb m, 

IXiif»(y.a.) (Kis.JiNMdf»ia).— imffika.to 
heap.— imgiM 

Viiffvra.— vM^paam, (v« a.) to look about; 
n*naunguea unguea, deabano n'- 
naona,— wckgwAdam (y.int.) 

VagvrikmM (y.n.) Uq. gnigwiow^Sa (Kis. 
aunuui or eimttoi sorrow); yaba 
bona ungiiriUna, ui buinoka; ha- 



m^oo ng wr Md ee upo, etUffeika, 
gdrOma, 

Ungunmiiiam{y.c.) m mdo n d e 
ungurunUdeaf ugu mungdrihmm 
na ohiani f (resp. BM«fMirafc« 
fUf an% u mgurutm4do€iU 

Ukiiamada, s. [bua) the $taU and 
nerqfayoung hkw (mmiamad^ (Kis. 
m/WIchmi). 

U!BlB|rii 8. (wa)4nt(c%» a great deal; mmh 
one uniugi gnombo eiya, eierngo 



JMkML (y.a.) to UghL- vniklrft (y. d.) to 

Hgkt to.— vniklrft(y.a.) to light mUki- 

dsa, to Ught tiwll (a torch from another 

torch) ku aoa (before a y«wel ku 

waea) to make to bunk 

Unkambo, s,ntdimaiwako nkua «ff»- 
kambo, hie heart U that qfutOiam^ 
bo," greedinee toioarde u^e and tMS^ 
dren, uge dehtda unhambo^ a-m^ 



UalnakOy s. (s umof) mudmm n a 
mdinna, etrength of mind, 

UalnViijy.n.) to get thinner (from an- 
liety or too much worlc). wtOinga 
^ianif deabano un*unkuga (for 
unaunk%ega), what are you amsBioue 
about, now you are getting thinner. — 
mciddrm(y.rel.) to get thinner from 
on account cf (any thing); dea ba no 
tvadudra, wtmnhugira ohiani ? are 
you ekk at preeentf or what are 
you getting thinner fromf resp. 



Ho (pron.dem.) that, relat to the «-e1ass 
(see r on d o ra ). 

U^fo, s. {ubu, btftf), dlrtineee^ undean- 
Uneee; mkaei uyu ana upfo, thi$ 
ie a dirty woman (Kis. uko, uoka^). 

UpftaahUM, s. (see runda runda), 

U^fimdo, s. l(l.kipiStnde (Kis-H^MMlo). 

Ihm. s. {bua) 1) any thing need for dm- 
nation;-- ^ the reeuU gained by divi- 
nation; ura ubu oibuona, buanama, 

Urmmbo, s. a place for elamghterittg a 
cow (Kis. ku piga ranUo ku vmbeoa). 
l,s. 
i, s. baka kemm b au ro r a, ndibo 
wmangabo kaehegen beOtiHimba bo- 
ya ba 



180 



URESI— WAKALIMANCHIRA. 



JAmhI (see uUti^, 

Dim, s. (u6w) smattpuittOei on the head 
{hmwdsimboe), tohiek iomettmetform 
t^fUr shaving it; n m du wanga «MMi 
ohida MTM (Ki8. uydbi»i wa hitoa). 

lAnuiii, s. (wa) the whole, entireneet; 
banumqa tkt-^m-badse cha urt^nsi 
U9i-fn-aurire, 

IMm (y.a.) to find out, to dieeover; to 
dieeloee one's mind, to betray (Kis./M- 
hua, sumbua, fwnua, tambuHa, 
jruraOpa).— nrvraiia (V. rec.) to betray 
each other.— iinikm(y.n.) 1) to come 
forth, to appear;— 2) tofty; mbardmi 
auruha; hiya hintu unafwna, hi- 
na uruka, that thing which you were 
seeking, has come forth,— vrolddiNl 
(v.int.) tojly off far — to excel inflight ; 
fy.caus.) to cause to fly oiT.— vraasa 
(V.a.) 1) to put to flight;— 2) to raise 
or make fly up (dast); usa-mu-urudse 
nU^ardimi i; hu urudsa dhoti (= Kis. 
urushttfumbij hu urudsa mhara- 
nU (as Kis. hu rusha n<M«U), tnfro- 
rdm< (Kis. tt#Aa, hu winga),— vatti 
lnui(v.p.j to be come forth. This word 
seems only be used in connection with 
hu p&niai sap&nia urUhtia, lit. he 
fails not to be come forth, i.e. he is 
sure to recollect. Saponia uruhua is 
a standing expression for a person 
with an extraordinary memory, teo 
saponia uruhua, suda-m^ta or sor 
tehO j and such as never forget injuries. 
1ini<Ulira(v.d.) wa-ni-urudsira dho- 
ti, sendera wIbo.— liriunka(v.n.) to 
bediscoverable.— vmriraKv.d.)— am* 
kira, sida uruhira, nalinda, nitn- 

fedse.— nrdia (or nrdsa) (v.a.) to 
raise. 

ttta (v.a.) to take shelter (from the rain); 
nausa vnpfura (Kis. hu-Ji-ftta tn- 
fua); unaehida bttanehi uea use? 
why did you not take shelter 9 

nsa or WEa (v.a.) to teU ; wa-mfedsa iwe, 
na hu u»a ehiani :^ (K\s. funsa shau- 
iri, amba, elesa).— Qzaaa (v.rec ) to 
t^to ir^form one anotJier.—MudnL, ui- 
lira {see hiusiriro) ; idso huno, a- 
hu-uzaehaye, sa hu-uzira miran- 
du, come here, he tells thee nonsense, 
he does not tell thee words (of wisdam) : 
hu uma mdima, lit. to tell the heart, 
to consult tcith onesself, to hesitate; 
nsa ic»e mcf/ma, ni bisa ine^ do not 
hesitate. 

Usandsa (see siguga). 

Usanld, s. (wa) distress, misery, from 
hu sauha, 

0aikn, s. (wa) night; the plural masihu 
coincides with the pi. of dsihu, day 
sihuona duro tnasiku mairi. 

Vnagd (or Qzinf o), s. (wa) (no plural); 
hinkue eha uzingo si-hi-duka in 
oppos. to hinhue eha buasi; sfhi 
hara uduha; hano sa mof^oHi, I 



Hf which bow-strings are made for tks 
hirumbu, 

Uilwa, s. (w)i partial sasposttre of tito 
^^V from scantiness of dress or its 
beinq ufom out; dsaru uanga pata, 
dsahano ndaehida us4wa. ProT. «»- 
gama ddta tonoho, watiJutsi msm 
uoiweh 

Utsha (see uha). 

Vwio, s. (wa) a fencet pi. mavio refer- 
ring to the sing. wio. 

Uwifli, s. (wa) freshness, rawness (Kis. 
ubiti, uwiHi; n,i uwisi Ufa moMra 
paya, ndibo uha dubwdua. 

Ujm (seen/o), {Kis. hupule), that one, 

Qr0 (see «^0). 

wyo {JLxs. fulani). 

UjU {K\s.huyu)» 



Wa, 1) a particle denoting the Genitive, 
rel. to the m- and w-crass; — ^ Uie 
objective case of inu, iwo (Kis. you. 
them), ndenda hu^wa^ihiraf IshaU 
cook for you (see ni); wa muamuna 
= KIS. fnana mume; wa nihaoi 
= Kis. tiMWMMftJbtf; wa nihuru = Kis. 
unnene. 

Wi&da (v.a.) lo tread lighUy, cautiouS' 
ly, to pound lightly.— waoira (v.d.) to 
tread for; u^niwadire n%uana wan- 
ga, to pound ligthlyfor another, hu 
wada tninga, to tread on thorns; hu 
wada insoa, to pound white ants 
(wt)ich is donejij^htfy). hurmue-wada 
ntwntu ufooduara, to tread on a aide 
person (this being a mode of medical 
treatment, answering to kneading and 
shampooing). 

WadiUle, s. (wa) (pi. of dade), fathers. 
By way of honour the plural is ge- 
nerally used instead of the sing.: wa- 
dade ni badsani mda, lit. Fathers 
give me beer =s please, father, to give 
me beer.— NB. When the pron.poss. 
is added, dade is changed intooade. 
Wadode wanga not ufadade wan- 
ga. Wtsdade wahnru; a fathers eider 
brother; wadade wagnSno, afaihtn's 



younger brother. 
Wad 



a (see Mdonga), 
.a.) to 



Waka (v.a.) to catch (only said of 
what is thrown at you).— (w)akika 
(or aldka) (v.n.) to admit of catching. 
(w)akira(v.d.) to catch for (anothei^, 
to catch at. tifoTM 4M>wah^a ndsin%a, 
the dog catches at the dsima (thrown 
at him). — (w)akidfa (v. int.) to be 
clever in catchiitg. 

Wakalimanchira, s. pi. road-cultiva- 
tors, a name given by the Wakam- 
dunda to the wadumbi!ika on account 
of their wandering habits. The Wa- 



WAKE— WAYURA.. 



181 



dnmbaka and Warisa are also called 
Warimanffao. 

Wafco (= Kis. UMthwe), muana wahSf 
Mb aon^ pron. poss. his, her or hers. 

wafco pron. poss. thy, thine, e.g. mM- 
<WMHggfco. thy ehiUL 

Wanka (v.a.) eg had^e «a wtUika, 

Wui, they are; utaUko, they are there. 

Waltyo. thsu are without: mdundu 
(or ma%$nehu) uya waliye ufan9€tOf 
that kindred is vdthaut friende 

Wanud. s. mothere (see tmsi); wan%ai 
wahum*, a mothers elder tieter; 
wamai wagn^no^ a mother's younger 
sister, the plural being used by way 
of respect 

Wamba (v. a.) to roast, to toast, to 
dry at the fire (to expose to fire) (Kis. 
Ttansa); hu ufomba nianiba, to 
roast meat, at some distance from 
the fire (see hu oka); hu ufonnba 
bennanga, to to<ut Indian com; hu 
UM»mba ndsaru hudi is€iinsuhe, to 
expose onefs cloth to the fire, that U 
may dry.^ wambilEa (v.n.) to twm 
out well roasted, (v.a.) to broil (on a 
low platform made of sticks). — wam- 
Bira (y.d.) to expose to the fire /or; 
sidapika ins niamo/ifetnga, naa^- 
ufamhira ndsima, I shdU not boil 
mn meat, but 1 will roast it for tlie 
dsima.— wamliidfla (v.int.) to roast 
well, nicely. 

Waniba (v. n.) to swoop f nibard^ni 
aHuftunba, and especially the pun- 
gu aliwantbaf usa-n^-lingirire, 
uka-mr^fuirira ufontbaf tn'puako 
usa-ntr-guiriro uftnnba (Kis. usi^m- 
rukie tu^ in beieiese), 

Wamene and wameafto, pi. otavnono 
and ameneo q. y. 

Wamkasinsaiigm, my sister in law 
byjnarriage Iseensa), 
" "^ ' = (Kis. MMtnoimJbtf). 



Wancbe, s. coll. (uyw), name cf a kind 
of reed; mkadi ana msiwe, lit. 
within it has a hollow. It grows in 
the Dambo. 

Wanda (v.a.) ntuontba auranda tn- 
benif uye ana wanda udsu bongo, 
niungu Ae, (=s anatshuka'^'— waa- 
da waadaja^j. <£adv.) (see <ta«iuM»> 
da)^ waadika (v.a.) (seenM»n«ia).— 
waadara (see kisunsi, kikua, kon- 

__9090). 
Wl 



1) pron. poss. my, mine; mu- 
esna wanga, my child; wangdiyu 
for: wdnga iiffu, mine this, wanga 
is connected with nga;^ ^ (v.a.) to 
hoUowout (in a half circle); ku wan- 
ga ntidengo, to hoUow out trees (or 
timber) at the top to admit of a pole 
reding on tbem; ku wanga n%ano, 
to file away smaU hollows in the teeth 
(fxi that each tooth presents two 
points). — waafika (v. n.) to admit 



of ku wanga; ntdongo u suwan- 
gika,-^ waadfira (v.d.) to present 
nice hoUows; ndsiki isi oina wan- 
gika, these posts are weU hollowed.-^ 
waagidsa (v.int) to hoUow out much. 
waagidsaaa, contraction from wa 
ganohidsanaf wantu awa nda 
wangidsana (see yanoKti^. 

Waaf^ldi ? (Kis. wangapi), how many ? 

Waagi pron. interr. vnuamna wangi, 
whMboyf from waningi == wangi, 

Waanra (v.a.) 1) to cut out (chips) 
in fwing a. tree; -^ 2i to dig out ^n 
arrow from one's flesh).— waagiuca 
(v.n.) to gel dislodged, to come cff or 
ouL nwupfi ana wanguka, the arrow 
is dislodged, extracted; kibarawadso 
kinawanguha, the chip is come off. — 
waaflfnraaa (v.rec.) to ctce wa, i.e. 
to eacibracl (arrows one h*om the other). 
"~~ (v.n.) to admix of; mu- 



fv 

lo 



•/t u suwisngurika, — waadfurira 

me who be- 



!v.d.) to extract (from one 
ongs to another). — waafiraridsa 
(v.int) to cut deeply in retracting. 

waanra (see M*nguru). 

WaaKaai (wa akaai) == (Kis. wangi, 
kundi ungi). 

Wa ataata, muntu ongo nienga 
wantanta (see tnkopij. 

Waav, pron. poss. your (Kis. wenu), 

Wdra (v.n.) to shine; dsua lawara, 
the sun shines; nwtesi wawara, the 
moon shines (Kis.wa).— warira(v.d. 
or v.rel.) to shine to; doua Una di 
warira fnu-nehira, sidinafike. — 
wnidsa (v.int) to shine brightly. 

Waaa (v.a.) to cleave, to sprinkU, to 
sow; ku ufasa nr-kuni, ku wasa 
vnadsif ku wasa kidowe. — was&a 
(v.n.) to admit of cleaving,— wasira 
(v.d.) to cleave for (another) to sprinkle 
over, to plash, to spatter, — w a ii dia 
(v.int) to deave much, a great quan- 
tttu. 

Watn pron poss. our; niumba yatu 
our house, 

Wirara (v.a.) to singe, to scorch (i.q. 
Kis. ku 9ia, ku stasia), to bum, to 
be idle; ku wawa kuku, to singe 
a fowl; mr^narungo ntuanga mua- 
ni-wawa, lit in ail my joints it 
bums me. i.e. I feel hot aU over (Kis. 
waoha, kih€Ui, utungu), doua la 
wawa, the sun bums, is scorching 
or burning hot -- waaiim (v dj to 
singe for (another).— wawidia(v^t) 
to singe well, to be very hot (said of 
the body, but not of tne sun) 

Wawiri (adj.) two (rel. to theptwro— ), 
wantu wawiri, two men. 

Waya pron. dem. those, wayo, wauye, 

Wasrara(v.n.) to make a small brus- 
hing noise (as by walking through 
grass) (Kis. eharakasa, J^igla 
">).— ' 



shindo),— wayorira (v.dT) to make 
that noise to with reference to another,